Postgraduate Calendar 1999 - Library - University of Wollongong

University of Wollongong 

POSTGRADUATE 

CALENDAR 

1999

im^ University of Wollongong 

SESSION DATES LIBRARY HOURS 

Summer Session: 7 December 1998 -14 February 1999 

Lectures Commence 

Christmas Recess 

Lectures Recomnfience 

Examinations 

7 December - 20 December 

21 December - 3 January 

4 January - 5 February 

6 February -14 February 

Autumn Session: 22 February 1999 -18 July 1999 

Orientation Week 


Easter Recess 

Lectures Recommence 

Study Recess 

Examinations 

Mid Year Recess 

22 February - 28 February 

1 March - 4 April 

5 April -11 April 

12 April-13 June 

14 June-18 June 

19 June-4 July 

5 July-18 July 

Spring Session: 19 July 1999 - 5 December 1999 


Recess 

Lectures Recommence 

Study Recess 

Examinations 

IMPORTANT DATES 

19 July-26 September 

27 September -10 October 

11 October - 7 November 

8 November -12 November 

13 November - 5 December 

Last day for re-enrolments (postal) 8 January 

Enrolment of new undergraduates 27 January -1 February 

Last Day for late re-enrolments 19 February 

Last day for payment of compulsory 

charges of re-enrolling students 26 February 

HECS Census Dates 

International Student Audit Dates 

(Intemational Students should 

refer to page 9) 

31 March (1st Session) 

31 August (2nd Session) 

Last Day to Withdraw (without academic penalty) from: 

Summer session subjects 7 January 

Autumn session subjects 30 April 

Spring session subjects 10 September 

Double session subjects 30 July 

Closing Dates for Applications to Graduate: 

For May Graduation 31 January 

For October Graduation 24 July 

PAYMENT OF CHARGES 

Payments such as transcripts, replacement student cards, 

re-instatement charge can be pakl at Student Administratten. 

March - December: 

Monday to Friday 

Saturday 

Sunday 

8:30am-10:00pm 

9:00am - 5:00pm 

1:00pm-5:00pm 

Curriculum Resources Centre 

Monday to Thursday 

Friday 

8:30am - 5:00pm 

8:30am-4:00pm 

LOCATION OF COMPUTER FACILITIES 

Student Computer Resource Centre 

IT Resource Centre, Level 1, Bid 17 

Hours during session: 

Hours during recess: 

Orion ITS IVIac Teaching Laboratory 

43 Power Mac G3 

Endor ITS IMac Teaching laboratory 

30 Power Mac G3 

Hyperion ITS PC Teaching Laboratory 

47 PC Pentium 11s 

IMercuiy ITS PC Teaching Laboratory 

36 PC Pentium 11 

Jupiter ITS Laboratory 

62 Power Mac G3 and 62 PC Pentium 11 

Sky Lab-Computing Science 

40 Power Macs 

Earth Lab-Computing Science 

44 XTerminals 

Galileo Engineering PC Laboratory 

Andromeda ITS/Arts Laboratory 

10 power Macs with video editing 

7 Powrer Mac G3 

7 PC Pentium 11 

Monday to Friday 7.30am to 10pm 

Saturday Sam to 5pm 

Sunday 1pm to 5pm 

Monday to Friday 8.30am to 6pm 

Saturday dosed 

Sunday 1pm to 5pm 

Note: A list of software packages available can be found on lab 

notice boards. 

For the location of Faculty Computing Laboratories, 

contact your Faculty. 

ITShop 

Hours: Monday to Friday, 9am to 5pm 

ITS Call Centre 

Hours: Monday to Friday, 8:30am to 5:30pm. 

Bid 17 

Bid 17


Postgraduate Calendar 1999 


NSW 2522 Australia 

Telephone: (02) 4221 3555 

Facsimile: (02) 4221 3477 

All enquiries should be addressed to 

the Academic Registrar 

RRP $12 

Postage Extra


ARMS OF THE UNIVERSITY 

The principal etements incorporated in the amis 

of the University are the blue of the sea, the goW 

of the sand and the red of the lllawanei flame 

tree. The open book often used for educational 

institutions has also been included. 

The blazon is "Azure a book expanded Argent 

bound and clasped Or on a Chtef of the last 

three Cinquefbils pterced Gutes". 

THE UNIVERSITY 

The main campus of the University of Wollongong is located at the foot of 

Mt Keira about three kilometres from the centre of Wollongong and 80 

kikjmetres south of Sydney. 

The University had its foundation in 1951 when the New South Wales 

University of Technology established a Division at Wollongong. In 1961 

the Division became a College of the University of New South Wales. In 

1975, by Act of New South Wates Partiament, the University became ai 

autonomous institution. In 1982 it was amalgamated, again by Act of New 

South Wales Partiament, with the adjoining Wollongong Institute of 

Education (which had been founded in 1962 as the Wollongong Teachers' 

College). 

The University provides courses and undertakes research and other 

activittes of accepted university standard. 

The total student enrolnnent now exceeds 12,000. The student body is 

diverse and stimulating, yet small enough to retain a friendly and relaxed 

atmosphere. 

Students and intending students are advised to contact the Student 

Enquiries Office at ttie University for any further information they may 

require. 

The University of Wollongong is committed to the prevention of fraud and 

corruption. 

THE UNIVERSITY ACT AND BY-LAW 

The University of Wollongong is established under an Act of the New 

South Wales Partiament. The latest version of that Act- University of 

Wollongong Act 1989- defines the constitution and functions of the 

University, including the authority and composition of its Goveming 

Council and the provisions for its financial reporting and investments. 

The University has one By-Law approved by Partiament The By-Law 

prescribes, for exampte, the etectoral procedures for Council and the 

Academic Senate and the authority and functions of the Vice-Chancellor. 

The University's operating tegislation extends to Rutes made in 

acconjance witfi the By-Law. The Rules govern the management of the 

University and the conduct and obligations of its members. The major 

Rutes related to students and their courses are reproduced in full in this 

Catendar (see page 44) and coptes of the Act and by-Law are availabte 

from the Secretariat (Tel: 02 4221 3360). 

University of Wollongong Calendar 

There are 2 volumes of the Calendar 

University of Wollongong Undergraduate Catendar 1999 

University of Wollongong Postgraduate Catendar 1999 

Editorial, production and typesetting: 

Academic Registrar's Division, 


Printing: 

J S McMillan Printing Group 

Lidcombe, NSW 

ISSN 0726-1586 

The University attempts to ensure that the infonnation contained in 

this publication is up to date at the time of printing but sections may 

be amended without notice by ttie University in response to 

changing circumstances or for any other reasons. Classes in any 

subject may be cancelled if enrolments do not reach the levels 

approved for the effective presentation of the topic area The 

University reserves the right to change the content or the method of 

presentation of any unit of study, or to withdraw any unit or course 

of study which it offers, or impose limitations on enrolment in any 

unit or course as a result of resource limitations or for any other 

reason. 

Students should check with the University at the time d 

application/enrolment whether any later infonmation is availabte In 

respect of any material contained in this Catendar

COMMITTEES OF 

COUNCIL 

ViCE PRINCIPAL 

(ADMINISTRATION) 

* Academic Registrar 

* Financial and Personnel 

Services 

* Buildings & Grounds 

(including Security) 

* Information Technology 

Sen/ices 

* IHaiis of Residence 

Organisational Structure 

ACADEMIC 

SENATE 

COMMITTEES 

OF SENATE 

ViCE PRINCIPAL 

(INTERNATIONAL) 

' UniAdvice 

MANAGING 

DIRECTOR, rrc 

• Advanced Technologies 

• Business 

Deveiopment Division 

' Dubai Campus 

* Wollongong University 

Coilege 

FACULTY DEANS 

Faculties: 

COUNCIL 

•Arts 

• Commerce 

• Creative Arts 

* Education 

" Engineering 

* Health & Behavioural 

Sciences 

* Informatics 

'Lavi 

' Science 

VICE-CHANCELLOR 

& PRINCIPAL 

* Internal Auditor 

Faculty Structure 

'-Ofiiversity Deveiopment Officer 

DEPUTY 

VICE-CHANCELLOR 

* Planning Services 

_• EEC fine. FOI) 

PRO VICE-CHANCELLOR 

(RESEARCH) 

• Office of Research 

Arts Education Informatics 

• English Studies 

• Sociology 

• History and Politics Studies 

• Modern Languages 

• Philosophy 

• Science and Technology Studies 

• Communication and Cultural 

Studies 

Commerce 

• Accounting and Finance 

• Business Systems 

• Economics 

• Management 

• Marketing 

• Business School 

Creative Arts 

• Creative Writing 

• Performance 

• Visual Arts 

• Journalism 

• Early Childhood Education 

• Primary Education 

• Secondary Education 

• Adult Education and Training 

• Higher Education 

• Physical and Health Education 

Engineering 

• Civil, Mining and Environmental 

Engineering 

• Materials Engineering 

• Mechanical Engineering 

• Engineering Physics 

Health and Behavioural 

Sciences 

• Biomedical Science 

• Nursing 

• Psychology 

• Public Health and Nutrition 

PRO VICE-CHANCELLOR 

(ACADEMIC) 

' South Coast Campus Development 

* Library 

' Atwhginal Education Centre 

* Centre for Educational 

Deveiopment and Interactive 

Resources 

* Student Services 

* Education Policy 

* Academic Planning and Quality 

,, Assurance 

DEAN OF STUDENTS 

• Mathematics and Applied 

Statistics 

• Electrical, Computer and 

Telecommunications Engineering 

• Information Technology and 

Computer Science 

Law 

LLB programs 

Legal Studies 

Practical Legal Training 

Court Management 

Natural Resources Law and 

Policy 

Science 

• Biological Sciences 

• Chemistry 

• Geosciences 

• Environmental Science

CONTENTS 

Governance and Central Administration 1 

• Chancellor and 

Deputy Chancellor 1 

• The University Council 1 

• The Academic Senate 1 

• Honorary Graduates, Emeritus Professor and 

Fellows of the University 3 

• Deans 5 

• Senor Executives 5 

• Non Faculty Staff 7 

Student Information 8 

Academic Dress 8 

Accommodation 8 

Assignments submitted by Facsimile 8 

Change of Address 8 

Change of Name 8 

General Conduct 8 

Graduation 8 

HECS 8 

International Exchange Program 9 

Intemational Students 9 

Lost Property 10 

Notices 10 

Ownership of Student's Work 10 

Partying 10 

Student Identification Cards 10 

Student Travel Concession 10 

Transport to the Wollongong Campus 11 

Facilities & Associations 12 

Library 12 

Recreation and Sport Association 12 

Students' Association 12 

Wollongong UniCentre 12 

Alumni 13 

Friends 13 

Army Reserve Unit 13 

Support Services 13 

• Aboriginal Education Centre 13 

• Casual Employment 14 

• Chaplaincy Service 14 

• Student Services 14 

Careers Service 

Learning Development 

Counselling Service 

Student Equity 

Disabilities Service 

Admission 15 

Enrolment and Re-enrolment 15 

Variation of Enrolment 15 

Non-Award Subject enrolment 15 

Off Campus Delivery 15 

Postgraduate Scholarships and Prizes 17 

Student Charges 19 

Rules 22 

Codes of Practice 57 

Policies 54 

List of Course Names and Codes 62 

The Faculties 

Arts 

Commerce 

Creative Arts 

Education 

Engineering 

Health & Behavioural Science 

Informatics 

Law 

Science 

Organisational Structure 

Appendix 

• Memorandum and Articles of Assocation of Wollongong 

UniCentre 

Index 

University Map 

69 

107 

151 

165 

193 

227 

265 

289 

297 

311 

316 

321 

Inside Back Cover

GOVERNANCE AND CENTRAL ADMINISTRATION 

Visitor 

His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales 

Chancellor 

Michael H Codd AC, BEc(Hons) Adel 

Deputy Chancellor 

George Edgar, BSc UNSW 

THE UNIVERSITY COUNCIL 

Elected by the Legislative Council 

The Honourable Reverend Fred Nile, MLC 

Elected by the Legislative Assembly 

Mr Colin Markham, MLA 

Ministerial Nominees 

Ms Sandra McCarthy, DipTeach STC. GDipEd 

Mr Joseph Scimone, BEng GDIp MBA 

Ms Kerry Kyriakoudes, BLaws Syd 

Ex Officio 

The Chancellor: Mr Michael H Codd AC, BEc(Hons) Adel 

The Vice-Chancellor and Principal: Professor Gerard R Sutton, BE 

MEng Sc UNSW. PhD QUA 

The Chairperson of the Academic Senate: Professor Robert G Castle 

MEc Syd 

Appointed by Council 

Mr Brian Stewart Hickman BSc MSc DSc Melb 

Elected by the Students of the University 

Ms Ann Butler 

Elected by Convocation 

Ms Kerne Christian, BMet 

Ms Shirtey Nixon, BA 

Ms Susan Chapman, DipHealthAdmin CSturt, BA MBA 

Mr John Steinke, BA, MA, Calif 

Elected by the Full-time Academic Staff of the University 

Mr Michael Morrissey, BA Mane. MSc Notts 

Ms Ann Hodgkinson, BCom Qld. t\AEc Adel 

Elected by the Full-time General Staff of the University 

Ms Felicity McGregor, BA DipLib UNSW. AALIA 

THE ACADEMIC SENATE 

Chairperson of Senate 

Professor Robert G Castle 

Deputy Chairperson of Senate 

Professor Joan Cooper 

EX OFFICIO MEMBERS 

Mr Michael Codd, Chancellor 

Professor Gerard R Sutton, Vice-Chancellor and Principal 

Professor Peter M Robinson, Deputy Vice-Chancellor 

Professor Christine E Ewan, Pro Vice-Chancellor (Academic) 

Professor William J Lovegrove, Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research) 

Mr David W Rome Vice-Principal (Administration) 

Mr Jim Langridge, Vice-Principal (International) 

Mr Greg Naimo, Director, Information Technology Services 

Professor Sandra Wills, Director, Centre for Educational 

Development and Interactive Resources 

Ms Felicity McGregor, University Librarian 

Dean of Students 

Ms Josephine Castle 


ELECTED MEMBERS 

Directors of Institutes 

Professor John Morrison, Environment Research Institute 

Professor SX Dou, Institute for Materials Technology and 

Manufacturing 

Professor Leon Kane-Maguire, Institute for Molecular Recognition 

Associate Professor Andrew Wells, Institute for Social Change and 

Critical Enquiry 

Professor R Dippenaar, Institute for Steel Processing and Products 

Associate Professor Tim Turpin, Intemational Business Research 

Institute and Centre for Research Policy 

Professor Gordon Wallace, Intelligent Polymer Research Institute 

Students 

Ms Sarah Ailwood 

Mr Timothy Lear 

Ms Alison McRobert 

Mr Feargus Manning 

Ms Julia Murray 

Student Services 

Mr Greg Hampton, Counselling Services 

Dr Diane Snow, Aboriginal Education Centre 

Mr Bill Harrison, Aboriginal Education Centre 

FACULTY MEMBERS 

Faculty of Arts 

Ex-Offlcio 

Professor Anne Pauwels, Dean 

Elected 

Dr Rebecca Albury 

Dr Graham Banwell 

Professor John Bern 

Ms Catriona Elder 

Mr Henri Jeanjean 

Dr Brian Martin 

Professor John McQuilton 

Dr Stewart Russell 

Dr Peter Sales 

Mr Andrew Cornish 

Faculty of Commerce 

Ex-Officio 

Professor Gill Palmer, Dean 

Professor Michael J R Gaffikin, Department of Accounting and 

Finance 

Professor John Glynn, Business School 

Professor Graham K Winley, Department of Business Systems 

Professor A B Sim, Department of Management 

Ms Lesley White, Department of Martêting 

Professor Don Lewis, Department of Economics 

Elected 

Dr Bartjara Cornelius 

Dr Mary Kaidonis 

Ms Diana Kelly 

Dr Bob Williams 

Dr Michael Zanko 

Faculty of Creative Arts 

Ex-OfficIo 

Professor Sharon Bell, Dean 

Associate Professor Stephen Ingham 

Elected 

Ms Janys Hayes 

Mr David Vance 

Dr Diana Wood-Conroy 

Dr Ian McGrath

2 Governance and Central Administration 

Faculty of Education 

Ex-OfficIo 

Professor John Patterson, Dean 

Professor John Hedberg, Associate Dean 

Dr Nita Temmenman, Associate Dean 

Elected 

Dr Ian Brown 

Professor Carta Fasano 

Dr Brian Ferry 

Ms Yvonne Ken- 

Dr Janice Wright 

Dr Wilma Vialle 

Faculty of Engineering 

Ex-OfficIo 

Professor Brendon Partner, Faculty of Engineering, 

Associate Professor Robin Chowdhury, Department of Civil and 

Mining Engineering 

Professor Druce Dunne, Department of Materials Engineering 

Professor Kiet Tieu, Department of Mechanical Engineering 

Professor William Zealey, Department of Engineering Physics 

Elected 

Dr Muhammad Hadi 

Dr John Montagner 

Associate Professor Dennis Montgomery 

Dr Sharon Nightingate 

Associate Professor Siva Sivakumar 

Faculty of Health and Behavioural Sciences 

Ex-Officio 

Professor Len Storiten, Faculty of Health and Behavioural Sdences 

Professor Mat\c Brown, Head, Department of Biomedical Sciences 

Associate Professor Rhonda Griffiths, Department of Nursing 

Professor Robert Barry, Department of Psychology 

Professor Dennis Calvert, Department of Public Health and Nutrition 

Elected 

Associate Professor Patrick Heaven 

Associate Professor Anthony Hodgson 

Ms Tracy McDonald 

Associate Professor Beverly Walker 

Ms Margaret Wallace 

Dr Heather Yeatman 

Faculty of Informatics 

Ex-OfficIo 

Professor Ah Chung Tsoi, Faculty of Infonnatics 

Professor Chris Cook, School of Etectrical, Computer and 

Tetecommunications Engineering 

Professor Joan Cooper, School of Information Technology and 

Computer Sdence 

Associate Professor John Rayner, School of Mathematics and Applied 

Statlstii^ 

Elected 

Professor Philip Broadbridge 

Associate Professor Joseph Chicharo 

Professor Davkl Griffiths 

Dr Philip Laird 

Associate Professor Rei Safavi-Naini 

Dr Graham Williams 

Faculty of Law 

Ex-Officio 

Professor Helen Gambte, Faculty of Law 

Elected 

Mr Damien Considine 

Mr Andrew Kelly 

Ms Sandra Mercado 

Ms Natalte Stoianoff 

Faculty of Science 

Ex-OfficIo 

Professor Robert Noms, Faculty of Sctence 

Professor Robert Whelan, Department of Biological Sciences 

Professor John Bremner, Department of Chemistry 

Professor Alan Chivas, Department of Geosctences 

Elected 

Dr Kris French 

Dr Will Price 

Dr Sharon Robinson 

Dr Lou Rodgerson 

Associate Professor Roger Truscott 

Associate Professor Colin Woodroffe

HONORARY GRADUATES 

1976 DSc 

1977 

1978 

1980 

1981 

1984 

1985 

DSc 

DSc 

DSc 

DLitt 

DSc 

DLitt 

DLitt 

DLitt 

DSc 

DLitt 

DCA 

MA 

(Hons) 

1988 DSc 

1989 

1990 

1991 

1992 

1993 

1994 

DSc 

DLitt 

DLitt 

DLitt 

DLitt 

PhD 

DSc 

LLD 

DSc 

DSc 

DLitt 

DCA 

DSc 

DLitt 

LLD 

LLD 

DSc 

DLitt 

DLitt 

Professor Chartes A M Gray, Hon JMN, BSc ME 

Syd. Hon DSc UNSW. CEng FIMechE, MICE, 

MIE Aust, FIE (Malaysia), Emeritus Professor, 

University of Malaya. 

Professor Rupert H Myers, KBE, FTS, MSc, PhD 

Melb. Hon DSc, Hon LLD Strath. Hon DEng 

N'cle, Hon DLitt UNSW, FIMMA, FRACI, 

FAusIMM, FAIM, FAICD, Hon FIEAust 

DavkJ E Parry, BE Syd 

Sir Robert Webster (dec'd), CMG, CBE, MC Hon 

DSc NSW, FASA 

Edgar Beale (dec'd) 

Sir Ian Munro McLennan, KBE, CBE, BEE fi/lelb, 

Hon DEng Melb and N'ele (NSW) 

Walter Pike, MA DipPA Land. DipEd Camb, 

AFAIM, MACE 

Lindsay Michael Birt, CBE, BAgrSc BSc PhD 

Melb. DPhil Oxf 

Sir Richard Kirtsy, LLB Syd 

Thistle Yolette Stead 

Sir Roden Cutter, VC, KCMG, KCVO, CBE, KSU, 

BEc Syd. Hon LLD Syd. Hon DSc UNSWand 

N'ele (NSW). Hon DLitt NE. Hon FCA 

John Henry Antill (dec'd), QBE, CMG 

Luigi Strano 

Howard Knox Womer, CBE, DSc DEng Melb. 

Hon DSc Nele (NSW), ABSM, CEng, FAA, 

FTS, MAUSIMM, FIEAust, FRACI, FAIE, FIM, 

FIMM, MAIME 

Dantel Tague, DipEtec/ Mech Eng, CEng 

Brian Somervilte Giltett, BA DipEd Syd. ACES 

The Rt Honourable Sir John Grey Gorton, GCMG, 

AC, CH, MA Oxf 

The Rt Honourable Michael Thomas Somare, PC, 

CH 

The Honourabte Edward Gough Whitlam, AC, 

QC, BA LLB Syd 

Allan Roy Seflon (dec'd) 

Franco Belgiomo-Nettis, CBE AM, BSc Turin 

The Honourabte Robiert Marsden Hope, AC CMG 

LLB Syd, QC 

Geoffrey Sawer (dec'd), BA LLM Ateto 

Joseph Maty. Gani, BSc Land, PhD ANU 

Brian Thoriey Loton, AC, BMetE tVlelb. FIEAust, 

MAusIMM MAIME, FAIM 

John Arthur Passmore, MA HonDLitt Syd. 

HonDLitt McM. FAHA, FASSA, FBA 

Roger Robert Woodward, AC, QBE 

Emeritus Professor Raymond Chambers, AG, 

BEc DSc HonDSc Nele (NSW), FACPA, 

FASSA 

The Most Reverent Richard Henry Goodhew, ThL 

AustCkillTheol, MA 

The Honourabte Justice Jane Mathews, LLB Syd 

Patriaa June O'Shane, LLB, LLM (Syd) MA. 

Guy Kendall White, MSC (Syd), DPM(Oxf). 

FInstP, FAIP FAA. 

Professor Dorothy L M Jones, MA NZ and Adel. 

BLitt Oxf. DLitt 

Professor Kenneth R McKinnon, AUA Adel. BA 

BEd Qld. EdD Harv, FACE 

1995 

1996 

1997 

1998 

DSc 

DCA 

DLitt 

LLD 

DCA 

DLitt 

DSc 

DCA 

DCA 


John Stocker, MBBS, PhD h/lelb 

Hertjert Flugelman 

The Honourabte Bany Owen Jones AO, MALLB 

Melb. DLitt UTS. DSc Maoq, FRSA Ijond, 

FANZAAS, FTS, FAHA 

The Honourabte John HaWen Wootton AC QC, BA 

LLB Syd 

Arthur Meric BloomfieW Boyd 

Merion Frances Fox AM BFd Sturt CAE 

Richard Merie Lambrecht, BS Onegan. PhD 

Nebrasl

4 Govemance and Central Administration 

Ferdinando Leili 

1991 Des Davis, BA Syd. MA N'cle (NSW) 

Harold Hanson, AM 

Raymond E Hestehurst, BD Lond, ThL MTh AustCollTheol 

James Barry Kelly, FAIM 

1992 Edward Walter Tobin 

Cornelius Harris Martin, AO (dec'd) 

1993 Noel Gordon Diffey, BBus R/V 

Dr Sultan Aly, MBBS, Karachi, BSc Punjab 

Peter George Kell 

1994 Ronald William John Robinson James AM MBE (Syd) 

John Chartes Steinke, BA MA CaTif 

Robert William Upfold, BEME PhD NSW. ASIC. C Eng, 

CPeng, FIEAust, MIMech, AMAusIMM 

Ir Djoko Subagyo, BEng /Itoscow 

Ross Munro Walker 

Walter William Jervis 

1995 Jeremy Kitson Ellis, BA Oxf 

Vincent J Cincotta, BS Fordham. MA Col, DML Middlebury 

David Campbell 

Mavis Milter, BA, MStudFr/lt 

Graham Partner 

1996 Winifred Lily Ward BA (Hons) PhD 

Ronald James Broadfoot BSc ANU, DipEd L/WM/, Bed MEd 

UnE, PhD Syd 

Paul Edward Jeans BE (Mech) UNSW, FIE Aust 

Patricia Mowbray 

Shirley Nixon, BA 

Ian McMaster, BE(Met) Melb 

George Maltijy, BA Syd 

1997 Kennetti Eardtey Baumber, Bsc StAnd. 

June Ltewellyn Hope 

Beverley Ann Lawson APM, AssocDipAdmin 

Rod Oxiey, BBus, AssDipLocGvt 

Robert Duncan Somervaille AO, LLB Syd 

Kevin Edward Tumbull, BA, DipTertiaryEd NE. DipEd 

Nancy Una Reynolds OAM 

Winifred Bullot Smith OAM 

David John Waters AM 

1998 Stephen Edward John Andersen BM, BS Syd, BSc MBA 

Keith William Phipps OAM, BA DipEd 

John Neville Shipp, BA DipEd Maeq, 

DipArchivAdmin UNSW. AALIA 

Keith Phillip Tognetti BE, MEngSc UNSW. PhD 

Alex Whitworth, BA(Hons) Melb. MBA UNSW

STAFF 

THE DEANS 

Dean of Faculty of Arts 

Professor Anne Pauwels, LicGenmanicPhil, GradDip Higher Ed 

Antwerp. MA PhD f^na^ 

Dean of Faculty of Commerce 

Professor Gill Palmer, BSocSc (Hons) Birm, MSc LSE. PhD City UK, 

FAIM, FAHRI 

Dean of Faculty of Creative Arts 

Professor Sharon Bell, BA PhD Syd 

Dean of Faculty of Education 

Professor John Patterson, MSc Oregon, MEd Syd, Ed DN Colorado 

Dean of Faculty of Engineering 

Professor Brendon Partner, BSc (Eng) ARSM, DIC, PhD Lorx/FIM, 

FIE Aust, CPEng, C. Eng 

Dean of Health and Behavioural Sciences 

Professor Len Storlien, BSc (cum laude) Lethbridge, MA Br Col, PhD 

ANU 

Dean of Faculty of Informatics 

Professor Ah Chung Tsoi, MSc, PhD, BD, FIE Aust, SMIEEE, CPEng 

Dean of Faculty of Law 

Professor Heten Gambte, LLB LLM ANU. Barrister and Solicitor ACT, 

Barrister NSW 

Dean of Faculty of Science 

Professor Robert K Norris, BSc(Hons) PhD, DSc Syd. DIC Lond, 

FRACI 


Ms Josephine Castle, BA Syd, MA Warw 

SENIOR EXECUTIVE UNIT 

Vice-Chancellor and Principal 

Professor Gerard R Sutton, BE MEngSc UNSW, PhD CUA 

Deputy Vice-Chancellor 

Professor Peter Robinson, AM, BSc (Hons) PhD DSc Wales 

Pro Vice-Chancellor (Academic) 

Professor Christine E Ewan, MB BS MA PhD Syd, FAFPHM 

Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research) 

Professor William J Lovegrove, BA PhD Qld. MAPsS 

Vice-Principal (Administration) 

David W Rome, BSc MSc W. Aust 

Vice-Principal (International) 

James W Langridge, BBus UTS. DipTertEd NE. MACS 

Director of International Programs 

Robert G Castte, MEc Syd 

Personal Assistant to the Vice-Chancellor 

Halina Majer 

REPORTING TO THE VICE-CHANCELLOR 

INTERNAL AUDITOR 

Tracey Connolly, CISA 

UNIVERSITY DEVELOPMENTS OFFICER 

David Fulter, BEd, MA Lanes 

Govemance and Central Administration 5 

UNIVERSITY OF WOLLONGONG FOUNDATION LIMITED 

Chairman 

Harold Hanson, AM 

Executive Director 

Peter Rose, BA Maeq, ACES, CASE 

Director 

Brian S Gillett, BA DipEd Syd. HonDLitt ACES 

REPORTING TO THE DEPUTY VICE- 

CHANCELLOR 

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY, FREEDOM OF 

INFORMATION AND PRIVACY 

Director 

Christine Hayward, BA, B.LegS(Hons) Maeq, LLM Syd, PGD 

LegAdmin UTS 

Deputy Director 

Robyn Weekes BA, ALIA 

PLANNING SERVICES 

Manager, Planning Services 

David Macpherson, BMath GDipAccy 

REPORTING TO THE PRO VICE-CHANCELLOR 

(RESEARCH) 

OFFICE OF RESEARCH 

Director 

Aapo Skorulis, BSc Maeq, DipEd KCAE 

REPORTING TO THE PRO VICE-CHANCELLOR 

(ACADEMIC) 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF STUDENTS 


Josephine Castle, BA(Hons) Syd. MA Wanv 

STUDENT SERVICES 

Head 

Gregory Hampton, BA(Hons) Maeq. PhD, MAPsS 

ABORIGINAL EDUCATION CENTRE 

Head 

Bill Harrison, BEd MEd 

CENTRE FOR EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND 

INTERACTIVE RESOURCES (CEDIR) 

Director 

Associate Professor Sandra Wills, BA DipEd TTC Tas, MEd Monash, 

FACS 

Deputy Director 

Ian G Pirie, BSc, DipEd, MEd Syd. PhD Glasgow. MACE, FACS 

LIBRARY 

University Librarian 

Felicity McGregor, BA DipLib UNSW, AALIA

6 Govemance and Central Administration 

Manager, Technology and Corporate Services 

Neil Cairns, BA NE, DipLib Riv 

Manager, Client Services 

Lynne Wright, GradDipTeach, DipLib Riv, AALIA 

Technical Services Co-ordinator 

Pam Epe, BA, AALIA 

Reference Librarian 

Catriona McGuri^, BA, GradDipLib & InfoSci QUE (Arts) 

Electronic Services Librarian 

Neil Grant, BA Syd, DipLib UNSW, DipLib Monash 

Lending Services Coordinator 

Sue Craig, BA DipEd Syd, DipLib Rrv 

Law Librarian 

Elizabeth White, BA, DipLib Riv 

Systems Librarian 

Karen Lunt, BA Riv, Mlib UNSW 

Outreach Librarian 

Craig Littler, Bsc (Arch), BA Syd, GradDiplnfoStud UTS, AALIA 

Quality Co-ordinator 

Margte Jantti, BA Lib & InfoSci CSU 

Faculty Librarians 

Jacqui Birchall, BA, Lib & Info Sci CSU (Arts) 

Susan Jones, BA, GradDipLib & InfoSci CSU, AALIA (Commerce) 

Chrissy Ralston, BSW(Hons) UNSW, GradDipAppSci (Info) UTS, 

AALIA (Creative Arts) 

Keith Gaymer, BA Syd. DipLib UNSW, AALIA (Education) 

Vicki Dodd, Bsc McQ, DiplMLib UNSW (Engineering, Law) 

Chris Brewer, BA Lib & InfoSci Riv, AALIA (Health &Behavioural 

Sciences) 

Vacant (Infomnatics) 

Gay Antonopolous, BA Wisconsin, AALIA (Law) 

Elizabeth Peisley, DipTeach, GradDipSci (TeachLib) Edith Cowan, 

AALIA (Sdence) 

Acquisitions Co-ordinator 

Traci Rice, Assoc DipLibPrac, ALIA Tech 

Cataloguing Coordinator 

Michelle Aitkin, BA DipCom (BuslnfoSys) 

Curriculum Resource Centre Co-ordinator 

Paula Brown, Bed 

Information Access Coordinator 

Helen Mandl, BA DipEd UNE, GradDip InflVlgmt(Lib) UNSW, AALIA 

REPORTING TO THE VICE-PRINCIPAL 

(ADMINISTRATION) 

ACADEMIC REGISTRAR'S DIVISION 

Academic Registrar 

Gillian Luck, BBus USQ, GDipPSMgt Griffith 

Manager, Secretariat 

Lynn M Woodley, BA(Hons) DipEd UNSW 

Manager, Student Administration 

Marina Evans, BMath 

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS DIVISION 

Director 

Andrew Frowd, BEng(Hons) QIT, MEngSc Monash, MEngSc QUT, 

GDipMgtStud RAAFSC, MIE(Aust), CPEng 

Assistant Director 

Bruce Flint, BBuild UNSW 

Manager, Construction 

Bob Slater, AssDipAppSc(Build) 

Manager, Maintenance 

Chris Hewitt, DipEng(Elec Sys) 

Manager, Security 

David AntJerson 

Manager, Cleaning Services 

Michael Gillmore 

Administrative and Property Officer 

Bany Lake, BA 

Financial Coordinator 

Peter Feutrill, Grad Cert Public Sector Mgt GU 

PERSONNEL AND FINANCIAL SERVICES DIVISION 

Director 

Chris Grange, BA UNSW, MAHRI 

Assistant Director, Financial Services 

Allan North, BBus, CPA 

Assistant Director, Personnel Services 

Vacant 

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES 

Director 

Gregory J Naimo, BE Syd, DipEd UNSW 

Financial Co-ordinator 

Andrew Jeffiêy, BCom 

Associate Director Client Services and Infrastructure 

Gary Kelly 

Project Manager, Business Information Systems 

Administrative Information Services 

Chris Edmondson 

REPORTING TO THE VICE-PRINCIPAL 

(INTERNATIONAL) 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT DIVISION 

Director, Intemational Business Development 

Kaye Cox, BEd, AssDipAdultEd UTS 

Manager, Business Development 

John McKelvey, DipTch, BA (Hons), BSocSc UNE, GradDipAppLings 

(TESOL) NTU 

Manager, Project Development 

Graham Kingston, MEd UNE, BEd(Tech) HIE, GradDipCompEd 

MCAE 

Project Director 

Paul Bargon, BCom(Hons), MCom (Hons) UNSW. DipEd UNE 

WOLLONGONG UNIADVICE 

General Manager 

Robin Buckham, BA, DipEd Syd 

Head - Media Services Unit 

Bemte Goklte, BA UNE

Manager - Admissions 

Grahame Morris, BSc N'cle . PhD UNSW 

Manager - Marketing Services 

Jayne Cusack, BA Maeq 

RECREATION AND AQUATIC CENTRE LTD 


Paul L Manning, BEd Syd, MMgt 

STUDENT ACCOMMODATION 

CAMPUS EAST, KOOLOOBONG, GUNDI AND GRADUATE 

HOUSE 

Head 

Robyn Wilkes, BA UNE 

INTERNATIONAL HOUSE 

Head 

Cynthia Halloran, BA Qld. MA ANU 

WEERONA COLLEGE 

Head 

Philip Dutton, BA Monash. MEd N'ele(UK), MACE, MACEA, JP 

WOLLONGONG UNICENTRE LTD 


Nigel Pennington, BA Qld, AIM, AITEA 

ILLAWARRA TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION LTD 

Managing Director 

James W Langridge, BBus UTS DipTertEd, MEdAdmin UNE 

General Manager, Commercial 

Stuart McDonell, BCom UNSW, ASCPA 

ADVANCED MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGIES DIVISION 


Luke Nad], BSc UNSWJP FRACI 

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT DIVISION 

Director, Intemational Business Development 

Kaye Cox, BEd, AssDipAdultEd UTS 

COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES DIVISION 


James Gibson, BSc, BE Syd 

WOLLONGONG UNIADVICE 


Robin Buckham, BA, DipEd Syd 

WOLLONGONG UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 

Director 

William McGaw, BA Qld, MA Maeq 

UNIVERSITY OF WOLLONGONG, DUBAI CAMPUS 

Director 

Martin Van Run, BA, DipEd, MA 

CONSERVATORIUM OF MUSIC 

Director 

Claudio Pompill, BMus Adel, MIMT 

Govemance and Central Administration 

CME Co-ordlnators 

Jannette McCarthy, DipMusEd 

Janet Andrews, BME (NSW State Ck)nservatorium) 

UNIVERSITY POLICY CENTRES 

CENTRE FOR INDIGENOUS DEVELOPMENT 

Head 

MargaretValadian,BSocStud Q/d, MEd(Com) Hawaii, MSW SUNY. 

Hon Drt-itt, Maeq 

Senior Research Fellow 

Natascha McNamara AM MBE BBus, DipTeach, FACE 

CENTRE FOR RESEARCH POLICY 

Director 

Associate Professor Tim Turpin, BA (Hons), PhD La T 

Senior Research Fellow 

Sam Gan-ett -Jones, BSc Soton. MSc Mane. PhD ANU 

Eduardo Pol, Lie Esc UBA, Dr Esc UBA 

Research Fellows 

Matt Ngui, BA MA W.Aust 

Heather Spence, BA (Hons), PhD 

Visiting Research Fellow 

Xie Lin Liu, BS Peking University, MS Aeademia Sinica, PhD 

Tsinghua Unh/ersity

8 Student Information 

STUDENT INFORMATION 

GENERAL CONDUCT 

Acceptance as a member of the University implies an undertaking on 

ttie part of the student to observe the rules, by-laws and other 

requirements of ttie University, in accordance with ttie declaration 

signed at the time of enrolment. 

Smoking is not pemnitted inside any building on the campus. Gambling 

is also forbidden 

Members of the academic staff of the University, senior administrative 

officers, and other persons authorised for the purpose, have authority, 

and it is their duty, to check and report on disorderly or improper 

conduct or any breach of rules occurring in the University 

ACADEMIC DRESS 

Academic Dress for graduation ceremonies is hired on the day of 

graduation. The curent cost is $65* with $20 being refunded when the 

dress is returned by the specified time. 

Casual hire is available at times other than graduation. The cost is 

$50and the dress may be kept for seven days. 

Academic dress may also be purchased. If purchasing for a 

graduation ceremony, an order must be lodged at least four weeks 

prior to graduation. 

Academic dress for hire or purchase is available at the Student 

Administration Office, Administration Building. 

* The cost of hiring academic dress is subject to change without 

notice. 

ACCOMMODATION 

The University of Wollongong's Halls of Residence are currently 

divided into two broad categories - collegiate and non-collegiate. The 

Collegiate Halls (International House and Weerona) provide catered 

meals, a cohesive community ethos and have a strong program of 

pastoral care, including tutorial support. The non-collegiate sector is 

defined by a more independent residential environment, allowing 

residents to take on the right amount of involvement for their needs and 

personalities. Non-collegiate residences at the University of 

Wollongong vary in style from the more supportive environment c^ 

Campus East which has a central dining facility to the independent 

'unit style' living at the self-catered residences - Kookx)bong, Gundi 

and Graduate House. 

Enquires may be directed to the following: 

• Collegiate 

International House 

Cynthia Halloran, (02) 4221 5252, Facsimite (02) 4227 6651 

Weerona College 

Philip Dutton, (02) 4221 5240, Facsimite (02) 4229 6136 

• Non-collegiate 

Campus East, Kooloobong, Gundi, Graduate House 

Robyn Wilkes, (02) 4221 3341 

ACCOMMODATION OFFICE 

The University has an Accommodation Officer who assists students 

wanting to find private accomm(3dation. The Accommodation Officer 

can tie contacted by tetephoning (02) 4221 3216. 

General 

Private accommodation is usually available in the suburtDS around ttie 

campus With rooms costing approximately S60 per week, apartments 

from $120 per week, white house and condominium style apartments. 

which can be shared by several students, range tietween $170 and 

$250 per week, depending on size, styte and location. 

ASSIGNMENTS SUBMITTED BY FACSIMILE 

Assignments for undergraduate subjects will not be accepted or 

mari

HECS liability through the Taxation System when earnings reach the 

threshold prescribed yeariy by the Government or whether they wish 

to pay the HECS liability to the University up-fi-ont and receive a 

discount of 25%. If a student etects to pay the liability to the University 

up-front he/she should make paynnent of the liability by the date 

prescribed. Ptease note that students who fail to make up-front 

payments by the due date will have their enrolment cancelled. 

Students who elect to pay HECS up-fi-ont may also provide their Tax 

File Number which will pemiit ttie University to change the up-front 

option to defen-ed if for some reason the student does not make the upfront 

payment by the due date. 

Partial Up-Front 

Students who etect to defer their HECS payments are able to make an 

up-fi-ont payment pnorto ttie HECS census date of at least $500 (for 

which you will receive a 25% discount). Payments may be made at 

the Student Administration Office using EFTPOS, credit cards or 

cheques. 

Change of HECS Election 

A student's HECS election remains in force for the duration of his/her 

course unless he/she wishes to change it by lodging another HECS 

election form. 

Tax File Numbers 

Students electing the defenêd option or must provide their Tax File 

Number (TFN). Students who do not have a TFN, or do not know their 

TFN, need to contact their nearest Australian Taxation Office. Students 

who do not provide their TFN prior to the census date will have their 

enrolment cancelled. 

Notice of Liability 

Students will receive notice of their estimated liability under HECS 

with the enrolment record notice at the beginning of each session. A 

statement of the session's final HECS liability as at census date is 

sent to each student's mailing address after the census date. 

(Students must keep this as a permanent record of their liability 

each session.) 

Amendments to Enrolment 

When a student amends his/her enrolment (ie by withdrawing from or 

adding one or more subjects), an amended liability statement will be 

given No liability under HECS will t>e incurred if a student 

withdraws from one or more subjects prior to the appropriate 

census date. 

Exemptions 

Higher education students will incur the HECS with the exception of 

the following, who are exempt: 

• have a Merit-Based Equity Scholarship; or 

• hold an Australian Post Graduate Award; or 

• are enrolled in a fee-paying place; or 

• are enrolled in a HECS exempt enabling course; or 

• are enrolled in a non-award course; or 

• are enrolled in an employer funded course; or 

• are enrolled in a HECS exempt place in ttie Commonwealth 

Industry Places Scheme; or 

• are an Australian pennanent resident under visa sub class 818 

and you have an overseas Post-graduate Research Scholarship 

(OPRS) 

Students who fall in ttie above categories will have no liability under 

HECS and are not required to complete a Payment Option Form. 

Citizenship Charges 

From the beginning of 1996 Australian pennanent residents who have 

not become citizens within one year of meeting residency 

requirements for citizenship, and New Zealand citizens, will need to 

pay their Higher Education Contribution up ft-ont, without a discount. 

This will mean that at enrolment: 

• Australian citizens will need to verify their citizenship status by 

producing their Australian birth certificate or their citizenship 

certificate (or certified copies). 

• Permanent residents will need to verify their penmanent 

residency status to show that they are eligible for HECS. To 

establish their eligibility for defen-ed HECS they will need to 

supply their passport (or certified copy) showing dates c^ 

penmanent residence in Australia. 

student Information 

New Zealand citizens will need to verify their New Zealand 

Citizenship status to show they are eligible for up front HECS. 

New Zealanders (who do not also hold Australian citizenship) are 

not eligibte to defer their HECS in-espective of the duration of their 

residence in Australia. 

For ftjrther HECS infonmation ptease refer to the HECS-Your 

Questions Answered 1999' booktet available from the Academic 

Registrar's Division or phone Liz Cuthbert on (02) 4221 4601 or 

Debby Porter on (02) 42 21 4847 

INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE PROGRAM 

The Intemational Exchange Program offers Wollongong students the 

opportunity to study for one or two sessions at a university in another 

country and count the study towards their University of Wollongong 

degree. Current programs include universities in the USA, UK, 

France, Italy, Swreden, Japan, Thailand and Indonesia. Scholarships 

are available. Contact the Study Abroad Office Tetephone (02) 4221 

3170 or email< studyabroad@uow.edu.au> 

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

Enrolment for International Students 

Application procedures 

Prospective students should address all enquiries and completed 

application fonms to: 

Admissions Unit 

Wollongong UniAdvice 


Wollongong NSW 2522 

Australia 

Tetephone:+61 2 4221 3218 

Fax: + 61 2 4221 3233 

e-mail: uniadvice@uow.edu.au 

International students must enrol in a full-time program of study. 

English Language Requirements 

All applicants must provide evidence of English language proficiency 

prior to enrolment. The University's minimum English language 

requirement for most courses is : 

TEST OF ENGLISH 

PROFICIENCY 

lELTS 

TOEFL 

NSW HSC ENGLISH 

WOLLONGONG 

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 

PRE-COURSE EXIT TEST 

(For \A/ELC ELICOS students 

only) 

Law 

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS * 

Overall score of 6.0 

6.0 in reading and writing 

5.0 in listening and speaking 

550 (Paper Exam) 

213 (Computer Exam) 

2 Unit Contemporary 

English (60/100) 

2 Unit General (53/100) 

2 Unit (50/100) 

3 Unit 

Pre-Course Exit Test A or B 

The following linguistically demanding courses have higher 

English language requirements: 

lELTS overall tiand 7.0; minimum of 6.0 in reading, writing, 

listening and speaking. 

TOEFL 600. 

Wollongong University College Pre-course Exit Test A.

10 student Infonnation 

Clinical Psychology, undergraduate Faculty of Education and 

Master of Business Administration : 

lELTS overall band of 6.5; minimum of 6.0 in reading, writing, 


TOEFL 575. 

Wollongong University College Pre-course Exit Test A. 

Nursing and Master of Arts (English Studies and Post-Colonial 

Literatures specialisations): 

As for Clinical Psychology except Wollongong University 

College Pre-course Exit Test is B. 

Postgraduate Faculty of Education : 

lELTS overall band of 7.0; minimum of 6.5 in reading, writing, 


TOEFL 600. 

Wollongong University College Pre-course Exit Test A. 

Results attained in ttie above English tests will remain valid for two 

years ft-om the date of testing. If a student is unable to provkle proof of 

English proficiency at ttie time of application, one of the atx)ve tests 

will need to be undertaken. 

NB : The requirement may be waived for applicants wtio meet all of 

the following criteria: 

completion of a degree, or equivalent qualification, from 

an approved institution located in a country where the 

official language Is English, and 

where the language of instruction was English, and 

the qualification was attained within two years of applying 

to the University of Wollongong. 

The University reserves the right to increase the standards as 

set out above in individual cases. 

The University of Wollongong offers 'English Language Intensive 

Courses for (Dverseas Students' Uirough ttie Woltongong University 

College on campus. These courses provide the opportunity to acquire 

a sound knowledge of English for a variety of purposes, including 

academic English for entry to university. 

International Student Adviser 

Support and assistance is availabte to help intemational students with 

difficulties they might face in adapting to life in a foreign culture. If 

students are having difficulties it is important ttiat ttiey seek advice. 

The Intemational Student Advisers can provide advice on a wide 

range of issues including personal proljlems, academic (xncems, 

immigration, tegal matters, accidents, family worries or 

emergences. The office also coordinates the Intemational Friendship 

Program to facilitate links between students and the local community. 

Charges Relating to International Students 

When accepting an offer of admission, all new intemational shjdents 

must pay ttie normal sessional fee. If students undertake 

subjects/credit points in addition to the nonmal full time toad they are 

required to pay extra fees. Re-enrolling students can pay reduced fees 

when undertaking subjects/credit points tess than the nonmal full time 

load; any overpayments will be aedited to the next session. This does 

not apply to AusAID, IDP, Study Abroad, Exchange students and some 

Australian and overseas scholarship schemes. 

The schedute of fees for intemational students undertaking a nonmal 

ftjil time load is availabte from the Intemational Office. 

The operative dates for calculation of ttie number of credit points in 

which intemational students are enrolled will be 31 March for Autumn 

Sesson and 31 August for Spring Sesston each year. Students who 

withdraw from subjects after these dates will still be liat>le for 

the fees for those sut>jects. Ttiese dates are known as ttie 

Intemational Student Audit Dates. 

International Students Late Charge 

A late fee of $450 applies to Intemational students who have not paid 

their tuition fee in full prior to ttie commencement of session 

Note: Intemational students should also refer to the Student 

Charges section of this calendar for information on the 

University's fee policy and refund policy. 

LOST PROPERTY 

Enquiries conceming lost property shouU be made to the Security 

Office, UniCentre Building. 

NOTICES 

Official University notices are displayed on the notice boards and 

students are expected to be acquainted with the contents of those 

announcements which concem them. 

OWNERSHIP OF STUDENTS' WORK 

The University reserves the right to retain at its own discretion the 

original or one copy of any drawings, models, designs, plans and 

specifications, essays, theses or ottier work executed by students as 

part of their courses, or submitted for any award or competition 

conducted by the University. 

PARKING 

Approximately 2,500 partying spaces are availabte on campus. These 

spaces are categorised into Red, Blue and motorcycte areas, witii Red 

areas closest to campus facilities. 

Red partying pennits costs $161.00 pa and Blue penmits costs $94.00 

pa. Half year pennits are also availabte on application at the 

University cashier. Purchase of a pari

on railways within Australia. Application forms are availabte from the 

Student Enquiries Office, Ground Floor, Administration BuiWing. A 

passport sized photo is required. 

Aircraft 

Concession fares for overseas, inter-state and intra-state are availabte 

under ttie conditions ruling for various operating compantes. 

Appropriate travel cards are available from travel agents. 

Bus 

Applications for private bus concessions are availabte at ttie Student 

Enquires Office, Ground Floor, Administration Building. 

TRANSPORT TO THE WOLLONGONG CAMPUS 

University shuttle bus services link Campus East, Intemational House 

and Weerona campus with the main University campus. 

Wollongong bus operators provkje services to ttie University from all 

areas of Wollongong (north to Austinmer and south to Shellhartiour). 

The University is located within 15 minutes walking distance from 

North Wollongong Railway Station and bus operators also service this 

connection. 

Bus services also run from ttie Bargo, PIcton area and ttie 

Campbelltown district. Timetables are available from ttie University 

or the bus operators. 

The University is located 5 kilometres from ttie Woltongong city 

centre with easy access from the major road systems. 

student Infonmation 11

12 Facilittes and Associations 

FACILITIES AND ASSOCIATIONS 

LIBRARY 

The University Library provides students and staff with a range erof them are available from your home computer if you 

are connected to ttie Internet. 

Wort

1MB ATM, 2 NAB ATMs. 

General: 

Conference and Function Centre (Telephone: 4221 8093) 

Cinema/General Purpose Hall 

Meeting and Conference Rooms 

Hair Care: 

T>ie Cutting Crew (Tetephone: 4221 3111 or 4229 3814) 

Medical Centre: 

General Practitioners, Dentist and Optometrist 

(Tetephone: 4226 2199) 

Travel: 

STA Travel Service (Telephone: 4226 2077) 

Student Welfare: 

SRC Offices (Tetephone: 4221 4202) 

Student Services 

- Counselling (Tetephone: 4221 3455) 

- Careers Advice (Telephone: 4221 3324) 

- Accommodation Office/Job Shop (Telephone: 4221 4622) 

- Women's Room 

- Chaplain (Telephone: 4221 3534) 

University Security (Telephone: 4221 4555) 

Keira Buffet and Raciti's restaurant are located in the McKinnon 

building. 

Clut>s and Societies 

There are over 50 campus dubs and sodeties on campus, ranging 

from religious and cultural groups to faculty and recreational groups. 

Campus clubs and societies affiliate with one body, the Clubs and 

Societies Support Office. This organisation is jointly supported by ttie 

UniCentre and ttie SRC. Support is offered to clubs via ttie 

UniCentre's Clubs and Sodeties Officer whose office is situated on 

the ground floor, UniCentre Arcade. 

Uni Job Shop Casual Employment Office 

The Uni Job Shop is located on ttie ground floor in ttie UniCentre 

Arcade. The Job Shop seeks casual, part-time and temporary 

employment opportunities for students. The office also has a database 

of students looking for casual work For more information, ttie Job 

Shop can be contaded on 4221 4622. 

Accommodation Office 

The UniCentre Accommodation office is located on the ground floor in 

ttie UniCentre Arcade. The office lists private accommodation 

opportunities for students. To contad ttie Accommodation Office, 

ptease call 4221 4622. 

Entertainment Program 

The UniCentre runs a comprehensive adivities and entertainment 

program induding live music, art, weekly movies and more. For 

details tetephone 4221 8000. 

UniCentre Children's Services 

The childcare centres on campus offer childcare facilities to botti 

students and staff by qualified Eariy Childhood staff. 

Kids' Uni North and Kids' Uni South are (2) long day-care centres 

catering for children between the ages of 6 weeks and 5 years. The 

centres operate tietween the hours of 8.00 am and 6.00 pm Monday to 

Friday and are open 51 weeks of the year. Both centres offer full-time, 

part-time and occasional care implementing educational programmes. 

SUPPORT SERVICES 


The Aboriginal Education Centre (AEC) provides for equity of access, 

partidpation and outcome for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander 

peopte. 

As well as HSC and Mature-age entry, ttie University has a policy 

which supports enrolment of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander 

students who may not have had an opportunity to complete final 

Support Services 13 

Chickichong. the after-school and vacation care sen/ice, caters for 30 

chitoren between ttie ages of 5 years and 12 years. The after schoolhours 

programme operates ft-om 3 00-6.00 pm dunng school terms 

and transport is available from seteded schools The vacation-care 

programme operates from 800 to 6.00 pm during school holiday 

periods 

Further information and application forms may be obtained for ttie 

centre or by phoning (02) 4221 8035. 

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 

The University of Wollongong's Alumni Assodation helps former 

students, graduates and diplomates to remain in contad with ttie 

University and with each other. Members receive ttie University's 

alumni magazine, Outiook, twice a year and are invited to reunions, 

annual dinners and other fijnctions. Several chapter groups, eg 

Engineering, Education, Commerce, Sdence, Shoalhaven and ttie 

Campus Chapter, and ttiose tocated overseas, organise social and 

professional development adivities 

An annual subscription rate of $25 (or $95 for five years) entitles 

members to receive a wide range of special benefits and discount 

rates. Assodate Membership of ttie Alumni Association is open to 

cun-ent students and staff at the same subscription rates. The Alumni 

Assodation is a great way for students to meet University of 

Wollongong graduates, and to develop their professional networt

14 Support Services 

CASUAL EMPLOYMENT OFFICE 

The Casual Employment office is tocated on ttie ground floor of ttie 

UniCentre Building (Buitoing 11). The office endeavours to find casual 

and part-time employment opportunities for students. For more 

infonnation contad the Casual Employment Officer on (02) 4221 3216 

CHAPLAINCY SERVICE 

A Chaplaincy Service is provided within ttie University for ttie benefit 

of students and staff. The Service offers fellowship, personal 

counselling and gukJance, and leadership in biblical and dodrinal 

studies and in worship. Visiting Chaplains from ttie following religions 

maintain dose liaison with student religious sodeties: 

Anglican: Rev. Stephen Edwards 

Baptist: Pastor Sam Reeve 

Catholic: Father Robert Donnelly 

Congregational: Rev. John O'Keefe 

Greek Orthodox: Father Sam Drapaniotis 

The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints: 

Mr Ron R Wrigglesworth 

Jewish: Ms Shana Keriander 

Lighthouse Christian Centre (Christian Revival Crusade): 

Pastor John Kohler 

Presbyterian: Mr Rod Cowan 

Seventh Day Adventist: Mr Janusz Jagiello 

Uniting: Mr Richard Harris 

Contad details for ttie visiting Chaplains may be obtained from ttie 

Chaplain's office or by phoning (02) 4221 3534. The office is located on 

the first floor of the UniCentre Building near the Counselling Centre. 

STUDENT SERVICES 

Student Services aims to fadlitate stijdent development and academic 

progress and promote equity and CTOSS cultural interadion for 

students. For general enquiries about services and programs ptxine 

(02) 4221 3445 or call in at ttie office tocated on ttie third floor of ttie 

UniCentre Buitoing. Access is availabte ttirough ttie lift in Hie IT 

Resource Centre or the multi-storey car park stairs 

Careers Service 

Careers advice and counselling is available for individuals and groups. 

The Careers library contains a wide range of print and eledronic 

based resources. Job seeking via the Intemet and job applications can 

be prepared using computers within the careers library. 

Employer Campus Interviews 

Employers visit ttie campus in April/May to interview final year 

students for employment in ttie following year. Final year students 

need to familiarise themselves with this program and to read the 

notice boards outskle the Careers Office. Infonmation is also placed en 

ttie Careers Service Intemet home page. A mail out of information 

goes to all final year students at ttie start of each year. Students must 

inform Student Administration of their major when re-enrolling or they 

will miss out on re(»iving employment related infonmation throughout 

the year. 

Job Preparation (Interviews/Resumes) 

Wori

POSTGRADUATE ADMISSION, ENROLMENT AND RE-ENROLMENT 

ADMISSION VARIATION OF ENROLMENTS 

Application fomns for enrolment are obtainabte from ttie Wollongong 

UniAdvice Office, Ground Floor, Administration Building. Initial and 

general enquiries can tie made ttirough ttie UniAdvice Call Centre on 

1800 680 230 (domestic) or + 61 2 4221 3218 (intemationaO. 

Applicants seeking enrolment in any postgraduate course are advised 

to contad ttie Head of ttie appropriate Department/School to discuss 

research interests, course availability, suitability of qualifications heto, 

ttie availability of facilities for research in particular areas and ttie 

subjects on offer, as appropriate. 

Applications for admission dose on 31 Odober. However, late 

applications will be considered if places are available. 

ENROLMENT 

No enrolment will be accepted from new students after ttie end of ttie 

second week of Autumn session or ttie end of ttie second week of 

Spring session, except with the express approval of ttie Vice-Principal 

(Administration) or ttie Academic Registrar and ttie Head of ttie 

appropriate Department/ School. 

RE-ENROLMENT 

Re-enrolment forms will be sent to re-enrolling students at ttie end of 

ttie year with instrudions conceming ttie next year's re-enrolment 

procedure 

Re-enrolment forms will not be accepted after 23 February 1999 

except with the approval of the appropriate Dean and ttie Deputy Vice- 

Chancellor. 

Students who have completed ttie final examinattons, but have a thesis 

or projed still outstanding are required to enrol and pay any 

compulsory charges. However, when ttie student submits ttie thesis 

for examination tiefore ttie end of ttie fourth week of Autumn session, 

he/she will receive a refond of the student charges on ttie same basis 

as if he/she had notified the University of withdrawal from the course 

OFF CAMPUS DELIVERY (OCD) 

The University of Wollongong offers postgraduate education to 

professionals ttiroughout Australia and internationally. Using flexible 

teaming materials for delivery, it is designed for ttiose who, due to 

restridions of time or location, find it difficult to undertake postgraduate 

courses on campus. 

These spedalised postgraduate ODurses have been designed to meet ttie 

needs of professionals and graduates wishing to update their education 

and training. It is intended tiiat ttie courses will assist graduates and 

those presently in professional roles to improve their prospeds and 

opportunities while updating skills, gaining new knowledge and 

maintaining professional qualifications. 

Courses are available via: 

Packaged resource materials supported "on line" by specialist 

academic coordinators. Resource materials usually comprise a 

video component with on line support provided by fax, phone, email 

and vtoeo conference; 

On-site courses at our Sydney Centre in Regent Street Sydney; 

WOL (Wollongong On Line) via distance education; 

Tailored programs delivered on-site domestically and 

intemationally to institutions, government agendes and companies. 

Programs of this nature are tailored for specific needs, proviijing an 

appropriate mix of professionalcourses and award courses, and a 

mix of on-campus or off-campus workshops. 

Admission, Enrolments Re-enrolment 15 

Students wishing to vary their enrolments must apply at ttie Student 

Enquiries Office Consultation with ttie Head of ttie appropriate 

Department/School is also required. 

Where a variation involving enrolment in a new subjed is submitted 

after ttie second week of Autijmn session (in the case of Autumn 

session and annual subjeds) or after ttie second week i3f Spring 

session (in ttie case of Spring session subjects) ttie approval must be 

otJtained from ttie Head of ttie Department/School offenng ttie new 

subject 

To avokl having withdrawn subjeds shown on their academic records 

students intending to withdraw from Autumn and Spring singte session 

subjeds shouW do so no later than ttie eighth week from ttie beginning 

of the appropriate session, while students intending to withdraw from 

doubte session subjeds shouto do so no later ttian ttie first week of 

Spring session. 

NON-AWARD SUBJECT ENROLMENTS 

A person wishing to enrol in non-award postgraduate subjects (i.e. 

subjeds not to tie counted towards a degree or diploma) may be 

constoered provided ttie Head of ttie appropriate Department/School 

considers it will be of benefit to the shjdent and there are facilities 

availabte. 

To be eligibte to enrol as non-award students in postgraduate subjeds, 

appltoants must meet ttie enfrance requirements for ttie degrees or 

diplomas from which ttie subjects are seteded. Applications for nonaward 

subjed enrolments are nd considered until ttie enrolments in 

the retevant postgraduate courses have tieen finalised. 

Application forms can be obtained by written application to ttie Vice- 

Principal (Administration) or from ttie Student Enquiries Office, 

Ground Floor, Administration Building. Application forms should be 

received by ttie Vice-Principal (Administration) by 31 January in ttie 

year in which enrolment is desired. 

All the programs offered are accredited and tead diredly to, or articulate 

with, a recognised postgraduate award. Entrants to the courses normally 

hold a Bachelor degree together with retevant work experience. In 

spedal drcumstances an applicant hotoing ottier acceptabte academic 

or professional qualifications and relevant wori< experience may te 

admitted 

Full fees are charged for most courses offered through off-campus 

delivery. 

The following courses are currently on offer Uirough WOL via distance 

education; 

ARTS 

Master of Arts (Maritime Policy) 

COMMERCE 

Graduate Diploma in Commerce (Management) 

Graduate Certificate in Management 

Graduate Diploma in Total Quality Management 

Graduate Certificate in Total Quality Management 

CREATIVE ARTS 

Master of Joumalism 

Graduate Certificate in Multicultural Journalism 

EDUCATION 

Master of Education (Literacy) 

Graduate Certificate in Language Education (Literacy) 

Master of Ed ucatton (TESOL)

16 Admission, Enrolment & Re-enrolment 

Graduate Diploma in TESOL 

Graduate Certificate in TESOL 

Graduate Certificate in Adult Career Development 

Frameworks (Professional Development Course) 

ENGINEERING 

Professional Studies in Materials Welding and Joining 

HEALTH & BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES 

Master of Public Health 

Graduate Diploma in Public Health 

Graduate Certificate in Public Health Research Methods 

Master of Sdence (Health Policy & Management) 

Graduate Certificate in Health Policy & Management 

Master of Sdence (Mental Health) 

Graduate Diploma in Science (Mental Health) 

Graduate Certificate in Mental Health 

Graduate Certificate in Cognitive Neuroscience 

For further ixurse details and infonnation, please contact: 

Wollongong UniAdvice 


WOLLONGONG NSW 2522 

Domestic Freecall: 1800 680 320 

Intemational: +612 42213218 

Fax: +612 42213218

POSTGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS 

Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) or Honours Masters (Research) 

AUSTRALIAN POSTGRADUATE AWARDS (APA) 

A numbier (28 in 1998) of Australian Government Postgraduate Awards 

(APA with Stipend) are available to students undertaking full-time postgraduate 

research at ttie University, teading to ttie degree of PhD or 

Honours Masters. The thesis component should be at least two thirds 

of the degree. 

Australian citizens or pemanent residents of Australia are eligible for 

the awards. 

Competition is strong. Honours 1 or equivalent results are at present 

essential for receipt of an offer of an APA with Stipend. 

An APA with Stipend may be held for three years for PhD studies and 

two years for Honours Masters studtes subjed to satisfadory annual 

progress reports being submitted by the scholar.'The institution may 

temriinate ttie awards of students who fail to maintain satisfadory 

progress. An extension of up to 6 months may bie granted to PhD 

candidates where a formal application is made and ttie institution is 

satisfied ttiat ttie grounds for extension are beyond ttie control of ttie 

candidate and are related to their studies 

The stipend for research awards in 1998 was $15,888 per annum - non 

taxable. There is also provision for a relocation allowance and thesis 

allowance. Stipends and allowances are indexed. 

The dosing date for applications is 31 Odober. 

UNIVERSITY POSTGRADUATE AWARDS (UPA) 

Each year the University provides a number (20 in 1997) of University 

Postgraduate Awards (UPA) to students undertaking full-time postgraduate 

research at ttie University, teading to ttie degree of PhD or 

Honours Master. The thesis component should be at least two thirds of 

tiie degree. 

These awards are available to citizens of all nationalities who are 

graduates of Australian or overseas universities. 

Applicants should hoto, or exped to obtain, at least an upper division 

second class honours degree or its equivalent but over ttie last two 

years only students with Honours 1 or equivatent have been offered ttie 

awards due to the highly competitive nature of the scholarship 

A UPA may be held for three years for PhD studtes and two years for 

Honours Masters studtes subjed to annual progress reports being 

submitted by the scholar. The institution may tenminate ttie awards of 

students who fail to maintain satisfadory progress. An extension of i^ 

to 6 months may be granted to PhD candidates where a formal 

application is made and ttie institution is satisfied ttiat ttie grounds for 

extension are beyond ttie control of ttie candidate and are related to 

their studies 

Stipends and allowances are as for the APA with Stipend. 

The dosing date for applications is 31 Odober. 

OVERSEAS POSTGRADUATE RESEARCH 

AWARDS (OPRS) 

The Overseas Postgraduate Research Scholarships (OPRS) are 

scholarships funded by the Australian Government which are awarded 

in any area of study offered at ttie University of Wollongong (15 in 

1998) These scholarships are available to citizens or residents of all 

countries except Australia and New Zealand. These awards cover the 

ftjil tuition fee for two years for Honours Masters and/or three years for 

Dodorate students undertaking fijil-time post-graduate research at ttie 

University. The thesis component shouto tie at least two thirds of ttie 

degree 

No other allowances are payabte under these awards. 

The dosing date for applications is 31 Odotier 

APPLICATIONS AND ENQUIRIES 

Scholarships 17 

Application fonns for postgraduate research awards are available from 

the University and must be lodged with enrolment application forms by 

31 Odober 

Further enquiries may be direded to ttie Office of Research, 

University of Wollongong, First Floor, Communications Building 

(tetephone (02) 4221 4323). 

CONDITIONS OF AUSTRALIAN AND UNIVERSITY 

POSTGRADUATE AWARDS 

University Postgraduate Awards are tenabte only at the University of 

Wollongong for full-time study. Australian Postgraduate Awards are 

transferable to other institutions provided that at least six months of ttie 

program has been completed at the awarding institution. 

Duration of Award 

The maximum period for which an award may b>e heto, subjed to 

satisfadory progress and submission of annual progress report, is as 

follows: 

a) a candidate for an Honours Masters degree by research may 

hoto an award for a period not in excess of two years from ttie 

commencement of studies or until ttie date of submission of ttie 

thesis, whichever is eariier; 

b) a PhD degree candidate may hoto an award for three years from 

commencement of studies or until ttie date of submission of ttie 

thesis, whichever is eariier An extension of up to 6 months may 

be granted to PhD candidates where ttie award holder formally 

appltes for an extension and ttie University is satisfied ttiat ttie 

grounds for extension are beyond the control of ttie candtoate and 

are related to his or her studies rather than of a personal nature. 

Renewal 

Awards are renewabte annually on submission of a satisfadory 

progress report. 

Progress Report 

Scholars are required to submit a progress report before the end of 

each calendar year. A form on which the report is to bie made is 

provtoed to students in Septemtier each year. 

Recreation Leave 

students are entitled to 20 days paid recreation leave a year calculated 

on a pro-rata basis. No more ttian 20 days recreation leave may be 

accumulated and teave must be taken during ttie tenure of ttie award. 

The supervisor's agreement must be obtained tiefore leave is taken. 

Interruption 

If students are unabte to pursue their degree ttiey must notify ttie 

University which may arrange to have the award suspended. Students 

may apply for up to 12 months suspenston during ttie tenure of ttie 

award. If ttie circumstances are beyond their control this may be 

extended to 2 years. In exceptional circumstances only, students may 

apply for 12 months suspension to gain wort< expertence in industry in 

an area diredly relevant to their research. 

Restoration 

Before an award may be restored after a period of interruption ttie 

scholar will tie required to show ttiat he or she is in a position to 

resume full-time study. Where ttie intermption was due to illness a 

medical certificate must be produced. In all cases ttie student must 

satisfy ttie Pro Vice Chancellor (Research) ttiat he or she is abte to 

resume full-time study

18 Scholarships 

Overseas Study 

Where a scholar is required to pursue studies abroad for a limited 

period in order to advance a research program, he/she may apply for 

pemiission to hoto ttie award while overseas. The following 

requirements must generally be met: 

a) the period abroad will not exceed twelve months; 

b) adequate supervision of ttie scholar's research program abroad 

has been an-anged by ttie University before departure; 

c) the scholar will remain enrolled at the University; 

d) the scholar will retum to Australia to complete research program 

immediately following the completion of study abroad; and 

e) ttie period of overseas shjdy will be credited towards ttie 

scholar's degree or research program at the University. 

A scholar may apply for pennission to hoto a University Postgraduate 

Award concurrently with another award for overseas study. 

Field Work 

Where a scholar is required to undertake fieto wori< or research away 

from ttie University, but in Australia, he/she should enquire from ttie 

supervisor conceming expenses. 

Employment 

Scholarship holders may undertake a strictly limited amount of parttime 

paid employment, with ttie approval of ttie institution, provided it 

does not interfere with their study programs. 

Scholarship holders are only pemnitted to work up to a maximum of 

240 hours per year, or, 8 hours in any one week Any exceptions to this 

must be approved by the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research). Exceptions 

will nonmally only be addressed in a student's third year of study. 

Sick Leave 

A student may have up to tiiree monttis paid sick teave and up to Uiree 

months paid maternity teave within ttie tenure of ttie award. The 

University may extend an award to compensate for periods longer than 

two weeks if a medical certificate is provided by the student. 

Benefits 

Stipends and allowances are indexed annually. 

Stipend: 

The 1998 stipend was 515,888 (non-taxable) Payment of stipend will 

be calculated from the date of commencement of study and will tie pato 

fortnightly 

Relocation Allowances 

A travel allowance of up to a maximum of a singte economy or stiJdent 

concession airfare(s) for ttie scholar, spouse and dependents and 

removal expenses of up to $435 per adult and $220 per child with a 

maximum of $1,250, may be pato on produdton of receipts, for a 

scholar who is obliged to move restoence in order to take up ttie 

award. 

Overseas students or Australian citizens who are restoent overseas at 

the time of receipt of the award may be pato a travel allowance based 

on the singte economy airfare from Perth to Sydney. 

Thesis Allowance 

A scholar may claim reimbursement for an amount of up to $800 to 

assist with costs for a PhD thesis and up to $400 for an Honours 

Masters thesis. 

Termination of Awards 

Awards may be temninated at ttie disaetion of ttie University if 

progress is not satisfadory 

POSTGRADUATE PRIZES 

For prizes open to postgraduate students, please contad your Faculty.

STUDENT CHARGES 

According to Government regulations, students, both undergraduate and 

postgraduate, are required to meet ttie following charges where 

applicable: 

1. Penalty charges such as late charges, partying fines, etc. 

2. Administrative charges such as 'statement of record' charges, 

'review of result' charges, application lise to amend an 

academic record, or charges for examinations requiring 

spedal arrangements. 

3. Cost of travel incurred by students attending pradical work for 

courses in sodal wotk, teacher training, etc. 

4. Cost of travel incurred by extemal students attending 

residential schools. 

5. Accommodation charges and cost of subsistence on 

excursions, field wori

20 Student Charges 

5. Late charges are not refundabte 

6. Payments towards the Higher Education Contribution Scheme 

(HECS) will only be refijnded where a student withdraws 

prior to tiie appropriate census date 

7 Intemational students are bound by the tenms of the University 

policy on fee refunds for Intemational Students (see below). 

EXTENSION OF TIME 

Extensions of time to pay compulsory service fees are not penmitted 

FAILURE TO PAY CHARGES 

Any student vi/ho is indebted to ttie University and fails to make a 

satisfadory setttement of his/her indebtedness upon receipt of due 

notice ceases to be entitled to membership and privileges of ttie 

University. Such a student is not permitted to register for a further 

session, to attend dasses or examinations, or to be granted any offidal 

CTedentials. 

Indebtedness to ttie University indudes ttie non-payment of charges, 

late charges, library fines, any arrears in rent or other finandal 

obligations resulting from an accommodation agreement entered into 

with the University, and any indebtedness incurred as a result of any 

other finandal obligation to the University. 

In very spedal cases the Vice-Prindpal (Administration) may grant 

exemption from the disqualification refen-ed to above upon receipt of a 

written statement setting out all relevant drcumstances. 

PAYMENT OF CHARGES 

Payments such as transcripts, replacement student cards, reinstatement 

charge can t>e paid at Student Administration. 

POLICY ON REFUND OF FEES FOR 

DOMESTIC STUDENTS 

Policy on refund of fees for fee paying domestic students. 

The University of Wollongong Reftjnd Policy applies to botti 

commendng and re-enrolling students. 

Any refond approval will 

applicant/sponsor. 

Total Refund 

only be made payabte to ttie 

A total refond will only be granted under the following drcumstances: 

a) the University of Wollongong is unabte to provide ttie 

course/subjed for which the student is enrolled; 

b) ttie student is not penmitted to enrol or re-enrol, because of 

failure to meet the course/subjed prerequesites; or 

c) the student withdraws tiefore the commencement of session. 

Partial Refund 

A partial refond will be granted if ttie student is unable to continue study 

due to deatti or illness: or ttie Vice Prindpal (Administration), after 

constoeration of ttie appltoation and documentation, detenmines ttiat 

exceptional drcumstances apply. 

If a request for a refond is received within ttie first four weeks of 

session, and ttie reason for ttie refond complies with ttie 

circumstances above, tiie student will receive a refond of ttie tuition 

fees, less a 20% administrative charge. 

All requests for a partial refond are to be submitted in writing to 

Stijdent Reconjs stating ttie grounds for ttie request and must be 

accompanied by supporting documentary evtoence. 

No Refund 

A student who withdraws from a course/subjed after ttie fourth week 

of sesston will not be eligible for a refond, untess ttie Vice Principal 

(Administration), after constoeration of ttie application and 

documentation, detenmines that exceptional drcumstances apply. 

This policy is not applicable to students enrolled through the PAGE 

arrangements. 

POLICY ON REFUND OF FEES FOR 

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

This policy applies to both commendng and re-enrolling students. All 

requests for a refond must be submitted on ttie appropriate application 

fonm to ttie Intemational Office and must be accompanied by official 

documentary evidence of the grounds for ttie request. Refonds will 

only be pato to ttie applicant and will only be made in ttie student's 

home country by Australian Dollar draft. 

1. Total Refund 

A total refond will only be granted under ttie following 

drcumstances: 

1.1 An offer of a place is withdrawn by ttie University of 

Wollongong. (Unless ttie offer was made on ttie basis of 

incorred or incomplete infonmation being supplied by the 

applicant. In which case, 90% of the fee for one semester will be 

refunded). 

1.2 The University of Wollongong is unable to provide the course for 

which an offer has been made. 

1.3 The student is not penmitted to enrol or re-enrol at the University 

of Wollongong, because of failure to meet ttie degree/diploma 

regulations or failure to meet the terms of a conditional offer. 

1.4 The applicant is unabte to obtain a visa from ttie Australian 

Diplomatic Post. 

Applications for a total refond under the above grounds (with the 

exception of 1.4) must be lodged prior to ttie commencement of the 

session for which the offer is made. 

2. Partial Refund 

21 Grounds 

A partial refond of tuition fees will only be granted under the 

following circumstances: 

2.1.1 The student is unabte to commence or continue to study 

due to dearth or illness. 

2.1.2 The Vice-Prindpal of the University, or delegated person, 

after consideration of ttie application and documentation 

determines that exceptional drcumstances apply. 

2.2 Refund Amount 

2.2.1 If a request for a refond is given to ttie University at least 

four weeks t>efore the commencement of Autumn 

or Spring Session or two or more weeks tiefore the 

commencement of Summer Session and ttie reason 

for ttie refond is one of ttiose listed above, or has been 

given spedal constoeration, ttien ttie sfodent will receive 

a refond of fees pato for ttiat session, minus a 10% 

administrative charge. 

2.2.2 If a request for a refond is given to ttie University less 

than four weeks t>efore the commencement of 

Autumn or Spring Session or less than two 

teaching weeks tiefore the commencement of 

Summer Session and the reason for ttie refond is one d 

those listed above, or has been given special 

constoeration, ttien ttie sfodent will receive a refond d 

fees pato for ttiat session, minus 50% (induding a 10% 

administrative charge).

22.3 If a request for a refond is given to ttie University within 

the first four teaching viêeks of Autumn or Spring 

Session or within the first two teaching weeks after 

the commencement of Summer Session and ttie 

reason for the refond is one of tiiose listed above, or has 

been given spedal constoeration, ttien ttie sfodent will 

receive a refond of fees paid for that session, minus 50% 

(induding a 10% administrative charge). 

2.2.4 If a student withdraws from ttie course for whatever 

reason after the fourth teaching week in the Autumn 

or Spring Session, or after the second teaching 

week of the Summer Session ttie shJdent will not be 

eligible for a refund of any of the course fee. 

1 Permanent Resident Status 

A total refond of fees will be payable if the student has: 

3.1 obtained penmanent restoent status by the intemational students' 

audit date for ttiat session and a written request for change of 

status is received at the Intemational Office by that date, and 

3.2 satisfied Sedion 41 of ttie Higher Education Funding Ad 1988, 

ttiat is, has completed a HECS Payment options Form by ttie 

Audit date. 

Permanent resident status is recognised from the date stamped 

on the student's passport. 

4. Late Charge 

A late fee of $450 applies to students who have not pato their 

tuition in foil prior to the commencement of session. 

5. Transfer of Intemational Students to Other Institutions 

The Department of Immigration and Multicultural Affairs has a 

policy which prevents international students from transferring to 

another institution within the first 12 months after their arrival in 

Australia or, if ttie course is less ttian 12 months duration, 

students must remain at that institution for ttie duration of their 

course. For forther information on this policy and ttie process 

for applying for permission to transfer on ttie grounds of 

exceptional circumstances, sfodents should contad ttie 

Department of Immigration and Multicultural Affairs. 

Sfodent Charges 21

22 University Rutes 

UNIVERSITY RULES 

The following Rutes are contained in this section: 

1. Course Rules 54 

Z Assessment and Examination 72 

3. Campus Access and Order 76 

4. Code of Conduct - Library 80 

5. Student Discipline 81 

6. Use of University Computer Facilities 84 

COURSE RULES 

PART 1 - GENERAL RULES 

001. Preliminary 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

These Rutes may be dted as the Course Rules. 

The General Rules govern registration, enrolment 

progression through and qualification for undergraduate and 

postgraduate courses offered by the University, and are to be 

read in conjunction with an appropriate Part of the Rutes. 

Rutes for undergraduate courses are provided in: 

Parti 

Bachelor Degree Rules 

Rules for postgraduate courses are provtoed in: 

Part 2 Graduate Certificate Rutes 

Part 3 Graduate Diploma Rutes 

Part 4 Masters Degree Rules 

Part 5 Honours Masters Degree Rutes 

Part 6 Dodoral Degree (by thesis) Rules 

Part 7 Dodoral Degree (by publication) Rutes 

Part 8 Higher Dodoral Degree Rutes 

OOZ Commencement 

These Rutes became operative on 1 January 1998. 

003. Interpretation 

(1) In ttie interpretation and implementation of ttiese Rutes, 

Coundl will nomially ad on ttie recommendation of 

appropriate authonties within the University. 

(2) In these Rutes, untess ttie contrary intention appears: 

(a) 'Council' is ttie Coundl of ttie University of 

Wollongong; 

(b) 'approved' or 'approval' means approval by Coundl 

or under auttiority delegated by Coundl; 

(c) 'candtoate' is a person registered for a course; 

(d) 'undergraduate' refers to candtoates or courses for 

bachelor degrees; 

(e) 'postgraduate' refers to candtoates or courses for 

graduate certificates, graduate diplomas, masters 

degrees, honours masters degrees and dodoral 

degrees; 

(f) 'course' is ttie subjed or combination of subjects 

which a candtoate takes for a certificate or a diploma 

or a degree; 

(g) 'double degree' is an approved course teading to ttie 

confen^l of two degrees as separate awards upon a 

candtoate who has complted with ttie Course 

Requirements for doubte degrees and ttie two 

indivtoual Course Requirements induslvely; 

(h) 'full time candtoate' is a candidate enrolled for a 

program which, for each session of registration, is 

ttiree eighths or more of an annual requirement for 

course completion in nonmal minimum time; 

(i) 'part time candtoate' is a candtoate who is nd a full 

time candidate; 

(j) 'extemal candtoate' is a part time candidate 

registered for a course which has been approved for 

offer in an external mode; 

(k) 'program' is ttie combination of subjects in which a 

candidate is enrolled in any one session or year, 

(I) 'session' is one of the three periods, autumn session, 

spring session, summer session, in which subjeds 

are offered each year 

(m) 'year" or 'academic year' or 'annual' refers to the 

periix) comprising autumn session, ttie following 

spring session and the following summer session; 

(n) 'weeks of session' are ttie weeks counted from the 

beginning of a session and not including weeks 

scheduled as University recess; 

(o) 'subjed' is a self-contained unit of study identified by 

a unique number in the relevant Schedutes; 

(p) 'research subjecf is a subjed at 900 level with a 

value of 24 or more aedit points, tjeing either a thesis 

or a minor thesis, and taken for an honours masters 

degree or a dodoral degree; 

(q) 'thesis' is a research subjed with a value of 48 credit 

points; 

(r) 'minor thesis' is a research subjed with a value of 24 

or 36 credit points; 

(s) 'credit poinf is ttie value attached to a subjed as a 

component of a degree and, for a subjed ottier ttian a 

research subjed, each credit point has an implied 

wort

(aa) 

(bb) 

(cc) 

(dd) 

(ee) 

(ff) 

(gg) 

(hh) 

(ii) 

(jj) 

(kk) 

(II) 

004. 

(1) 

(a) 

(b) 

'co-requisite subjecf is a subject which must be 

completed satisfadorily before, taken concurrently 

With or, at ttie discretion of ttie Head, attempted 

before the subjed for which it is prescribed; 

'Head' means the Head of the relevant academic unit, 

academic program or ttie relevant Course Coordinator, 

'Supervisor" is a person approved to supervise ttie 

work of a candidate in a research subjed; 

'Academic Adviser' is a person approved to advise 

candidates on programs and courses of study; 

'major study' in a course for a bachelor degree, is an 

approved combination of subjects with a minimum 

value of 48 credit points offered by one or more 

academic units, and induding 300 tevel subjects with 

a value of at least 24 aedit points which must be 

completed satisfadorily at Pass grade or better; 

'specialisation' refers to ttie subjed matter which is 

studied in the major study of a 144 aedit point course 

or as a major strand in other courses; 

'advanced standing' is aedit or exemption granted to 

a candtoate; 

'aedit' is the number of aedit points granted towards 

a course for work completed satisfadorily outstoe 

that course; 

'specified credif is credit for a specific subjed or 

subjeds listed in a Schedute and is granted on ttie 

basis of satisfadory completion of a substantially 

con-esponding subjed or subjects at an approved 

tertiary institution; 

'unspedfied credif is aedit granted on ttie basis of 

satisfadory completion, at an approved tertiary 

institution, of a subjed or subjects nd substantially 

con-esponding to subjeds listed in the appropriate 

Schedute; 

'exemption' is ttie waiving of ttie requirement that a 

subjed presaibed for a course be completed 

satisfadorily and is granted, as exemption A, B or C, 

on the basis of ttie satisfadory completion of an 

appropriate subjed, subjeds or other work at an 

approved tertiary institution or other establishment, 

as follows: 

exemption A: the subjed is regarded as having been 

completed satisfadorily for all purposes; 

exemption B: ttie subjed is regarded as having been 

completed satisfadorily for all purposes except ttie 

satisfying of a pre-requisite requirement; 

exemption C: the subjed is reganded as having been 

completed satisfadorily, but not for ttie purposes of 

either the satisfying of a pre-requisite requirement or 

the acaual of aedit points; and 

'teave of absence' is a period of leave from ttie 

University for which prior approval has teen 

obtained. 

Admission and Registration Requirements 

To qualify for admission as a candtoate for: 

a bachelor degree, a person 

requirements of ttie Rules 

Undergraduate Courses; or 

shall comply with 

for Admission to 

a graduate certificate, a graduate diploma or a 

masters degree, a person shall have qualified for a 

bachelor degree of the University or for an equivalent 

qualification from an approved institution; or 

(d) 

University Rutes 23 

(c) an honours masters degree, a person shall have 

qualified for a bachelor degree in ttie same discipline 

as ttie proposed degree, or in an appropriate 

discipline oif ttie University or for an equivalent 

qualiification from an approved institution; or 

a dodoral degree by thesis, a person shall comply 

with requirements for admission set out in ttie 

relevant part of ttie Rule goveming ttie course, 

except ttiat, in appropriate drcumstances, an applicant who 

does not qualify for registration under Rute 004(1)(b), (c) or 

(d) may be penmitted to register as a candtoate for a 

postgraduate course provtoed that evtoence is submitted of 

such tertiary academic and professional attainment as may be 

approved. 

(2) An application for admission as a candtoate shall te made on 

the prescribed fonm and be lodged as direded by the specified 

date. 

(3) Notwithstanding any provisions of these Rutes, an applicant 

may be required to demonstrate fitness for candidature by 

carrying out such wori« and satisfadorily compteting such 

examinations as may tie prescribed. 

(4) Coundl may refose admission to a qualified applicant should 

there not be appropriate and suffident personnel or resources 

to enabte ttie candidate to undertake ttie course, or should 

there be a limitation imposed on ttie numtier of candidates to 

be registered for that course, or shouto other restridions or 

limitations be applted to that course. 

(5) A person admitted as a candidate shall register for ttie 

particular course for which admission was sought and shall 

be then subjed to all retevant Rules and requirements. 

(6) A candidate for an honours bachelor degree, or for a 

postgraduate course under Parts 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 of ttie Rules 

shall enrol as a foil time candidate or as a part time candtoate, 

or for approved courses, as an extemal candidate. 

(7) Continuation of registration is contingent upon compliance 

with any approved conditions imposed at initial registration or 

thereafter. 

(8) Except with approval, and ttien under approved conditions, a 

candtoate shall nd be registered concurrentiy for more ttian 

one course in this University or other tertiary institution. 

(9) A person who, in the opinion of Coundl, has an unsatisfadory 

academic record in, or who is suspended, exduded or 

expelled from, any tertiary institution shall not be penmitted to 

register for any course. 

(10) Except with approval in exceptional drcumstances, a 

candtoate is subjed to ttie course time limits set out in 

Attachment A following these Rutes. 

(11) A candidate who changes registration from one type of 

candtoafore referred to in Rute 004(6) to anoOier shall be 

subjed to approved time limits. 

(12) A person who has not completed requirements for a course 

after expiration of the maximum period of registration set out 

for that course in Attachment A following these Rules and for 

whom continuance of registration has not been approved shall 

not be pennitted to register again for that course. 

005. Enrolment Requirements 

(1) During presaibed periods in each year, a candtoate shall 

enrol in a program in accordance with requirements of ttiese 

Rules and pay any required charges. Prior to ttie initial 

registration for a course, a candtoate must consult with an 

Academic Adviser. 

(2) A candidate may enrol in a subjed provided that: 

(a) ttie conditions for enrolment specified in ttie 

appropriate Sctiedute are satisfied, save that a pre-

24 University Rules 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

requisite or co-requisite requirement may be waived 

by tiie Head; 

(b) the candidate is nd exduded by any restridion that 

may be imposed on ttie numtier of candidates to be 

enrolled in that subject; 

(c) ttie subjed is available in tiie nominated session or 

sessions, or in modular form; 

(d) the candidate is not suspended, exduded or expelled 

from any tertiary institution; 

(e) Coundl has detenmined that there are appropriate and 

suffident personnel and resources to enabte ttie 

candtoate to undertake the subject; and 

(f) the candidate is not indebted to the University. 

Except with approval, a candidate may nd enrol in ttie same, 

or substantially the same, subjed more than twice. 

Except witti approval, a candidate shall not enrol in an annual 

program with a value of less ttian 12 credit points excepting 

ttiat a candidate who needs tess ttian 12 aedit points to 

complete a course must enrol for all subjeds needed to 

complete that course. 

Except with approval, a candidate shall not enrol in a program 

which, for that candidate: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

in ttie first autumn session and ttie first spring 

session of registration for a bachelor degree other 

than ttie degree of Bachelor of Laws, has a value ttiat 

exceeds: 

(A) 48 credit points for ttie aufomn session and 

the spring session combined; 

(B) 24 aedit points for autumn session; 

(C) 24 credit points for spring session; 

in ttie subsequent sessions of registration for a 

bachelor degree other than ttie degree of Bachelor of 

Laws, has a value that exceeds either 

(i) 

(ii) 

(A) 52 aedit points for the autumn session 

and ttie spring session (xmbined; 


(C) 30 aedit points for spring session; 

(D) 14 credit points for summer session; 

or 

a presaibed program for: 

(A) a year by more than 4 aedit points; 

(B) autumn session by more ttian 6 aedit 

points; 

(C) spring session by more ttian 6 aedit 

points; 

(D) summer session by more than 2 aedit 

points; 

in any session of registration for a course teading to 

ttie award of ttie degree of Bachelor of Laws either 

alone or as part of an approved doubte degree course, 

has a value that exceeds: 

(A) 32 aedit points for any autumn or spring 

session; 

(B) 14 aedit points for summer session; 

in any session of registration for a postgraduate 

course either 

(i) has a value ttiat exceeds: 

(A) 54 aedit points for ttie aufomn 

session and ttie spring session 

combined; 


(C) 30 aedit points for spring session; 

(D) 14 aedit points for summer session; 

or 

(ii) exceeds a prescribed program for: 

(A) a year by more than 4 credit points; 

(B) aufomn session by more ttian 6 

aedit points; 

(C) spring session by more than 6 credit 

points; 

(D) summer session by more ttian 2 

aedit points; 

(e) for a course comprising modular subjeds, exceeds 

24 aedit points at any period in time. 

(6) For ttie purposes of Rule 005(5), half tiie value of a double 

session subjed shall be deemed to be taken in each of the two 

sessions during which the subjed is offered and one third ttie 

value of a triple session subjed shall be deemed to be taken in 

each of ttie ttiree sessions during which the subjed is offered 

(7) A candtoate enrolled in a subjed in contravention of ttie 

conditions for enrolment specified in the appropriate Schedule 

shall be withdrawn from tiiat subjed unless pennitted by the 

Head to remain enrolled. 

(8) A candidate who, in a particular year, is not pennitted to enrol 

in a subjed pursuant to these Rules may apply for permission 

to enrol in a subsequent year. 

(9) A candidate who is refosed continuation of registration, 

through suspension, exclusion or expulsion as prescribed in 

Attachment B following these Rules, may not enrol in any 

subjed. 

006. Schedules of Subjects and Research Subjects 

Subjeds approved for courses referred to in Rule 001 (3) and (4) are 

listed in ttiie Schedules in Attachment Z following ttiese Rutes. The 

Schedules are: 

Undergraduate Schedutes: 

(a) Schedule Z1 for bachelor degrees; and 

Postgraduate Schedute: 

(b) Schedule Z2 for postgraduate courses. 

007. Variation of Registration 

(1) After consultation with an Academic Adviser a candtoate may 

apply to the Vice-Prindpal (Administration) for pennission to 

change registration from one course to another. 

(2) Penmission for a candidate to change regisfration is contingent 

upon any restridion ttiat may be imposed on ttie number d 

candidates to be registered for a particular course. 

(3) Variation of enrolment assodated with change of regisfration 

is contingent upon restridions imposed by relevant provisions 

of Rutes 005 and 008. 

(4) Upon change of registration, a candidate becomes subject to 

Rules relating to the course to which registration is changed. 

(5) At ttie end of a session, a candidate for a postgraduate degree 

under Part 5 or 6 of ttiese Rules or for an honours bachelor 

degree may apply to change candidature from foil time to part 

time or from part time to foil time. 

(6) At any time prior to the submission of the ttiesis in the retevant 

research subjed, a candtoate for an honours masters degree 

may apply to change registration to a dodoral degree. 

(7) Except witti approval to ttie contrary, restridions imposed on 

enrolment or registration of a candidate prior to, or at die time 

of a change of registration shall continue to apply after change 

of registration For a candtoate for an undergraduate course, 

Rute 011(2)(b) will apply immediately upon change rf 

registration shouto there be no provisions to ttie contrary.

008. Variation of Enrolment for Subjects Other Than 

Research Subjects 

(1) A candtoate may withdraw from a subjed in a program by 

notrfying ttie Vice-Principal (Administration) in writing, 

provided such wittidrawal is made no later ttian the last day of 

ttie week presaibed in Rute 008 (3) of ttie session in which 

offer of ttie subjed is completed. A candtoate withdrawing 

from one or more subjeds is advised to seek advice from an 

academic adviser before submitting this notification. 

(2) Where a variation referred to in Rule 008(1) is withdrawal 

from: 

(a) an autumn session or spring session subjed before 

the end of the eighth week of the session of offer or 

(b) a summer session subjed before the end of ttie third 

week of the session; or 

(c) a double session or a friple session subjed before the 

end of ttie second week of the second session in 

which the subjed is offered; 

(d) a modular subjed before ttie end of ttie week during 

which 60% of the duration of the subjed has expired; 

the candtoate shall be deemed to have nd enrolled in 

that subjed, and ttiat subjed will ttien nd appear on 

the acaijemic record of the candidate. 

(3) Where a variation referred to in Rule 008(1) is ttie withdrawal 

from: 

(a) an autumn session or spring session subjed after ttie 

end of ttie eighth week, but before tiie end of tte 

twelfth week of the session of offer; or 

(b) a summer session subjed after ttie end of ttie third 

week but before ttie end of ttie fifth week of ttie 

summer session; or 

(c) a doubte session or a triple session subjed after ttie 

end of Hie second week, but before the end of tte 

eighth week of ttie second session in which tte 

subjed is offered; 

(d) a modular subjed after ttie end of ttie week during 

which 60% of ttie subjed has expired but before ttie 

end of the week during which 75% of ttie subjed has 

expired: 

ttie candtoate shall te detenmined to have failed ttiat subjed 

(but no mari< shall be recorded) unless withdrawal is for 

acceptabte medical, personal or other reasons. In this latter 

case, ttie candtoate will be deemed to have discontinued ttie 

subjed without penalty for ttie purposes of Rules 005(3) and 

011 (2) to (4) and only tte subjed and date of discontinuance 

will appear on the academic reconj of the candidate. 

(4) After consultation with an Academic Adviser a candtoate may 

apply to the Vice-Prindpal (Administration) for pennission to 

enrol in an additional subjed for a program. 

(5) Penmission for a candtoate to enrol in an additional subjed for 

a program is contingent upon restridions imposed by relevant 

provisions of Rutes 005 and 008(6) and (7). 

(6) Except with approval of ttie Head, a candtoate may not enrol 

in: 


expiration of the second week of the session; or 

(b) a summer session subjed after ttie expiration of ttie 

first week of the session; or 

(c) a doubte sesston or a triple session subjed after ttie 

expiration of ttie second week of ttie first session in 

which the subjed is offered or after ttie expiration of 

ttie first week shouto ttie first session of oflier be 

summer session. 

University Rules 25 

(d) a modular subjed after ttie expiration of ttie week 

during which 15% of the subjed has expired. 

(7) Under no drcumstances may a candidate enrol in: 


expiration of the fourth week of the session; or 

(b) a summer session subjed after ttie expiration of ttie 

second week of the session; or 

(c) a double session or a triple session subjed after ttie 

expiration of the fourth week of ttie first session in 

which the subjed is offered or after the expiration c^ 

ttie second week shouto ttie first session of offer be 

summer session. 

(d) a modular subjed after ttie expiration of ttie week 

during which 25% of the subjed has expired. 

009. Requirements for Theses and Minor Theses 

(1) A candtoate enrolled for a research subjed shall carry out 

work for ttie thesis or minor thesis under supervision as set 

out in Attachment CI following these Rules. 

(2) The requirements for research subjeds are set out in 

Attachment C2 following these Rules. 

(3) The requirements for preparation and submission of theses 

and minor theses are set out in Attachment C3 following ttiese 

Rules. 

(4) The examination of theses and minor tiieses shall be 

conduded according to the requirements set out in Attachment 

C4 following these Rutes. 

010. Assessment 

(1) In a subjed, other ttian a research subjed, ttie mettiods d 

assessment of perfonnance of a candidate shall be 

detennined by the Head. 

(2) In a research subjed, ttie mettiods of assessment of 

perfonnance of a candtoate shall be detenmined by ttie 

provisions of Attachment C4 and C5 following these Rules. 

(3) Any material presented by a candtoate for assessment in a 

subjed must te the wori< of ttie candtoate and nd have been 

submitted for assessment elsewhere unless othenwise 

approved. 

(4) (a) Standards of achievement required for ttie approved 

grades of perfonnance in a subjed, other ttian a 

research subjed, shall be detenmined by the Head. 

(b) Such standards may indude tte requirement ttiat 

candtoates must satisfy minimum attendance levels 

at ledures, seminars, tutorials, pradicals, 

laboratories or for other modes of instrudion. Failure 

to comply with such requirements may constifote 

grounds for failure in a subject. 

(5) A mari< and an approved grade of perfonmance as set out in 

Attachment D following these Rutes, shall be detennined and 

dedared for each subjed in which a candidate is enrolted. 

(6) Subjeds satisfadorily completed at Pass Conceded or Pass 

Terminating grade may comprise no more ttian one sixth of 

the minimum aedit point value of a course. 

(7) Shouto perfonnance in a subject be affeded by illness or other 

cause beyond ttie control of a candtoate, ttie drcumstances 

shouto be reported to tte Vice-Pnncipal (Administration) in 

writing, supported by evtoence, normally no later ttian seven 

days following the illness or other cause. The circumstances 

shall be referred to tiie Head and may be taken into account 

when assessment of the candtoate in that subject is made. 

(8) A candtoate w/ho satisfadorily completes a subjed listed in 

the appropriate Schedule shall count only once ttie subjed or


ttie number of aedit points attached to ttie subjed in ttiat 

Schedule towards ttie course. 

(9) Except with prior approval, a candtoate who satisfadorily 

completes a subjed shall nd count that subjed, nor ttie 

number of credit points attached to ttiat subjed, towards a 

course unless ttiat subjed is listed in ttie appropriate 

Schedute. 

Oil. Minimum Rate of Progress 

(1) A candidate may enrol in a program in acconJance with 

provisions of Rule 005 provided that the rate of progress is at 

least the minimum specified by tte relevant Rule 011(2), (3) 

or (4). 

(2) The required minimum rate of progress by a candidate in a 

bachelor degree is: 

(a) in ttie first year of registration, satisfadory 

completion of subjeds having a credit point value of 

at least one half the credit point value of ttie subjeds 

offered to completion in ttie program for the year; and 

(b) in each subsequent year of registration, satisfadory 

completion of subjeds having a credit point value of 

at least two-thirds ttie aedit point value of ttie 

subjeds offered to completion in ttie program for ttie 

year. 

(3) The required minimum rate of progress by a candtoate in ore 

of the postgraduate courses listed in Parts 2, 3 and 4 of ttiese 

Rules is satisfadory completion of subjects having a credit 

point value of at teast one half ttie credit points attached to ttie 

subjeds offered to completion in ttie program for the year. 

(4) (a) The required minimum rate of progress by a 

candtoate in one of ttie postgraduate courses listed in 

Part 5 of these Rules is satisfadory completion d 

subjeds, exduding research subjeds, having a aedit 

point value of at teast one half ttie aedit points 

attached to ttie subjeds offered to completion in ttie 

program for the year. 

(b) The required minimum rate of progress by a 

candidate in any course listed in Part 6 of these Rules 

which indudes a coursework component is 

satisfadory completion of all subjeds, exduding 

research subjeds, offiered to completion in ttie 

program for the year. 

(5) (a) A candtoate whose rate of progress is less ttian ttie 

minimum specified in the relevant Rule 011(2), (3) or 

(4), maybe refosed registration subjed to provisions 

set out in Attachment B following these Rules. 

(b) Unless exceptional drcumstances apply, a candtoate 

whose rate of progress is less ttian that specified in 

Rute 011(4)(b) may not continue registration in tiiat 

degree; a candtoate not meeting ttiis requirement may 

be penmitted to register for a course under Part 5 of 

these Rules, subjed to satisfying Rule 011(4)(a). 

(6) A candidate who is subjed to Rule 011(5) and is nd refosed 

registration may continue registration after consultation with 

an Academic Adviser to determine a suitable program. 

012. Advanced Standing 

(1) A candtoate who has compteted, at an approved tertiary 

institution or other establishment, one or more subjeds or 

other wori( approved for tte purpose of this Rute may apply 

for such advanced standing as provtoed in Attachment E 

following these Rutes. 

(2) With prior approval, a candtoate may be penmitted to enrol for 

a subjed at anottier tertiary institution and. on satisfadory 

comptetion of that subjed, have It counted towards a course of 

this University. 

(3) 

(4) 

013. 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

014. 

(1) 

(2) 

Except with approval, a candtoate who has been granted 

speafied credit for a subjed or subjects satisfadorHy 

compteted at this University or elsewhere shall nd be 

pennitted to count substantially corresponding subjeds 

towanjs a course of this University. 

Except when advanced standing is granted, a candidate shall 

not be eligible to obtain standing towards a course by 

satisfadory comptetion at this University of a subjed which 

corresponds substantially with a subjed or subjeds 

completed satisfadorily previously and counted towards a 

qualification at an approved tertiary institution. 

Leave of Absence 

A candtoate for one of ttie courses listed in Rute 102(a), 202, 

302,402 or 502: 

(a) becomes eligible to apply for leave of absence at the 

beginning of ttie second session of registi-ation; and 

(b) may be granted leave of absence for one or two 

sessions provided written application is made to the 

Vice-Principal (Administration) before the end of the 

fourth week of the first session for which leave is 

sought 

A candidate for one of the honours degrees listed in Rute 

103(5) may be granted leave of absence for one or two 

sessions provided that written application is made to the Vice- 

Principal (Administration) before the end of the fourth week of 

the first session for which leave is sought, and provided that 

the application is for a substantial medical, personal or other 

reason. 

A candidate for one of the courses listed in Rule 602 may be 

granted leave of absence for up to four sessions provtoed that 

written application is made to the Vice-Principal 

(Administration) before the end of the fourth week of the first 

session for which leave is sought. 

Conferral of Awards 

A course award may be confenred upon a candtoate who has 

complied with relevant parts of ttiese Rules, satisfied any 

requirement set out in Attachment F following these Rules and 

is not indebted to the University, provided that, in addition, a 

candidate for a bachelor degree has: 

(a) been registered for ttiat course for at least one year; 

arto 

(b) has completed ttie requirements for die 300 level 

subjed component of ttie major study while so 

registered, or for presaibed courses, satisfadorily 

completed subjects with a value of at least 24 credit 

points while so registered. 

A candidate who has qualified more ttian once at this 

University for the same course award, excepting as set out in 

Rule 014(3), and excepting for those course awards set out in 

Attachment G following ttiese Rules, shall receive only a 

statement of the additional qualification setting out tiie subjects 

compteted and the mart

(3) A candtoate retains copyright over a thesis submitted for 

assessment in a subjed or for an award, subjed to ttie 

requirements presaibed in Attachment C3 following ttiese 

Rutes. 

016. General Saving Clause 

Notwithstanding anyttiing to ttie contrary herein contained, Coundl 

may dispense with or suspend any requirement of, or presaiption by, 

these Rutes. 

017. Application for Amending Rules 

ShouW an amendment be made to either or botti ttiese Rules or ttie 

Attachments following tiiese Rutes, ttie amendment shall apply from 

ttie date of implementation, but not retrospedively, to all candtoates, 

untess determined otherwise by Coundl. 

018. Appeal 

(1) A candidate may appeal against any dedsion made under 

these Rules. 

(2) An appeal shouto be made in writing to ttie Vice-Principal 

(Administration) within 14 days of notification of ttie dedsion 

refened to in Rule 018(1). 

(3) An appeal shall confonm with approved guidelines. 

PART 1 - BACHELOR DEGREE RULES 


Part 1 of these Rules applies to a candtoate registered for a bachelor 

degree, and is to be read in conjunction with retevant provisions of tte 

General Rutes and Attachments A, B, D1, E, E1, E2, F, G, Z and Z1 

following these Rules. 

10Z Bachelor Degrees and the Abbreviations 

Part 1 of ttiese Rules controls undergraduate courses, induding 

approved presaibed double degree courses listed in Rule 111, teading 

to: 

(a) ttie pass bachelor degrees: 

Bachelor of Arts 

Bachelor of Biotechnology 

Bachelor of Commerce 

Bachelor of Computer Sdence 

Bachelor of Creative Arts 

Bachetor of Education 

Bachelor of Engineering 

Bachelor of Environmental Sctence 

Bachelor of Exerdse Sdence 

Bachelor of Healtti Sdence in Indigenous 

Healtti 

Bachelor of Infonmation and Communication 

Technology 

Bachelor of Laws 

Bachelor of Letters 

Bachelor of Mathematics 

Bachelor of Mathematical Sdences 

Bachelor of Mathematics and Economics 

Bachelor of Mathematics and Finance 

Bachelor of Medical Physics 

Bachelor of Medicinal Chemistry 

Bachelor of Nursing 

Bachelor of Nutrition & Dietetics 

Bachelor of Polymer Sdence and 

Engineering 

Bachelor of Psychology 

Bachelor of Sdence 

Bachetor of Teaching 

(b) the honours bachelor degrees: 


Bachelor of Btofechnology 


B^ 

BBiotedi 

BCom 

BCompSc 

BCA 

BEd 

BE 

BEnvSc 

BExSc 

BHSclndgHth 

BInfoTech 

LLB 

LittB 

BMath 

BMathSc 

BMattiEcon 

BMath Fin 

BMedPhys 

BMedChem 

BNursing 

BPScE 

BPsyc 

BSc 

BTeach 

BA(Hons) 

BBiotech(Hons) 

BCom(Hons) 



Bachelor of Educatton 


Bachelor of Environmental Sdence 

Bachelor of Exerdse Sctence 

Bachelor of Infonmation and Communication 

Technology 





Bachelor of MaUiematics and Economics 



Bachelor of Medidnal Chemistry 


Bachelor of Polymer Sctence and Engineering 


Bachelor of Sctence 

103. 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Admission and Registration Requirements 


BCompSc(Hons) 

BCA(Hons) 

BEd(Hons) 

BE(Hons) 

BEnvSdHons) 

BExSc(Hons) 

BlnfoTedi(Hons) 

LLB(Hons) 

LittB(Hons) 

BMath(Hons) 

BMathSc(Hons) 

BMathEcon(Hons) 

BMathFin(Hons) 

BMedPhys(Hons) 

BMedChem(Hons) 

BNursing(Hons) 

BPScE(Hons) 

BPsyc(Hons) 

BSc(Hons) 

An applicant shall comply with relevant provisions of Rules 

004 and 103(2) to (8). 

To qualify for admission to tte conversion course teading to 

tiie degree of Bachelor of Education a person shall have: 

(a) qualified for ttie appropriate Diploma in Teaching or 

Bachelor of Teaching of this University or an approved 

equivatent qualification; and 

(b) satisfadorily compteted other approved requirements. 

To qualify for admission to tiie course teading to ttie degree of 

Bachelor of Laws a person shall have: 

(a) 

qualified for the award of a bachelor degree; or 

(b) complied with any other approved requirements as set 

out in ttie Law Schedule. 

To qualify for admission to ttie conversion course teading to 

the degree of Bachetor of Nursing a person shall have: 

(a) either 

(i) 

(ii) 

qualified for either ttie Diploma of Applied 

Sdence (Nursing) or the Diploma of Nursing 

of this University or an approved equivatent 

qualification; or 

registered or be eligibte for registration as a 

nurse in Australia, and have acceptabte 

qualifications; and 

(b) satisfadorily compteted other approved requirements. 

To qualify for admission to a course teading to an honours 

degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor 

of Computer Sdence, Bachelor of Creative Arts, Bachelor d 

Mathematics, Bachelor of Nursing or Bachelor of Sdence a 

person shall have: 

(a) either 

(ii) 

qualified at this University for ttie award of a 

retevant pass bachelor degree, either with 

merit or in which ttie 300 level subjeds in a 

retevant major sfody were compteted at an 

average of Credit grade or better or 

qualified at anottier tertiary institution for ttie 

award of a pass bachelor degree containing a 

coherent study equivatent to a retevant major 

sfody and in which the 300 level subjects, or 

ttie equivatent, were compteted at ttie 

equivalent of an average of Credit grade or 

better, and


(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(b) satisfadorily 

requirements. 

completed other approved 

A person who does nd satisfy ttie requirements of Rule 

103(5) may be constoered under Rute 016 for admission to a 

course for one of ttie honours bachelor degrees to which Rule 

103(5) appltes, provtoing: 

(a) ttiat person has a supporting recommendation from 

ttie Head; and 

(b) the recommendation is approved. 

A person who has qualified for one or more honours bachelor 

degrees and who is qualified for admission to a forther course 

for honours may be penmitted to register for ttiat course 

provtoed that it differs significantiy from satisfadorily 

completed courses for honours. 

A candtoate who, at ttie end of ttie prescribed pertod of 

registration for a course for honours refen-ed to in Rule 

103(5), fails to qualify for ttie award of any class of honours 

referred to in Rute 113(11) may nd register again as a 

candtoate for an honours bachelor degree in ttie same 

academic disdpline. 

104. Enrolment Requirements 

A candtoate shall comply with ttie relevant provisions of Rule 005, in 

addition to which a candtoate registered for an honours bachelor 

degree may enrol in: 

(a) subjeds offered or approved by one academic unit; or 

(b) an approved combination of subjects offered by more than ore 

academic unit. 

105. 

(1) 

(2) 

Course Requirements for Bachelor of Arts 

To qualify for award of ttie degree of Bachelor of Arts a 

candidate shall accrue an aggregate of at least 144 aedit 

points by satisfadory comptetion of subjeds listed in one or 

more of the Arts Schedute, ttie General Schedule or the Health 

and Behavioural Sdences Schedute. 

Of the 144 credit points: 

(a) at teast 72 aedit points, induding a major study, shall 

be for subjects listed in ttie Arts Sdiedute or in ttie 

Health and Behavioural Sctences Schedule; 

(b) not more ttian 60 aedit points shall be for 100 level 

subjects; and 

(c) at least 36 aedit points must be for subjects offered 

by member units of the Faculty of Arts, except 

(i) for a candtoate undertaking a program 

presaibed in a Schedute in ttie Faculty of 

Health and Behavioural Sdence, or 

(ii) as perscribed for approved doubte degree 

programs. 

(3) A candtoate for this course who has registered for two major 

studies, for which there are common subjects, may count no 

more ttian one subject in common towards ttiese major 

studtes, and may count the credit points for that subjed, which 

may be at any tevel, once only in the aedit point total required 

for the course. 

106. Course Requirements for Bachelor of Commerce 

(1) To qualify for award of the degree of Bachelor of Commerce a 

candtoate shall accrue an aggregate of at teast 144 aedit 

points, induding a major study, by satisfadory completion d 

subjeds listed in ttie General Sdiedute 

(2) The 144 credit points shall indude the subjeds presaibed for 

one of the spedalisations or combined spedalisations listed in 

the Commerce Sctiedute. 

(3) Of the 144 aedit points, not more than 72 credit points shall be 

for 100 level subjects. 

107. Course Requirements for Bachelor of Computer 

ScierKe 

(1) To qualify for ttie award of ttie degree of Bachelor of 

Computer Science a candidate shall: 

(a) accrue an aggregate of at teast 144 aedit points, 

induding a major study in Computer Sdence, by ttie 

satisfadory completion of subjeds listed in either or 

botti ttie Computer Sdence Schedute and ttie 

General Schedute; and 

(b) satisfy the requirements presaibed in ttie Computer 

Sdence Schedute. 

(2) Of the 144 aedit points, not more ttian 60 aedit points shall 

be for 100 level subjeds. 

108. Course Requirements for Bachelor of Mathematics 

(1) To qualify for ttie award of ttie degree of Bachelor of 

Mathematics a candidate shall: 

(a) acaue an aggregate of at least 144 credit points, 

induding a major study in either Mathematics or 

Applied Statistics, by ttie satisfadory comptetion of 

subjeds listed in either or both the General Schedule 

and the Mattiematics Schedule; and 

(b) satisfy ttie requirements prescribed in the 

Mathematics Schedule. 

(2) Of the 144 aedit points, not more than 60 aedit points shall be 


109. Course Requirements for Bachelor of Science 

(1) To qualify for award of ttie degree of Bachelor of Sctence, a 

candtoate shall accrue an aggregate of at teast 144 credit 

points by satisfadory completion of subjeds listed in one or 

more of ttie General Sdiedute, ttie Health and Behavioural 

Sdences Schedule and the Sdence Schedute. 

(2) The 144 aedit points shall indude a major study and satisfy 

the requirements prescribed in either: 

(a) the Health and Behavioural Sdences Schedute; or 

(b) ttie Sdence Schedute. 

(3) Of the 144 aedit points, not more ttian 60 aedit points shall be 


110. Course Requirements for Prescribed Courses for 

Bachelor Degrees 

To qualify for the award of the degree of; 

Bachelor of Biotechnology; 

Bachelor of Creative Arts; 

Bachetor of Education; 

Bachetor of Engineering; 

Bachelor of Environmental Sdence; 

Bachelor of Exerdse Sdence; 

Bachelor of Health Sctence in Indigenous Health; 

Bachelor of Information & Communication Technology; 

Bachelor of Laws; 

Bachelor of Mathematical Sctences; 

Bachelor of Mathematics and Economics; 

Bachelor of Mathematics and Finance; 

Bachelor of Medical Physics; 

Bachelor of Medidnal Chemistry; 

Bachetor of Nursing; 

Bachelor of Nutrition & Dietetics 

Bachelor of Polymer Sctence & Engineering; 

Bachetor of Psychology; or 

Bachetor of Teaching

a candtoate shall complete satisfadorily ttie subjects and tte 

requirements presaibed in one of the courses in the relevant Schedule 

in Attachment Z1 following these Rutes. 

111. Course Requirements for Prescribed Double Degree 

Courses for Bachelor Degrees 

To qualify for the award of the degrees of 

Bachelor of Arts-Bachelor of Commerce; 

Bachelor of Arts-Bachelor of Engineering; 

Bachelor of Arts-Bachelor of Laws; 

Bachelor of Arts-Bachelor of Sdence; 

Bachelor of Commerce-Bachelor of Laws; 

Bachelor of Computer Sdence-Bachelor of Education; 

Bachelor of Computer Sdence-Bachelor of Laws; 

Bachelor of Computer Science-Bachelor of Sdence; 

Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Arts; 

Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Commerce; 

Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Computer Sdence; 

Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Laws; 

Bachelor of Creative Arts-Bachelor of Science; 

Bachelor of Engineering-Bachelor of Commerce; 

Bachelor of Engineering - Bachelor of Mathematics; 

Bachelor of Engineering - Bachelor of Sdence; 

Bachelor of Infonmation & Communication Technology-Bachelor of 

Laws; 

Bachelor of Mathematics-Bachelor of Computer Sdence; 

Bachelor of Mathematics-Bachelor of Engineering; 

Bachelor of Mathematics-Bachelor of Laws; 

Bachelor of Sdence - Bachelor of Commerce; or 

Bachelor of Science-Bachelor of Laws; 

a candtoate shall complete satisfadorily the subjeds arto tiie 

requirements prescribed in one of the doubte degree courses in tte 

retevant Schedule in Attachment Z1 following these Rutes. 

112. Course Requirements for Honours Bachelor Degrees in 

Arts, Commerce, Computer Science, Creative Arts, 

Mathematics, Nursing and Science 

To qualify for award of an honours degree of: 

Bachelor of Arts; 

Bachelor of Commerce; 

Bachelor of Computer Sdence; 


Bachelor of Mathematics; 

Bachelor of Nursing; or 

Bachelor of Sctence; 

by either a single or a combined program of study as presaibed in 

Rute 104, a foil time candidate shall, within a period of two consecutive 

sessions not induding summer session, or a part time candidate shall, 

within a period of four consecutive sessions nd induding summer 

session, as prescribed at registration, accrue an aggregate of at least 

48 aedit points by ttie satisfadory completion of an approved 

combination of 400 level subjeds listed under ttie entries of ttie 

relevant academic unit or units in tiie appropriate Sdiedute or 

Schedules. 

113. Conferral of Awards 

(1) Awards shall be conferred in accordance with ttie relevant 

provisions of Rutes 014 and 113(2) to (11). 

(2) Notwittistanding ttie provisions of part (1) of each of Rules 105 

to 109 and mte 110, the degree of 

Bachelor of Arts; 

Bachelor of Commerce; 

Bachelor of Computer Sdence; 


Bachelor of Mathematics; or 

Bachelor of Sctence; 

may be conferred upon a candidate registered for a retevant 

double degree course and who satisfies the ottier provisions of 

ttie relevant Rule by ttie satisfadory completion of subjeds 

having a value of at teast 144 credit points of which: 


(a) a presaibed minimum number of aedit points, 

induding a major study, shall be for subjeds listed in 

ttie General Sdiedute; and 

(b) ttie other credit points shall be either, or botti, for 

subjeds presaibed in ttie doubte degree course or 

for subjects from ttie General Schedule. 

(3) The degree of Bachelor of Arts may be confer-ed upon a 

candtoate for ttie Bachelor of Arts-Bachelor of Engineering 

degrees who satisfadorily comptetes subjeds having ttie 

value of at teast 144 aedit points and which satisfy 

requirements stipulated in Rule 105. 

(4) Prior to the confemng of a degree of Bachelor of Education or 

an Honours degree of Bachelor of Education upon a candtoate 

who holds either a Diploma in Teaching or a Bachelor of 

Teaching of this University, the candtoate shall be deemed to 

have sun-endered ttie testamur for ttiat Diploma in Teaching 

or Bachelor of Teaching and in so doing shall be deemed to 

have sunendered all rights relating to the Diploma or degree. 

(5) Prior to ttie conferring of a degree of Badielor of 

Biotechnology or an honours degree of Bachelor of 

Biotechnology upon a candidate who holds a Bachelor d 

Sdence of this University attained by satisfadory completion 

of subjeds presaibed for the first three years for the degree of 

Bachelor of Biotechnology, ttie candtoate shall be deemed to 

have sun-endered ttie testamur for ttiat Bachelor of Sdence 

and in so doing shall be deemed to have surrendered all rights 

relating to tiie degree. 

(6) A candtoate who has attained an approved standard d 

achievement in the course for ttie pass degree of Bachelor d 

Commerce may te awarded that degree with merit, as 

presaibed in Attachment H. 

(7) Prior to conferring of a degree of Bachelor of Laws upon a 

candtoate who hotos a Graduate Diploma in Law, with 

spedalisation other ttian Court Policy and Administration, d 

this University, ttie candtoate shall be deemed to have 

surrendered ttie testamur for ttiat graduate diploma and in 

doing so shall be deemed to have surrendered all rights 

relating to ttie graduate. 

(8) A pass bachelor degree shall nd be confen-ed upon a 

candtoate who is registered for ttie con-esponding honours 

bachelor degree. 

(9) Prior to the conferring of an honours bachelor degree upon a 

candidate who holds the con-esponding pass bachelor degree 

of this University, ttie candtoate shall be deemed to have 

sun-endered ttie testamur for that pass bachelor degree and in 

doing so shall be deemed to have surrendered all rights 

relating to the pass bachelor degree. 

(10) A candidate for a pass degree of 

Bachelor of Biotechnology; 

Bachelor of Education; 

Bachelor of Engineering; 

Bachelor of Environmental Sdence; 

Bachelor of Information & Communication Technology; 

Bachelor of Lavre; 

Bachelor of Mathematical Sdences; 

Bachelor of Mathematics and Economics; 

Bachelor of Mathematics and Finance; 

Bachelor of Medical Physics; 

Bachelor of Medidnal Chemistry; 

Bachelor of Polymer Science and Engineering; or 

Bachelor of Psychology; 

who comptetes satisfadorily the subjeds prescribed in one d 

the courses listed in ttie relevant schedute at ttie standard of 

achievement presaibed in Attachment D1(3) following ttiese 

Rules, shall receive the corresponding honours degree 

(11) A candtoate who satisfadorily completes relevant 

requirements may be awanjed the honours bachelor degree in 

one of the dasses:


Honours Class I; 

Honours Class II Division 1; 

Honours Class II Division 2; 

Honours Class III; 

determined as set out in Attachment D1(2) and (3) following 

these Rutes. 

PART 2 - GRADUATE CERTIFICATE RULES 


Part 2 of these Rules applies to a candtoate registered for a graduate 

certificate and is to be read in conjundion with relevant provisions of 

the General Rutes and Attachments A, B, D1, D2, E3, F1, Z, Z1 and Z2 


20Z Graduate Certificates and the Abbreviations 

Part 2 of ttiese Rules controls postgraduate courses teading to ttie 

graduate certificates: 

Graduate Certificate in Adult Career 

Development 

Graduate Certificate in Applied Economics 

Graduate Certificate in Banking Finance 

Graduate Certificate in Business Infonmation 

Systems 

Graduate Certificate in Cognitive 

Neurosdence 

Graduate Certificate in Computer-based 

Leaming 

Graduate Certificate in Engineering 

(Telecommunications) 

Graduate Certificate in Environmental 

Education 

Graduate Certificate in Gifted Education 

Graduate Certificate in Health Policy and 

Management 

Graduate Certificate in Higher Education 

Graduate Certificate in History Education 

Graduate Certificate in Indigenous Health 

Studies 

Graduate Certificate in Infomnation & 

Communication Technology 

Graduate Certificate in Literacy 



Graduate Certificate in Migration and 

Development 

Graduate Certificate in Multicultural 

Journalism 

Graduate Certificate in Nursing 

Graduate Certificate in Public Health 

Research Methods 

Graduate Certificate in Spedal Education 

Graduate Certificate in Steel Processing and 

Produds 

Graduate Certificate in TESOL 

Graduate Certificate in Textual Studtes, 

Media and Linguistics 

Graduate Certificate in Total Quality 

Management 

GCertCareerDev 

GCertApplEcon 

GCertBankFin 

GCertBIS 

GCertCogNeuro 

GCertCompBasedLeam 

GCertEng 

GCertEnvEd 

GCertGiftedEd 

GCertHP&M 

GCertHigherEd 

GCertHistEd 

GCertlndHealth 

GCertlnfoTech 

GCertLit 

GCertMgmt 

GCertMigrDev 

GCertMultiJour 

GCertNurs 

GCertPubHIthResMth 

GCertSpedalEd 

GCertSteelPro 

GCertTESOL 

GCertTextStudMedLing 

GCertTQM 

203. Course Requirements for the Graduate Certificate 

To qualify for award of a graduate certificate, a candidate shall: 

(a) acaue an aggregate of at least 24 aedit points by tte 

satisfadory completion of subjects approved by ttie Head and 

presaibed in ore of ttie courses listed in ttie retevant 

Sdiedutes in Attachments Z1 and 22 following these Rules; 

aid 

(b) be subjed to any provisions of ttie Course Requirements for 

that particular graduate certificate. 

PART 3 - GRADUATE DIPLOMA RULES 


Part 3 of ttiese Rules appltes to a candidate registered for a graduate 

diploma and is to be read in conjundion with relevant provisions of ttie 

General Rutes and Attachments A, B, D1, D2, E3, F1, Z, Z1 and Z2 


30Z Graduate Diplomas and the Abbreviations 

Part 3 of ttiese Rules controls postgraduate courses teading to the 

graduate diplomas: 

Graduate Diploma in Adult Education and GDipAdultEd 

Training 

Graduate DiplomOa in Arts GDipArts 

Graduate Diploma in Commerce GDipCom 

Graduate Diploma in Education GDipEd 

Graduate Diploma in Engineering GDipEng 

Graduate Diploma in Indigenous Health GDiplndHealth 

Studies 

Graduate Diploma in Law GDipLaw 

Graduate Diploma in Materials Welding and GDipMWJ 

Joining 

Graduate Diploma in Mining Management GDipMinMgt 

Graduate Diploma in Natural Resources Law GDipNatResLaw 

Graduate Diploma in Nursing GDipNursing 

Graduate Diploma in Public Health GDipPH 

Graduate Diploma in Sdence GDipSc 

Graduate Diploma in Statistics GDipStat 

Graduate Diploma in TESOL GDipTESOL 

Graduate Diploma in Total Quality GDipTQM 

Management 

303. Admission and Registration Requirements 

(1) A candidate shall comply with the relevant provisions of Rules 

004 and 303(2) or (3). 

(2) An applicant for registration for ttie Graduate Diploma in 

Educational Studies must have qualified for a ttiree year 

teaching diploma or the equivatent from an approved institution 

and have at teast one year, or the equivalent, of acceptable 

professional experience. 

(3) An applicant for registration for the Graduate Diploma in 

Sdence with spedalisation in Community Health or in Mental 

Health must have qualified for an approved ttiree year healtti 

profession diploma or ttie equivalent from an approved 

institution and have at least ore year, or ttie equivatent d 

acceptable professional experience. 

304. Course Requirements for the Graduate Diploma 

To qualify for award of a graduate diploma, a candtoate shall: 

(a) accrue an aggregate of at teast 48 aedit points by the 

satisfadory comptetion of subjects approved by tte Head and 

presaibed in ore of ttie courses listed in ttie relevant 

Schedutes in Attachments Z1 and Z2 following tiiese Rules; 

and 

(b) be subjed to any provisions of ttie Course Requirements for 

that particular graduate diploma. 


(1) A Graduate Diploma in Law with spedalisation ottier than 

Court Policy and Administration, shall not be confened upon a 

candtoate who is registered for ttie degree of Bachelor cf 

Laws 

(2) Prior to ttie confemng of a graduate diploma upon a candidate 

who hotos a graduate certificate of ttie University and whicli 

was a component of the graduate diploma, ttie candtoate shall 

be deemed to have sunrendered the testamur for ttiat graduate 

certificate and in doing so shall be deemed to have 

surrendered all rights relating to that graduate certificate

PART 4 - MASTERS DEGREE RULES 


Part 4 of ttiese Rules appltes to a candtoate registered for a masters 

degree and is to be read in conjundion with retevant provisions of tte 

General Rutes and Attachments A, B, D1, D2, E3, F1, Z, Z1 and Z2 


40Z Masters Degrees and the Abbreviations 

Part 4 of these Rules confrols postgraduate courses leading to ttie 

masters degrees: 

Master of Arts 

Master of Business Administration 

Master of Clinical Psychology 

Master of Commerce 

Master of Computer Sdence 

Master of Court Management 

Master of Creative Arts 

Master of Education 

Master of Engineering Pradice 

Master of Engineering Studies 

Master of Health Management 

Master of Indigenous Healtti Studies 

Master of Infonmation and Communication 

Technology 

Master of International Business 

Master of Journalism 

Master of Laws 

Master of Logistics and Operations 

Management 

Master of Mathematics 

Master of Mining Management 

Master of Natural Resources Law 

Master of Nursing 

Master of Policy 


Master of Quality Management 

Master of Sdence 

Master of Statistics 

MA 

MBA 

MClinPsyc 

MCom 

MCompSc 

MCourtMgmt 

MCA 

MEd 

MEngPrac 

MEngStud 

MHM 

MIndHealtti 

MInfoTech 

MIB 

MJ 

LLM 

MLogOpMgmt 

MMath 

MMinMgt 

MNatResLaw 

MNursing 

MPol 

MPH 

MOM 

MSc 

MStat 

403. Course Requirements for the Masters Degree 

(1) To qualify for award of a masters degree, a candidate shall: 

(a) undertake an approved course recommended by ttie 

Head; 

(b) accme ttie required number of credit points by 

satisfadory completion of subjects comprising tte 

course as set out in Rule 403(2), (3) or (4); and 

(c) be subjed to any provisions of ttie Course 

Requirements for that particular masters degree. 

(2) For a candtoate who has satisfadorily completed a relevant 

major study or approved work equivatent to a relevant major 

study, either as part of a completed bachelor degree or in 

addition to a compteted bachelor degree, ttie course shall 

comprise subjeds having a value of at least 48 aedit points at 

900 level arid seteded from ttie relevant Schedules in 

Attachment Z2. 

(3) For a candidate who has completed a bachelor degree, or an 

approved equivalent qualification, which does nd indude a 

relevant major study or ttie equivalent of a relevant major 

study, the course shall comprise subjeds having a value of at 

least 72 aedit points of which: 

(a) at teast 48 credit points at 900 tevel shall be for 

subjeds seleded from ttie relevant Schedutes in 

Attachment Z2; and 

(b) tte aedit points constifoting ttie remainder of tte 

program shall be for subjects at 200, 300,400, 800 or 

900 level seleded from ttie relevant Schedutes in 

Attachments Z1 and Z2; a maximum of 12 aedit 

points may be for subjeds at the 200 level 


(4) For a candtoate for a degree of Master of Business 

Administration, ttie course shall comprise subjeds having a 

value of at least 96 aedit points, seteded from the relevant 

Sdiedutes in Attachment Z2. 


(1) Awards shall be confen-ed in accordance with tte relevant 

provisions of Rules 014, and 404(2). 

(2) Prior to the conferring of a masters degree upon a candtoate 

who hotos a graduate certificate or a graduate diploma of this 

University and which was a component of ttie masters 

degree, ttie candtoate shall be deemed to have sun-endered 

the testamur for ttiat graduate certificate or graduate diploma 

and in doing so shall be deemed to have sunrendered all rights 

relating to tiiat graduate certificate or graduate diploma. 

PART 5 - HONOURS MASTERS DEGREE RULES 


Part 5 of these Rules applies to a candidates registered for an honours 

masters degree and is to be read in conjundion with relevant 

provisions ofthe General Rules, and Attachments A, B, C, D1, D2, E, 

Z, Z1 and Z2 following these Rules. 

502. Honours Masters Degrees and the Abbreviations 

Part 5 of these Rules controls postgraduate courses teading to ttie 

honours masters degrees: 

Honours Master of Arts 

Honours Master of Arts (Journalism) by 

Reseach 

Honours Master of Commerce 

Honours Master of Court Management 

Honours Master of Education 

Honours Master of Engineering 

Honours Master of Environmental Sdence 

Honours Master of Information & 


Honours Master of Journalism 

Honours Master of Laws 

Honours Master of Natural Resources Law 

Honours Master of Nursing 

Honours Master of Sctence 

Honours Master of Total Quality Management 

MA(Hons) 

MA(Hons)Jour 

MCom(Hons) 

MCourtMgmt(Hons) 

MEd(Hons) 

ME(Hons) 

MEnvSc(Hons) 

MInfoTech (Hons) 

MJ(Hons) 

LLM(Hons) 

MNatResLaw(Hons) 

MNursing (Hons) 

MSc(Hons) 

MTQM(Hons) 

503. Course Requirements for the Honours Masters Degree 

(1) To qualify for award of an honours masters degree, a 

candidate shall: 

(a) undertake an approved course as recommended by 

ttie Head; 

(b) accrue ttie required number of aedit points by 

satisfadory completion of subjeds comprising ttie 

course as set out in Rule 503(2) and (3); 

(c) be subjed to any provisions of ttie Course 

Requirements for that particular honours masters 

degree; and 

(d) satisfadorily complete such examinations and ottier 

wort< as may be presaibed. 

(2) For a candidate who has completed a bachelor degree at a 

standard of Honours Class II Division 2 or higher or approved 

equivatent qualification, or in ttie case of a candtoate for ttie 

Honours Master of Engineering who has completed a degree 

of Badielor of Engineering of this University at a standard of 

Honours Class III or higher or approved equivatent 

qualification, ttie course shall comprise subjeds having a 

value of at teast 48 aedit points at 900 level, induding a 

research subjed, seteded from the relevant Schedules in 

Attachment Z2.


(3) For a candidate who has compteted a bachelor degree but has 

not satisfied ttie requirements stipulated in Rule 503(2), tte 

course shall comprise subjects having a value of at least 96 

credit points of which: 

(a) subjects having a value of at least 48 aedit points at 

900 level, induding a research subject, shall be 

seteded from ttie relevant Schedules in Attachment 

Z2;and 

(b) subjeds having a value of at most 48 aedit points 

shall be seleded from ttie relevant Schedutes in 

Attachments Z1 and Z2, save ttiat ottier ttian in 

exceptional approved drcumstances, no credit points 

shall be for 100 or 200 level subjeds and, at most, 24 

aedit points shall be for 300 level subjeds. 


(1) Awards shall be conferred in accordance with ttie relevant 

provisions of Rutes 014 and 504(2). 

(2) Prior to ttie conferring of an honours masters degree upon a 

candidate who holds either a graduate diploma or a masters 

degree of this University and which was a component of ttie 

honours masters degree, ttie candtoate shall be deemed to 

have sun-endered ttie testamur for ttiat graduate diploma or 

masters degree and in doing so shall be deemed to have 

sun-endered all rights relating to that graduate diploma or 

masters degree. 

505. Outside Work 

A foil time candtoate may be penmitted to undertake teaching in ttie 

University or ottier wori< which, in ttie judgment of Coundl, will nd 

interfere with pursuit of the course. 

PART 6 - DOCTORAL DEGREE RULES 


Part 6 of ttiese Rules appltes to a candidate registered for a dodoral 

degree by thesis and is to be read in conjundion with relevant 

provisions of ttie General Rules and Attachments A, B, C, Z and Z2 

ifollowing these Rutes. 

60Z Doctoral Degrees and the Abbreviations 

Part 6 of these Rules controls postgraduate courses teading by thesis 

to the dodoral degrees: 

Dodor of Philosophy 

Dodor of Clinical Psychology 

Dodor of Creative Arts 

Dodor of Education 

Dodor of Public Health 

603. Admission and Registration Requirements 

PhD 

DCIinPsyc 

DCA 

EdD 

DPH 

(1) An applicant shall comply with the provisions of Rules 004 

and 603(2) to (4). 

(2) An applicant for registration as a candtoate for a dodoral 

degree shall have qualified for a bachelor degree with 

Honours Class II, Division 2 or higher of this University or 

possess an approved equivalent qualification from another 

institution. 

(3) Notwithstanding any ottier provisions of these Rutes, the Head 

shall recommend whettier ttie applicant is fit to undertake 

sfody teading to the awanj of a dodoral degree and certify ttiat 

the unit has the necessary resources to provtoe supervision in 

the disdpline in which the applicant proposes to sfody. 

(4) A candtoate shall register as a full time candidate for a 

dodoral degree except that: 

(a) 

a member of the foil time staff of the University; or 

604. 

(b) a person who is not a member of ttie foil time staff d 

the University, but who, in ttie opinion of Coundl, is 

engaged in an occupation which provides opportunity 

to pursue study in ttie retevant academic unit, 

may be accepted as a part time candtoate for ttie degree, in 

which cases a minimum period for the duration of study shall 

be prescritied. 

Course Requirements for Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor 

of Clinical Psychology, Doctor of Creative Arts, Doctor 

of Education and Doctor of Public Health. 

A candidate for a degree by thesis of Dodor of Philosophy, Dodor of 

Clinical Psychology, Dodor of Creative Arts, Dodor or Public Health 

or Dodor of Education shall enrol in a research subjed comprising a 

ttiesis and undertake an approved study which may indude specified 

course and/or pradical wort^ and/or perfonmance as recommended by 

the Head. 

605. Outside \NoTk 

A foil time candtoate may be penmitted to undertake teaching in ttie 

University or other work which, in ttie judgement of Coundl, will not 

interfere with pursuit of the course. 

PART 7 

RULES 


DOCTORAL DEGREE BY PUBLICATION 

Part 7 of these Rutes appltes to a candtoate for a dodoral degree by 

publication and is to be read in conjundion with the relevant provisions 

of ttie General Rules and Attachments B, C, Z and Z2 following ttiese 

Rules. 

702. Doctoral Degree and the Abbreviation 

Part 7 of tiiese Rules controls ttie postgraduate course leading to the 

dodoral degree by publication: 

Dodor of Philosophy PhD 

703. Requirements for Doctor of Philosophy by Publication 

(1) A person may apply for admission as a candtoate for ttie 

degree of Dodor of Philosophy by publication provided ttiat 

person: 

(a) (i) is a graduate of this University or of ttie University of 

New South Wales at ttie Wollongong University 

College; and 

(ii) has standing of nd less ttian eight years after 

admission to the first degree for which tiie candidate 

has qualified; or 

(b) is not a graduate of this University but is a member d tte ftjil 

tinne academic staff with standing of nd less ttian eight years 

after admission to a first degree of another University. 

(2) An application, accompanied by ttie presaibed charge, shall 

be made in writing to ttie Vice Prindpal (Administration) and 

shall indude: 

(a) identification of ttie academic unit with which the 

contribution to scholarship is constoered to be most 

dosely assodated; 

(b) five coptes of a list of published wori

significant contribution to knowledge and 

incorporating: 

(i) details of sources from which ttie works 

were derived; 

(ii) details of ttie extent to which work of others 

has been avaited upon; 

(iii) details of ttie extent to which ttie applicant 

was responsibte for ttie initiation, condud 

and diredion of any joint worths submitted as 

part of ttie application; 

(iv) evidence ttiat ttie publications have standing 

as significant confributions to knowledge; and 

(v) a dedaration identifying any of ttie works 

referred to in Rule 703(2)(b) which have 

been submitted for any qualification of any 

tertiary institution. 

704. Course Requirements for Doctor of Philosophy by 

Publication 

A candidate for the degree of Dodor of Philosophy by publication shall 

enrol in a research subjed comprising a thesis in accordance with ttie 

provisions of Attachment CI following these Rules. 

705. Examination 

(1) ShouW Coundl be satisfied that ttie submitted work is d 

suffictently high quality to be prima fade worthy d 

examination for the degree, it shall appoint examiners as 

prescribed in Attachment C4 following these Rules. 

(2) The applicant may be required to respond orally or in writing 

to questions conceming the wori^ and the general relevant field 

of knowledge to which it pertains. 

(3) The examination of the wori< submitted shall be conducted as 

prescribed in Attachment C5 following these Rules. 

PART 8 - HIGHER DOCTORAL DEGREE RULES 


Part 8 of these Rules appltes to a candtoate for a prestigious higher 

dodoral degree and is to be read in conjundion with relevant 

provisions of tte General Rules and Attachments B, C, Z and Z2 


80Z Higher Doctoral Degrees and the Abbreviations 

Part 8 of these Rules controls postgraduate courses teading to tte 

higher dodoral degrees: 

Dodor of Laws 

Dodor of Letters 

Dodor of Sdence 

LLD 

DLitt 

DSc 

803. Requirements for Doctor of Laws, Doctor of Letters and 

Doctor of Science 

(1) A person may apply for admission as a candtoate for tte 

degree of Dodor of Laws, Dodor of Letters or Dodor of 

Sdence provtoed that person: 

(a) (i) is a graduate of this University or of ttie 

University of New Soutti Wales at ttie 

Wollongong University College; and 

(ii) has standing of not tess than eight years after 

admission to ttie first degree for which tte 

candidate has qualified; or 

(b) is not a graduate of this University but is a member of 

the foil time academic staff with standing of not less 

ttian eight years after admission to a first degree d 

another University. 


(2) An application shall be made in writing to ttie Vice-Prindpal 

(Administration) and shall indude: 

(a) toentification of ttie academic unit with which ttie 

contribution to scholarship is considered to te most 

dosely assodated; 

(b) five copies of a list of published and/or unpublished 

worths on which the daim for admission to the degree 

is based; 

(c) five copies ofthe wori


(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

B. 

(1) 

(2) 

(b) four consecutive sessions as a part time candtoate. 

A candidate for a graduate diploma or a 48 aedit point 

masters degree may be registered for ttiat diploma or degree 

for no more than: 

(a) four consecutive sessions as a foil time candidate; or 

(b) eight consecutive sessions as a part time candtoate. 

A candtoate for a 72 or a 96 credit point masters degree may 

be registered for that degree for no more than: 

(a) six consecutive sessions as a foil time candidate; or 

(b) twelve consecutive sessions as a part time 

candtoate. 

A candtoate for a 48 aedit point honours masters degree may 

be registered for ttiat degree for 

(a) no tess than two consecutive sessions, and no more 

ttian four consecutive sessions as a foil time 

candtoate; or 

(b) no tess than three consecutive sessions, and no more 

ttian eight consecutive sessions as a part time 

candtoate. 

A candidate for a 96 aedit point honours masters degree may 

be registered for that degree for 

(a) no tess tiian three consecutive sessions, and no more 

ttian six consecutive sessions as a full time 

candtoate; or 

(b) no tess than five consecutive sessions, and no more 

ttian twelve consecutive sessions as a part time 

candtoate. 

A candidate for a dodoral degree under Part 6 of ttiese Rules 

by thesis may be registered for that degree for 

(a) no less than four consecutive sessions, arto no more 

ttian eight consecutive sessions as a foil time 

candtoate; or 

(b) no tess ttian six consecutive sessions, and no more 

ttian twelve consecutive sessions as a part time 

candtoate; 

except that: 

(c) (i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

Refusal of Registration 

a candtoate who, before registration, was 

engaged upon approved sfody may be 

exempted from not more than two sessions, 

in spedal drcumstances, a candtoate may 

be penmitted to devote nd more ttian ore 

catendar year to study at another institution 

provtoed that the woric shall be supervised in 

an approved manner and 

in exceptional cases, a candtoate may apply 

to tie exempted from not more than two of the 

sessions stipulated in Attachment A(8)(a) or 

(b). 

A candtoate may be refosed regisfration by reason of 

(a) suspension from this University for a defined period; 

or 

(b) exdusion from this University for a defined periixt; or 

(c) expulsion from this University. 

A person who is: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

suspended may be re-admitted to this University at 

ttie condusion of the defined period of suspension; 

excluded must apply for admission to this University 

at the condusion ofthe period of exdusion shouto readmission 

be sought; and 

expelled shall not be re-admitted except by 

penmission of Coundl. 

(3) The period of suspension will comprise one or more sessions 

and ttie remainder of ttie session in which ttie suspenston is 

applted. 

(4) The period of exdusion will comprise one or more years and 

the remainder ofthe year in which the exdusion is applied. 

(5) Any record of perfonmance issued by this University in 

resped of a person refosed registration as prescribed in 

Attachment B(1), shall indude detail of such suspension, 

exdusion or expulsion. 

CI. Supervision for Theses and Minor Theses 

(1) A candtoate for an honours master degree by thesis, or by 

coursewort< and either thesis or minor thesis, or for a dodoral 

degree, shall carry out ttie thesis or minor thesis wort( 

required for ttie research subjed under ttie diredion of a 

supervisor or supen/isors, of whom at least one shall be a full 

time member ofthe academic staff, appointed under approved 

conditions. 

(2) ShouW ttie supervisor be absent from the University for a 

period exceeding six weeks, that supervisor shall recommend 

an attemative supervisor to be appointed under approved 

conditions for the period of absence. 

(3) Work in a research subjed, ottier ttian field wort

(8) 

ttie degree of Dodor of Philosophy of this University and 

recommended by ttie examiners that it be submitted for ttie 

honours masters degree. 

A candtoate submitting a ttiesis for a dodoral degree must 

comply with the following additional requirements: 

(a) ttie majority of ttie wort< submitted shall have been 

compteted subsequent to registration for the degree; 

(b) the work shall comprise an original and significant 

contribution to knowtedge of the subjed; 

(c) the ttiesis must present an account by ttie candtoate 

ofttie sfody; and 

(d) in spedal cases, sfody carried out jointiy with ottier 

persons may be accepted, provided Coundl is 

satisfied ttiat ttie contribution by ttie candtoate to ttie 

joint study is adequate. 

C3. Procedures Goveming the Preparation and Submission 

of Theses 

(1) The thesis and ottier relevant work may be submitted for 

examination to ttie Diredor, Office of Research provtoed ttie 

candtoate has compteted ttie required minimum period d 

registration for ttie degree and is registered (enrolled) for ttie 

degree for which they are submitting the copies of their thesis. 

(2) A candtoate required to submit a thesis for an honours 

masters degree or a dodoral degree shall submit to tiie 

Diredor, Office of Research: 

(a) a statement from their supervisor stipulating ttiat tte 

thesis is in a fonm suitable for submission for 

examination; 

(b) a statement indicating the extent to which ttie work is 

their own wort


(a) ttiree examiners of ttie thesis, of whom at least one 

shall tie normally a member of the relevant academic 

unit and at teast two shall be extemal to ttie 

University for a candtoate for a higher dodoral 

degree; 

(b) two examiners of ttie thesis, each of whom shall be 

extemal to ttie University for a candtoate for a 

dodoral degree; and 

(c) two examiners of ttie thesis, not more ttian one of 

whom shall be intemal to ttie University for a 

candtoate for an honours masters degree. 

(2) A supervisor of a candtoate may not be an examiner of a 

thesis submitted by that candtoate. 

(3) A supervisor of a candtoate who has submitted a thesis shall 

provide a certificate indicating: 

(a) whetiier ttie supervisor is in agreement with tte 

statement submitted by ttie candtoate in accordance 

with Attachment C2 (5); and 

(b) whether in ttie opinton ofttie supervisor the thesis is 

presented in a form that complies with ttie 

requirements of Attachment C3 and is prima fade 

worthy of examination. 

(4) An examiner of a thesis for an honours masters degree shall 

be asked to report on: 

(a) whether ttie thesis demonsfrates that ttie candtoate 

has an adequate understanding of ttie fieto d 

research; 

(b) whether ttie thesis demonsti-ates that ttie candtoate 

has designed, undertaken and reported on an 

investigation in tiie spedfied field of research to a 

satisfadory level; 

(c) whether tte candtoate has presented the thesis in a 

manner and tevel appropriate to the fieto of research; 

arto 

(d) whettier ttie literary standard of ttie thesis is 

adequate 

(5) An examiner of a thesis for a dodoral degree by thesis shall 

be asked to report on: 

(a) whettier ttie thesis provides evtoence that tte 

candtoate conduded original research; 

(b) whettier tte thesis demonsfrates ttiat ttie candtoate 

has made a significant contribution to ttie knowledge 

ofthe subjed concerned; 

(c) whettier tte thesis reveals ttiat ttie candtoate has a 

broad understanding ofthe disdpline within which ttie 

wort( was conduded; 

(d) whether ttie thesis contains material suitabte for 

publication; 

(e) whettier tte candtoate has presented ttie thesis in a 

manner and tevel appropriate to the fieto of research; 

and 

(f) whettier ttie literary standard of ttie ttiesis is 

adequate. 

(6) After examining a thesis, an examiner may recommend that: 

(a) ttie candtoate be awanjed tte degree without forther 

examination; or 

(b) ttie candtoate be awarded ttie degree subjed to 

revisions or con-ections to the thesis; or 

(c) ttie candtoate be required to resubmit ttie thesis in 

revised fomi for examination after a specified period 

of study and/or research; or 

(d) ttie candidate be required to attend an oral 

examination; or 

(e) in ttie case of a candtoate for a dodoral degree, the 

candtoate be penmitted to submit ttie thesis for an 

honours masters degree; or 

(f) ttie candtoate be not awarded ttie degree. 

C5. Procedures for Examination of Work Submitted for 

Doctor of Philosophy by Publication and Higher 

Doctoral Degrees. 

(1) Each examiner shall make an independent report on the 

submitted work or worths. 

(2) Prior to ttie oral examination of an applicant for a dodoral 

degree by publication or an appltoant for a higher dodoral 

degree, should such examination be deemed necessary, each 

examiner shall present questions for the examination. 

(3) Should the examiners be not satisfied with the perfonnance of 

the candtoate in an oral examination. Council may pennit the 

candtoate to present for ttiat examination on a second 

Oixasion at a time to be detenmined by the examiners. 

(4) Should the examiners not agree in their recommendations or 

should, for any other reason, forther opinion on ttie merit of the 

submitted wort< tie needed, Coundl may appoint an additional 

examiner or examiners who shall make an independent report 

on the submitted wori< and who may, at ttie disaetion of such 

examiner or examiners, condud an oral or written 

examination on that work and on the general relevant field of 

knowledge. 

(5) At ttie condusion of ttie examination, the examiners will 

submit to Coundl a condse report on ttie merits of the 

published work and on ttie examination results and Council 

shall detemnine whether or not the applicant may be admitted 

to ttie degree. 

(6) Shouto the application for admission to the degree fail, the 

person may make one only additional application after a 

period of not tess tiian three years from the date of tte original 

application. 

(7) An applicant for admission to the degree shall not be present 

at the retevant deliberations of Coundl. 

D1. Grades of Performance for Subjects Listed in the 

Schedules in Attachment 21 

(1) The approved grades of perfonmance and assodated ranges 

of mart

(2) 

The perfonmance in some subjects approved for this purpose 

will be detenmined as: 

Satisfadory Completion: 

Unsatisfadory Comptetion: 

Satisfadory, or 

Unsatisfadory. 

Such subjects will not be induded in ttie detenmination d 

dasses of honours as presaibed in Attachment D1 (3). 

For subjeds in which spedfied assessment components 

must be satisfadorily completed for ttie subjed to be 

satisfadorily completed, failure to satisfadorily complete one 

or more such components will result in failure of Hie subjed, 

and the mark detenmined will be ttie aggregate of marks 

gained for the components, or 44, whichever is teast. 

The approved ranges of martcs assodated with dasses d 

honours for 400 level 48 aedit point subjects comprising ttie 

honours courses listed in Rule 103(5) are: 

Honours Class I 

Honours Class II, Division 1 

Honours Class II, Division 2 

Honours Class III 

Fail 

85%-100% 

75%-84% 

65% - 74% 

50%-64% 

0%-49% 

(3) (a) The dasses of honours for 4 year prescribed courses 

will be detenmined by a weighted average mark 

detenmined as: 

(b) 

where 

m 

weighted average mari< 

Xm/c 

n 

lie 

n 

is the adual mari< obtained in each attempt 

at each subjed; 

is the aedit point value ofttie subjed; 

is the total numtier of subjed attempts; and 

is the weight refleding ttie tevel of ttie 

subjed. 

The approved ranges of weighted average marks 

assodated with classes d honours for 4 year 

presaibed courses are as follows. 

(i) 

(ii) 

For the honours degrees of 

Bachelor of Engineering, in each of 

Civil Engineering, 

Environmental Engineering, 

Materials Engineering, 

Mechanical Engineering, and 

Mining Engineering, 

the weights are 

4 for 400 tevel; 




and the ranges are 


Honours Class II Division 1 

Honours Class II Division 2 

Honours Class III 


77.5-100% 

72.5-77.5% 

67.5-72.5% 

62.5-67.5%. 

Bachelor of Education, in 

Physical and Health Education, and 

Bachelor of Engineering, in each of 

Computer Engineenng, 

Etedrical Engineering, and 

Telecommunications Engineering, 

and 


Bachelor of Mathematical Sdences, 

Bachelor of Mathematics and Economics, 

Bachelor of Mattiematics and Finance 

tiie weights are 

4 for 400 tevel 

3 for 300 level 




Honours Class I 77.5-100% 

Honours Ctass II Diviston 1 72.5 - 77.5% 

Honours Ctass II Diviston 2 67.5 - 72.5%. 

(iii) For the honours degrees of 


Bachelor of Infonmation and 

Communication Technology, 

4for400levet 





Honours Class I 77.5 -100% 

Honours Class II Diviston 1 72.5 - 77.5% 

Honours Class II Division 2 67.5 - 72.5%. 

(iv) For the honours degrees of 

(V) 

(vi) 

Bachelor of Environmental Sdence, and 







except for 300 level STS, Law and 

Management subjeds in the Bachelor d 

Environmental Sdence, for which ttie 

weighting will be 0, 



80-100% 

Honours Class II, Division 1 73-79% 

Honours Class II, Division 2 65 - 72%. 


Bachelor of Biotechnology, 






and ttie ranges are 

Honours Class I 80-100% 

Honours Class II, Division 1 73 - 79% 

Honours Class II, Division 2 65 - 72%. 

For the honours degree of 

Bachelor of Education, in 

Primary Education, 

the weights are


Average mark 

range/E 

Project mart< 

range 0 

85-100 

75-84 

65-74 

45-64 

(iii) 

48 aedit points, comprising 42 aedit points 

unspecified at 100 level and 6 aedit points 

unspecified at 200 level; 

Diploma (or equivalent) - 

48 aedit points, comprising 36 aedit points 

unspecified at 100 level and 12 aedit points 

unspecified at 200 level; 

for a compteted sub-degree tertiary 

qualification with entry at standard lower than 

New South Wales Higher School Certificate 

(or equivalent), is determined by ttie 

minimum number of years of equivalent full 

time post School Certificate study required to 

attain the qualification as follows: 

2 years 

tevel; 

3 years 

level; 

• 24 credit points unspecified at 100 

• 36 credit points unspecified at 100 

(c) for a compteted approved certificate of general or 

psychiatric nurse education commenced in or 

subsequent to 1972, is 24 credit points unspedfied at 

100 tevel; 

(d) for more than one compteted tertiary qualification, 

shall be that advanced standing allowable for one only 

completed tertiary qualification; 

(e) for an incomplete undergraduate bachelor degree, 

other than a degree of this University, is two thirds of 

the minimum numtier of aedit points required for ttie 

degree for which the applicant is registered; and 

(f) for an incomplete diploma or advanced diploma, is 

proportional to the fradion ofthe diploma or advanced 

diploma completed satisfadorily. 

(2) No aedit granted at 300 level shall comprise part of a major 

study, except for aedit granted on ttie basis of subjeds 

previously completed at this University and nd then induded 

as part of a major study. 

(3) Except for the exdusion provided in Attachment E1(1)(e), tte 

maximum advanced standing allowabte is two thirds ttie 

minimum number of aedit points required for ttie degree for 

which the advanced standing is sought 

EZ Advanced Standing towards Honours Bachelor Degrees 

Advanced standing for a course for one of the honours degrees listed in 

Rule 103(5) will not be approved. 

E3. Advanced Standing towards Postgraduate Courses 

(1) The maximum advanced standing allowable towards courses 

listed under Parts, 2, 3,4, and 5 of ttiese Rules is 25% of tte 

total aedit point requirement for that course, except as 

provided in (2) below. 

(2) A candtoate for ttie degree of honours masters under ttie 

provision of Rule 503 (3), who has compteted other relevant 

qualifications, may be granted up to 48 aedit points of 

advanced standing in resped to ttie requirements set out in 

Rute 503 (3)(b). 

F. Other Requirements 

In addition to requirements set out in ttie Course Rules, candtoates 

must satisfy the retevant requirements listed in this Attachment. 

F1. Infonmation Literacies Requirements 

To satisfadorily comptete ttie Infonmation Literades Requirements a 

candtoate must: 

(a) adivate their Unix computer account; 


(b) complete an information literacy session at ttie Library either 

by attending a woricshop or through a self-paced alternative; 

and 

(c) complete and submit the infonnation literades assignment via 

thev\«b. 

As ttiese skills are assumed knoviêdge for some subjeds, students 

are encouraged to meet the Infonmation Literaaes requirements (listed 

above) within the first 6 weeks of session 

A candtoate who does nd satisfy this requirement will have resutts 

withheto until the requirements are met. 

Advanced infonmation literades skills, which build on this basic tevel, 

will be integrated into each undergraduate's academic program. 

F2. Minimum Mathematics Requirement 

Prior to conferral of ttie degree of Bachelor of Sctence upijn a 

candtoate w/ho has compteted, for ttie degree, a major study 

comprising subjeds offered by or for ttie Faculty of Sdence, ttie 

candidate must satisfy the minimum mathematics requirement by: 

(a) produdng evidence that upon entry to ttie University, 

requirements for enrolment in ttie subjed MATH 187 

Mathematics lA Part 1 have been satisfied; or 

(b) satisfadory completion of one of the subjeds: 

(i) MATH187 Mathematics lA Parti; or 

(ii) MATH141 Mathematics IC Part 1; or 

(iii) MATH 151 General Mathematics lA. 

G. List of Double Award Courses 

The following awards of this University may be awarded more ttian 

once to a candtoate who qualifies more than once for the awanJ. 


H. Bachelor of Commerce with Merit 

(1) To be eligible for the award of a Bachelor of Commerce 

degree with Merit a candidate must: 

(a) have no F, PC or PT grades; except ttiat this rule 

may be waived by ttie Faculty of Commerce 

Examination Committee in exceptional 

drcumstances on ttie recommendation ofthe Head of 

the relevant Academic Unit in which ttie candtoate 

would othenwise qualify for ttie awanj of a degree 

with merit; 

(b) have passed at aedit level or better at teast 75% of 

ttie credit points attached to with ttie 200 and 300 tevel 

subjects in the retevant spedalisation sdiedute; and 

(c) have passed at aedit level or better at teast 50% d 

tiie credit points attached to ttie 300 level subjects 

presaibed in the relevant spedalisation schedule. 

(2) The following additional criteria must be satisfied for each of 

the relevant spedalisations as follows. A candtoate for 

(a) an Accountancy specialisation 

must have passed at credit tevel or better at least one 

ofthe following subjects: 

ACCY302 

ACCY312 

Finandal Accounting III; or 

Management Accounting 

(b) a Business Systems Analysis specialisation 

must have passed at aedit tevel or better at teast 12 

credit points of 300 tevel Business Systems Analysis 

subjects.


(c) an Economics specialisation 

must have passed at credit level or better at teast 50 

per cent of ttie credit points attached to 300 level 

Economics subjects, 

(d) a Finance specialisation 

(f) 

(h) 

(i) 

U) 

must have passed at credit level or tietter ttie 

following subjects: 

ACCY322 

ACCY323 

Business Finance II, and 

Investments II, 

(e) an Industrial Relations specialisation 

must have passed at aedit tevel or better at least one 

ofthe following subjeds: 

ECON340 

ECON308 

ECON348 

• LAW332 

a Legal Studies specialisation 

Comparative Studtes in 

Industrial Relations; 

Labour Economics; 

Employers and 

Industrial Relations; or 

Labour Relations Law, 

must have passed at aedit tevel or better at least 2 of 

the following subjeds: 

LAW210 

LAW302 

LAW330 

LAW332 

(g) a Management specialisation 

Contrad Law; 

Law of Business 

Organisations; 

Law of Employment; or 

Latxjur Relations Law, 

must have passed at aedit tevel or better at least ore 

ofthe following subjeds: 

MGMT314 

MGMT398 

a Marketing specialisation 

Business Policy; or 

Human Resource 

Management, 

must have passed at aedit level or better at least ore 

of the following Martêting subjeds: 

• MARK344 

• MARK319 

Mari

(g) "examiner" means a person or persons with responsibility for 

the assessment wort< in any subjed; 

(h) "subjecf is a self-contained unit of 

study identified by a unique number in a sdiedute; 

(i) "Examination Supervisor" means a person authorised by tte 

Vice-Prindpal (Administration) with 

responsibility for ttie supervision of a particular examination 

held by the University. 

PART II - Conduct at Examinations 

2. No candidate shall, during any examination: 

(a) have in his or her possession any material other than material 

which ttie examiner for ttie subjed concemed has specified 

may be taken into an examination room; 

(b) provide assistance to, or communicate with, any other 

candtoate untess expressly approved by the examiner; 

(c) accept assistance from any candtoate or ottier person unless 

such assistance has been expressly approved by tte 

examiner 

(d) permit any other candtoate to read, copy from, or use his or 

her examination question or answer paper, unless expressly 

approved by the examiner 

(e) use any other material belonging to or written by anottier 

candtoate or drier person unless expressly approved by tte 

examiner 

(f) by any means whatsoever, except as approved by ttie 

examiner obtain, or endeavour to obtain, assistance in his or 

her wort^, or give, or endeavour to give, assistance to any 

ottier candidate; 

(g) remove from the examination room any examination answer 

paper or other paper provtoed for use by the candtoate during 

the course of ttie examination, or other material which is ttie 

property of ttie University unless penmitted by tiie 

Examination Supervisor or examiner to remove it; 

(h) confravene ttie Rules and Procedures for the Condud of 

Examinations; 

(i) cause any disturbance or be guilty of any condud likely to 

disturt) any other candidate; or 

(j) be guilty of any other ad of miscondud as defined in Sedion 3 

of the Rutes for Student Disdpline. 

3. Any candtoate who wishes to make an enquiry regarding an 

examination shall dired ttiat enquiry in writing to ttie Vice- 

Principal (Administration). 

Procedure 

4. Should an Examination Supervisor have reason to believe that 

a candtoate 

has committed, or is attempting to commit, a breach of any 

provision of dause 2 of these Rules, ttie Examination 

Supervisor shall immediately wam ttie candtoate and shall 

report ttie matter in writing to ttie Vice-Principal 

(Administration) 

(Administration). The candidate nonmally shall be allowed to 

comptete ttie examination but in drcumstances constoered 

appropriate by ttie Vice-Prindpal (Administration) or other 

person authorised by ttie Vice-Principal (Administration), ttie 

candtoate may be exduded from the examination room under 

ttie provisions of Sedion 7 of the Rules for Student Disdpline. 

5. The Examination Supervisor may take possession of any 

material brought into an examination room in contravention of 

dause 2(a) of these Rutes. 


6. The Examination Supen/isor shall forward ttie material 

refen-ed to in dause 5 to ttie Vice-Prindpal (Administration) 

with ttie report made pursuant to dause 4. 

7. A candtoate exduded from an examination room under dause 

4 may appeal to ttie Vice-Chancellor under Section 10 of ttie 

Rules for Student Disdpline. 

8. The Vice-Principal (Administration) may refer a report 

pursuant to dause 4 to the Vice-Chancellor, in which event the 

reference shall be deemed to be a complaint pursuant to 

Sedion 12 ofttie Rutes for Student Discipline and ttie Vice- 

Chancellor shall either 

(a) refer it to the Investigation Committee for investigation; or 

(b) not proceed with it forther shouto the Vice-Chancellor fonn the 

opinion that the complaint is unfounded or does not constifote 

miscondud. 

9. The material confiscated pursuant to dause 5 shall be 

retumed to the candtoate at the condusion of all adton relating 

to ttie alteged breach of Rules by ttie Vice-Chancellor, ttie 

Investigation Committee and/or tte Coundl Committee d 

Appeal. 

10. Shouto an allegation be made that a candtoate has breached 

any provision of dause 2 of tiiese Rules, the candidate's 

examination result for the subjed concerned shall be withheld 

by the Vice-Principal (Administration) pending proceedings of 

the Investigation Committee and/or the Council Committee d 

Appeal. 

Penalties 

11. Shouto ttie Investigation Committee proceed pursuant to 

dause 8(a) with ttie report of an alteged breach of any 

provision of clause 2 and find ttie candtoate guitty of tiie 

miscondud alleged against him or her, ttie Investigation 

Committee, in addition to recommending penalties set out in 

Sedion 27 ofthe Rutes for Student Disdpline: 

(a) may recommend to ttie Vice-Chancellor ttiat ttie candtoate 

receive a zero mari


(b) A candtoate must produce ttie student identification card for 

toentification purposes for each examination. ShouW a 

candtoate fail to do so, ttie candtoate may be refosed 

admission to ttie examination room. A candtoate wearing a 

veil must remove it for identification purposes; on request by 

ttie candtoate this may be done in private before a female 

Examination Supervisor 

(c) A candtoate shouto be in place in ttie examination room nd 

tess ttian ten (10) minutes before tiie time specified for ttie 

commencement of ttie examination. 

(d) No candtoate shall be admitted to an examination room more 

ttian thirty (30) minutes after ttie commencement of ttie 

writing time of tiie examination. 

(e) No candtoate shall be pennitted to teave ttie examination 

room before ttie expiry of thirty (30) minutes from ttie 

commencement of writing time ofthe examination. 

(f) No candtoate shall be re-admitted to ttie examination room 

after leaving it untess, during ttie foil period of absence, ttie 

candidate is under approved supervision. 

(g) Following ttie ten (10) minute waming given by tte 

Examination Supervisor tiefore the end of ttie examination, all 

candtoates shall remain seated until ttie examination answer 

papers have been colleded. 

(h) Except for candtoates who have left ttie examination room 

prior to ttie ten minute waming referred to in sub-dause (g) 

above, all candidates shall remain seated until all examination 

answer papers have been colleded and ttie Examination 

Supervisor permits candtoates to leave the examinatton room. 

(i) Smoking is not permitted in the examination room. 

(j) All answers must be in English unless othenwise direded. An 

intemational sfodent with written approval of ttie Vice- 

Prindpal (Administration), may use standard translation 

didionaries, ttie written approval and tiie didionary must be 

shown to tte Examination Supervisor prior to ttie 

commencement of ttie examination. 

(k) A candtoate who commits any infongement of ttie Rules 

goveming examinations may be expelled immediately from 

the examination room, and is liable to such forther penalty as 

may be determined in accordance with ttie Rules for Sfodent 

Disdpline or Examination and Assessment Rules. 

Special Examinations 

Students who belteve ttiat their attendance at or perfonnance 

in an examination or assignment has been affected by illness 

or other cause beyorto their control are required to make a 

written statement to ttie Vice-Principal (Administration). This 

statement together with any supporting evtoence, will be 

constoered by the Academto Unit Head who has ttie authority 

to take whatever adion is deemed appropnate in detemiining 

ttie sfodenfs overall results Students shouto refer to tte 

section on Spedal Constoeration on ttie next page for more 

details. 

Withheld (WM and WE) Results 

StiJdents may be granted a withheto result (i.e. WM or WE 

grade) on tiie basis of medical, compasstonate or ottier 

drcumstances (see sedion on Spedal Consideration). 

Where so granted, students shouto contad ttie retevant 

Academto Unit immediately to ascertain assessment 

requirements. It is ttie students responsibility to make contad 

with ttie Unit and failure to do so may result in a fail grade 

being detenmined. 

PROCEDURE FOR THE USE OF FOREIGN TRANSLATION 

DICTIONARIES IN EXAMINATIONS 

1. Foreign Language Translation Didionaries may be used only 

by candtoates whose background is non-English speaking 

2 Such didionaries may be used only by a candtoate during tte 

first three sessions after initial registration for a course at this 

University. 

3 Such didionaries may be used in all subjeds, except where 

othenwise directed to ttie contrary by ttie relevant Head of 

Academic Unit 

4. Eligible candtoates who wish to use such a didionary must 

apply for penmission on the application fonm no later ttian four 

weeks prior to ttie examination period for which approval is 

sought. 

5. Eligible candidates who receive permission will be notified in 

writing by the University. 

6. At the approved examinatton: 

(a) the written approval to use ttie didtonary must be shown to ttie 

Examination Supervisor prior to entty into ttie examination 

room; and ttien 

(b) ttie didionary must be submitted for inspedion by the 

Examination Officer prior to ttie commencement of the 

examination to establish its suitability, and to ensure ttiat it is 

not mari

ttie Stixlent Enquines Office, which will be responsible for 

fransmitting the request to ttie appropriate Academic Units. 

It is the responsibility of the applicant to check ttie 

outcome with ttie retevant Academic Unit as soon as possibte, 

but not later than two weeks after lodging the application. 

6. 'Supporting documentation' means: 

(a) a medical certificate, stating in reasonable detail: 

(i) the date or dates of any retevant consultations or attendances; 

(ii) if relevant, tiie general nature of tiie complaint and ttie 

freatment; and 

(iii) a specific statement of ttie opinton ttiat as a result of ttie 

complaint or treatment, the student is or was unfit to complete 

ttie required assessment or examination on or by ttie date 

specified; (medical certificates which do not contain all this 

infonmation will not be accepted); or 

(b) a tetter from tte University Counselling Service or a 

professional counsellor of equivalent standing setting out ttie 

general nature of ttie problem affecting ttie student and ttie 

opinion of ttie person signing ttie letter, ttiat ttie student 

because of ttie problem, is or was unfit to complete ttie 

required assessment or examination on or by ttie date 

specified; or 

(c) a statutory dedaration setting out ttie fads upon which it is 

suggested that special consideration shouto be given, 

attaching any supporting documents. 

A letter from an employer, etc, is not suffident. 

7. Acceptable reasons 

The following are constoered acceptabte reasons for spedal 

consideration: 

(a) valto medical, compassionate arto serious unforeseen 

personal events tiiat prevent a student from meeting 

scheduled assessment deadlines; or 

(b) valtoated conflids between scheduled assessments arto 

sporting, cultural or ottier adivities at a national or 

international tevel, so long as ttie conflids are raised well in 

advance with the relevant Academic Unit. 

8. Reasons assodated with employment are acceptable only in 

exceptional drcumstances. 

9. Processing of applications 

The dedsion to accept or rejed an application for spedal 

consideration in each subjed is to be made by: 

(a) ttie Head of Department concemed or a member of ttie 

academic staff of the Department designated by ttie Head for 

the purpose; or 

(b) the Departmental Assessment Committee; or 

(c) in a Faculty nd made up of separate Academic Units, ttie 

Assodate Dean, on the advice ofthe examiners for ttie subjed 

or course co-ordinator, and/or year diredor, as appropriate. 

10. Basis for granting special consideration 

The dedsion whether or not to grant spedal constoeration 

must be based on whettier or not the drcumstances amount to 

serious illness or drcumstances beyond ttie sfodenfs control 

which have affeded or may affed ttie student's perfonmance 

in ttie subjed. Without limiting ttie matters that may be 

constoered, the person making the dedsion may constoer 

(a) ttie possibility, based on ttie students perfonnance in other 

aspects of wortc required for ttie subjed, of ttie student 

achteving at least a PC/PT grade in the subjed; 

(b) ttie record ofttie sfodent in other subjects in which ttie student 

is or has previously been enrolled; and 

(c) previous applications for spedal constoeration. 

11. Supplementary examinations 


(a) Early examination/assessment will nd be penmitted by any 

Academic Unit on ttie grounds of tengttiening ttie period 

availabte to the student for holtoays/ sightseeing. 

(b) Illness or other grounds beyond the sfodenfs confrol. 

Supplementary examinations will nonmally be granted only: 

(i) if ttie StiJdent dto nd sit ttie standanj examination for an 

acceptabte reason; or 

(ii) if ttie student, after reporting ttie illness to tiie Supervisor-in- 

Charge, left the examination r(X)m because of verrfied illness 

Reasons such as steeping in, misreading timetables, work 

commitments, last subjed required to comptete a course, etc 

are normally not acceptabte. 

(c) Religious reasons 

Where a student is unabte to sit for ttie standanj examination 

for religious reasons, ttiat shJdent will nonmally be permitted 

to sit for either 

(i) a supptementary examination after ttie nonmal examination 

period; or 

(ii) the standard examination, for the subjed, provtoed ttiat during 

ttie time other sfodents are sitting for that examination and 

until the time the student sits for the examinatton, the sfodent 

is under ttie constant superviston of a person approved by ttie 

University; and 

sits for ttie examination as soon as possibte after ttie 

scheduled examination time. 

1Z Decision 

The dedsion whether or nd to grant a supplementary 

examination must be made within seven days of receiving ttie 

application and ttie student advised in writing as soon as 

possible. 

13. Timing of Supplementary Assessment 

Supptementary assessment is to be compteted at a time 

conventent to ttie Academic Unit concemed and it is ttie 

responsibility of the applicant to comply with the requirements 

of ttie unit; however, the results must be dedared within ttie 

normal period allowed for the -WM~ result ie initially within a 

periix) of five weeks after ttie Examination Committee 

meeting or, in exceptional drcumstances, a forther five weeks 

after that period. 

14. Responsibility 

ft is ttie responsibility of each student who appltes for a 

supptementary examination: 

(a) to be availabte to sit for the examination at any time during ttie 

vacation period immediately following the application; and 

(b) to leave a contad address and telephone numtier with each 

retevant Academic Unit. 

15. Form of Supplementary Assessment 

This can take any fonm ttiat is appropriate in ttie 

circumstances. However, ttie student must be infonmed in 

advance conceming ttie mettiod of assessment to be used, 

particularty if ttiere is to be any departure from ttie format 

announced at the start of the subjed, or from ttiat used in ttie 

standard examinatton. This information must be conveyed to 

ttie sfodent in writing. Faculttes or Academic Units may 

detemiine ttiat SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS MAY 

BE ORAL, but shouto notify sfodents in advance if this is ttie 

case Students must accept ttie form of supplementary 

assessment detemnined by the Academic Unit. 

16. Where a written examination is ixnducted, Academic Units 

will ensure that so far as possibte, tte security procedures 

and ttie venue for the examination, are as similar as possible 

to ttiose followed in the standard examination periods.


17. 

ia 

19. 

Where an oral examination is conduded, a second 

member shouto be present during the examination. 

staff 

Sbxients shouto keep originals and coptes of all essays, 

assignments or reports submitted in any subjed, as spedal 

constoeration may involve ttie reconstoeration of ttiat woric, 

and ttiey must be prepared to resubmit such work 

immediately upon request. 

Appeal 

A shtoent whose request for spedal constoeration has been 

rejeded may appeal in writing to the relevant Dean within 21 

days of the giving of the dedsion by ttie Academic Unit. 

PASS TERMINATING 

The award of ttie grade of Pass Tenninating will prohibit a student 

progressing to the next subjed in a sequence for which ttie subjed in 

which ttie Pass Tenninating is awarded is a pre-requisite. However, 

sfodents are not prevented ftxim repeating a subjed for which a Pass 

Tenninating has been awarded. 

APPLICATION FOR AN ACADEMIC AWARD 

Applications for admission to a (Jegree, diploma or assodate diploma 

must be made on ttie appropriate form and by ttie due date for each 

session. It is the students responsibility to make an application to have 

an award conferred 

AMENDMENTS TO ACADEMIC RECORDS, REASSESSMENT 

OF GRADES 

There are three ways in which you may apply to have your academic 

record amended. 

1. Enrolment Error 

If, as a result of an enrolment error, you have either: 

(a) received a FAIL' grade for a subjed for which you were 

fonnally enrolted, but dto not attempt; or 

(b) not received a result for a subjed whtoh you attempted, but for 

which you were not fonmally enrolled; 

you may make appltoation to have ttie necessary amendment made to 

your academic record Applications must also be accompanied by a 

letter giving retevant details. 

An academto record will be amended in spedal drcumstances only 

The application will be assessed and if it is detennined ttiat tte error 

was the fault of the sfodent, ttie $80.00 charge will be pato prior to your 

academic record being altered. 

You shouto note ttiat where an application to amend your academic 

record by adding a subjed for which you are nd enrolled is 

successfol, you are required to discharge ttie inaeased Higher 

Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) charge on ttie same basis 

that the original HECS liability was to tie discharged, te, either up-front 

or deferred payment. 

Applications must be made to the Student Enquiries Office no 

later than two weeks after ttie release of examination results. 

Z Late Withdrawal 

If you withdraw from: 

(a) an Aufomn session sutijed or a Spring session subjed after 

ttie end of tte eightii week but before ttie end of tte twelfth 

week ofttie session of offer or 

(b) a Summer session subjed after ttie end of ttie third week but 

before the end ofthe fifth week ofttie Summer session; or 

(c) a doubte or biple sesston subjed after ttie end of ttie second 

week but before ttie end of ttie eightti week ofttie second sesston 

in which ttie subjed is offered; 

you will be awarded a grade of FAIL'. However, if ttiere are medical, 

compassionate or ottier acceptabte reasons for ttie late wittidrawal, ttie 

Course Rutes allow for you to apply to have ttie "FAIL' amended to 

'DISCONTINUED'. 

Applications for such amendments may be made at ttie Student 

Enquiries Office and need to be supported by appropriate documentary 

evtoence. 

It is not possibte to withdraw from subjeds after ttie end of ttie twelfth 

week of session for sessional subjeds, the end of ttie fifth week of ttie 

Summer session for Summer session subjeds, or ttie end of ttie 

eighth week ofttie second sesston of offer for doubte or triple session 

subjeds. 

3. Reassessment of Mark/Grade 

If you feel that the mart< or grade you have been awarded for a subject 

is not indicative of your perfonnance or ttiat ttiere may have been ai 

error in detenmining your mart< or grade, you should approach ttie 

ledurer(s) concemed to discuss the matter. 

If, after ttiis discussion, you feel ttie mari< or grade is not con-ed, you 

shouto approach ttie Head of ttie Unit responsible for ttie subjed to 

discuss the matter forther. 

After you have taken these steps and you still feel the marie or grade is 

not corred, you may write to ttie Dean of ttie Faculty, setting out the 

reasons you believe the mari< or grade is nd corred and advising the 

Dean of ttie member(s) of staff with whom you have discussed the 

matter. The Dean will respond in writing after he/she has taken 

whatever advice is required. 

Applications to the Dean should be made no later than two 

weeks after the release of the examination results. 

If you are nd satisfied with ttie outcome, you may ttien approach ttie 

Dean of Students and request a forther investigation ofttie matter. 

Finally, if you belteve there has been a lack of due process in the 

reassessment procedure outlined above, you may appeal, within two 

weeks of receiving ttie response from ttie Dean, to ttie Academic 

Review Committee to review ttie matter. The tetter of appeal must 

state folly ttie reasons for your appeal and indude any relevant 

documentary evtoence to support your appeal. Please note, however, 

ttiat ttie Committee's rote is to ensure ttiat due process has been 

followed - the Committee's role is not to reassess ttie academic 

quality of the wort< 

CAMPUS ACCESS AND ORDER 

PART I - PRELIMINARY 

1. Preamble 

The grounds of ttie University d Wollongong are private 

property and ttie University Coundl has tte right to regulate 

access to the grounds and to control ttie entry of vehides and 

their operations within those grounds. 

Z Commencement 

These Rules came into operation in this form on 11 August 

1989. The Rules incorporate ttie "Rules for tte Contrd of 

Motor Vehides Entering ttie Grounds of ttie University of 

Wollongong", previously approved by Coundl in 1985. 

1 Parts 

The Rules are divtoed into three parts, as follows: 

PART I Preliminary 

PART II Access to and Order on Campus 

PART III Traffic and Pari

(iii) "Perm/fs" means Category 1, Category 2, Disabled, Motor 

Cycles, Additional arto Daily Penmits issued in accordance 

with these Rules; 

(iv) "Authorised Persons" means ttie Vice-Chancellor and 

Principal, ttie Vice-Principal (Administration), ttie University 

Librarian, members ofthe University Security Staff and senior 

members of ttie University staff so designated by ttie Vice- 

Chancellor and Prindpal for the purposes of these Rutes; 

(v) "Memtoers of Sfaff" indudes, for ttie purposes of these Rules, 

foil-time, part-time and casual employees of the University of 

Wollongong and its assodated companies, centres, restoential 

comptexes and employees of the Union and its tenants. Sports 

Assodation, Students' Representative Coundl, lllawarra 

Technology Corporation and its tenants and ottier 

groups/lxxjies/ organisations/companies as specified from 

time to time by ttie Vice-Chancellor and Principal for ttie 

purposes of these Rutes; 

(vi) "Students" indudes full-time and part-time students of ttie 

University of Wollongong. 

(vii) "Disabled Person" means a person w/ho possesses an 

obvtous visible disability or a disability supported by 

certification from a qualified medical praditioner or who is in 

possession of a valid "Disabled Persons Partying Authority" 

issued by an Australian or State Government Authority; 

(viii) Temporarily Disabled Person" means a person under a 

temporary disability supported by certification from a qualified 

meijical praditioner. 

PART II - ACCESS TO AND ORDER ON CAMPUS 

1. Persons Eligible for Entry 

Persons in ttie following categories may have access to tte 

campus: 

(i) a member of ttie University Coundl or of Convocation or a 

Fellow ofthe University; 

(ii) a member of staff entering or remaining on campus in 

consequence of being an emptoyee; 

(iii) a sfodent entering or remaining on campus in consequence of 

undertaking studtes or research; 

(iv) a person who hotos a penmit auttiorising entry to ttie campus 

and who has observed all conditions, if any, to which tte 

authority contained in the penmit is subjed; 

(v) a member of ttie Common-wealth or State Police Forces 

requested by an authorised person to enter and remain on tte 

campus for ttie purposes of proteding persons or property; 

and 

(vi) a person who othenwise has valto reason to be on the campus, 

provtoed entry has not been prohibited by an authorised 

person. 

Z Traffic Access 

1 Pedestrians, bicydes, vehides which display a pennit issued 

in accordance with ttiese Rules, vehides making delivery of 

goods onjered by ttie University, vehides iDperated by 

contradors to the University, vehides picking up or setting 

down passengers or any other vehicte pennitted to enter from 

time to time by an authorised person may have access to tte 

campus. 

2 All persons having access to ttie campus whether or nd in 

charge of a vehicte shall condud themselves and/or use their 

vehides in a safe arto proper manner at all times in 

accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Ad 1983. 

3 All vehides and bicydes which have access to ttie campus 

shall be driven and pari


(VI) 

wilfully littering ttie campus or damaging, defadng, or 

wrongfully dealing with any University property or any other 

property on campus; 

(vii) any ottier unreasonable condud disrupting ttie nonmal 

activities of the University. 

Where any disorderly condud under sedion (6), occurs and ttie 

person or organisation responsibte can be toentified, ttie University 

may take steps to recover ttie cost of any repairs to property or ttie 

cost of removal of offending material in additton to any disdplinary 

action ttiat may be taken under ttie University's Disdpline Rules. 

9. Complaints of Alleged Disorderly Conduct 

Any complaints alteging disorderiy condud against any person 

may be brought, in writing, by an authorised person or by a 

student or staff member to ttie Vice-Principal (Administration) 

who shall forward ttie complaint to ttie Vice-Chancellor and 

Prindpal; if the Vice-Chancellor and Prindpal deems ttiat ttie 

matter requires any adion to be taken, ttie matter may be dealt 

with as miscondud in accordance with ttie appropriate 

University Rutes and authorities. 

PART III - TRAFFIC AND PARKING CONTROL 

1. Preamble 

These Rules provtoe for the orderly movement and partying of vehides 

and bicydes on campus. Failure to comply with the Rules may result 

in fines, wheel damping, loss of pari

) Any disabled or temporarily disabled person may apply for a 

Disabled Partying Penmit. 

c) Any student or staff member may apply for a Motor Cyde Part


c) 

(ii) the delivery of a notice to the infonging person or the owner of 

the infonging vehide or bicyde; or 

(iii) posting a notice to ttie infonging person or ttie owner of tte 

infonging vehicte or bicyde at ttiat person's last known 

address. Such a notice shall be deemed to have reached ttie 

infringing person or ttie owner of ttie infonging vehide or 

bicyde in the nomnal course ofttie post 

An infongement notice given in aixordance with these Rules shall 

contain details of ttie infongement, ttie fine imposed and a 

statement ofthe rights ofthe redptent ofthe infongement notice. 

d) Persistent or blatant infongement of ttiese Rutes may result in a 

Partying Pemiit being revoked, a vehide being denied access to 

the campus and/or wheel damping of ttie offending vehide. 

e) If fines on staff members who are pato by ttie University remain 

unpato after two (2) requests the amount of ttie fines may be 

deduded from the salary of tiie staff member. Ttie authority for 

ttiat deduction shall be deemed to be made upon signing ttie 

application for a Partying Pennit. 

f) If fines on students, or staff members not pato by ttie University, 

remain unpato after two (2) requests, the fines shall be treated as 

a debt due to the University In the case of sfodents examinations 

resutts may be withheld 

g) Non-payment of fines, or breaches of ttie driving rules of these 

Rutes by students, may be treated as a miscondud under Part XII 

of the University By-Laws. 

h) A staff member or shxJent may appeal against any action taken 

Such appeal shall be made in writing to the Vice Prindpal 

(Administration) whose dedsion shall be final. Appeals must 

indude the original or copy ofthe Infongement Notice. 

PART IV - CATEGORIES OF PARKING AND FEES 

1. Transferable Permits 

Partying Permits are transferabte between vehides and tte 

eledrostatic label must be displayed on ttie vehide for entry to and 

while present on the University Campus 

Z Category "Reserved Spaces" 

Singte payment of $483.00 for period 1 January to 31 December in any 

year Salary Deduction of $18.60 per fortnight (staff only). 

Applications for Reserved partying are availabte from Finandal 

Services. Reserved partying Is availabte in ttie Multi-Storey carpari< 

and under Buitoing No. 3. 

3. Category 1 - Red Permit 

Singte payment of $161.00. Salary deduction $6.20 per fortnight (staff 

only). Singte session pemiits are available at $80.50. PERMITS DO 

NOT GUARANTEE PARKING. "RED" carpartcs are generally those 

intemal to tiie campus ring road. This pemiit also allows paricing in 

the Multi-storey carpartc but nd in spaces reserved for Departments, 

indlvtouals, disabled etc. 

4. Category 2 - Blue Permit 

Singte payment of $94.00. Salary deduction $3.65 per fortnight (staff 

only) Singte session pennits are availabte at $47.00. PERMITS DO 

NOT GUARANTEE PARKING. "BLUE" carpart^s are generally 

located in ttie Westem part of campus during ttie hours 8.00am to 

4.30pm Monday to Friday and in any carpari< outstoe ttiese hours but 

not in spaces reserved for Departments, indlvtouals, disabled etc. 

S Daily Permits 

$4.00 per day. PERMITS CX) NOT GUARANTEE PARKING. These 

pemiits provtoe access to spaces in Category 2 "BLUE" carpartcs 

during ttie hours 8.00am to 4.30pm Monday to Friday and in any 

carpart^ outstoe tiiese hours but nd in spaces reserved for 

Departments, indlvtouals, disabled etc. 

6. Regular Visitor Permits 

Singte payment of $26.00. PERMITS DO NOT GUARANTEE 

PARKING. These pennits MUST be authorised by ttie Vice Principal 

(Administration). Requests shouto tie fonwarded through the Manager 

Security. Pemiit provides access to all carpari^s but not in spaces 

reserved for Departments, indlvtouals, disabled etc. 

7. Disabled Penmits 

NO CHARGE. Permanently Disabled persons will be issued with a 

spedal Permit auttiorising tiie use of Disabled Partying Spaces. 

Contad the Disability Services on Ext 4242. Certificate from medical 

praditioner or a valid "Disabled Person Parking Authority" issued by 

an Ausfralian or State Govemment must be produced. 

8. Motor Cycles 

Single payment of $26.00. Access all motor cyde parking areas 

PERMITS DO NOT GUARANTEE PARKING. Motorcycte pemiits 

are available free of charge where a Category 1 or 2 pennit is 

purchased - motor cyde registration papers detailing owner detail for 

same penmit holder must be produced. 

9. Bicycles 

NO CHARGES. Bicycle racks are located ttiroughout campus. 

Pari

3 Under ttie University's Rutes for Campus Access and Order 

University Identification cards must be carried during attendance 

at the University and shown in response to any reasonabte 

request from any member of staff who might require such 

toentification in the course of their duties. Any Library user 

whettier or not a member of ttie University, shall produce 

identification on request from a member of Library staff. 

4. It is a condition of entty into ttie University Library that all bags, 

folders or other receptades capabte of containing Library 

materials and their contents may be inspeded by Library staff. 

5. In accordance with University policy, smoking is not penmitted in 

the Library. 

6. No substance which is liable to cause damage to Library 

materials may be taken into the University Library; this indudes 

food and drink items and flammable items. 

7. Animals, with ttie exception of gutoe dogs for ttie visually and 

hearing impaired, are not penmitted within the University Library. 

8. Talking is nd penmitted in reading areas: qutet conversation is 

allowed for the purpose of seeking assistance in ttie use of ttie 

catalogues or the collection. 

9. The reservation of seats in public reading areas is not penmitted. 

10. Books and other articles left unattended in ttie Library for more 

than twenty minutes on chairs and tables may be removed by tiie 

Library staff. Articles teft in these areas at dosing time will be 

deared away and sent to ttie Security Office lost property 

sedion. The University accepts no responsibility for personal 

betongings left in the buitoing. 

11. Library users are responsible for all material borrowed in their 

name and will be charged the replacement cost of any item nd 

retumed. 

12. No user shall deface, mutilate or desfroy Library materials: in 

addition to any penalty that may be imposed for such condud, ttie 

person concemed shall be liable to pay for ttie full cost of repair 

or replacement of damaged materials. 

13 Users are responsible for all Library materials borrowed in their 

name until such time as the items are returned to the Library and 

deteted from ttie loans register. Borrowers will be charged tiie 

cost of repladng any item which is not returned. 

14 Fines may be imposed for overdue items. Details d fine rates 

and borrowing conditions are available in the Library. Other 

penalties may be imposed for the late return of Library material. 

15 Any person within the Library precinds from time to time will, for 

the purposes of these conditions, be deemed a "user". 

Revision of Conditions 

The Vice-Chancellor, on ttie advice of ttie Library Committee and of 

the University Librarian, may revise and update ttie conditions for tiie 

use of the University Library. 

Publication of Code and Rules 

A copy of ttie Code of Condud and ttie relevant Rules for Sfodent 

Disdpline and Rutes for Campus Access and Order are displayed at 

tte enfrance to any location or facility used by ttie University for ttie 

provision of library services. 

RULES FOR STUDENT DISCIPLINE 

Preamble 

(1) These Rules provtoe disdpline procedures in cases d 

miscondud by students of the University. The Rules are made 

in accordance with Section 29 of ttie University of Wollongong 

Ad, 1989, and Sedion 34 ofthe University By-law. 

Commencement 

(2) These Rutes came into operation on 8 Odober, 1993. 


Definitions 

(3) In these Rules, unless the context or subjed matter othenwise 

indicates or requires: 

"Ad" refers to the University of Wollongong Ad, 1989; 

"Committee of Appeal" means the Committee of Appeal 

constifoted under Rule 41; 

"Coundl" means the Coundl ofthe University of Wollongong; 

"Investigation Committee" means the Investigation Committee 

constituted under Rule 24; 

"miscondud" means condud on the part of a student which: 

(a) breaches ttie University By-law or the Rutes made in 

accordance witti that By-law or any Resolutions of Coundl or is 

deemed or stated to be miscondud under ttie By-law, Rules or 

Resolutions; or 

(b) constitutes a serious impediment to ttie carrying out of ttie 

University's fondions, induding ttiose academic and 

administrative fondions which are properiy ancillary to tiiose 

set out in Sedion 6 ofthe Ad or which relate to the partidpation 

by any person in the adivities of the University; or 

(c) is othenwise detrimental to the proper condud of the University; 

"senior officer" means a person holding ttie position of Deputy 

Vice-Chancellor, Pro Vice-Chancellor, Vice-Principal, Dean, 

Head of a Department or School, Manager or Diredor of an 

Administrative Branch, University Librarian, Diredor d 

Infonnation Technology Services or such ottier positions as 

Coundl may from time to time by resolution detemiine; 

"student' means a person enrolled at ttie University or in any 

course or program offered in conjundion with the University. 

Introduction 

(4) The Vice-Chancellor shall have power in accordance with these 

Rules to take disciplinary action against any student for 

miscondud. 

(5) The Vice-Chancellor may, for reasons of convenence or of 

natural justice, appoint ttie Deputy Vice-Chancellor or a Pro 

Vice-Chancellor of ttie University to exerdse any or all of ttie 

duties, powers or responsibilities under ttiese Rules; tiie Vice- 

Chancellor shall report any such delegation to Coundl. 

Urgency Provisions 

(6) The Librarian, or in his/her absence tiie Deputy Librarian, or in 

tiotti their absences ttie officer-in-charge, in cases where ttie 

miscondud or breach is so serious to warrant it, may exdude 

any sfodent from, or restrid ttie use by ttie shtoent of, any 

Library facilities for such period as he/she thinks fit, if in ttie 

opinion of ttie University Librarian, Deputy Librarian or ttie 

officer-in-charge the student is guilty of miscondud in or about 

the Library precinds or facilities or is in breach of any rules for 

the use of Library fadlittes as may be in force from time to time. 

(7) The Vice-Principal (Administration), or in his/her absence ttie 

Manager of ttie Academic and Student Services Branch, in 

cases where the miscondud or breach is so serious to warrant 

it, may exdude any student from attendance at a particular 

examinatton conduded by ttie University if in ttie opinion of ttie 

Vice-Prindpal (Administration) or ttie Manager tte student is 

guilty of miscondud or is in breach of any mies applicable to ttie 

examination. 

(8) The Diredor of Infonnation Technology Services, or in his/her 

absence ttie Manager, Facilities and Technical Services, in 

cases where the miscondud or breach is so serious to warrant 

it, may exdude any student from using, or restrid the use by ttie 

student of, any computing fadlittes owned or under the control of 

the University for such period as he/she thinks fit if in the opinion 

ofthe Diredor or the Manager ttie student is guilty of miscondud 

or is in breach of any rules appltoable to ttie use of computing 

facilities.


(9) Any adion taken under Rules (6), (7) or (8) shall be reported in 

writing forthwith to the Vice-Chancellor or in his/her absence ttie 

Deputy Vice-Chancellor who may confinm, vary, quash or 

postpone ttie exdusion or restridion, as appropriate, if he/she 

ttiinks fit; a copy of the report shall be forwarded to ttie sfodent by 

ttie person taking the adion under Rutes (6), (7) or (8). 

(10) Where condud on campus or University-managed premises 

occasions the intervention of outside legal agendes, resulting in 

charges being laid or other adion taken, that intervention of itself 

is suffident for ttie Vice-Chancellor to take appropriate action 

induding suspension of any student from the University. 

(11) Where ttie Vice-Chanceltor takes adion pursuant to (10), notice 

of this action shall be given to ttie sfodent affeded who may tten 

request the Vice-Chancellor to refer the case to tiie Investigation 

Committee under the provisions of dauses (20), (21) and (22). 

(12) Any shxJent exduded or restrided from using ttie Library or 

from attendance at examinations or from using ttie computing 

facilities pursuant to Rutes (6), (7) or (8) respedively may 

make an immediate oral appeal to ttie Vice-Chancellor or in 

his/her atisence to ttie Deputy Vice-Chancellor who, without 

prejudice to any adion subsequently taken under Rute (9), may 

confirm, vary, quash or postpone that exdusion or restridion, as 

appropnate, if he/she thinks fit. 

(13) Any shtoent exduded or restrided from using ttie Library or 

from attendance at examinations or from using ttie computing 

facilities pursuant to Rules (6), (7) or (8) respedively may, 

within 14 days of that action being taken, make a written appeal 

to ttie Vice-Chancellor who, notwithstanding any adion he/she 

may have taken under Rute (9), may confinm, vary quash or 

postpone ttie action or refer ttie matter for investigation to ttie 

Investigation Committee 

Bringing of Complaint 

(14) Complaints may be brought by a senior officer against any 

student for alleged miscondud. The complaint shall be in 

writing addressed to ttie Vice-Chancellor and shall give full 

details of ttie alleged miscondud. 

(15) The Vice-Chancellor, on receiving the complaint, shall within 14 

days of receipt of ttie complaint or such forther period nd 

exceeding 28 days as he/she thinks fit, bring an allegatton d 

miscondud against ttiat student by referring ttie complaint in 

writing to ttie Investigation Committee for investigation untess 

tte Vice-Chancellor forms ttie opinion that ttie complaint is 

unfounded or ttiat ttie matters complained of do nd constitute 

miscondud. 

(16) The Vice-Chancellor may, of his/her own motion, bring ET 

altegatton of miscondud against a sfodent by referring a 

complaint in writing to ttie Investigation Committee for 

investigation. 

Immediate Action by Vice-Chancellor 

(17) Notwithstanding any ottier provision of ttiese Rutes, if, in ttie 

opinion ofttie Vice-Chancellor the drcumstances referred to in 

Rutes (6), (7) or (8) or tte subjed of ttie complaint brought 

under Rules (14) or (16) are such ttiat immediate or forther 

adion is required, the Vice-Chancellor may: 

suspend a student from the University; or 

exdude tte shxtent from, or restrid ttie use by ttie sfodent of, 

any Library fadlities, or 

exdude ttie sfodent ftwn attendance at any examinations and/or 

withhold the examination result(s) for relevant subjed(s); or 

exdude the student from using, or restrid the use by ttie shxtent 

of, any computing fadlites: 

and shall in such drcumstances refer ttie matter to ttie 

Investigation Committee; ttie adton taken by ttie Vice- 

Chanceltor shall remain in force until ttie Investigation 

Committee has dealt with the matter. 

(18) Any adton taken by ttie Vice-Chanceltor in accordance with 

Rute (17) shall be conveyed in wnting to ttie sfodent by the Vice- 


(19) Upon being informed by tte Vice-Prindpal (Administration) of 

any action taken under Rule (17) ttie sfodent shall cease to 

attend ttie University or to enter ttie Library or to attend 

examinations or to use the computing fadlities as ttie case may 

be and, if so direded by ttie Vice-Chancellor, shall refrain from 

entering on any premises of the University 

Referral to Investigation Committee 

(20) If ttie Vice-Chancellor dectoes pursuant to Rute (15) ttiat ttie 

matter warrants refen-al to ttie Investigation Committee or if 

adion is taken pursuant to Rule (14), or to a request under Rute 

(11), the Vice-Prindpal (Administration) shall forthwith send the 

sfodent concemed a copy ofthe reference ofthe complaint to the 

Investigation Committee, a copy of ttie documentation to be 

constoered by the Investigation Committee and a copy of these 

Rules. 

(21) In addition, a copy of ttie reference referred to in Rule (20) shall 

be forwarded to ttie senior officer who brought ttie complaint, 

and, if appropriate to ttie particular complaint, coptes of the 

reference shall be fonwarded, in confidence, to ttie Dean of the 

Facutty responsible for ttie course in which ttie student is 

enrolled and to ttie Head(s) ofthe Unit(s) offering ttie subjed(s) 

in which the sfodent is enrolled and for which ttie complaint is 

concemed. 

(22) The Vice-Chancellor's reference to the Investigation Committee 

shall set out a foil statement of the alleged miscondud but the 

Vice-Chancellor shall not be obliged to indude a copy of the 

original complaint. 

(23) If the matter referred to the Investigation Committee by the Vice- 

Chancellor relates to a breach of ttie Examination Rules, the 

Vice-Chancellor may withhold ttie examination result(s) for the 

retevant subjed(s) pending ttie outcome of the investigation by 

the Investigation Committee. 

Investigation Committee 

(24) The Investigation Committee shall on receipt of a complaint and 

as promptly as possible investigate ttie complaint and report its 

finding to the Vice-Chancellor 

(25) The Investigation Committee shall consist of 

for non-academic cases: 

tte Deputy Vice-Chancellor or a Pro Vice-Chancellor, as 

chairperson; 

a senior member of academic staff appointed by tte Vice- 

Chancellor for a one year tenm of office, or, if the appointee is not 

available for any investigation, a senior academic staff member 

nominated by the Vice-Chancellor to ad for a particular meeting 

or meetings; 

tte Prestoent of ttie Students' Representative Coundl in the 

University or, if not available, another member of tte Students' 

Representative Coundl nominated by the Prestoent. 

for academic cases: 

the Chair of the Academic Senate or, if not available, tte Deputy 

Chair of ttie Academic Senate as Chairperson; 

a senior member of academic staff appointed by tte Vice- 

Chancellor for a one-year terni of office, or, if ttie appointee is 

nd available for any investigation, a senior academic staff 

member nominated by the Vice-Chancellor to ad for a particular 

meeting or meetings; 

ttie Prestoent of ttie Students' Representative Council in the 

University or, if nd available, anottier member of ttie Sfodents' 

Representative Coundl nominated by the Prestoent; 

and 

where both genders are not represented on ttie Committee, the 

Vice-Chancellor shall appoint a member of tte appropriate 

group to redress this situation. 

(26) The Committee shall condud its proceedings in accordance witti 

ttie Committee Procedures set out in the Appendix. 

(27) The Chairperson of ttie Investigation Committee shall have a 

deliberative vote but nd a casting vote, except in cases where 

ttie Committee comprises an equal number of members.

(28) If any member of ttie Investigation Committee is unabte or 

unwilling to ad, the Vice-Chancellor may appoint a senior officer 

or a member of ttie Senate or a shxtent as ttie circumstances 

may require to serve on the Committee. 

(29) No person having aded on behalf of ttie University in any one of 

ttie matters referred to in a particular complaint shall be qualified 

to sit on the Investigation Committee investigating the complaint. 

(30) The Vice-Prindpal (Administration) or his/her nominee shall be 

Seaetary to the Investigation Committee and shall assist ttie 

Committee in whatever way the Committee, through its 

Chairperson, may from time to time dired. 

(31) The Investigation Committee shall have the power to require any 

member of staff of the University or any student to appear before 

it with a vtew to assisting the investigation. 

(32) The Investigation Committee may, in accordance with its 

findings under Rule 24, recommend to the Vice-Chancellor: 

(a) ttiat ttie altegations be dismissed; 

(b) ttiat no forther adion be taken against ttie student concemed; 

(c) that the student be reprimanded by ttie Vice-Chancellor 

(d)(i) that ttie student be fined and, in ttie event of multiple instances of 

miscondud, multiple fines may be applted; ttie fine for each 

instance shall not exceed $250. (NB - refer to (h) below) 

(ii) in addition, where ttie miscondud is related to a breach d 

Examination Rutes, ttiat the student be awarded a Fail grade for 

the relevant subjed(s); 

(e) ttiat ttie student be suspended from ttie University for a limited 

period and in addition, where ttie miscondud is related to a 

breach of Examination Rules, ttie Committee may recommend 

that the student be awarded a Fail grade for the subjed(s); or 

(f) ttiat the student lie expelled from ttie University and in addition, 

where tte miscondud is related to a breach of Examination 

Rules, ttie Committee may recommend ttiat ttie sfodent be 

awarded a Fail grade for the subjed(s); or 

(g) such other penalty as ttie Committee may deem appropriate in 

the particular instance of miscondud; 

(h) and, in cases of damage to University property or any other 

adion incurring a cost to ttie University, ttiat, in addition to any 

penalty recommended atiove, the student may be charged for ttie 

costs incun-ed in repladng or repairing ttie property or in 

redressing any other results ofthe miscondud. 

In recommending a penalty under dauses (c) to (h) above, ttie 

Committee may forther recommend that the imposition of ttie penalty 

be suspended under whatever conditions and for whatever period of 

time the Committee deems appropriate to the particular drcumstance 

of the complaint. 

Result of Investigation 

(33) On receipt of ttie recommendation of ttie Investigation 

Committee, the Vice-Chancellor may refer the recommendation 

back to ttie Committee for forther constoeration or, in 

accordance with ttie recommendations dismiss ttie allegations, 

take no forther adion, reprimand, fine, suspend or expel ttie 

student; in additton to fining, suspending or expelling ttie student 

the Vice-Chancellor may (a) award a Fail grade for ttie relevant 

subjed(s) where ttie miscondud is related to a breach d 

Examination Rutes; and/or (b) charge ttie costs of repladng or 

repairing any damaged property. 

(34) The dedsion of ttie Vice-Chancellor, induding any dedsion to 

refer ttie matter back to ttie Investigatton Committee, shall be 

conveyed in writing to ttie sfodent by ttie Vice-Principal 

(Administration), except in ttie case where a student is to 

receive a reprimand in which case ttie reprimand shall be 

conveyed in writing by the Vice-Chancellor. 

(35) A copy of ttie tetter forwarded to ttie sfodent in accordance with 

Rule (34) shall be forwarded, in confidence, to ttie senior officer 


who brought ttie complaint and to any person to whom a copy d 

the reference of complaint was fonwarded in accordance with 

Rule (19) and, in cases where University Security staff have 

been called, ttie Head of Security 

Appeal 

(36) Any student against whom action is taken pursuant to Rute (33) 

may appeal to Coundl on the grounds of lack of due process in 

the investigatton of the complaint. 

(37) The appeal must be todged in writing to ttie Vice-Prindpal 

(Administration) within 14 days, or within such forther period as 

Council shall allow, or ttie notification of ttie Vice-Chancellor's 

adion. 

(38) An appeal todged by a student pursuant to Rute (36) shall be 

refen-ed by the Vice-Prindpal (Administration) to the Committee 

of Appeal if ttie Vice-Principal (Administration) is satisfied ttiat 

the appeal is based on grounds of lack of due process. 

(39) If the Vice-Prindpal (Administration) detenmines tiiat an appeal 

todged by a student is nd based on ttie grounds of lack of due 

process, he/she shall notify the student accordingly in writing. 

(40) ff ttie Vice-Principal (Administration) detenmines that ttie 

appellant has presented new or additional information in tte 

appeal ttiat was nd available to ttie Investigation Committee, 

he/she shall refer tiie matter to the Investigation Committee for 

reconstoeration. 

Committee of Appeal 

(41) The Committee of Appeal shall investigate ttie appeal and shall 

dectoe whether due process in tenms of the Committee 

Procedures set out in the Appendix has been followed by ttie 

Investigation Committee. 

(42) The Committee of Appeal shall consist of: 

the Deputy Chancellor as Chairperson; 

ttie student member of Council or, if nd available, anottier 

student appointed by Coundl; and 

one ottier member of Coundl appointed by Coundl; and 

where both genders are not represented on the Committee, tte 

Chancellor shall appoint a member to redress this situation. 

(43) The Chairperson of ttie Committee of Appeal shall have a 

deliberative vote but nd a casting vote, except in cases where 

the Committee comprises an equal number of members. 

(44) No person who is a member of ttie Investigation Committee for 

a particular matter shall be a member of ttie Committee of 

Appeal for the same matter. 

(45) The Vice-Principal (Administration) or his/her nominee shall be 

Seaetary to ttie Committee of Appeal and shall assist ttie 

Committee in whatever way ttie Committee, ttirough its 

Chairperson, may from time to time dired. 

(46) If any member ofthe Committee of Appeal is unabte or unwilling 

to ad or if ttie matter of ttie appeal is of such urgency ttiat ttie 

establishment of tte Committee of Appeal wouto be 

unnecessarily delayed by waiting until ttie next scheduted 

meeting of Coundl, ttie Chancellor may appoint a member of 

Council or, in ttie case of tiie sfodent member being unabte to 

serve, anofoer sfodent to serve on ttie committee as tte 

circumstances may require. 

Result of Appeal 

(47) In those cases where ttie Committee of Appeal detemriines ttiat 

due process was followed by the Investigation Committee, it will 

confimi the adion taken by the Vice-Chancellor on the advice d 

the Investigatton Committee and ttie Vice-Prindpal 

(Administration) shall infomi the student accordingly in writing. 

(48) In those cases where ttie Committee of Appeal detemiines ttiat 

there has been a lack of due process in ttie constoeration d ttie 

case by the Investigation Committee, it will refer the matter back 

to the Investigation Committee with foil details of ttie lack of due 

process found by ttie Committee and dired ttie Committee to


reconstoer the matter ttie Vice-Principal (Administration) shall 

infomn the student accordingly in writing. 

Ceases to hold office 

(49) A member of ttie Investigation Committee or ttie Committee of 

Appeal who, during tte currency of an investigation by ttie 

Committee of which he/she is a member, ceases to hoto ttie 

office by virtue of viîch he/she is a member of ttiat Committee 

shall remain a member of ttie Committee until its investigation 

has been compteted. 

Inability to act 

(50) ff during ttie cun-ency of an investigation by ttie Investigation 

Committee or ttie Committee of Appeal a member of ttie 

Committee becomes unabte, for a period as would unduly delay 

the comptetion of the investigation, to ad ttinDugh illness or any 

other cause, ttie Committee may complete its investigation in 

his/her absence if at teast 2 members are abte to act 

Serving of Notices 

(51) A document or ndtoe required to be served on or given to a 

sfodent under ttiese Rules may be sen/ed on ttie sfodent 

personally within ttie University or be sent by certified post 

addressed to the sfodents last known place or restoence. ff 

posted, service shall be deenned to have been effeded on ttie 

student on the date on which it wouto have been delivered in ttie 

ordinary course ofthe post 

Effect of Penalties 

(52) A sfodent who is expelled from ttie University shall not be reenrolled 

except by pemiission of Coundl. 

(53) A fine imposed on a sfodent pursuant to Rule (32) shall be pato 

into ttie general fonds ofthe University. 

(54) A fine imposed on a student pursuant to Rule (32) shall be 

payable within 14 days ofthe date of notification ofthe fine, but an 

extension of time for payment may be granted by ttie Vice- 


(55) The payment of a fine shall be suspended while an appeal from 

the dedsion imposing it is pending. 

(56) If a fine imposed under Rute (32) is nd pato within tte time 

limited for its payment, the student shall be suspended and shall 

remain suspended so long as ttie fine remains unpato. 

(57) When a fine, suspenston or expulsion pursuant to Rule (32) is 

imposed on a sfodent ttie sfodent shall be notified in writing ttiat 

he/she has a right to appeal in accordance with these Rules. 

(58) Suspension or expulsion imposed on a sfodent pursuant to Rule 

(32) shall be deemed to be inoperative white an appeal from ttie 

deasion imposing rt is pending. 

SuspensiorVTermination of Proceedings 

(59) The Vice-Chancellor may at any time suspend any disdplinary 

proceedings, induding ttie appeal proceedings, against a sfodent 

if, in the opinion ofttie Vice-Chancellor ttie continuation of such 

proceedings may be in conflid with other proceedings or action 

being taken by tte sfodent, whether within ttie University or 

outstoe 

(60) The Vice-Chancellor may tenminate any disdplinary 

proceedings, induding ttie appeal proceedings, if, at any stage, 

the student withdraws his/her enrolment with immediate effed. 

General 

(61) Nothing In these Rutes affects tte power of any person or body 

in ttie University duly authorised to administer any University 

rule not inconsistent witti ttiese Rules and, in particular, nottiing 

in ttiese Rutes affeds any power of a committee or person or 

other authority within the tJniversity to withdraw a student from a 

course, or to cancel ttie enrolment of a shtoent, or to refose a 

person forther enrolment for any course or subject or to deal 

otherwise with his/her case, by reason of his/her failure to 

satisfy academic requirements or to pay any fee, fine, charge or 

other money payabte to ttie University. 

(62) Nottiing in ttiese Rules affects ttie power of Coundl to make 

njtes given by any proviston ofthe By-law 

(63) Nothing in ttiese Rutes shall be interpreted as limiting in any 

way any power vested in Coundl by the Ad or any other rute of 

the University or as limiting the right of the University to enforce 

by any ottier means any right vested in it or to take any other 

adion which it may be entitied or empowered to take in the 

circumstances 

APPENDIX COMMITTEE PROCEDURES 

A Committee shall condud its investigation in accordance with the 

principles of naforal justice, shall not be bound to condud its 

proceedings in acconJance with any rules of evtoence or procedure, 

may disallow, inter alia, questions which it considers to be unseemly 

or irrelevant for ttie nafore of its investigation, and in particular, but 

wittiout prejudice to the generality ofthe foregoing, shall: 

(a) give ttie sfodent concemed due notice of ttie nature of the 

investigation against him/her, 

(b) give the student concemed an opportunity to be heard; 

(c) give ttie senior officer bringing ttie complaint and/or any ottier 

staff member or student involved in the event(s) teading up to the 

complaint an opportunity to be heard and advise them of 

Committee procedures and time requirements. 

(d) with 7 days prior notice by ttie student permit ttie student to be 

assisted or represented by such agent as he/she desires, 

whether a legal praditioner or othenwise; 

(e) at the disaetion ofthe chairperson, penmit any person appearing 

before ttie committee, in accordance with sedion (c) atxive, to 

be assisted or represented by such agent as he/she desires, 

whether a legal praditioner or otherwise; 

(f) warn all persons appearing before ttie Committee that ttey are 

expeded to condud themselves in a reasonabte and responsible 

manner during ttie proceedings and ttiat any fonm of behaviour 

which is an impediment to ttie proceedings shall d itself be 

regarded as a breach ofthe Rutes; 

(g) where ttie condud of any person interferes with any ottier 

person's right to be heard, be entitted to remove that person from 

the meeting and to hear their evidence separately; 

(h) pemiit the student to nominate witnesses to appear in support of 

his/her defence against the complaint; 

(i) permit any person appearing before tiie Committee in 

accordance with (c) above to nominate witnesses to appear in 

support of his/her evtoence; 

(j) in cases where the Committee finds that the complaint is proven, 

give ttie student the opportunity to be heard on ttie issue of 

penalty and to nominate charader references to appear before 

the Committee; 

(k) hold all its proceedings in camera and keep an adequate record 

of the evtoence and its dedsion; 

(I) witti ttie consent of ttie student concemed, allow any member of 

the University to have access to that record. 

THE USE OF UNIVERSITY COMPUTING 

FACILITIES 

The computing facilities at Wollongong are provtoed for tte use rf 

Wollongong students, faculty and staff in support of ttie programs cf 

ttie University. All students, faculty and staff are responsibte for 

ensuring ttiat tiiese computing facilities are used in an effective, 

effident, ethical and lawrful manner. The following rules relate to ttieir 

use. 

1. In these rules: 

(a) "University" means the University of Wollongong; 

(b) "computer fadlities" refers to: 

(i) all networtdng services, computer equipment and software, 

owned, teased or used under Itoence by ttie University

including the 

system; 

University's administrative computer 

(ii) computer fadlities maintained by ottier bodes but available for 

use ttirough an agreement or agreements with ttie University; 

and 

(iii) all other computing fadlities wherever sifoated where access is 

by means of University provided services; 

(c) "computer user" means any person using the computer fadlities. 

2. By use of any University computer facilities a computer user 

agrees to abide by these rules. 

3 Each computer account is assigned to one computer user only 

and is to be used solely for ttiose purposes authorised by ttiat 

user's head of department/school/branch. The individual is 

responsible for tiie proper use of the computer account, induding 

following recommended procedure for password protection. 

Access to information is provided on a confidential tiasis 

and that confidentiality is to t>e respected Where access to 

facilities (including ttie Library catalogue and many 

microcomputers) is provtoed without a fonnal account and/or 

password then the provisions of these rutes still apply. 

4. University computing policy requires that users: 

(a) do not use any other person's computer account (even with ttie 

owner's permission); 

(b) do nd disclose their own or attempt to discover any ottier 

computer user's password; 

(c) do nd copy, disclose or transfer any of ttie computer software 

provided by ttie University without ttie written permission of 

Information Technology Services or appropriate department or 

branch; 

(d) do not use any University computer fadlities to violate ttie terms 

of any software license agreement, or copyright provisions; 

(e) do not copy, rename, change, examine or detete files or 

infonmation betonging to some other user or to ttie University 

(students and staff who use computing fadlities have ttie right to 

privacy and security of their computer programs and data); 

(f) do not deliberately use computing fadlities to harass others, or to 

interfere with their work (for exampte to send obscene, abusive, 

fraudulent, threatening or repetitive messages to a user or users, 

is a breach of this policy); 

(g) do nd attempt to modify system facilities, illegally obtain extra 

resources, degrade the perfonmance of any system, or attempt to 

subvert ttie restridions assodated with any computer system, 

computer account, neh«ort< service or microcomputer software 

protedion; 

(h) do nd tamper with terminals, microcomputers or any other 

assodated equipment (fautts shouto be reported to tte 

department or to Infonmation Technology Services); 

(i) do not colled or discard any output without ttie owner's 

permission; 

(j) do not smoke, eat or drink around terminals, microcomputers or 

ottier computer equipment. 

5. A computer user may not use computer fadlities for or on behalf 

of any party for ttie purpose of profit-making or commercial 

adivity, untess written penmission has been obtained from ttie 

Diredor of Infonmation Technology Services or a nominee. 

6. Where ttie University deddes to levy charges for use d 

particular computer fadlities, each computer user agrees to pay 

such charges according to ttie schedutes issued by ttie 

University. Imptementation of, or changes to, ttiese schedutes 

will be announced at teast 90 days before ttie beginning of ttie 

session in which they are to take effed. 


7. Computing hardware may be connected to ttie University's 

nehivort

54 Poliaes 

UNIVERSITY POLICIES 

The University has a number of Polides to give gutoanoe to staff and 

sfodents. 

Polides exist on the following issues: 

I. Acknowledgment Practice (printed below) 

Z Assignments Submitted by Facsimile (see page 7 in ttie 

Sfodent Infonmatton section of this catendar) 

3. Authorship (printed below) 

4. Grievance Resolution Procedures 

5. Health and Safety 

6. Intellectual Property 

7. NorvDiscriminatory Language Practice and Presentation 

8. Principles Under Which Subject Material May Be Sold to 

Students by Academic Units 

9. Privacy 

10. Respect for Cultural Diversity 

II. Students and Staff Working Alone on University Property 

and a copy of all Polides can be obtained from ttie Woridwide Web 

address http7/www uow.edu.au/about/teaching/ 

or from tte Secretariat Office in ttie Administration Buitoing or by 

phoning (02) 4221 3866 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT PRACTICE 

Plagiarism 

In a university, toeas are important and it is also important to give 

peopte appropriate aedit for having toeas 

There are several reasons why you shouto give peopte aedit when 

using their toeas; ttiree of the more important of those reasons are: 

"fairness to auttiors and ottier sfodents, ttie responsibility d 

students to do independent wort

Example 6: In this essay, ttie use d censorship against Dorothy 

Hewett, Terry Hayes, Chris Masters and Brian Toohey will be 

described. 

Wrong: the last four chapters of Pollak's book are on these 

individuals, so you should give Pollak credit for having 

picked them out - and more credit if you used his 

book for your analysis. 

Paraphrasing 

This means taking ttie toeas of somebody else and expressing them 

with different words. Since you are using your own words, you do nd 

need to use quotation martcs. However, you must make enough 

changes so ttiat what you have written is distindly different, and you 

must acknowledge your source. 

Example 7: Stringent defamation laws combined with tight censorship 

pradices have meant tiiat independent ttiought has been under attack 

since white settlement began in Australia (Pollak, 1990, p.7). 

Correct. 

Example 8: In Australia, stringent censorship and draconian 

defamatton laws have led to the subjugation of ttiought in 

Ausfralia throughout the 200 years of White settlement 

(Pollak, 1990, p 7). Wrong: this is too close to 

Pollak's original wording. 

Example 9: Stringent defamation laws combined with tight censorship 

pradices have meant that independent ttiought has been under attack 

since white setttement began in Ausfralia. 

Wrong: there is no citation of Pollak. 

It is often better to avoid paraphrasing altogether and write ttiings in 

your own words. One good way to do this is to first read ttie book or 

article and make brief notes. Then dose ttie book or tum over ttie 

artide and write what you want to say without looking at ttie source. In 

other words, don't refer to ttie source material while you are writing, 

untess you are transaibing a dired quote. Then, aftenvards, put in tte 

citations, in the appropriate forni and at ttie appropriate places. 

Common Knowledge 

It is unnecessary to give a citation to something ttiat is common 

knowtedge. Common knowledge is what 'everyone knows' about a 

particular subjed, or which can be found in many sources such as 

newspapers, magazines, popular journals and radio and television 

reports. 

Example 10: Defamation laws are quite severe in Australia. 

Correct: this is common knowledge. No citation is needed. 

How to Avoid Plagiarism 

Unwitting plagiarism is often ttie result of poor study mettiods. Ttie 

habit of copying verbatim (word-for-word) from a source as you read 

Is dangerous. It is easy to forget that ttie notes you make ane verbatim 

and to later write them into an essay or report. The only material you 

shouto write vertiatim are those absolutely delightful, pittiy, witty or 

indsive phrases which you need to make a spedal point in your essay 

or report. 

The distindion behween what needs to be acknowtedged and what is 

common knowledge is nd always dear. As you gain experience in 

expressing yourseff you will team to disaiminate and you will learn 

tte acceptabte pradices for acknowledgment in ttie disdplines in 

which you study. But while you are leaming, always play safe and 

acknowtedge, acknowtedge, acknowtedge. 

POLICY ON AUTHORSHIP 

OBJECTIVES 

Polides 55 

• To provtoe a dear understanding of what constifotes 'authorship' 

and the order in which 'authorship' shouto be reconjed. 

• To ensure ttiat ttiose staff and sfodents who partidpate in 

research adivittes are acknowledged and ttiat their contributions 

are fairly represented. 

• To ensure ttiat ttie policy supports research sfodents in their 

endeavours to publish scholarly wortc and ttiat it acknowtedges 

and guarantees their rights in relation to any scholarty 

publications generated by ttiem. 

• To devetop a policy framework which is university-wide and 

which is flexible enough to accomodate variations inherent in 

publication pattems aaoss different Fields of Research within 

the University. 

WHAT CONSTITUTES AUTHORSHIP 

Authorship is usually attributed to persons responsibte for ttie 

intelledual content of a published wort^. It should be noted ttiat 

authorship of a research outisut is a matter that should be discussed at 

the eartiest stages of a research output and re-assessed at any time 

ttiat ttiere is a change in partidpation. Definition: "Authorship is 

partidpation in conceiving or executing or interpreting at teast part of a 

research output in ttie author's fieto of expertise, sufficient for tte 

author to take publto responsibility for it ... . Honorary auttiorship is 

unacceptable." 

Dependent upon negotiations behween partidpants of a research 

output 'authorship' may therefore be extended to indude substantial 

confobutions such as tiie development of hypotheses, ttie design d 

questionnaires and/or surveys, tiie carrying out of field work, data 

analysis and the interpretation of results. 

Persons who have not confobuted in any ofthe above ways shouto nd 

be induded in the authorship list. In no drcumstances shouto a person 

be either induded or exduded from authorship without negotiation and 

the agreement of all partes concemed. 

All co-authors shouto acknowledge their auttiorship in writing. This 

acknowledgment shouto be placed on a file to be managed by ttie 

coordinating author. 

Acknowtedgment of ottier contributions of a less substantial nature 

may be detennined by negotiation between auttiors. These 

contributions usually indude supportive fondions such as designing 

and maintaining apparafos, statistical advice, data coltedion, 

administrative support and data entry. The usual pradice is for ttiese 

confributions to be cited as acknowledgments or in a ftxitnote. 

For contributors who are recognised as pato consultants to ttie 

research output, their indusion as authors is usually teft to ttie 

disaetion of the research team. According to common pradice 

however, consultants who confobute substantially to tte intelledual 

content of ttie publication are nonmally induded as authors. Those 

consultants who confobute in a less substantial manner or vt/hose 

contribution does nd add to tiie intelledual content of ttie publication 

(eg: statistical analysis) are not normally induded as authors, but are 

acknowtedged in the work. Under no drcumstances shouto ttiese 

contributors be exduded from acknowledgment untess ttiey 

specifically desire exclusion. 

ORDER OF AUTHORSHIP 

Multiple auttiors are responsibte for detenmining ttie order in which 

their names appear on ttie title page. Generally, ttie order of 

authorship is detenmined by ttie inteltedual input from each of ttie 

authors. The researcher who makes the largest contribution, in tenms 

of intelledual content, is listed as ttie primary author. Subsequent 

authors are listed in onjer of decreasing contribution. 

There are however, discipline-spedfic variations. It is frequently ttie 

case that auttiors, by general agreement, may wish their names to be 

listed in alphabettoal order, regardless of the contribution each has 

made. This is acceptabte as long as each member of ttie party gives 

consent

56 Poliaes 

In accordance with the spirit and flexibility of ttie University's policy, 

there is the recognition that there may be other variations on ttie order 

of authorship. The validity of ttie variations is detenmined only by tte 

condition ttiat all authors must be involved in any negotiating process 

and tiiat consent is given by each ofthe authors. 

RESEARCH STUDENTS AS AUTHORS 

Research sfodents will nonmally be primary authors on research 

publications which arise from their thesis wori^. ff a research sfoijent 

and his/her supervisor co-author a publtoation, ttie research student 

will nonmally be listed as ttie primary author. It shouto be noted 

however, that this onJer of authorship may not apply to those academic 

disdplines which follow a policy of listing authors alphabetically, 

regardtess of the extent of their input. 

Publications arising from tte wori< of a research student will nd 

usually be submitted for publication without consultation with a 

students supervisor Supervisors may only be induded as a coauttior 

on a research students publtoation ff ttiey meet ttie above 

mentioned authorship criteria.

CODES OF PRACTICE 

The University has Codes of Pradice which govem the condud of its members, both staff and students 

The current codes are: 

1. Research 

Z Students 

3. Supervision 

4. Teaching and Assessment 

Codes of Pradice - Research 57 

The codes for Research and Supervision are shown below. The Codes for Sfodents and Teaching & Assessment are presented in ttie Undergraduate 

Catendar. 

CODE OF PRACTICE - RESEARCH 

INTRODUCTION 

The Code of Pradice - Research sets out ttie current policy and best 

pradice relating to procedures for responsible pradices in research 

and dealing with problems of research miscondud. The Code and 

assodated reporting requirements for publication of research results 

applies to all research undertaken at ttie University of Wollongong. 

The Code was compiled in consultation with ttie University Research 

Committee and has been endorsed by ttie Academic Senate. The 

University of Wollongong acknowledges the guidelines provtoed by the 

AVCC and the NH & MRC in the original drafting of this document. 

THE CODE 

This Code sets out a Code of Condud for ttie Responsibte Pradice d 

Research. Research and the pursuit of knowledge are vital institutional 

fondions. The broad principles ttiat gutoe research have long been 

established. Central to these are ttie maintenance of high ethical 

standards, and validity and accuracy in the coltedion and reporting of 

data. The responsibility ofthe research community to the public and to 

itseff is acknowledged. 

Communication behween collaborators; maintenance and reference to 

records; presentation and discussion of work at scholarty meetings; 

publication of results, induding ttie important element of peer 

refereeing; and ttie possibility that investigations will be repeated or 

extended by ottier researchers, all contribute to ttie intrinsically selfcon-eding 

nature of research. 

Competition in research can have a sfrong and positive influence, 

enhandng foe quality and immediacy ofthe work produced. However, 

competitive pressures can ad to distort sound research pradice, 

encouraging miscondud such as: 

tte fabrication and/or falsification of data, induding changing 

records; 

plagiarism; and 

misleading ascription of authorship. 

It may also encourage ttie premature release of research results 

before ttiey are adequately valtoated and ttie division of reports on 

substantial bodies of work into muttiple small reports to enhance ttie 

"publication count' ofthe author(s). 

ADVICE ON INTEGRITY IN RESEARCH 

A member of staff or student shouto in ttie first instance contad the Pro 

Vice-Chancellor (Research) ff he/she requires confidential advtoe 

about what constifotes miscondud in research, ttie rights and 

responsibilities of a potential complaint, and the procedures for dealing 

with altegations of research miscondud within ttie institution. The 

University has nominated a group of peopte who are familiar with ttie 

literature and gutoelines on research miscondud to be advisers on 

integrity in research. 

CODE OF CONDUCT FOR THE RESPONSIBLE PRACTICE OF 

RESEARCH 

General Ethical Considerations 

It is a basic assumption of institutions conducting research ttiat 

their staff members are committed to high standards of 

professional condud Research wort

58 Codes of Practice 

(b) Publication 

No unpublished research results shouto be publidsed by ottiers 

without the agreement of all foe researchers concemed. 

Where there is more foan one author of a publication, one auttior 

(by agreement among ttie authors) shouto formally accept 

overall responsibility for coordinating ttie submission and 

revision ofthe manuscript. Such formal acceptance must be in 

writing and kept on file in ttie department or unit of foat aufoor 

together with foe names of all ofoer authors. 

The authors ofthe publication must read ttie final paper and sign 

a statement indtoating that each of foem has met ttie minimum 

requirements for authorship - see policy on Authorship - and 

who is ttie author taking overall coordinating responsibility for 

ttie publication, ff, for any reason, one or more co-authors is 

unabte to sign tte statement, ttie head of the research unit or 

department may sign on his/her behalf, noting ttie reason for 

his/her non-availability. 

The coordinating aufoor must keep the signed statement in 

his/her possession and submit a copy for retention in ttie 

department or unit when foe wort< is accepted for publication. 

Where possibte, it wouto be wise for papers submitted for 

publicatton to be read by a staff memtier outstoe ttie immediate 

group. This helps to ensure that the paper readily communicates 

its findings arto major condusions. tt is, in any event good 

pradice to enixiurage discussion between members of dffferent 

research groups. 

Publication of multipte papers based on the same set(s) or subset(s) 

of data is improper unless foere is foil aoss-referencing 

(for exampte, by reference to a preliminary publkation at tte 

time of publtoation of tte complete work which grew from it) 

Simultaneous submission to more foan one journal or publisher 

of material based on ttie same set(s) or sub-set(s) of date 

shouto tie disdosed at the time of submission 

(c) Ttie Role of Research Supervisors 

Members of ttie academic staff of ttie University (other ttian 

foose who are themselves candtoates for higher degrees) who 

are cun-ently adive researchers, who have proven research 

reconJs and who have previous expertence in supervision may 

te permitted to be sote supervisors of candidates for higher 

degrees. In ttie case of newer, less experienced members d 

staff, a co-supervisor, who will be a more expenenced and, 

generally, more senior member of staff, will also be appointed. 

Staff whose previous supervisory experience has been tess than 

satisfadory will not be appointed as sote supervisors 

The ratio of research students/trainees to supervisors shouto be 

small enough to ensure effedive interadion, as well as effedive 

supervision of the research at all stages. 

As part of foe fonnal Department indudion procedures research 

supervisors shouto advise each research sfodentArainee of 

applicabte govemment and institutional gutoelines for tte 

condud d research, induding foose ethical requirements for 

sfodes on human or animal subjeds, arto requirements for ttie 

use of potentially hazardous agents 

Research supen/isors shouto be foe pnmary source of gutoance 

to research sfodents/bînees in all matters of sound research 

pradice. 

As far as possible, research supervisors shouto ensure foat tiie 

wort< submitted by research sfodents/bainees is their own and 

that, where there are data, foey are valto. 

Where possible, tte head of ttie research unit shouto be 

personally involved in adive research supervision and observe 

ttie research adivities of foose for whom he or she is 

responsibte Professional relationships shouto be encouraged at 

all times. In particular foere shouto be wtoe discussion of ttie 

wortc of all indlvtouals by their peers. 

(d) Disclosure of Potential Conflict of Interest 

Disclosure of any potential conflid of interest is essential for ttie 

responsible condud of research. The fonnal written disdosure of such 

interests will be to: the Pro Vice-Chancellor (Research); the editors of 

joumals to which papers are submitted; and to bodies from which 

fonds are sought. 

(e) Special needs in different disciplines 

In some disciplines foere will be spedal areas which require 

regulation, for example the handling of hazardous materials. The rutes 

for this adivity should fonn part of the general code of ethics for each 

discipline. 

MISCONDUCT 

Miscondud in research indudes: 

foe fabrication of data; foat is, claiming results where none has 

been obtained. 

the falsification of data, including changing reconJs. 

plagiarism, induding ttie dired copying of textual material, ttie 

use of ofoer peopte's data without acknowtedgment and tte use 

of ideas from ofoer peopte wifoout adequate attribution. 

misleading asaiption of authorship induding ttie listing of 

authors without their penmission, attributing work to others who 

have not in fad contributed to ttie research, and ttie lack of 

appropriate acknowledgment of wori< produced by ottiers 

involved in the research, such as a research student/trainee or 

assodate. 

The list atxive is not meant to be all inclusive. There may be ottier 

misdemeanours. For example, in human or animal experimentation 

departing from approved protocols accepted by a specific disdpline 

might constitute miscondud. Miscondud does not indude honest 

errors or honest dffferences in interpretation or judgement of data. 

Procedures for Dealing with Allegations of Misconduct in 

Research 

A worthing party of ttie University Research Committee is at present 

working on an additional sedion on how to deal with allegations in 

establishing a pnma fade case, as the disciplinary conditions can only 

come into play after this 

This Code of Condud for the Responsible Pradice of Research aims 

to ensure a research environment foat minimises ttie inddence of 

miscondud in research, ft is inevitable, however, foat foere will be 

some allegations of miscondud. The procedures to cover ttie situation 

where allegations of miscondud are made against a staff member at 

ttie University of Wollongong are covered in ttie Management 

Handbook, under Rutes for Staff Discipline. 

CODE OF PRACTICE - SUPERVISION 

1. HIGHER DEGREES 

The following broad definitions apply to Dodoral degrees and to 

Masters degrees by research. Most elements will be applicabte to 

ottier degrees with a significant research thesis component some 

aspeds d monitoring also apply to postgraduate course-work 

degrees 

1.1 Definitions 

The desirable end-point for research degrees is sometimes difficult to 

judge, espedally for a student The dedsion of virtien to stop and to 

commence writing, will be fadlitated for students of tte University d 

Woltongong by ttie following definitions since foey make clear the 

expectations of the University for particular research degrees. 

These definitions make dear foat research may not be "finished" 

within foe time spedfied for a candtoature, but ttiat what is done must 

be good: it is possibte to envisage, for exampte, that a degree could be 

awarded to a sfodent whose wori< was impeccabte but whose

ambitious attempt to map in detail ttie coastline of New Soufo Wales 

got no forther north foan Wollongong in the allotted time. 

1.1.1 Masters by research 

These degrees generally have ttie objedive of training candtoates in 

research methodotogy appropriate to their fieto of study, and in ttie 

applicatton of such methodology by conducting a spedfied program d 

research under appropriate supervision. 

Examiners of a Masters thesis shouto satisfy themselves foat ttie 

candtoate: has a foorough understanding of ttie retevant techniques in 

foe fieto demonsb^ted bofo by foeir application arto a foorough review 

of ttie literature; has managed to demonsfrate competence in ttie 

chosen fieto forough judidous selection and application of methodology 

to yteld fnjitfol results; and has ttie capacity to present well written 

wortc. 

1.1.2 Dodor of Philosophy 

This degree provides training and higher education with ttie objective 

of produdng graduates with the capacity to condud research 

independentiy at foe highest level of originality and quality. Students 

ought to be capabte, by ttie end of their candidatures, of conceiving, 

designing and carrying to completion a research program without 

supen/ision. The PhD is fous largely scholariy in nafore and shouto 

uncover new knowledge either by ttie discovery of new fads, tte 

formulation of theortes or the revision of old toeas. 

Examiners will exped a thesis to be well written and to reveal clearly 

an independence of foought and approach and a deep knowledge of tte 

fieto of study. 

Z RESPONSIBILITIES 

Research training at a University involves the adive participation d 

bdh staff and candtoates. The responsibility to ensure foat it is 

conduded in ttie most effident and effedive manner is shared by all 

parties: ttie University, its Academic units and staff, and ttie 

candtoates, all have obligations to each ofoer. 

The University will provide each candidate with a copy of foe retevant 

policies at enrolment, induding: a copy of this document tte 

infonnation to be given to ttie candtoate by the Academic unit; tte 

Rules goveming ttie appropriate degree; ttie Library rules; and ttie 

policy relating to inteltedual property, as it affeds candidates. 

Z1 Responsibilities of the University 

The University has ttie responsibility of establishing a policy 

framework within which Academic unit-spedfic polides can be 

developed. The University is responsibte for general polides related 

to: 

2.1.1 clearly specified minimum entry standards which apply 

regardless of disdpline, and which are set to ensure ttiat 

enrolling candtoates are likely to have ttie capacity to succeed 

given adequate committnent; 

2.1.2 access to space and resources which, while varying betwreen 

different parts of ttie University, shouto be made clear to 

candtoates at foe outset; 

2.1.3 ttie status of intelledual property arising from ttie wortc of 

candtoates as part of foeir studtes; 

2.1.4 annual reporting requirements; 

2.1.5 procedures by which either the candtoate or the supervisor may 

make representations as appropriate shoukj significant 

difficulties arise (grievance procedures); 

21.6 a procedure which, while pemiitting inexperienced staff to 

supervise candtoates, makes dear a process by which 

assistance may be sought shouto it be required; 

21.7 clear gutoelines for examiners outiining, in particular, ttie 

University's expedations for the particular degree 

Z2 Responsibility of the Academic unit 

It is the responsibility of the Academic unit to ensure that: 

Codes of Pradtoe - Supervision 59 

2.2.1 the candtoate meets the minimum requirements set down by foe 

University for admission to candidature; 

2.2.2 the proposed research projed is appropnate for foe degree; 

2.2.3 foe unit is foe appropriate one for the research to be undertaken; 

2.2.4 ttie proposed supervisor is suffiaentiy expert in tte area d 

research and has ttie time to be abte to offer ttie candtoate 

proper supervision; 

2.2.5 proper supervision can be provtoed and maintained foroughout 

the research period; 

2.2.6 appropriate opportunittes are provtoed, by way of seminars and 

foe like, for candtoates to devetop their presentattonal skills as 

well as fadlitate their integration into a cohesive group. 

Z3 Responsibilities of the Supervisor 

The supervisor has responsibilities which indude: 

2.3.1 advising ttie candtoate how to make ttie most effedive use d 

research time; fois will involve discussing tte nafore of 

research wifo ttie candtoate and ttie standard expeded d 

candtoates enrolled in particular degrees, ttie chotoe of tte 

research topic, ttie planning of ttie research program, ttie 

literafore and sources and techniques; 

2.3.2 toentffying any shortcomings in a candtoate's background arto 

directing appropriate remedial studtes when required; 

2.3.3 maintaining dose and regular contad with the candtoate arto 

establishing at foe beginning ttie basis on which contad will be 

maije; this will fadlitate ttie supervisor's role in advising 

candtoates on ttie rate of their progress, and ensuring foat a 

reasonabte timetabte is set to pemiit foe degree to be compteted 

in the time limits set by the Rules; 

2.3.4 requiring written wori< from the candtoate on a pre-an-anged arto 

agreed schedute so foat ttie development ofttie candtoate can be 

assessed at regular intervals; 

2.3.5 monitoring carefolly the perfonnance of the candtoate relative to 

ttie standard required for ttie degree and ensuring foat ttie 

candtoate is made aware of inadequate progress or of wori< 

tielow the standard generally expeded; supervisors shouto help 

wifo developing solutions to probtems as they are toentified; 

2.3.6 using foe annual reporting procedures established by ttie 

University as the minimum means by which any difficufties and 

probtems discussed with ttie candtoate during ttie year are 

noted; and supen/isors shouto indicate ttie adton taken or ttie 

advice given, ff ttie probtem is nd resolved, ttie Head of ttie 

Academic unit in foe first instance, shouto be involved; foe Head 

and the Chairperson ofthe Faculty Research Committee shouto 

be notified in writing of continuing problems between reporting 

periods; 

2.3.7 commenting on foe content and foe drafts ofthe thesis and, at foe 

timeof submission, certify that foe thesis is property presented, 

confonns to ttie Rules and is, prima facie, worthy d 

examination; 

2.3.8 advising the University Research Committee, through the Head, 

of foe names and credentials of suitabte examiners 

Z4 Responsibilities of the Candidate 

The responsibilittes ofthe candtoate indude: 

2.4.1 becoming familiar with ttie University's Rules goveming ttie 

degree; 

2.4.2 discussing with the supervisor foe type of help constoered most 

usefol and keeping to an agreed schedute of meetings which will 

ensure regular contad; 

2.4.3 undertaking appropriate remedial wort< toentified by ttie 

supervisor; 

2.4.4 taking the initiative in raising problems or difficulties and sharing 

responsibility for seeking soluttons;

60 Codes of Practice 

2.4.5 maintaining ttie progress of ttie wori< in accordance with ttie 

stages agreed with ttie supervisor induding in particular ttie 

presentation of any required written material in suffident time to 

allow for comments and discussions before proceeding to ttie 

next stage; 

2.4.6 provtoing annually a fonmal report to ttie University Research 

Committee forough foe Head and foe Chairperson ofthe Faculty 

Postgraduate Studtes Committee; 

2.4.7 accepting ttie responsibility for ttie final coptes of ttie thesis 

induding ttie content and ensuring that it is in accord with ttie 

requirements for ttie preparatton and submission of foeses, 

induding foe standard of presentation. 

3. ADMISSION 

The policy of ttie University is to ttie dired ttie majority of research 

sfodents to wortc with academic staff w/ho are part of ttie Research 

Programs foat have been established in recent years. The aim of 

ttiese Programs is to provtoe an environment, and infrastrudure, for 

staff and students working in broadly related areas of research to work 

togefoer as a means of using tte University's resources most 

effedively. 

While ttie basic aiteria for admission to a higher degree is ttie 

possession a bachelors degree achieved at a suitabte standanj in an 

appropriate discipline, other criteria will also be taken into account in 

assessing the eligibility of an applicant for admission. Such criteria 

indude: foe feasibility and appropriateness of ttie proposed course d 

study in ttie Academic unit; and ttie availability of supervision, 

adequate infrasfrudure and ofoer resources. The University also 

places emphasis on investigating candtoates' interests and 

background and their match with resources and availabte expertise in 

assessing applications for admission. 

Since part-time candtoates often have other obligattons, the criteria for 

ttiese candtoates will also indude: availability for study arto for 

interadion with ttie supervisor tevel of motivation; evtoence d 

maturity; and capacity to cope. 

4. SUPERVISION 

In general, all members ofthe academto staff of tte University (other 

ttian foose vifoo are themselves candtoates for higher degrees) who 

are currently adive researchers, who have proven research records 

arto who have previous experience in supervision will be permitted 

sote supervision of candtoates for higher degrees. In tte case d 

newer, less expenenced members of staff, a co-supervisor, who will 

be a more experienced and, generally, more senior member of staff, 

will also be appointed Staff v/hose previous sup)ervisory expertence 

has been tess ttian satisfadory will nd be apipointed as sote 

supervisors. 

Care shouto be exerdsed in foe appointment of supervisors to ensure 

foat foe supervisor(s) are not engaged in assessing or supervising tiie 

research of sfodents wifo whom they have a dose personal 

relationship which couto give rise to undue advantage or disadvantage. 

Potential supervisor(s) of a candtoate are 

required to advise the Head of foe unit of any such relationship. 

The supervisor(s) will be responsibte to tte Head for ttie supervision 

of candtoates in their charge. 

4.1 Leave 

41.1 Supervisors shouto ensure foat candtoates have accurate 

infonnation about any planned, tong, leave (or retirement) 

during ttie candtoafore and about ttie an-angemerts to be made 

fo provtoe for supervision during absences. 

4.2 Co-supervision 

4.2.1 Co-supervisors shouto generally be appointed at tte outset d 

tte program, particularly ff any tengfoy absences of ttie 

supervisor are planned or ff expertise addittonal to ttiat 

provided by ttie supervisor is required; this couto be a staff 

member from tte University or from anottier instifotion or 

from industry 

4.22 Any co-supervisor shouto be involved as soon as pradicabte 

in tte devetopment of ttie candtoate's research plan »to 

shouto maintain a tevel of communication with tte candtoate 

and ttie supervisor to allow adequate supen/ision whenever 

necessary. 

4.2.3 Where a co-supen/isor(s) is appointed, the respedive roles of 

ttie co-supervisor(s) and ttie place of primary responsibility 

will be cleariy identffied; ttie principal supervisor carries the 

responsibility of co-ordinating communication behveen the 

supervisors and the candidate. 

4.3 Advisory Committee 

4.3.1 In some cases, eg where the topic is multi-disciplinary or staff 

inexperienced, an advisory committee could be formed to 

advise the candtoate; again, the place of primary responsibility 

must be made dear. 

5. THE TOPIC 

It is antidpated foat in most instance, ttie candidate and the 

supervisor will reach an agreement on a researdiAhesis topic prior 

to enrolment. 

If it is not possible to define a topic prior to enrolment, it shouto be 

defined and submitted to ttie University Research Committee no 

later foan the end of the first session of enrolment; after the topic has 

been approved, it may not be changed without forther approval of the 

University Research Committee. 

Minor changes to the topic may be made at foe time of drafting the 

final version ofthe thesis to refled accurately the research. 

6. REPORTS 

Written annual reports from foe candtoate and the supervisor are an 

important and fonnal means by which any problems conceming the 

candtoature can be identified. They also serve to keep the 

appropriate committees of ttie University, foe Faculty Research 

Committee and the University Research Committee, infonmed. 

Each report must be a frank appraisal of foe candtoate's progress by 

bofo ttie supervisor and ttie candtoate. The annual report is the 

means by which ttie University assesses whether ttie candtoature 

will continue into the following year. 

6.1 Procedure 

6.1.1 Report fonms will be drculated to candidates in September 

each year to allow time for foe supervisor, ttie Head d the 

Academic unit and ttie Chairperson of the Faculty Research 

Committee to view and comment on the report prior to tte reenrolment 

period for ttie following year; ttie supervisor will, 

before completing ttie report, discuss with ttie candtoate the 

comments made by ttie candtoate in ttie report and the 

comments that will be made by the supervisor. 

6.1.2 The Chairperson will recommend to the University Research 

Committee on whefoer foe candtoate shouto be penmitted to 

continue candtoature in the following year 

6.1.3 A copy ofthe report will be fonwarded to ttie candtoate by the 

Chairperson after ttie supervisor, tte Head and tte 

Chairperson have added their comments to the report. 

7. GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES 

Any probtems encountered during ttie candtoature or any 

disagreements between foe candtoate and tte supervisor in relation 

to ttie annual reporting process or to ottier matters during ttie 

candtoafore foat can nd be easily resolved behween ttie candtoate 

and foe supervisor are to be refen-ed, by either ttie candtoate or tte 

supervisor, to foe Head, in foe first instance. 

If, after fois process, the candtoate is not satisfied with ttie outconre, 

foe candtoate may refer foe matter, in writing: 

(i) to foe Chairperson of ttie Faculty Research Committee, who 

may refer foe matter to tte fijil Committee for constoeration; 

and foen, ff necessary, 

(ii) to foe Dean of foe Faculty;

Where ttie candtoate is still not satisfied with foe outcome, tte 

candtoate shouto present a case, in writing, to the Chairperson of ttie 

University Research Committee, ff necessary, the Chairperson will 

refer the matter to foe University Research Committee for 

constoeration and detenmination. 

8. EXAMINATION 

The examination of theses submitted for higher degrees is 

undertaken, in ttie case of Dodoral candtoates, by at least hwo 

examiners who are extemal to tte University. For Masters 

candtoates, at teast h«o examiners are used, no more foan one d 

whom is an intemal examiner ttie supervisor can not be an 

examiner. 

Because of ttie spedal nafore of research degrees, where tte 

candtoates could have unkjuely expert understanding of ttie field, 

they will also have a spedal relationship with their examiners. The 

candtoates are not examined only on the basis of foeir understanding 

of a body of existing knowledge. They are examined by individuals 

who must judge their approach to research, their construdion d 

hypotheses, their arguments and their analyses and who will be their 

peers ff tte degree is awarded. The setedion of examiners is 

therefore of aitical importance. 

8.1 Selection 

8.1.1 Steps shouto be taken to ensure foat tiie examiners are free 

from bias, either against ttie candtoate or the supervisor; this 

will normally be assessed by a general discussion of possible 

examiners with the candidate and the supervisor(s). 

81.2 Examiners shouto nonmally be still adive in 

research/scholarship in ttie relevant area fous ensuring foat 

their knowledge of the field remains current; 

8.1.3 They should have empathy with ttie theoretical framewort< 

used by foe candtoate. 

8.1.4 They shouto be known to be familiar with foe supen/ision/ 

examination of research theses. 

81.5 They shouto be made familiar with ttie requirements of ttie 

University and the essential parts of tiie Rutes goveming ttie 

particular degree. 

8.1.6 Names of possibte examiners and their aedentials to 

examine foe particular thesis shouto be submitted by the Head 

(who will nonmally have taken steps to guard against bias, 

etc.) to the University Research Committee for appointment. 

Following approval by ttie University Research Committee, fonnal 

invitations to examine ttie thesis will be issued by ttie Graduate 

Office. Examiners are nonmally allowed eight weeks to examine the 

thesis and provtoe a report to the University Research Committee. 

The reports from the examiners are considered by foe University 

Research Committee, after receiving the comments of the Head on 

tte reports. The University Research Committee detemiines ttie 

outcome ofthe examination. 

In most cases, ttie names of ttie examiners arto copies of ttie 

examiners reports are made availabte to ttie candtoate after ttie 

University Research Committee has made its detenmination. In 

some instances, a particular examiner may exerdse ttie options 

given to all examiners and ask not to be identified to ttie candtoate 

and/or request that all or part of foe report not be made availabte to 

foe candidate; these requests are respeded by the University. 

9. APPEALS 

/Vs a result of ttie comptex and spedal relationship with examiners 

d research degrees, ttie University has established a procedure 

which gives candtoates, in certain drcumstances, the right of appeal 

against foe examinatton and evaluatton of foeir candtoafore. Appeals 

are penmitted on procedural grounds only: appeals by disgmntled 

candtoates simply rejeding foe assessment of ttie merit of their 

wortc are not penmitted. Further, foese procedures do nd penmit an 

appeal on grounds of complaint about ttie inadequacy of supervisory 

or ofoer an^ngements during ttie period of study; ttie grievance 

procedures outiined above should be used at ttie appropriate time 

during the candtoature for these matters. 

9.1 Grounds for Appeal 

Codes of Pradice - Supervision 61 

9.1.1 The only grounds pennitted for an appeal against a deasion not 

to award a postgraduate research degree or not to allow resubmission 

of a foesis for re-examination, are: 

(i) procedural in-egularities in ttie condud of ttie examination, foat 

may have had an effed on foe outcome of foe examination; 

(ii) drcumstances affecting tte candidate's perfonnance of which 

the examiners were not aware; 

(iii) documentable evtoence of prejudice or of bias on the part of one 

or more of the examiners. 

9.2 Procedures 

9.2.1 The appeal must be made by ttie candtoate to ttie Vice- 

Chancellor, in writing, within one month of ttie dedsion of ttie 

University Research Committee being made known to ttie 

candtoate; ttie candidate must set out folly tte grounds for ttie 

appeal and provide documentary evtoence in support of tte 

appeal. 

9.2.2 On receipt of ttie appeal, tte Vice-Chancellor will, in ttie first 

instance, refer tte matter to tte University Research 

Committee for advice on ttie circumstances of ttie case arto, if 

appropriate, for re-constoeration of its dedsion in the light of any 

infonmation provided by the candidate foat was nd known to ttie 

University Research Committee at the time it made its original 

dedsion. 

9.2.3 On receipt of ttie advice from tte University Research 

Committee, foe Vice-Chancellor will dedde whether a case 

exists, prima facie. 

9.2.4 ff ttie Vice-Chancellor detemiines foat a case does exist, ttie 

appeal, together with ttie advice received from ttie University 

Research Committee, will be referred to ttie Coundl 

Committee of Appeal (Student Matters) for detennination. The 

Committee will limit itself to considering the matter only on ore 

or more of ttie foree grounds outtined above and will nd 

consider the academic merits of the examination. Unless ttiey 

are retevant to particular points made in the case put fonvard by 

ttie candtoate, ttie examiners' reports will nd normally be 

placed before the Committee. 

9.2.5 The Committee may determine that the appeal be dismissed or, 

if it finds foat ore of ttie foree grounds for appeal atiove is 

satisfed, it will refer the matter back to the University Research 

Committee, forough foe Vice-Chancellor, with a diredion foat 

the thesis be re-examined. 

9.2.6 The Vice-Chancellor will advise the candidate of the outcome d 

the appeal. 

10. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

The Universit/s Policy on Intellectual Property sets out, inter alia, ttie 

University's position in relation to intelledual property and ownership 

of wori< devetoped by candidates in foe course of their candtoatures. 

The policy is available from foe Research Office and is listed on tte 

Policy Page on the Worid Wide Web.

62 List of Course Names, Codes and Abbreviations 

LIST OF COURSE NAMES, CODES AND ABBREVIATIONS 

COURSE NAME 

Dodor of Sdence 


Dodor of Creative Arts 

Dodor of Clinical Psychology 

Master of Arts (Honours) 

Master of Commerce (Honours) 

Master of Engineering (Honours) 

Master of Sctence (Honours) 

Master of Metallurgy (Honours) 

Master of Education (Honours) 












Master of Sfodtes in Education 

Master of Management 

Master of Creative Arts 

1 

Diploma in Computing Sdence 

Diploma in Management 

Diploma in Coal Geology 

Graduate Diploma in Education 

Graduate Diploma in Mathematics 

Graduate Diploma in Computing 

Soenoe 

Graduate Diploma in Sdence and 

Technology Sfodtes 

Bachelor of Arts (Honours) 


Bachetor of Infonmatton Technology 

and Communication 

Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) 

Bachetor of Engineering 


Badietor of Engineering 




Bachelor of Sdence / 


COURSE 

CODE 

101 

201 

202 

203 

301 

302 

303 

304 

305 

306 

401 

402 

403 

404 

406 

407 

501 

502 

503 

504 

506 

552 

553 

564 

606 

610 

611 

621 

623 

626 

633 

701 

702 

706 1 BInfoTech 

711 

721 

722 

723 

724 

725 

726 

728 

ABBREVIATION 

DSc 

PhD 

DCA 

DCIinPsyc 

MA(Hons)- 

Research 

MCom(Hons)- 

Research 

ME(Hons)- 

Research 

MSc(Hons)- 

Research 

MMet(Hons)- 

Research 

MEd(Hons)- 

Research 

MA(Hons)-Course 

MCom(Hons)- 

Course 

ME(Hons)-Course 

MSc(Hons)- 

Course 

MEd(Hons)- 

Course 

MA-TASC(Hons)- 

Course 

MA(Hons)-Othd 

MCom(Hons)- 

Ottid 

ME(Hons)-Othd 

MSc(Hons)-Othd 

MEd(Hons)-Othd 

MStudEduc 

MMgt 

MCA 

DipCompSci 

DipMgt 

DipCoalGeology 

GDipEd 

GDipMath 

GDipCompSci 

GDipSTS 

BA(Hons) 

B^ 

BCom(Hons) 

BE-Civil 

BE-Etec 

BE-Mech 

BE-Mining j 

BE-Computer 

BE-Civil/Mining 

BSc/BE 

Bachelor of Mathematics / 



Bachelor of Science (Honours) 

Bachelor of Scence 


(Honours) 


Bachelor of Mathematics (Honours) 






Bachelor of Education 




Diploma in Teaching (Primary) 

Diploma in Teaching (Secondary) - 

Mathematics 

Diploma in Applied Sctence 

Associate Diploma in Computer 

Applications 

Assodate Diploma in Sports Sdence 

Assodate Diploma in the Arts 

Assodate Diploma in Administration 



Grad.Dip. in Educational Studtes - 

Reading/English As A Second 

Language 




Bachelor of Applied Sctence 

Non-Award 


Graduate Diploma in Commerce 


Master of Business Adminisfration 

Master of Community Health 

Master of Sdence (Honours) 


Diploma in Applted Sdence 



729 

732 

741 

742 

745 

746 

761 

762 

763 

800 

802 

803 

804 

807 

808 

809 

810 

812 

815 

821 

823 

824 

826 

827 

829 

835 

840 

841 

842 

850 

901 

743 

642 

643 

567 

569 

408 

508 

816 

860 

710 

BMatti/BE 

BE-Materials 

BSc(Hons) 

BSc ~~' 

BEnvSc(Hons) ^ 

BEnvSc 

BMath(Hons) ~" 

BMafo 

BMafo 

BEd(Sec)Sdence"~ 

BEd(Prim)- 

Diploma 

BEd(Prim)- 

Conv(Ext) 

BEd-Phy/HlttiEd 

BEd(Sec)-Matti- 

Conv 

BEd(Sec) - 

Eng/Hlst 

BEd(Sec)-Math 

DipTeach(Prim)- 

Conv 

DipTeach(Sec)- 1 

Math i 

DipAppSc 

(Nursing) 

AssocDipComp 

Applicns 

AssocDipSportsSc 

AssocDipArts-Perf 

AssocDipAdmin 

(Comp) 

AssocDipAdmin 

(Indus) 

ADipAdmin 

(SmIBusMgt) 

GradDipEdSt 

(R/EASL) 

BCA 

BCA-Perf 

BCA-Visual 

BAppSc 

Non-Award 

BSc(Nutrition) 

GradDipCom 

(Accy) 

GradDipCom 

(Mqmt) J 

MBusAdmin 

MComHIfo 

MSc(Hons)Coal 

Geol , 

MSc(Hons)Coal 

Geol 

DipAppSc(Nurs)- 

Conv 

BNursing 

(Converston) , 

BCom



' Master of Sctence 


Master of Policy 

I 

' Graduate Diploma in Commerce 

i Graduate Diploma in Arts 

Graduate Diploma in Engineering 

Graduate Diploma in Sdence 

Non-Award: Exchange 

1 

! Bachelor of Applted Sdence (Honours) 

Non-Award: Study Abroad 

Bachelor of Creative Arte (Honours) 


Graduate Diploma in Educational 

Studtes 

Graduate Diploma in Law 

Graduate Diploma in General Pradice 

Non-Award: Full-Fee 

Bachelor of Education (Honours) 


Bachelor of Biotechnology 





Bachelor of Arts - Bachelor of Laws 

Bachelor of Creative Arts - Bachelor of 

Laws 

Bachelor of Commerce - Bachelor of 

Laws 

Bachelor of Mathematics - Bachelor of 

Laws 

Bachelor of Sctence - Bachelor of Laws 

Bachelor of Applied Sdence 

Diploma in Nursing 

Diploma in Nursing 

Graduate Diploma in Nursing 


Master of Infonmation Technology and 

Communication 

Graduate Diploma in Mining 

Management 

Master of Mining Management 

Master of Nursing 

Master of Information Technology and 

Communication(Honours) 





Master of Nursing(Honours) 



571 

572 

574 

576 

577 

646 

647 

649 

650 

904 

849 

905 

843 

648 

653 

654 

655 

906 

870 

871 

744 

872 

873 

874 

770 

771 

772 

773 

774 

775 

861 

817 

818 

657 

580 

581 

656 

582 

583 

309 

409 

509 

310 

410 

510 

MA(Pass) 1 

MCom(Pass) 

MSc(Pass) 

MEd(Pass) 

MPol(Pass) 

GDipCom 

(BuslnfoSyst) 

GDipArts 

GDipEng 

GDipSc 

Non-Award: 

Exchange 

BAppSdHons) 

Non-Award: 

S/Abroad 

BCA(Hons) 

GDipCom 

GDipEdStudies 

GDipLaw 

GDipGenPrac 

Non-Award : Full- 

Fee 

BEd(Hons)-Prim 

BEd(Prim)- 

Intemal 

BBiotedi 

BEd(Hons)- 

Phy/HlthEd 

BEd(Hons)(Sec)- 

E/H 

BEd(Hons)(Sec)- 

Mafo 

LLB 

BALLB 

BCA,LLB 

BCom.LLB 

BMafo,LLB 

BSc,LLB 

BAppSc(Nursing) 

DipNurs 

DipNursConv 

GDipNursing 

MPH 

MInfoTech 

GDipMMgmt 

MMMgmt 

MNurs 

MlnfoTech(Hons)- 

Res 


Cwk 


Ottto 

MNurs(Hons)- 

Research 

MNurs(Hons)- 

Course 

MNurs(Hons)- 

Ottid 

Graduate Diptoma in Public Health 

Bachelor of Arts - Bachelor of 

Commerce 

Master of Laws (Honours) 




Bachelor of Computer Sctence 

(Honours) 

Bachelor of Arts - Bachelor of 

Engineering 

Master of Environmental Sdence 

(Honours) 


(Honours) 

Master of Environmental Science 

(Honours) 


(Honours) 


(Honours) 


(Honours) 

Master of Mathematics (Honours) 



Dodor of Public Health 

Master of Mathematics 



Graduate Diploma in Natural 

Resources Law 

Graduate Diploma in Adult Education 

and Training 



Bachelor of Sdence / Bachelor of Arts 

Bachelor of Computer Sctence - 


Bachelor of Nursing (Honours) 


Bachelor of Letters (Honours) 



Bachelor of Teaching 

Bachelor of Teaching 






Master of Engineering Studtes 

Bachelor of Arts (Honours) 


Bachelor of Sdence (Honours) 


Course Names, Codes and Abbreviations 63 

658 

703 

311 

411 

511 

766 

765 

704 

312 

412 

512 

313 

413 

513 

314 

414 

514 

204 

586 

585 

584 

660 

659 

733 

734 

747 

776 

862 

863 

780 

781 

875 

880 

881 

315 

415 

515 

661 

777 

587 

707 

708 

748 

749 

GDipPH 

BA,BCom 

MLaws(Hons)- 

Research 

MLaws(Hons)- 

Course 

MLaws(Hons)- 

Ottto 

BCompSc 

BCompSc(Hons) 

BABE 

MEnvSc(Hons)- 

Res 

MEnvSc(Hons)- 

Course 

MEnvSc(Hons)- 

Ottto 

MCompSc(Hons)- 

Res 


Course 


Ottto 

MMath(Hons)-Res 

MMath(Hons)- 

Course 

MMath(Hons)- 

Ottto 

DPH 

MMath 

MCompSc 

MLaws 

GDipNatResLaw 

GDipAduttEdTrain 

BE-Environmental 

BE-lnfomnation 

BSc/BA (STS) 

BCompSc,LLB 

BNursing(Hons) 

BNursing 

LittB(Hons) 

LittB 

BEd(Prim)Pn' 

Conv 

BTeach(Prim) 

BTeach(Earty 

Child) 

ME(Hons)- 

Researdi 


ME(Hons)-Othd 

GDipEng 

LLB(4 Year) 

MEngSfod 

BA(Hons) 

BA 

BSc(Hons) 

BSc


Graduate Diploma in Computer Based 

Leaming 

662 

Graduate Certtficate in Higher 

Education 

| 696 

Dodor of Education 205 

Bachelor of Technology 735 

Bachelor of Engineering 736 

Bachelor of Technology 

Bachelor of Infonmation Technology 

and Communications-Bachelor of 

Laws 


Engineering 



Bachelor of Sdence - Bachelor of 

Engineering 

Bachelor of Exerdse Sctence 

Graduate Diptoma in Natural 

Resources Law 

Graduate Certfficate in History 

Education 

Cross-Institutional 

Preliminary Bachelor of Arts 

Preliminary Bachelor of Commerce 

' Preliminary Bachelor of Computer 

Sdence 

Preliminary Bachelor of Engineering 

Preliminary Bachelor of Mathematics 

Preliminary Bachelor of Sdence 

1 Master of Arts 


Graduate Certificate in Health Policy & 

i Management 


Management 


1 Graduate Diploma in Sctence 

Graduate Certfficate in Health Policy & 

[ Management 

Graduate Certfficate in Total Quality 

Management 

Graduate Diploma in Total Quality 

Management 

Graduate Diptoma in Total Quality 

Management 

Non-Award 

Master of Total Quality Management 

(Honours) 


(Honours) 


(Honours) 


(Honours) 


(Honours) 


(Honours) 

Diptoma in Computer Applications 


Management 

' Graduate Diptoma in Total Quality 

Management 

, Graduate Dipkxna in Engineering 

Graduate Dipkima in Engineering 

737 

778 

738 

755 

756 

739 

851 

663 

691 

909 

921 

922 

923 

924 

925 

926 

591 

594 

693 

694 

UW574 

UW650 

UW693 

UW694 

664 

UW664 

UW901 

316 

416 

516 

UW316 

UW416 

UW516 

819 

SR664 

SC664 

SR661 

SC661 

GDipCompBasedL 

eam 

GCertHighEd 

DEd 

BTech 

BE-Tete 

BTech-Mech 

BlnfoTech,LLB 

BMafo,BE 

BMedChem 

BMedPhys 

BScBE 

BExSc 

GDipNatResLaw 

GCertHistEd 

Cross-Institutional 

Preliminary BA 

Preliminary BCom 

Preliminary 

BCompSc 

Preliminary BE 

Preliminary BMath 

Preliminary BSc 

MA(Pass)-NRL 

MLaws 

GCertHPM 

GCertTQM 

MSc(Pass) 

GDipSc 

GCertHPM 

GCertTQM 

GDipTQM 

GDipTQM 

Non-Award 

MTQM(Hons)- 

Research 

MTQM(Hons)- 

Course 

MTQM(Hons)- 

Ottid 

MTQM(Hons)- 

Researc^h 

MTQM(Hons)- 

Course 

MTQM(Hons)- 

Ofod 

DipCompAppI 

GDipTQM 

GDipTQM 

GDipEng 

GDipEng 



Computer Sdence 


Graduate Diploma In Statistics 

Graduate Diploma In Materials 

WeWing & Joining 

Graduate Diploma In Clinical 

Education 

Graduate Certificate in Adult Career 

Development 

Graduate Certfficate In Engineering 

Graduate Certificate in Business 

Systems 

Graduate Certfficate in Migration 

Development 

Master of Statistics 

Master of Engineering (Honours) in 

Maintenance Management 



Master of Sdence (Honours) in Total 

Quality Management 

Master of Sdence (Honours) in Total 


Graduate Certificate In Migration 

Development 


Graduate Diploma in Arts 





(Honours) 


(Honours) 

Graduate Certfficate in Management 

Master of Engineering Studies 


Graduate Certfficate in Engineering 

Graduate Certfficate in Language 

Education 


Management 


Wetoing & Joining 


Management 


Management 



Master of Engineering Studtes 

Graduate Certfficate in Business 

Infonnation Systems 

Graduate Certfftoate in Cognitive 

Neurosdence 

Graduate Certfficate in Textual Studtes, 

Media & Linguistics 

Graduate Certfftoate in Mental Heatth 

Graduate Certfficate in Multiculforal 

Joumalism 

Graduate Certfficate in Public Heatth 

Research Mefood 



767 

769 

692 

665 

666 

667 

690 

695 

697 

698 

575 

SR403 

SR503 

SC404 

SC504 

UW698 

UW571 

UW647 

UW301 

UW401 

SC304 

SC316 

SC416 

GB692 

IT587 

UW692 

UW695 

UW699 

TA694 

IT666 

SC694 

SG664 

572A 

TA692 

KS587 

rT697 

P1101 

P1102 

P1103 

P1104 

P1105 

588 

KS303 

BMathFin " 

BMath, BCompSc 

GCertMgmt 

GDipStat 

GDipMWJ 

GDipClinEd 

GCertAdultCareer 

Dev 

GCertEng 

GCertBusSys 1 

GCertMigDev ~ 

MStat ^ 



MSc(Hons)- 

Course 

MSc(Hons)- 

Course 

GCertMigDev 

MArts(Pass) 

GDipArts 

MArts(Hons)- 

Research 

MArts(Hons)- 

Course 

MSc(Hons)- 

Research 

MTQM(Hons)- 

Research 

MTQM(Hons)- 

Course 

GCertMgmt 

MEngStud 

GCertMgmt 

GCertEng 

GCertLangEd 

GCertTQM 

GDipMWJ 

GCertTQM 

GDipTQM 

MCom(Pass) 

GCertMgmt 

MEngStud 

GCertBuslnfbSys 

GCertCogNeuro 

GCertTextStudMed 

Ling J 

GCertMntiHItti ' 


GCertPubHIthRes 

Mefo j 

MCourtMgmt 

ME(Hons)-Res

Graduate Certfficate in Literacy 

Graduate Certfficate in TESOL 

Graduate Certificate in Spedal 

Education 

Graduate Certfficate in Gffted 

Education 

Graduate Certtficate in Computer 

1 Based Leaming 

1 Master of Clinical Psychology 

' Graduate Certfficate in Computer 

Based Leaming 


' Bachelor of Business Administration 


i Graduate Diploma in Commerce 

i Graduate Certfficate in Mental Heatth 

Graduate Certificate in Public Health 

Research Method 

Bachelor of Mathematical Sctences 




Bachelor of Mafoematics and 

Economics 

Bachelor of Computer Sdence - 


Bachelor of Computer Sdence - 


Bachelor of Laws Combined 

Bachelor of Laws Combined 


Bachelor of Sdence (Honours) 



Graduate Certfficate in Computer 

Based Leaming 







Graduate Certfficate in Infonmation and 


Non-Award : Fee Paying Postgraduate 

Graduate Certtficate in Management 

Bachelor of Mathematical Sctences 

Master of Infomnation and 

1 Communication Technology(Honours) 

Master of Information and 

Communication Technology(Honours) 

1 Master of Infonnation and 

Communication Technology(Honours) 

Master of Information and 


Bachelor of Infonmation and 


Graduate Certtficate in Infonmation and 


Graduate Certtficate in Infonnation and 

^Communication Technology 

Graduate Certificate in Nursing 

Master of Publto Health 

1106 

1107 

1108 

1109 

1110 

417 

S1110 

SC576 

DB710 

DB766 

DB648 

1103 

1105 

764 

764A 

764B 

764C 

767A 

768 

76aA 

770A 

770B 

SR649 

741A 

571A 

576S 

1110S 

SC649 

HK661 

SC403 

592 

UW576 

Sim 

PG901 

PP692 

764D 

309A 

409A 

509A 

581A 

706A 

1111 

Tim 

1112 

UW580 

GCertLrteracy 

GCertTESOL 

GCertSpedalEd 

GCertGtfledEd 

GCertCompBased 

Leam 

MClinPsyc 


Leam 

MEd(Pass) 

BBusAdmin 

BCompSc 

GDipCom 

GCertMntlHIth 


Mefo 

BMathSc 

BMathSc 

BMathSc 

BMathSc 

BMathEcon 

BCompSc, BSc 

BCompScBEd 

LLB 

LLB 

GDipEng 

BSc(Hons) Adv 

MA(Pass) 

MEd(Pass) 


Leam 

GDipEng 

GDipEng 


MNatResLaw 

MEd(Pass) 

GCertlnfoTech 

Non-Award: Fees 

PIG 

GCertMgmt 

BMathSc 


Res 


Cwk 


Ofod 

MInfoTech 

BInfoTech 

GCertlnfoTech 

GCertlnfoTech 

GCertNurs 

MPH 



Graduate Certtficate in Environmental 

Education 


Commerce 



Bachelor of Indigenous Healfo Studies 

Graduate Certtficate in Indigenous 

Health Studies 

Graduate Diploma in Indigenous Health 

Sfodtes 

Master of Indigenous Health Studies 

Bachelor of Sdence - Bachelor of Arts 

Bachelor of Sdence - Bachelor of 

Commerce 


Master of Engineering Practice 

Graduate Certtficate in Steel 

Processing and Produds 

Graduate Certtficate in Steel 

Processing and Produds 

Non-Award: Fee Paying Postgraduate 



Graduate Certtficate in Health Policy & 

Management 

Graduate Certtficate in Total Quality 

Management 

Graduate Certtficate in Engineering 

Graduate Certificate In Migration 

Development 

Graduate Certtficate in Language 

Education 

Graduate Certificate in Cognitive 

Neurosdence 

Graduate Certtficate in Textual Studtes, 

Media & Linguistics 


Graduate Certtficate in Multicultural 

Joumalism 

Graduate Certtficate in Public Health 


Graduate Certtficate in Nursing 

Graduate Diploma in Arte 



Graduate Diploma in Sdence 



Management 









(Honours) 


(Honours) 

Course Names, Codes and Abbreviations 65 

UW658 

UW648 

1113 

709 

721A 

724A 

864 

1114 

668 

589 

747A 

747C 

590 

FP590 

1115 

F1115 

DE901 

DE576 

DE692 

DE693 

DE694 

DE695 

DE698 

DE699 

D1101 

D1102 

D1103 

D1104 

D1105 

F1112 

DE647 

DE648 

FP649 

DE650 

DE658 

DE664 

DB567 

DE571 

DE574 

DE580 

DE401 

FP403 

318 

418 

GDipPH 

GDipCom 

GCertEnvEduc 

BCA,BCom 

BE-Civil/Envi 

BE-Mining/Envi 

BIndHealfo 

GCertlndHealth 

GDiplndHealth 

MIndHealth 

BScBA 

BSc, BCom 

MEngPrac 

MEngPrac 

GCertSteelPro 

GCertSteelPro 

Non-Award: Fees 

P/G 

MEd(Pass) 

GCertMgmt 

GCertHPM 

GCertTQM 

GCertEng 

GCertMigDev 

GCertLangEd 

GCertCogNeuro 

GCertTextStudMed 

Ling 

GCertMntiHIth 



Meth 

GCertNurs 

GDipArts 

GDipCom 

GDipEng 

GDipSc 

GDipPH 

GDipTQM 

MBusAdmin 

MArts(Pass) 

MSc(Pass) 

MPH 

MArts(Hons)- 

Course 


MNRL(Hons)- 

Researdi 

MNRL(Hons)- 

Course



(Honours) 


(Honours) 


(Honours) 


(Honours) 

Graduate Certtficate in Applted 

i Economics 

Master of Infomnation and 




i (Honours) 


Management 

J Master of Sdence (Honours) 

i Graduate Diploma in TESOL 

Badietor of Education 



Arts 

Non-Awanj Fee Paying Postgraduate 

Padfic Power 


! Graduate Certificate in Total Qualtfy 

Management 

Graduate Certtficate in TESOL 

Graduate Certfficate in Infonmation and 





1 

Bachelor of Engineering / 


Master of Sctence 


Graduate Certtficate in Multicultural 

Joumalism 

Master of Engineering Pradke 


Graduate Certtftoate In Engineering 

, Graduate Certtficate In Engineering 

Graduate Certtftoate In Engineering 



Dodor of Phitosophy 


Badietor of Business Education 



Bachelor of Nursing ! 

Badietor of Business Education 

Graduate Dipkjma in Legal Pradice 




Management 


Management 

518 

319 

419 

519 

1116 

581S 

669 

SG416 

SG694 

SG404 

DE669 

882 

883 

720 

PFW1 

DB692 

DB694 

D1107 

Fim 

574F 

417F 

201A 

727A 

FP574 

FP417 

1104 

SR590 

SC590 

FP695 

SR695 

SC695 

573 

HK573 

E201 

DE573 

884 

D571H 

64aA 

PK860 

MA884 

FP637 

HK590 

TA648 

MNRL(Hons)-Othd 

MCourtMgmt(Hon 

s)-Res 


s)-Cwk 


s)-Oth 

GCertApplEcon 

MInfoTech 

GDipTESOL 

MTQM(Hons)- 

Course 

GCertTQM 

MSc(Hons)- 

Course 

GDipTESOL 

BEd(Eariy Child) 

BEd(Hons)-Eariy 

ChW 

BCA,BA 

Non-Award : Fees 

P/G 

GCertMgmt 

GCertTQM 

GCertTESOL 

GCertlnfoTech 

MSc(Pass) 

MClinPsyc 

PhD 

BE/BCom 

MSc(Pass) 

MClinPsyc 


MEngPrac 

MEngPrac 

GCertEng 

GCertEng 

GCertEng 

MJour(Pass) 

MJour(Pass) 

PhD 

MJour(Pass) 

BBusEd 

MA(Pass) 

GDipCom 

BNursing(Conversi 

on) 

BBusEd 

GDipLegPrac 

MEngPrac 

GDipCom 

MLogOpMgmt 

TA664 GDipTQM 




(Honours) 

Master of Qualrty Management 

Graduate Diploma in Applied 

Psychology 

Graduate Diploma in Applied 

Psychology 


Graduate Certificate in Mariceting 

Graduate Certificate in Cognrtive 

Neurosdence 

Master of Intemational Business 



Management 

Dodor of Education 



Badielor of Nutrition and Dtetetics 



(Honours) 


Master of Environmental Sctence 

Graduate Diploma in Psychodynamic 

Therapy 

Dodor of Psychology 

Graduate Certtficate in Adult Training 

Graduate Certtficate in Banking and 

Finance 


Finance 


Based Leaming 

Graduate Certtficate in Curriculum 

Leadership 

Graduate Certtficate in Earty Childhood 

Education 

Graduate Certtficate in Eledonic 

Commerce 

Graduate Certfficate in Forest 

Consen/atton and Management 

Graduate Certtficate in Ltferacy 

Graduate Diploma in Sctence 


Master of Hearth Management 




Management 

Master of Psychology 

Master of Public Hearth 




Dodor of Psychology 

Master of Psychology 


Based Leaming 

P1107 

UW573 

SG420 

SG596 

670 

FP670 

596 

1117 

1101 

597 

E302 

595 

DE205 

PK580 

MA576 

865 

UW669 

320 

866 

F1500 

FP671 

FP206 

F1118 

F1119 

S1119 

D1110 

F1120 

F1121 

S1122 

F1123 

D1106 

FP650 

598X 

SC598 

597X 

SC597 

SC595 

FP599 

58QX 

596X 

SC596 

1500 

206 

F1110 

GCertTESOL 

MJour(Pass) " 

MQM(Hons)- 

Course 

MQM(Pass) 

GDipAppPsyc 

GDipAppPsyc * 

MQM(Pass) "^^ 

GCertMark ~' 

GCertCogNeuro ~ 

MIB ~ 

MCom(Hons)- 

Research 

MLogOpMgmt 

DEd 

MPH 

MEd(Pass) 

BNutrDiet 

GDipTESOL 

MQM(Hons)-Res 

BPsyc 

MEnvSc(Pass) 

GDipPsycTher 

DPsyc 

GCertAdultTrain 

GCertBankFin 

GCertBankFin 


Leam 

GCertCurrt.ead 

GCertECE 

GCertEtedCom 

GCertFCM 

GCertLrteracy 

GDipSc 

MHM(Pass) 

MHM(Pass) 

MIB(Pass) 

MIB ' 

MLogOpMgmt 

MPsyc(Pass) 

MPH(Pass) 

MQM(Pass) 

MQM(Pass) 

MEnvSdPass) 

DPsyc 

MPsyc(Pass) 


Leam .

Graduate Certfficate in Environmental 

Education 

Graduate Certificate in Lrteracy 

Graduate Certificate in Mental Hearth 

Nursing 


Computer Sctence 

: Master of Hearth Management 


Graduate Certtficate in Spedal 

Education 


Scence 

Bachelor of Engineering - Scholars 

Graduate Certificate in Cumculum 

1 Leadership 

Graduate Certificate in Early Childhood 

Education 


Finance 

Graduate Certtficate in Mental Hearth 

Graduate Certificate in Public Hearth 


Graduate Certtficate in Gifted 

Educatton 

i Master of Engineering (Honours) 




Graduate Diploma in Natural 

Resources Law 



Wetoing & Joining 

Graduate Certtficate in Adurt Career 

Development 


Graduate Certtficate in Hearth Poltoy & 

Management 

Graduate Certificate in Total Qualrty 

Management 

Graduate Certtficate in Higher 

Education 

Graduate Certtficate in Business 

Systems 

Graduate Certificate in Migration 

Development 

Graduate Certificate in Etedonic 

Commerce 


Management 



Master of Hearth Management 

Bachetor of Engineering Education 

Bachetor of Sctence - Bachelor of 

Commerce 

Graduate Certtficate in Adurt Career 

Development 

Graduate Certtficate in Cognrtive 

Neurosdence 

Graduate Certtficate in Mart

68 Intemational Studtes - Globalise Your Degree 

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES: 

GLOBALISE YOUR DEGREE 

The University of Wollongong is a leading participant in a 

global tertiary environment. It is proud both of its 

reputation as a research and teaching institution of 

international standing and its ability to attract a diverse 

body of International students. Its reputation as a good 

place to study has been earned by being innovative and 

flexible in course and subject design while maintaining 

rigorous academic standards. 

The University now seeks to extend its commitment fo 

internationalisation by encouraging students ~ both 

Domestic and International - to include in their degree 

selected subjects which will add an international focus to 

their degree. For example, all Domestic students, postgraduate 

and under-graduate should consider acquiring a 

rudimentary foreign language proficiency before they 

graduate; International Students might consider taking 

subjects in Aboriginal Studies, Australian Studies, or 

Asia-Pacific Studies; students interested in working in 

the Asia-Pacific region might consider adding some 

regional studies to supplement their major. 

In addition, the University has exchange agreements 

with a number of overseas institutions which enabte 

students to take some portion of their studies outside 

Australia. If a student was to consider studying in 

France, for example, it would make sense to acquire an 

introductory knowledge of the language and culture of 

France prior to departure. 

Such innovative degree planning will not only widen 

student horizons and broaden interests, adding crossdisciplinary 

and cross-cultural dimensions to 

programmes, but, of course, it also has the potential to 

add to employability. 

English Language Subjects for International Students 

International students whose first language is not English 

and who wish to continue acquiring English Language 

proficiency while they are studying at the University are 

urged to consider including ELS151 and ELS152 in their 

degree. These subjects are designed especially for 

International students whose school studies were not in 

English. The subjects provide an introduction to English 

for Academic Purposes and examine and provide 

practice in a range of written and spoken academic 

genres. ELS152 also includes one lecture a week on 

studying and learning in Australia. 

For further information please contact: 

Professor James Wieland 

Director of International Studies 

(Room G039, Building 19) 

Telephone: (02) 42 214144 

email: james_wieland@uow.edu.au 

Professor Wieland can assist you in choosing subjects 

with an international focus which will supplement yout 

degree. He will also be available at enrolment for fW 

students.

FACULTY OF ARTS 

MEMBER UNITS 

The Faculty of Arts is made up of the following Programs: 

Communication and Cultural Studies 

English Studies 

History and Politics 

Modern Languages 

Philosophy 

Science and Technology Studies 

Sociology 

RESEARCH COURSES AVAILABLE 

The Faculty offers Honours Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees by research. 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS 

CONTENT PAGE 

Communication and Cultural Studies 72 

Cultural Studies 74 

English Studies 77 

History 82 

International Relations 84 

Maritime Policy 87 

Migration and Multicultural Studies 90 

Modern Languages 91 

Philosophy 92 

Politics 95 

Post-Colonial Literatures 78 

Science and Technology Studies 97 

Social Policy 100 

Sociology 100 

Women's Studies 104 

FacurtyofArts 69 

The University attempts to ensure that information contained in ttiis publication is up to date at the time of printing but sections nnay be amended without 

notice by the University in response to changing circumstances for any other reasons. Classes in any subject may be cancelled tf enrolments do not reach 

the levels approved for the effective presentation of the topic area. Students should check with the University at the time of application/enrolment whetiier 

any later inrormation is available in respect of any matenal contained in this Calendar. 

The University reserves the right to change the content or method of presentation of any unit of study, or to withdravi/ any unit or course of study which it 

offers, or impose limitations on enrolment in any unit or course as a result of resource limitations or for any other reason.

70 FacurtyofArts 

FULL TIME STAFF 

FACULTY OFFICE 

Dean 

Professor Anne Pauwels, LicGenmanic Phil, GradDip Higher Ed 

Antwerp, MA PhD Monash 

Sut}-Dean 

Peter M Sates, BA MA DipEd Monash, PhD LaT 

Executive Officer (02) 4221 3395 

Wan-en R Mahoney, BCom UNSW, MEd NE. MATEM 

Finance Officer 

Penny Bartier, BA(Acc) CCfi£ 

Professional Officer (02) 4221 3226 

Camiel Pass, BA(Hons) DipEd UNSW 

Administrative Assistant (02) 4221 3369 

Marie Fern, BA CCAE 

Professorial Fellow 

James S Hagan, BA DipEd Syd, PhD ANU 

COMMUNICATION AND CULTURAL STUDIES 

PROGRAM 

Program Head and Senior Lecturer 

Joseph Pugltese, BA(Hons) DipEd Maeq, PhD Syt^ 

Senior Lecturers 

Chns Bart

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY STUDIES 

PROGRAM 

Program Head and Associate Professor 

Brian Martin, BA Rice. PhD Syd 

Emeritus Professor 

Jim E Falk, BSc PhD IVhnash 

Associate Professor 

Sharon Beder, BE(Hons) MScSoc PhD UNSW 

Senior Lecturer 

Stewart Russell, MA Camb, MSc PhD Aston 

LccturGrs 

David Mercer, BA(Hons) UNSW. PhD 

Gtenn Mitchell, BA(Hons) UNSW, DipEd PhD 

Rhonda Roberts, BA UNSW, PhD UNSW 

Honorary Fellows 

Stan Aungtes, BSc(Hons) Bath. MA(Hons) 

Mary Cawte, MSciSoc UNSW. MSci Adel 

Jim Green, BMedSci Adel. PhD 

Mark Rix, BA UNE, PhD 

Alan Taylor, BA Swinburne. PhD Melb 

Wendy Varney, BA(Hons) Syd, PhD 

Administrative Assistant 

Helen Hallingu 

SOCIOLOGY PROGRAM 

Program Head and Senior Lecturer 

Elite Vasta,BA PhD QW 

Professors of Sociology 

John Bern, BA Syd, PhD Maeq 

Stephen Castles, Vor-DiplomSoc Fran Am Main, MA DPhil Sus 


Michael J Donaldson, MA Cant (NZ) PhD 

Tom Jagtenberg, BE(Hons) UNSW, MSc Mane, PhD 

Michael J Morrissey, BA(Hons) Mane, MSc Notts 

Lecturers 

Phillip C DAIton, BA, DipEd Syd, MA(Qual) PhD UNSW 

Lenore Lyons-Lee, BA(Hons) Griffith 

Rose Melville, BSocWk Qld, MA PhD UNSW 

Honorary Senior Fellow 

Rick Mohr, BA PhD UNSW 


Paola Ciccarelli BA CCAE 

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL CHANGE AND CRITICAL 

INQUIRY 

Director and Associate Professor 

Andrew Wells, BA(Hons) MA Monash, PhD ANU 

Professor 

John Bern, BA Syd, PhD Maeq 


JuneAspteyBA 

CENTRE FOR MARITIME POLICY 


Sam Bateman, AM, BEc Qld MEc PNG, GDIp ProfA Canb 

Academic Director 

Edward P Wolfers, BA Syd. PhD PNG 

RAN Fellow 

CMDR Christopher Baldwin RAN, BSc DipEd Flinders. 

GDipStratStudies JSSC 

Faculty of Arts 71 

Research Fellow 

Federal Agent Doug McKinnon, MPubPol&Admin Charies St 

MPubPol AFP 


Myree Mitchell 

MIGRATION AND MULTICULTURAL STUDIES 

Director and Professor 

Stephen Castles, Vor-DiplomSoc Fran Am Main. MA DPhil Sos 

Senior Research Officer 

Colleen Mitchell, BA 

Research Assistant 

Patrick Brownlee, BA(Hons) MA(Journalism) 

Research Fellow 

Gianni Zappal^, BEc(Hons) Syd, MA Lond, PhD Camb 

SOUTH COAST PROJECT (ARTS) 

Project Head 

Rebecca Albury, BSc MA Johns H 

ASSOCIATE MEMBER 


Head of Centre 

Bill Han-ison, BEd MEd 

Head of Aboriginal Studies Program 

Dianne Snow, BA (Hons) DipEd PhD 

Lecturers in Aboriginal Studies 

Kim Gadd, BA(Hons) DipEd 

Russell Gluck, BEc MAgSd AssocDipVisArts 

Aboriginal Studies Resource Officer 

Narissa King, Bed Phy/HrthEd 

Student Support Officer 

Glenn Williams, BA 


Lisa Russell 

FACULTY VISITING COMMITTEE 

Professor Bruce Bennett, AO 

Mr Salvatore Chiodo 

Dr William Jonas, AM 

Dr Lesley Lynch 

Mr Eric Meadows 

Ms Shirley Nixon, BA(Hons) 

Professor Ros Pesman 

Mr Anthony Rebelto 

Ms Jill Sutton, BA(Hons) 

Mr Ian Templeman, AM

72 Faculty of Arts 

COMMUNICATION AND CULTURAL STUDIES 

COURSES OFFERED 

The following postgraduate courses are availabte: 

1. Doctor of Philosophy 

2. Honours Master of Arts by Research 

3. Honours Master of Arts (Cultural Studies) 

4. Master of Arts (Cultural Studies) 

5. Master of Arts (Women's Studies) 


Communication Studtes 

Curtural Studies 

Women's Studtes 

CURRENT RESEARCH AREAS 

The following areas of research are availabte to candidates for the degrees of Honours Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. 

Abonginal writing and culture 

Artemative and communrty theatre/drama 

American cinema history 

American studies 

Australian literary curture 

Australian screen studies 

Canon fonmation and Irterary history 

Censorship 

Cinema studies 

Colonialism and Colonial curtures 

Communication studies 

Crrtical and Curtural theortes 

Cross-curtural and inter-ethnic studies 

Cultural differences 

Curtural Policy Studies 

Decolonising theories 

Etectronic cultures 

Fantasy and Utopian wnting 

Feminist critical theory 

Gender and genre 

Gender studies 

Globalisation 

Hypertexts and computer-produced murtimedia 

Identrty politics 

Indigenous film, tetevision and theatre 

Law and media 

Law and Curtural Studies 

Media studtes 

Murticurtural critical studies 

New infonnation technologtes 

Popular curture 

Popular Irterature 

Pomography 

Post-colonial women's writing 

Publishing studtes 

Race and ethnterty studtes 

Radical, artemative and independent dnema 

Screen theory, practice and critidsm 

Sexualrty and representation 

Subjectivrty and klentrty 

Tetevision curtures 

COURSE REQUIREMENTS 

1. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

Time Limits 

A full-time candidate shall complete the Doctoral Dissertation in not less than four (4) consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, and net 

more than eight (8) consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, from the date of registration 

A part-time canddate shall comptete the Doctoral Dissertation in not less than six (6) consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, and nd 

more than twelve (12) consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, from the date of registration. 

Length of Dissertation 

The Doctoral Dissertation shall be a minimum of 80,000 wonJs in tength. 

CandkJates for the PhD degree enrol in CCS999.

2. HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS BY RESEARCH 

Communication and Curtural Studtes 73 

Entry to the Degree 

Entry to the degree is nomially from ttie BA Honours. Students having a degree wrth Class II division ii or higher will normally be accepted into ttie 

Masters Honours program. 

Qualification Requirements 

Students who do not have an Honours degree in an appropriate area may be admrtted to the Masters Honours program by compteting a Master of Arts 

(Preliminary)'. 

Master of Arts Preliminary 

Students enrolling in the Master of Arts (Preliminary) will normally be required to take six subjects chosen from the subjects on offer in CCS400 

(Communication and Curtural Studies Honours) and Postgraduate coursewort< subjects. Students who do not have a background in critical and curtural 

theories should indude CCS990 Critical and Guttural Theories in their programs. 

Time Limits 

A full-time candkiate shall complete the Honours Masters Dissertation in not less than two consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, from 

the date of registration. 

A part-time candkiate shall complete the Honours Masters Dissertation in not less than three consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, 

and not more than eight consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, from the date of registration. 

Length of Dissertation 

The Honours Masters Dissertation shall be approximately 50,000 words in length. 

Candidates for the Master of Arts (Honours) degree enrol in CCS999. 

3. HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS (CULTURAL STUDIES) 

4. MASTER OF ARTS (CULTURAL STUDIES) 

5. MASTER OF ARTS (WOMEN'S STUDIES) 

For details of these courses, please refer to the CULTURAL STUDIES' entry or the 'WOMEN'S STUDIES' entry in the Facutty of Arts sedion. 

SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS 

CCS951 Regulating Culture: Policy, Language and 

Control 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad hrs; 3 hrs seminar per week. 

Assessment: essay, case study. 

This subjed will examine ttie regulation of cultural produdion as a 

process of contestation between govemment curtural policy, economic 

regulation and community ethical codes. This investigation will be 

conducted wrthin the context of Guttural Policy Studies, which 

emphasises the critical study of institutional pradice; regulatory 

practices such as censorship and language control will therefore be 

considered as a combination of instrtutional strategies of meaning 

produdion. 

CCS966 Special Topic 

Autumn/Spring 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs seminar per week. 

Assessment: assignments to be negotiated wrth Subjed Co-ordinator 

in the first week of session. 

Direded reading, research and other investigative adivities at an 

advanced tevel in a field of study seleded by the student in 

consuttation wrth the co-ordinator of Postgraduate Studtes in 

Communication and Guttural Studies and approved by the Head of 

Program. 

CCS975 Reading Cultural Differences 

Autumn 8 cp 


Assessment: seminar paper, major essay, oral presentation and 

partidpation. 

This subjed introduces students to ttie study of how cuttural 

differences, race and ethnicrty infomi debates around postcolonialism, 

murticulturalism and identrty politics, rt examines the impad of 

theoretical, critical and minority cultural pradices on reading 

differences in Australian cuttural and discursive fomiations. Major 

topics studted indude the reception of texts by minority groups eg 

migrant hip hop; theories of ethnic spedatorship; nationalism, arts 

policy and the polrtics of indigenous writing. 

CCS977 Media Studies: Industries, Texts, Practices 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs ledure/seminar per week. 

Assessment: major project/case study 60%, essay 40%. 

This subjed examines the production and reception of media texts and 

ttie key theoretical approaches to ttie analysis of such texts, rt also 

investigates the professional pradices of a range of communication 

industries (murtimedia, film, television, advertising, radio, joumalism). 

Students will be encouraged to devetop their pradical experience 

through case studies/projeds. 

CCS990 Critical and Cultural Theories 

Autumn 8 cp 


Assessment: major essay, seminar paper, textual analysis exerdse. 

This subjed provides an introduction to a range of contemporary 

crrtical and cultural theories which question fundamental assumptions 

atout culture, knowtedge and relations of power. This subjed will 

examine how poststruduralist, decolonising and feminist theories 

have brought into focus questions conceming culturally srtuated 

modes of discourse and the produdton of embodied subjedivities, 

identrties and knowledges. The assessment wori< is designed to 

establish connections tietween theories, methodologtes and the 

students own research work. 

CCS999 Major Thesis 

Double 48 cp 

Contad hrs: consurtation as required. 

Assessment: as appropriate for MA(Hons) or PhD degrees. 

This subjed will enabte students to undertake the produdion of an 

MA(Hons) thesis or a Dodoral Dissertation in Communication and 

Cuttural Studies.


CULTURAL STUDIES 



1. Honours Master of Arts 

2. Master of Arts 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM 

Curtural Studtes 

SCHEDULE OF PROGRAMS 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN CULTURAL STUDIES 

Leading to the Master of Arts or Honours Master of Arts 

Number Subject 

(i) Master of Arts 

Cons 

CCS975 

CCS977 

CCS990 

SOC946 

SOC947 

Electives 

CCS951 

CCS966 

ENGL912 

SOC918 

SOC921 

SOC942 

SOC950 

SOC959 

STS915 

(II) Honours Master of Arts 

Reading Curtural Differences 

Media Studtes: Industries, Texts, Pradices 

Crrtical and Curtural Theories 

Pradical Communication and Communications Theory 

Curtural Theory 

Regulating Curture: Policy, Language and Control 

Spedal Topic erther Session 1 or 2 

Representing India 

Advanced Sodotogy of Development 

Spedal Topk: in Sodological Studies 

Advanced Race & Ethnic Studtes 

Advanced Studtes ofthe Individual in S(3ctety 

Advanced Sodology of Gender Relations 

Master Narratives, Myth & Symbolic Polrtics in Sdence 

Core: 

CCS930 

orSOC990 

Minor Thesis 

CCS990_ Crrtical and Curtural Theories 

SOC^7 

Etecf/yes^ 

Cuttural Theory 

CCS^951 

Regulating Curture: Policy, Language and Control 

CCS966J Spedal Topic erther Session 1 or 2 

CCS975 

Reading Curtural Differences 

ENGL912 Representing India 

SOC918 

Advanced Sodology of Development 

SOC921 

Special Topic in Soaological Studtes 

SOC942 

Advanced Race & Ethnic Studtes 

SOC946 

Pradical Communication and Communications Theory 

SOC950 

Advanced Studtes of the Individual in Sodety 

SOC959 


STS915 

Master Narratives, Myth & Symbolic Politics in Sdence 

~i : 

Subjed to final approval. 

For further details, see Course Requirements below. 


Credit Points 

1. HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS 

2. MASTER OF ARTS 

The Masters courses in Cuttural Studies (Master of Arts and Honours Master of Arts) involve interdisdplinary programs that bring together teaching 

and research from Communicatton and Curtural Studtes, Sodotogy, English and Sctence and Technology Studtes They aim to provkJe graduates wrth 

knowtedge and critical skills that will benefit them across a range of disdplines and professtons. (Administered jointly by Communicatton and Cultural 

Studies and Sodotogy.) 

The objectives of this program are to provkJe students wrth the appropnate analyttoal skills to enable them to: 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

24 

8 

8 

8

Cuttural Studtes 75 

• comprehend and engage wrth the central critical and theoretical issues (both historical and contemporary) in the fiekJ of Curtural Studies; 

• stage crrtical readings of texts and curtural pradices; 

• analyze the relations of power that structure curture and knowledge; 

• understand the critical re-evaluation of categories of value goveming tradrtional hierarchies of knowtedge structured by dass, race, ethnkaty, 

gender and sexualrty; 

• appredate the consequent reappraisal of minority curtures, ttie practices of everyday life and curtural artifacts tradrtionally placed outside the 

purview of scholarly study (for exampte, krtsch and curtural ephemera, shopping centres, graffiti, popular music, etc) as well as the more 

mainstream cuttural formations. 

The program also seeks to provkJe opportuntties for applied cuttural analysis in the above areas. 

Pass degree entry 

Pass graduates or equivatent may undertake a 48 credrt point Master of Arts course, choosing 6 subjeds (which in normal drcumstances will indude 

the four prescribed subjects) from the Schedute, exduding the minor thesis. The degree will ain over one year full-time or two years for part-time 

students. 

Honours degree entry 

(i) Honours graduates wrth a grade of at teast Class II, Division 2 or rts equivatent in an appropriate area (as assessed by a course paneO may enter 

this coursewort< MA wrth a notional acaeditation of 48 credrt points. Candtoates will undertake each of the prescribed subjects and choose one of 

the Optional Subjects fi-om the sdiedute above. (One year full-time, two years part-time.) 

(ii) Pass graduates or equivalent wrth a aedrt average or better may undertake a 96 credrt point Honours MA coursewori< program. The inrtial 48 credrt 

point part of the program will tie constoered a qualifying course, with subjects at ttie appropriate level being (diosen from offerings in ttie CCS, 

English and Sodology schedutes in consurtation wrth the course co-ordinator. The subsequent 48 credrt points will be undertaken according to the 

mbric applying to the MA Honours course. (Two years full-time, three years part-time.) 


CCS930 or SOC990 Minor Thesis 24 cp 

Students will be required to engage in an extensive program of study - 

reading, research and fieldwork - that will explore in depth and detail 

one issue (or a set of issues) that arises ft-om or is related to the 

concepts and material deart wrthin coursewort< subjeds. This 

program will resurt in the submission of an essay of 15,000 words, OR 

a fieldwort^ report of 15,000 words (or equivalent taking into account 

diagrams, tables and other graphics) OR some other equivatent body 

ofwork, asananged wrth the course administrative panel. Whilst the 

dissertation can be nominated by the student they will require ttie 

approval of the Board six weeks into the course and this has to be 

validated by the ninth week, when a formal supervisor will be 

allocated. 

CCS951 Regulating Culture: Policy, Language and 

Control 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hours seminar per week. 

Assessment: one essay, one case study. 

This subjed will examine ttie regulation of curtural production as a 

process of contestation between govemment curtural policy, economic 

regulation and communrty ethical codes. This investigation will be 

conducted within the context of Curtural Policy Studies, which 

emphasises the critical study of instrtutional pradice; regulatory 

pradices such as censorship and language control will therefore be 

considered as a combination of instrtutional strategtes of meaning 

produdton. 

CCS966 Special Topic 


Contad hrs: 3 hr seminar. 

Assessment: 4 written assignments each. 

Direded reading, research and other investigative adivrties teading to 

the produdion of a major essay/report in the fieto of study seteded by 

the student in consultatton wrth ttie Co-ordinator of Postgraduate 

Studtes in Communication and Cuttural Studtes and the Head of 

Program. 

CCS975 Reading Cultural Differences 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 3hrs seminar per week. 

Assessment: One seminar paper, one major essay, oral presentation 

and partidpation. 

This subjed introduces students to the study of how cuttural 

differences, race and ethnicrty inform debates around postcolonialism, 

murticutturalism and toentity politics. The subjed examines ttie 

impad of theoretical, crrtical and minority curtural pradices on reading 

differences in Australian curtural and discursive formations. Major 

topics to be studted indude the reception of texts by minority groups eg 

migrant hip hop; theories of ethnto spedatorship; nationalism; arts 

policy and the polrtics of indigenous writing. 

CCS977 Media Studies: Industries, Texts, Practices 

Spring 8cp 

Assessment: major projed/case study 60%, essay 40% 

This subjed examines the produdion and reception of media texts and 

the key ttieoretical approaches to the analysis of such texts. It also 

investigates the professional pradices of a range of communication 

industries (murtimedia, film, television, advertising, radio, joumalism). 

Students will be encouraged to develop their pradical experience 

through case studtes/projeds. 

CCS990 Critical and Cultural Theories 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs seminar per wk 

Assessment: major essay 50%, seminar paper 25%, textual analysis 

exerdse 25%. 

This subject provides an introduction to a range of contemporary 

crrtical and curtural theories which question fundamental assumptions 

atxxjt curture, knowledge and relations of power. This subjed will 

examine how poststruduralist, decolonising and feminist theories have 

brought into focus questions conceming curturally srtuated modes d 

discourse and the production of emtxxlted subjedivrties, identittes and 

knowledges. The assessment wortc is designed to establish 

connections between theories, methodologies and the students own 

research wori

76 Facurty of Arts 

SOC921 Special Topic in Sociological Studies 


Contad hrs: Individual supervision and seminars 

Assessment One essay and tutorial assignments. 

Topics for this subjed may be chosen ft-om any area of Sodology 

which ttie Head of Program constoers to be of surtabte substance and 

tevel to be offered as a SOC900 subjed. This will be a reading subjed 

offered under ttie dired supervision of a member of staff. For 

infonnation of availabilrty of topics offered, students should consurt ttie 

Head of Program. 

SOC942 Advanced Race and Ethnic Studies 

Autumn 8 cp 


Assessment: Seminar paper and presentation, major essay, dass 

partidpation. 

Infoduces shjdents to theories of ethnicrty, 'race' and racism, in 

relation to other dimensions of sodal stmdure, in particular class and 

gender relattons. Wrthin an analysis of ttie Australian context, the 

significance of curture and ideology is explored. This indudes an 

analysis of ttie subjective and strudural dimensions of racial 

oppression and liberation movements, as well as an analysis of ttie 

broader theoretical and substantive relationship between curture, 

toentity and resistance. These theories and issues will relate to ttie 

srtuation of Atxiriginal and ethnic minorities in Australia, and 

intemational and historical comparisons will be made. 

SOC946 Practical Communication and Communications 

Theory 

Autumn 8 cp 


Assessment: Major essay, seminar paper, and seminar wort

ENGLISH STUDIES 


The following postgraduate courses are available: 


2. Honours Master of Arts by Research (English Studies) 

3. Honours Master of Arts by Research (Post-colonial Literatures) 

4. Honours Master of Arts by Coursework (Post-colonial Literatures) 

5. Master of Arts by Coursework (English Studies) 

6. Master of Arts by Coursework (Post-colonial Literatures) 

The English Studies Prijgram also contributes subjeds to the 

• Master of Arts (Cultural Studies) 

• Master of Arts (Women's Studies) 


English Studtes 

Post-Colonial Lrteratures 

Cultural Studies (See Curtural Studies sedion of this Catendar) 

Women's Studies (See Women's Studies sedion of this Calendar) 


The following areas of research are available to candtoates for the degrees of Honours Master of Arts and Dodor of Philosophy 

Attemative and communrty theatre/drama 

Aboriginal writing and curture 

African lrteratures and cuttures 

Australian Irterature 

Australasian theatre 

Canadian Irterature and curture 

Caribbean Irterature and culture 

Cross curtural literature 

Early women writers 

Eighteenth-century Irterature and cutture 

Eledronic Curtures 

Eledronic Texts and Eledronic Publishing 

Elizabethan/Renaissance Irterature and curture 

Fantasy 

Gender and genre studies 

The Gothic 

Identity Politics 

Indian writing in English 

Lrterature and curtural theory 

Middte English language and Irterature 

Modem European tiieatre 

Modem poetry and fidion 

Mutticuttural literatures 

New literatures in English (Commonweatth/Post-colonial literatures) 

New Zealand literature 

Nineteenth-century Irterature 

Nineteenth-century women's writing 

Nineteenth and twentieth century popular theatre 

Novel and film studies (adaptation theory) 

Padfic Irterature 

Popular Irterature 

Post-colonial lrteratures and theories 

Post-colonial women's writing 

'Race' and ethnicrty studies 

Sexualrty and representation 

Shakespeare 

Text-to-perfomiance studies in theatre 

Textual crrticism and computer-generated edrtions 

Theories ofthe modem stage 

Vidorian curtural studies 

Women's autobiography 

English Studies 77



DOCTORAL PROGRAM IN ENGLISH STUDIES 

A PhD by thesis is availabte in any of the listed research areas, subjed to staff availabilrty. See course requirements for further details. Students should 

enrol in the following subjed: 

Number Subject Credit Points 

ENGL999 Major thesis 48 

MA PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH STUDIES 

Leading to ttie degree of Master of Arts 

Students must choose six subjeds (48 credrt points). Students may choose all six fi-om the English Studies Program offerings (List i) or they may 

substrtute up to two from approved subjects (List ii), offered outside the Program. 

(i) ENGLISH PROGRAM SUBJECTS 

ENGL903 

ENGL906 

ENGL908 

Post-colonial Lrterary Issues 

Twentietti Century Post-colonial Poets 

Lrterature from Colonised Sodeties* 

ENGL910 Twentieth Century Women Writers 

ENGL912 

ENGL916 

ENGL918 

ENGL921 

ENGL922 

ENGL923 

ENGL929 

ENGL930 

; ENGL931 

ENGL933 


Unrted States Lrterature ofthe 19tti and Earty 20th Centuries* 

Spedal Topic 

Tuming Points: Seleded Post-colonial Fidion 

Research MethcxJs' 

Indigenous Lrteratures in Canada, New Zealand and Australia 

Signs of the Times* 

History and Romance in Early Modem Britain 

Contemporary Australian Drama 

Earty Women Writers 

ENGL934 ^ Afnca and the New Worid 

ENGL939 Twentteth Century Australian Literary Curture* 

ENGL943 Decolonising Literatures 

(ii) OTHER APPROVED SUBJECTS 

CCS951 

CCS975 

CCS977 

Regulating Curture: Policy, Language & Control 

Reading Cuttural Differences 

Media Studies Industrtes, Texts, Pradices 

CCS990 1 Critical and Cultural Theortes 

Leading to the degree of Honours Master of Arts 

This is a research only degree. Students hoWing an honours degree wrth Class II division ii honours or higher must enrol in the following subjed. For 

further details on entry, see course requirements 

ENGL999 _ Major thesis 48 

MA PROGRAMS IN POST-COLONIAL LITERATURES 

leading to the Master of Arts or Honours Master of Arts, 

(i) Master of Arts by Coursework 

Students must choose 6 subjects (48 credrt points) from the list of Optional Subjeds below. 

(ii) Honours Master of Arts by Coursework 

Minor Thesis 

ENGL902 I Dissertation (20,000 words) 24 

i StiJdents must choose a further 3 subjects (24 aedrt points) from ttie list of Optional Subjects below. 24 

(iii) Honours Master of Arts by Research 

Minor Thesis 

ENGL904 ! Dissertation (30,000 words) 

Stixlents must choose a ftjrther 2 subjects (16 credrt points) from ttie list of Optional Sutijeds below. 

Not on offer in 1999 

Sesston to be confinned wrth Program 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

48 

32 

16

NB 

English Studies 79 

Students interested in Post-Colonial Lrteratures may undertake a research only program by enrolling in ENGL999 and completing an Honours 

Master of Arts. See the course requirements for Honours Master of Arts by Research (English Studtes) for further details. 


Optional Subjects: 

ENGL903 

ENGL906 

ENGL908 

ENGL910 

ENGL912 

ENGL916 

ENGL918 

ENGL921 

ENGL922 

ENGL923 

ENGL931 

ENGL934 

ENGL943 

ENGL939 

HIST933 

Post-colonial Literary Issues 

Twentieth Century Post-colonial Poets 

Lrterature from Colonised Sodeties* 

Twentieth Century Women Writers 


Unrted States Lrterature ofthe Nineteenth and Eariy Twentieth Centuries* 

Spedal Topic 

Tuming Points: Seleded Post-colonial Fidion 

Research Methods* 

Indigenous Lrterature in Canada, New Zealand and Austi-alia 

Contemporary Australian Drama 

Africa and the New Worid 

Decolonising Lrteratures 

Twentieth Century Australian Literary Curture* 

Cutture and Polrtics in Indonesia, 1865-1988 

For further details, see course requirements. 


DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

Time Limits 

A fijil-time candidate shall complete the Dodoral thesis in not less than four consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions and not more than 

eight consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, from the date of registration. 

A part-time candidate shall complete the Dodoral thesis in not less than six consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions and not more than 

twelve consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, from the date of registration. 

Length of Thesis 

The Dodoral thesis shall be a minimum of 80,000 words in length. 

Candidates for ttie PhD degree enrol in ENGL999. 

MA PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH STUDIES 

1. HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS BY RESEARCH (ENGLISH STUDIES) 

Entry to the Degree 

Entry to the degree is nonmally from the BA Honours. Students having a degree with Class II division ii or higher will normally be accepted into the 

Honours Master program.Students who do not have an Honours degree in an appropriate area may be admrtted to the Honours Master program by 

completing an 'Honours Master of Arts (Preliminary)'. These students will normally be required to take six (6) subjeds chosen from the subjeds on 

offer in ENGL400 (English Honours) and postgraduate courseworic subjeds. Students who do not have a background in literary theory should consutt 

wrth the Postgraduate Co-ordinator for advice on a surtabte subjed for indusion in their program of study. 

Time Limits 

A full-time candidate shall complete the Honours Master thesis in not less than two consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, from the date 

of registration. 

A part-time candtoate shall complete the Honours Master thesis in not less than three consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions and nd 

more than eight consecutive sessions, not induding Summer sessions, from the date of registi-ation. 

Students who are required to complete an Honours Master of Arts (Preliminary) will undertake two consecutive sessions of shjdy if full-time, or four 

consecutive sessions if part-time, prior to commendng the Honours Master thesis. 

Thesis 

Candtoates for the Master of Arts (Honours) degree must complete a 50,000 word (48 cp) ttiesis (ENGL999) on a subjed agreed on wrth a supen/isor. 

2. MASTER OF ARTS BY COURSEWORK (ENGLISH STUDIES) 

The field of English Studtes has been revolutionised by a range of critical discourses - from post-colonial and post-struduralist to post-modemist and 

feminist theories - which have profoundly reshaped what rt means to study in an English Program. The English Shjdies degree, ttierefore, has been 

designed to provtoe students wrth a rigorous understanding of ttiese ftjndamental developments ttirough a wide variety of subjects organized wrthin a 

focused fieto of study. The degree provtoes a solid training in the disdpline at an advanced tevel. 

Nomial entry requires a pass degree wrth a major study in a relevant field. In spedal cases ttie Program Head may vary ttie entry requirements. If 

satisfied ttiat an applicants qualifications are adequate. 

The course will nonmally take two consecutive sessions (not induding Summer session) for full-time shjdents or four consecutive sessions (not 

induding Summer session) for part-time students. 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

12


MA PROGRAMS IN POST-COLONIAL LITERATURES 

The area of focus for studies will be critical approaches to ttie literature in English appearing from a history of colonial presence in various nations, 

mostly (but not entirely) belonging to the British Commonwearth. Once regarded as peripheral and curturally derivative, this wrrting has pnxluced some 

ofthe modem greats of'English' literature - VS. Naipaul, Margaret Atwood, Patrick Whrte, Salman Rushdie, Nadine Gordimer, Derek Walcott and, of 

course, writers from that other fonner colony, the Unrted States. The programs of study will consider those complex interadions of cutture, polrtics and 

aesthetics common to the whole field and particular to each of rts regions. 

1. HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS BY RESEARCH (POST-COLONIAL LITERATURES) 

BA (or equivalent) Honours graduates wrth a grade of at teast Class II, Division ii in an appropriate area will undertake a 48 credrt point course made 141 

of two optional subjects from ttie Sdiedute (16cp) and a 30,000-word (32cp) dissertation (ENGL904) on a subjed agreed on with a supervisor. Ttie 

duration of the course will tie two sessions (foil-time) not induding Summer Session, or four sessions for part-time students. 

NB: Students interested in Post-Colonial Lrteratures may undertake a research only program by enrolling in ENGL999 and completing an Honours 

Master of Arts. See the course requirements for Honours Master of Arts by Research (English Studies) for forther details. 

2. HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS BY COURSEWORK (POST-COLONIAL LITERATURES) 

BA (or equivalent) Honours graduates wrth a grade of at teast Class II, Division ii in an appropriate area will undertake a 48 credrt point course. They 

will take ttiree optional subjeds from the sdiedute (24 cp), and will complete a 20,000-word (24 cp) dissertation (ENGL902) on a topic agiêd on with 

a supervisor The duration of the course will be h«o sessions (foil-time) not including Summer Session, or four sessions for part-time students. 

3. MASTER OF ARTS BY COURSEWORK (POST-COLONIAL LITERATURES) 

Entry to the Master of Arts (Pass) by coursewortc will nomially be from ttie BA or equivatent qualification. Students will undertake a 48 aedrt point 

Master of Arts course. They will take six optional subjeds (48 cp) from ttie sdiedute above. There is no dissertation component in this course. The 

duration of the course will be two sessions (foil-time) not induding Summer Session, or four sessions for part-time students. 

OTHER POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS 

MASTER OF ARTS (CULTURAL STUDIES) 

The English Studies Program contributes to the degree of Master of Arts (Cultural Studies). For full details of this course, ptease refer to ttie Cultural 

Studtes entry in ttie Facutty of Arts sedion 

MASTER OF ARTS (WOMEN'S STUDIES) 

The English Studies Program contributes subjects fo the degree of Master of Arts (Women's Studies), an interdisdplinary program administered by the 

Facutty of Arts For full details of ttiis course, ptease refer to the Women's Studies entry in the Facutty of Arts sectton. 


ENGL902 Dissertation 

Double 24 cp 

The subjed involves the wnting of a dissertation of 20,000 wonJs on a 

research topic to be determined in consuttation wrth the supervisor. 

ENGL903 Post-colonial Literary Issues 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hr seminar per week 

A survey of relationships betvi«en cutture, politics and literary 

constnjctions; ttie connedion between Brrtish and ottier lrteratures in 

English; ttie question of 'universal' stendands; nationalism and 

aesthetics; the forniation of a fieto of study. Discussion will be based 

on seleded crrtical readings. 

ENGL904 Dissertation 

Double 32 cp 

This subjed involves the v^rriting of a dissertation of 30,000 words on a 

research topic to be detennined in consurtation with ttie supervisor. 

ENGL906 Twentieth Century Post-colonial Poets 

Autumn 

8cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hr seminar per week. 

The Polrtics of Free Voice: this subjed will ftx:ajs on ttie 20tti century 

english language poetty of ttie fonner British cotontes with particular 

reference to ttie historical implications of linguistic colonisation and the 

post-colonial poetic imperative to decotonise ttie mind, to (re)discover 

and (re)assert a muttiplicrty of voice 

ENGL908 Literature from Colonised Societies* 8 cp 


ENGL910 Twentieth Century Women Writers 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 1 hr tedure, 2hr seminar per week. 

This subjed deals with ttie wortc of six modem women writers: 

Virginia Woolf, Kattierine Mansfield, Sylvia Plath, Dorothy Hewett, 

Alice Walker and Jamaica Kincato. Of particular concem are Ihe 

curtural processes which so often tead to the mythologising of a 

woman writer's life, and ttie way this life/myth interacts with 

interpretetions of that wrrter's wortc. 

ENGL912 Representing India 

Autumn 8 cp 


A survey of ttie various kinds of texts concemed wrth representing 

India (travel writing, ethnography, cotonial fidton, etc); analysis of the 

interadion of language and curture, Irterary conventions, modes d 

textual produdion, socio-cuttural perceptions and crrtical reactions; 

theorising on constmdions of curture as essence and interchange. 

ENGL916 United States Literature ofthe Nineteenth and 

Early Twentieth Centuries* 8 cp 

ENGL918 Special Topic 

Spring/Autumn 8 cp 


Entry to ttiis subjed depends on ttie availabilrty of staff. 

Direded reading, research and ottier investigative adivrties at an 

advanced level in a field of sfody seteded by ttie student in 

consurtation wrth ttie Co-ordinator of Postgraduate Sfodtes in English 

and approved by ttie Head of Program.

ENGL921 Turning Points: Selected Post-Colonial 

Fiction 

Autumn 8 cp 


A survey of major fidion texts of post-colonial writing in English, 

espedally 'first' novels from emerging nations and fidion tiiat has 

become seminal in creating the Irterary corpus of post-colonial studies, 

tt examines ttie interadion between colonial experience and literary 

forni and technique, and critical responses sun/eyed for various 

construdions of a post-colonial 'tradttion'. 

ENGL922 Research Methods 8 cp 

ENGL923 Indigenous Literatures in Canada, New 

Zealand and Australia 

Spring 8 cp 


This subjed will study indigenous writing and theory in the context of 

world movements, though rt will focus on Canada, New Zealand and 

Australia. The subjed will centre on identrty politics, on the 

appropriation of voice debate, and on the question of what constitutes 

ttie literary'. The course will intenogate a range of post-colonial 

pradices, as articulated by indigenous theorists and guest speakers. 

ENGL929 Signs of the Times: Victorian Literature and 

Culture 

Spring* 8 cp 


What were the 'signs of ttie times' in Brrtain when Vidoria ascended 

thettirone in 1837? Through a range of texts and ways of reading we 

will investigate tiie phenomenon of Vidorianism. With case studies 

focussing on forms of polttical discourse, Vidorian visual culture, and 

women's wrrting, this subjed will examine nineteenth-century English 

culture and sodety. 

ENGL930 History and Romance in Early Modern 

Britain* 8 cp 

ENGL931 Contemporary Australian Drama 

Autumn 8 cp 


An examination of ttie theatrical, literary and social developments in 

Australian drama from 1970. Texts will indude (when available) first 

and second drafts, manuscripts in pre-produdion preparation, 

rehearsal texts and published plays. New texts may be drawn from 

scripts woricshopped at ttie annual National Playwrights' Conference 

or from dramaturgical departments allied wrth ttie State Theatre 

Companies. 

ENGL933 Early Women Writers 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 2 hr ledure/seminar per week. 

This subjed looks at the wortc of women writers from ttie mid-fifteenth 

century to the early eighteentti century. The texts represent different 

types of wrrting: fidion, poetry, diaries, letters and autobiographical 

writings. The subjed will examine ttie establishment of ttie female 

wrrting sett within ttie appropriate cuttural strudure and historical 

context, and ttie engagement of ttiat self wrth the sodal and literary 

conventions of ttie time. 

ENGL934 Africa and the New World 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad hrs 2 hr seminar per week. 

This subjed studies the imagination of Africa and images of blackness, 

concenbating on later 20tti century english-language texts from East, 

West and Central Africa, Soutti Africa, ttie Caribbean, ttie Americas 

and Europe, tt explores processes of colonisation and decolonisation; 

auttienticrty and identrty in tenns of race, nation and gender ttie 

construdion of a black aesthetic and ttie politics and poetics of textual 

forni. 


Session to be confinned wrth program 

English Sfodtes 81 

ENGL939 Twentieth Century Australian Literary 

Culture* 8 cp 

ENGL942 Performance Studies: Theory, Practice and 

Criticism* 8 cp 

ENGL943 Studies in Decolonising Literatures 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 1 hr tedure, 2hr seminar per week. 

This subjed examines literatures which have grown out of Padfic, 

South-east Asian and Afrtoan colontes of ttie former British Empire. In 

1999 ttie focus will be on drama in ottier cultures, tt considers how 

issues of nationalism, language, race, gender and cuttural identrty 

shape CTrtical and creative pradices and examines issues of minority 

writings wrthin ttie nation and tiie implication of regtonal/national 

lrteratures in global systems. 

Not on offer in 1999

82 Facutty of Arts 

HISTORY 







Areas of research availabte to candtoates undertaking the Honours Master of Arts degree by research and ttie Dodor of Philosophy degree indude the 

following: 

Austi-alian history, with emphasis on labour, feminist, regional, milrtary, sodal and political themes 

Mcxlem Southeast Asian history 

19th and 20th century Brrtish soaal and polrtical history, and relations wrth the USA 

Historiography, including labour, Marxist and communist 

20th Century Russian history 

Unrted States history 

Military history 

16th and 17th century Spanish and Portuguese history 

SCHEUDLE OF PROGRAMS 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN HISTORY 

Leading to the Master of Arts. 


HIST904 

HIST913 

HIST933 

HIST942 

HIST943 

HIST944 

HIST951 

Themes in Australian History 

The Making of the Modem Australian Woman 

Cutture, History and Polrtics in Southeast Asia: Indonesia and Other Case Studies 

Themes in European History 

Themes in United States History 

Southeast Asia's Economic Transformations 

Philosophy of History 

For forther details, see Course Requirements below 

OTHER POSTGRADUATE SUBJECTS 


HIST973 

HIST975 

Major Thesis 

MA (Hons) Minor Thesis 



The Dodoral Dissertation shall be nd tess ttian 80,000 words and nd more ttian 100,000 words in tengtti. For this degree candtoates enrol in the 

subjed HIST973. ' 


Pass degree entty Pass graduates or equivatent wrth a major in History may undertake a 48 credrt point Master of Arts course choosing subjects 

from the Sdiedute (exduding the minor and major thesis). 

Honours degree entty 

The Honours Master of Arts degree is oflierBd erther as a research degree, consisting of a major thesis, or as a research and courseworic degree 

consisting of a minor thesis and coursewortc. 

The maximum tengtti of a major thesis shall be 40,000 words and ttie minimum tengtti of a minor thesis shall be 20 000 words 

Sfodents enrolling in ttie Honours Master of Arts by researdi will be BA Honours graduates wrth a grade of at least Class II Division 2 or rts equivalent 

uicTOT?' '^^°^'^^° have compteted ttie MA coursework requirements at credrt tevel or better. For this degree, candtoates enrol in ttie subjed 

HIST973. Those who enter ttie Honours Master wrth a BA (Hons) enter wrth a notional accredrtation of 48 credrt points. 

Those who have compteted 48 credrt points of a Pass Masters degree at aedrt tevel or better may proceed to an Honours Masters by coursework axj 

u.c?Li^ôKi°"^ K fu "^ "^^ ^ T^ pcJints shall indude 24 credrt points of course wortc from ttie sdiedute above (one of whidi shall be 

HIST951, Philosophy of Hstory untess ttiey have already undertaken HIST325, Theory and Method, at the undergraduate tevel) and ttie minor thesB. 

In speaal rases ttie Program Head may vary ttie entry requirements, if satisfied ttiat an applicants qualifications have prepared him or her for advanced 

histoncal sfody '^ "^ 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

48 

24


Where textibooks andVor co-ordinators are not specified, deteils will tie made available at a later date. 

HIST904 Themes in Australian History 


Contact hrs: One hr supervision per week. 

Assessment: 2 essays, researdi paper. 

Designed to enabte sfodents to undertake a sustained reading program 

in seteded themes in Australian History under dose supervision. 

Enrolment, setedion of appropriate themes and readings are subjed to 

ttie approval ofttie Head ofthe Program 

HIST913 The Making ofthe Modern Australian Woman 

Autumn 12 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per wk; ledure/seminar 

Assessment: 9,000 words in essays/tutorial papers. 

Examines ttie major forces detemnining ttie posrtion of women in 

twentieth century Australia. Topics indude the domestic toeology, ttie 

demographk; ttansrtion ofthe late nineteenth century, sttxidural change 

in ttie economy, wtoening educational opportunrttes and ttie growth of 

tertiary sedor employment for women. A major focus is ttie 

interadton of ethnicrty, class and gencter in construding ttie diverse 

sodal category of womanhood. 

HIST933 Culture, History and Politics in Southeast 

Asia: Indonesia and Other Case Studies 


Contad hrs: 3 hrs per week. 


Examines the polrtics of identity in Souttieast Asia using a number d 

case studies, particularly from Indonesia. Issues explored indude ttie 

relationship betvi«en nationalism, modernrty and politics, ttie ways 

history and cutture are viewed by present govemments, ttie role d 

minority groups, ttie importance of Islam, and relationships between 

military mie and demoaacy. 

HIST942 Themes in European History 


Contad hrs: Minimum one hour per week by arrangement wrth staff. 

Assessment: Essay, research exerdse and Irterature revtew. 

This subjed is designed to enabte students to study major ttiemes in 

European history. Enrolment, setedion of appropriate themes and 

readings are subjed to the approval of the Head of Program. Themes 

to be examined indude ttie role of war, class and nationalism in 

modem European history. 

HIST943 Themes in United States History 


Contad hrs: Minimum one hour per week by arrangement with 

Subjed Co-ordinator. 

Assessment: Essay, research exerdse, Irterature review. 

Identifies ttie dominant forces at work in ttie Unrted States since ttie 

Second Worid War. tt is designed to enabte students to examine these 

major ttiemes in ttie recent history of ttie Unrted Stetes. Enrolment 

selection of appropriate areas of spedalisation and readings are 

subjed to approval by the Head of Program. 

HIST944 Southeast Asia's Economic Transformations 


Contad hrs: Minimum one hour per week by arrangement wrth 

member of staff. 

Assessment: Essay, researdi exerdse, Irterature review. 

Examines ttie major features affiecting ttie modem economic 

transfonnation of Southeast Asia, particularty Vietnam. Issues studted 

indude ttie sodal economic changes wrought by colonialism, ttie 

impad of World War Two, post-war polrtical upheavals and their 

effed on the sodeties and economtes, intemational involvement in ttie 

region, and ttie booms of recent decades. 

HIST951 Philosophy of History 

Spring 12 cp 


Assessment: 9,000 words in essays/tutorials. 

Examines certain fondamental problems assodated wrth historical 

enquiry, induding ttie core question, 'How do we come to know ttie 

past?' Some related questions explored are: Is the historical discipline 

a science? Are there historical laws? What rote is played by chance 

History 83 

in detenmining ttie outcome of events? What is meant by explanation? 

Is it possibte for historians to be objedive? Can a knowledge of ttie 

past provide the historian wrth the abilrty to predid? 

HIST973 Major Thesis 

Annual 48 cp 

In addrtion to completing a major thesis, postgraduate stixlents in ttie 

History and Politics Program are required to attend a postgraduate 

seminar series. During ttie pericxl of their enrolment, full-time 

postgraduate students shouto attend not tess ttian 70% of ttie seminars 

offered, and part-time postgraduate sfodents about 35%. All 

candtoates for Master of Arts Honours shall give at least two, and 

candtoates for dodoral degrees shall give three, woric-in-progress 

seminars over tiie course of their candidafore. 

HIST975 MA (Hons) Minor Thesis 

Annual 24 cp 

Pre-requisites: 48 credrt points MA courseworic subjeds 

Co-requisrtes: 24 credrt points MA courseworic subjeds 

Students undertaking the degree must submit a dissertation of 20,000 

words on a research topic to te determined in consurtation wrth ttie 

supervisor. Students are required to attend Postgraduate Seminars 

and to give at least one work-in-progress seminar over ttie course of 

their candidature.


INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 




2. Master of Arts (Honours) 



International Relations 


Research can be supervised in diverse aspeds of Intemational Relations, focussing pnmanly (but not exdusively) on ttie Asia-Pacific region. 


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 


Number Subjed Credrt Points 

Core Subjeds: 

INTR900 

INTR910 

INTR920 

INTR930 

Eledive Subjeds: 

INTR901 

INTR911 

INTR912 

INTR921 

INTR922 

INTR931 

INTR932 

INTR940 

INTR941 

INTR950 

INTR957 

INTR958 

INTR960 

INTR961 

Intemational Law and Diplomacy 

Pontics of Intemational Relations 

Advanced Intemational Economic Relations 

Organisational Behaviour 

Pradical Diplomacy 

Polrtics in the South Pacific 

Padfic Rim and Pacific Basin 

Advanced Intemattonal Economics 

Advanced Topics in Economics 

Strategic Planning and Policy 

Seteded Topics in Management 

Case Study in International Polrtics A 

Case Study in Intemational Polrtics B 

Australia: Making of a Nation 

Post-war Economic and Sodal Development of East Asia 

Seleded Topics on Post-war Developments in Southeast Asia 

Research Projed in International Relations 

Research Projed in International Relations 

Not all of ttiese subjeds are availabte each year - refer to History and Polrtics Program before enrolment. 


COURSES REQUIREMENTS 


The degree is intended to provtoe opportunrties for graduates of diverse disdplinary backgrounds to devetop their academic understanding and 

professional skills in ttie fieto of intemational relations, broadly defined. The program is expeded to be espedally usefol to students wrth retevant, 

professional expenence or ambrtions, induding diplomats, ottier govemment officials, business persons, journalists spedalists in public affairs, 

govemment relations, etc. 

The program is murti-disaplinary in nature, focussing on intemational polrtics, economics, management and law and diptomatic pradice, in particular, 

but allowing botti for speaalisation wrthin ttie program as well as for ttie indusion of area studtes, and ottier retevant subjects in accordance with 

students' needs 

Sfodents take part in regular simulattons and professional seminars, wortcshops, exchanges wrth ottier institutions induding relevant Govemment 

agencies, and, where possibte, professional placements. Spedal dasses are provtoed in computing and (where appropriate) English language, study, 

analytical, public speaking and ottier skills. A special centre (wrth computing, vtoeo and short-wave radto fadlrties plus a range of pertinent periodicals) 

has been set astoe for use by sfodents in ttie program. 

48 credrt points gained from subjeds in ttie INTR sdiedute of postgraduate subjects (or sudi greater number as may be required in indivtoual cases) 

Except wrth ttie pennission ofttie Head of Program, students are required to comptete ttie following four subjeds in order to graduate in the program: 

INTR900 Intemational Law and Dipk)macy 

INTR910 Polrtics of Intemational Relations 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

16 

16

INTR920 Advanced Intemational Economic Relations 

1NTR930 Organisational behaviour 

Ottier subjeds available: 

INTR901 Pradical Diplomacy 

INTR911 Polrtics in the South Pacific 

INTR912 Padfic Rim and Pacific Basin 

INTR921 Advanced International Economics 

INTR922 Advanced Topics in Economics 

INTR931 Strategic Planning and Policy 

INTR932 Seteded Topics in Management 

INTR940 Case Study in Intemational Politics B 

INTR950 Australia: Making of a Nation 

INTR957 Post-War Economic and Sodal Development of Southeast Asia 

INTR958 Seleded Topics on Post-war Developnnents in Southeast Asia 

INTR960 Researdi Projed in International Relations 

INTR961 Research Projed in International Relations 

Students may, wrth ttie pennission of the Course Co-ordinator, apply to enrol in ottier subjeds contained in the Postgraduate Calendar. 

Z MASTER OF ARTS (HONOURS) 


International Relations 85 

Students who have qualified for admission to the degree of Master of Arts with Honours or Doctor of Philosophy in Intemational 

Relations should enrol in INTR 970 Major Thesis. Minimum time for the Master of Arts (Honours) is one year of fulltime study, and for the 

Doctor of Philosophy it is three years. 


INTR900 International Law and Diplomacy 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per wk of ledures, seminars and tutorials. 

Assessment: 7,500 words of essays and tutorial papers. 

The history, ttieory and pradice of diplomatic and consular 

representatton in botti bilateral and murtilateral contexts. Detailed 

analyses are made of ttie theoretical underpinnings, legal charader 

and pradical uses of intemational law; ttie law of treaties; various 

forms of diplomatic exchange and agreement; formal diplomatic 

(non)-recognrtion; the opening and breaking of relations; diplomatic 

and consular pradice induding immunity; and intemational cxioperation. 

INTR901 Practical Diplomacy 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per wk ledures, seminars and tutorials. 

Assessment: 7,500 words in essays and dass papers. 

Case-studies, simulations, wortcshops and interadions with 

pradrtioners. Sfody and use of diplomatic instruments. Negotiation 

and dispute resolution. 

INTR910 Politics of International Relations 

Spring 8 cp 



Approaches to and methods of study, theories and concepts of 

intemational relations: idealist legal, instrtutional, realist, Marxist, 

Neo-Mancist, globalist, feminist, systems, regimes, etc. The role of 

intemational law and diplomacy. Foreign policy making and 

implementation. Polrtical onder, multi-dimensional security, international 

order and ttie balance of power, botti intemational and 

regional. The Unrted Nations and ottier intemational organisations, 

induding peace-keeping. Issues, blocs, and the polrtics of intemational 

economic, environmental and fondional co-operation, induding foreign 

aid. 

iNTR911 Politics in the South Pacific 

Autumn 8 cp 



Polrtics in and among Soutti Pacific island counb-ies. Regional and 

sub-regional co-operatton. Relations wrth extemal adors, induding 

govemments, intemational organisations non-govemmental 

organisations and murti-national corporations. Vulnerability and multidimensional 

security. The politics of race, ettinic and dass relations. 

Class wortc and assignments provide occasions for detailed 

examination of particular case studies. 

INTR912 Pacific Rim and Pacific Basin 

Spring 8 cp 



The subjed analyses aspects of relations tietween advanced, 

industrialising and tess developed countries on ttie Padfic Rim and in 

the Pacific Basin. Particular attention is pato to relations, induding cooperation, 

involving countries in Southeast Asia and ttie Scxjth Padfic. 

The subjed addresses significant issues in ctefence, ato, ttade, 

investment and other kinds of intemational infer-adions. Particular 

attention is pato to nudear arto environmental issues; security and 

vulnerability; cx)lonialism and self-determination as well as Asia- 

Pacific and other fonms of international ecxinomic co-operation. 

INTR920 Advanced International Economic Relations 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per wk ledures and tutorials. 

Assessment: essays, seminars and assignments. 

Ttie subjed examines policy issues in the international economy 

espedally as they affeid ttie Asian-Padfic region The role of 

intemational ecxinomic organizations such as ttie IMF, Worid Bank 

and GATT is emphasised as well as issues such as free ti^de, 

protedionism exchange rate detennination and intemational caprtal 

flows. Options availabte to individual countries for intemational 

economic policy are explored. 

INTR921 Advanced International Economics 

Spring 8 cp 


Assessment essay, seminar and examination. 

Aspeds of some of ttie following topics are sfodied in depth: 1. Growth 

and Trade; 2. Fador Transfers (Foreign Investinent); 3. Tariffs; 

4. Import-Substituting Industrial-isation; 5. Foreign Exchange Martcet; 

6. Internal and External Balance (the two-gap model). 

INTR922 Advanced Topics in Economics 



Assessment essay, seminar and examination. 

Topics for this subjed may be drawn from any area of Economics 

which ttie Heads ofthe Departments concemed consider to be surtabte 

preparatton for a higher degree and appropriate to ttie students spedal 

interests. 

INTR930 Organisational Behaviour 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 2 hrs tedures per wk. 

Assessment: seminars, case studies, essay(s) and examination(s).


A sfody of ttie behaviour of individuals in organisations, groups and 

group processes, teadership and communtoation, organisation design 

and job design, appraisal of perfonnance, processes of organisational 

change and devetopment Application to public administration in 

developing countries. 

INTR931 Strategic Planning and Policy 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 2 hrs tedures per wk. 

Assessment: examination and essays. 

The subjed will use case studies as a key teaching vehicte and will 

examine strategy in the context of organisations. Key topto areas may 

indude: strategy fomiulation, choice and imptementation; sti-ategy and 

strudure and ttie organisational context; sfrategy and competrtive 

advantage; interrelationships, diversification, integration, acquisrtion 

and intemal development; global strategtes. 

INTR932 Selected Topics in Management A 


Contad Hours: 2 hrs tedures perw/k. 

Assessment assignments, seminars, examinations. 

A spedal topic seteded from any area of management. The setedion 

is made tiy the Heads cjf Department concemed, teking into account 

ttie expertise of academic steff, induding visrting staff, and ttie 

interests of sfodents. 

INTR940 Case Study in International Politics A 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: (minimum one hrAvk by personal arrangement with 

member(s) of steff). 

Assessment: 7,500 words of research papers. 

This subject provtoes students with an opporfonrty to engage in 

detailed research on a particular asped of intemational relations 

approved by ttie Co-ordinator of ttie Postgraduate Program in 

Intemational Relations. Ttie projed may fbcxis on an issue, an ador 

(or adors). or a theoretical or methodological question which ttie 

student has previously encountered through reading or pradical 

expenence Enrolment requires the Co-ordinafor's approval, and may 

tie determined by the availabilrty of surtably qualified steff. 

INTR941 Case Study in International Politics B 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: minimum one hr/wk by personal arrangement with 

memt)er(s) of steff). 

Assessment 7,500 words of research papers 

This subjed provtoes students wrth an opporfonrty to engage in 

detailed research on a particular aspect of intemational relations 

approved by ttie Co-ordinator of ttie Postgraduate Program in 

Intemational Relations. The projed may focus on an issue, an ador 

(or adors), or a theoretical or methodological question which ttie 

stixlent has previously encountered through reading or pradical 

experience Enrolment requires the Co-ordinafor's approval, and may 

be ctetermined by the availabilrty of surtably qualified steff 

INTR950 Australia: Making of a Nation 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs of lectures/seminars. 

Assessment 7,500 words in essays/seminar papers. 

This subjed provtoes a deteited examination of twentieth century 

Ausfralia, in ttie light of notions of dependency and autonomy, in order 

to assess ttie extent to which nationhcxto has been aditeved. The 

subject begins wrth an analysis of concepts of ttie nation, nationalism, 

ttie stete and cuttural toentity centiâl to ttie Ausfralian setttennent 

Economic processes, key industries and relations wrth ttie 

intemational ecanomy are analysed Issues discussed indude ttie 

distinctive features of moctem Ausfralian polrtical institutions, intemal 

and extemal poliaes. curtural fradrtions, and sodal, racial and dass 

differences. 

INTR957 Post-War Economic and Social Development 

of East Asia 


Contad Hours: (3 hrs of lecfores/seminars) 

Assessment 7,500 words in essays/seminar papers 

This subject traces economic and sodal development in East Asia 

since Worid War II. It covers major issues of economic development 

faced by countries ofttie region from ttie end of ttie colonial period to 

ttie present day and indudes discussion of the colonial economic 

legacy, ttie fonnation of new social dasses and their role in 

independence struggles, indicators of modemisation such as 

industrialisation, education, urt)anisation, women and woric, etc 

Environmental issues are also discussed. 

INTR958 Selected Topics on Post-War Developments in 

Southeast Asia 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3hrs of ledures/seminars. 

Assessment: 7,500 words in essays/seminar papers. 

The subjed examines the polrtics of toentrty in Souttieast Asia using a 

number of case studies, particularty from Indonesia. Issues explored 

indude ttie relationship betiween nationalism, modernrty and polrtics, 

the ways history and curture are viewed by present govemments, the 

role of minority groups, ttie importance of Islam and relationships 

between military rule and democracy. 

INTR960 Research Project in International Relations 

Autumn/Spring/Summer 16 cp 

Contad Hours: 1 hr/wk by an-angement with member(s) of staff. 

Assessment: 15,000 words, researdi projed 

Pre-requisrte: Honours at a minimum level of ll(ii) in an area of an 

appropriate disdpline (Politics, Economics, Law, etc) involving 

previous study of intemational relations OR a minimum of a Credit in 

each of INTR900, 910, 920 and 930 PLUS prior submission and 

approval of a detailed, wrrtten research proposal. 

Remartcs: Not to count wrth INTR961. 

A deteited analysis of a significant ador, issue or period in 

intemational relations, drawing on research relevant primary and other 

sources, bodtes of theory and/or comparative materials. Enrolment 

requires ttie prior approval of ttie Co-onjinator of ttie Postgraduate 

Programme in Intemational Relations and may depend on the 

availabilrty of appropriate sources and surtably qualified staff. 

INTR961 Research Project in International Relations 

Double 16 cp 

Contad Hours: 1 hr/wk by an-angement wrth member(s) of staff). 

Assessment: 15,000 words research projed 

Pre-requisite: Honours at a minimum level of ll(ii) in an area of an 

appropriate disdpline (Politics, Economics, Law. etc) involving 

previous study of intemational relations OR a minimum of a Credrt in 

each of INTR900, 910, 920 and 930 PLUS prior submission and 

approval of a detailed, wrrtten research proposal. 

Remarics: Not to count wrth INTR960. 

A deteited analysis of a significant ador, issue or period in 

intemational relations, drawing on research retevant primary and other 

sources, bcxJies of ttieory and/or comparative materials. Enrolment 

requires ttie prior approval of ttie Co-ordinator of ttie Postgraduate 

Programme in Intemattonal Relations and may depend on the 

availabilrty of appropriate sources and surtably qualified staff. 

INTR 970 Major Thesis 

Double 48CP (24 for Part-Time) 

Conted Hours: Minimum 1 hour/2 weeks by an-angement with 

supervisor(s) 

Assessment: Thesis only, following satisfedory comptetion of such 

pre-requisrtes as may be required. 

Pre-requisite: Honours at a minimum level of ll(ii) in an appropriate 

discipline (Politics, Economics, Law, etc)) involving previous study d 

intemational relations, generally wrth a substantial multtoisdplinary 

component OR a minimum of a credrt average in the Master of Arts in 

Intemational Relations, induding a Credrt in INTR 960 or INTR 961 

Researdi Projed in Intemational Relations, OR ttie equivatent 

The subjed consists of research, on an approved topic in ttie area d 

intemational relations, broadly defined, induding preparation d a 

deteited proposal outtinmg objedives, methodology and sources. Bolh 

ttie subjed ofttie ttiesis and ttie mettiodology employed will generally 

draw on mutti- or inter-disciplinary perspedives. StiJdents are 

required to partk:ipate in a regular Postgraduate Seminar series.

MARITIME POLICY 


The following postgraduate course is available 

1 Master of Arts 

2. Master of Arts (Honours) 

3. Dodor of Philosophy 


Marrtime Policy 


Maritime Policy 87 

Research covers diverse aspeds of marrtime policy, focusing primarily, but not exdusively, on ttie Asia Padfic Region, and induding national oceans 

policy, naval history, marrtime regimes and regional maritime co-operation. 


Postgraduate Program in Maritime Policy 


Number Subject Credrt Points 

Compulsory Core Subjects. 

MPOL901 

MPOL902 

Elective Subjects: 

MP0L911 

MPOL912 

MPOL920 

MPOL921 

MPOL931 

MPOL932 

MPOL941 

MPOL951 

MPOL952 

MPOL960 

MPOL961 

National Dimensions of Marrtime Policy 

International Issues in Maritime Policy 

Maritime Transport 1: Intemational Shipping 

Marrtime Transport II: Port Development 

Marine Environmental Management 

Marine Environmental Planning 

International Marrtime Environmental Law 

The Law of the Sea 

History and Polrtics of Sea Power 

Seleded Topics in Marrtime Policy (1) 

Seleded Topics in Marrtime Policy (2) 

Research Projed in Maritime Policy 

Research Projed in Maritime Policy 

Students may, wrth ttie pennission of the Course Co-ordinator, apply to enrol in ottier subjeds in ttie Postgraduate Calendar relevant to maritime 

policy. 

Not all of these subjeds may be available each year- refer to Department of History and Polrtics before enrolment. 

For forther details, see Course Requirements below. 


The postgraduate program in Maritime Policy is offered by the History and Polrtics Program. This program, the first of rts kind in ttie Asia Pacific region, 

is intended to provide professionally relevant academic training for a variety of drtferent policy analysts, induding advisers in government, ttie private 

sector, and non-governmental organisations, in relation to a wide range of maritime issues. 

Conduded in dose co-operation wrth the Centre for Maritime Policy, the course is intended to provtoe opportunrties for students of diverse professional 

and academic backgrounds to mix and exchange ideas relevant to policy making, analysis and implementetion. 

Depending on each students educational qualifications and work experience, students are required to comptete at teast 48 aedrt points in subjeds, 

induding the ti«o core subjeds, in the Maritime Policy schedule and other approved postgraduate subjects (or such greater number as may be required 

in indivtoual cases) 


This degree may be undertaken through distance education study. 

The degree is intended to enable groups of varying academic and professional backgrounds to develop their knowtedge and analytical skills in relation to 

a wide range of maritime policy issues, broadly defined. The program is expeded to be espedally usefol to prospedive govemment offidals, analysts 

and ottier pradrttoners engaged in maritime and related adivrties, induding ttie Navy, commercial shipping, port management fisheries and marine 

environmental protedion. 

The program consists of an interdisdplinary core of ti«o compulsory subjeds, plus a range of options which allow sfodents to specialise in particular 

disdplines, and to acquire a broader acquaintance wrth the field as a whole. 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

16 

16


In addrtion to formal course requirements, students take part in a variety of other professional adivities, induding specialist seminars. 

1 MASTER OF ARTS (HONOURS) 

2 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

Sfodents who have qualrtted for admission to ttie Degree of Master of Arts with Honours or Dodor of Philosophy in Maritime Policy should enrol in 

MPOL 970 Major Thesis in Maritime Policy. Minimum time for ttie Master of Arts (Honours) is one year of fulttime study and for ttie Dodor of 

Philosophy rt is ttiree years. 


MPOL901 National Dimensions of Maritime Policy 

Autumn 8 cp 

Conted Hours: 3 hrs per wk of ledure/seminar 

Assessment: 7,500 words in essays and seminar papers. 

The subjed introduces sfodents to ttie fieto of maritime policy, 

provtoing an overview of concepfoal approadies and analytical tools 

used in public policy analysis as well as an intrcxjuction to major 

substantive areas of national marrtime policy. Partidpants are 

encouraged to acjopt a broad inter-disciplinary perspective to policy 

analysis. Areas constoered indude defence, marine industry, marine 

sdence and technotogy, offshore resource devetopment, integrated 

coastal management coastal surveillance, shipping and port 

devetopment and oceans policy. The subjed compares Australia's 

experience wrth other advanced international countries, and pays 

attentton to the Asia Pacific 

MPOL902 International Issues in Maritime Policy 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per v\/k of ledure/seminar 

Assessment 7,500 words in essays and tutorial papers. 

Examines marrtime policy issues in an intemational context. In doing 

so, rt deals wrth ttie history of humanity's usage of ttie sea and ttie 

foreign policy implications of maritime policy It analyses intemational 

issues and adors induding ttie legal framewortc and theortes of 

marrtime power, strategy and co-operation, wrth particular attention to 

intemational regimes wrth marrtime application, induding 

environmental, fishing and other resources, trade, shipping, ports, and 

illegal adivrties regimes. 

MP0L911 Maritime Transport I: International Shipping 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per w4c of tedure/seminar 

Assessment 7,500 wonJs in essays and tutorial papers. 

This subjed focuses on ttie strudure and operations of ttie 

intemational shipping martcet. It examines ttie determinants of supply 

and ctemand for shipping and ttie fodors which have been, and are, 

responsible for changes in ttie market. It looks at individual 

submartcets; freight rates and the pricing of shipping services, tt pays 

dose attention to recent developments in shipping induding conteinerisation, 

hub and feecter operations and intermodalism, with particular 

regard for issues retevant to Australia and the Asia-Pacific 

MPOL912 Maritime Transport II: Port Development 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours 3 hrs per vA of tedure/seminar. 


This subjed deals wrth the strategic development of ports. It assesses 

a number of approaches to ttie way in which ports are planned; and 

pays particular attention to ttie concepts of competrtive effidency and 

competrtive advantage tt examines issues of port perfonnance, port 

pridng and port investment policies The subjed reviews recent 

developments in Australian port development policy and in ttie 

development poliaes of ports In New Zealand, Southeast Asia and ttie 

Padfic Region. 

MPOL920 Marine Environmental Management 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 56 hrs tecfore/seminar per session. 

Pre-requisrte Students wouto nonmally be expeded to have 

compteted an undergraduate degree wrth a significant science 

component 

Assessment Essays 20%; 1 research report; 40% and final 

examination, 40%. 

This subjed provides a comprehensive overview of tiie sdentific 

basis of maritime environmental management tt adopts a multidisdplinary 

approach to ttie scientific understanding of how major 

marine ecosystems wortc and shov« how an appreciation of such 

knowledge teads to ttie devetopment of appropriate management 

strategies for these systems. The systems covered include estuaries, 

reefs, coastal wetiands and lagoons. The sdence of radtoadive and 

other hazardous waste management is discussed. Case studies from 

Ausfralia, Soutti-East Asia and the Padfic Islands are induded. 

MPOL921 Marine Environmental Planning 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 56 hrs ledure/seminar per session. 

Assessment: Essays; 20%, 1 research report; 40% and final 

examination; 40%. 

This subjed presents material necessary for a comprehensive 

overview of the status and development of maritime environ-mental 

planning in government and industry. Following an infrodudion to the 

principles of environmental planning, staff from a wide range of 

organisations make presentations on the mechanisms, difficutties and 

benefits of current planning adivities in Australia. Reference is made 

to adivrties in other countries and to the global srtuation. 

MPOL931 International Maritime Environmental Law 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per wk of ledure/seminar. 

Assessment: 7,500 words in essays and seminar-papers. 

This subjed uses as its conceptual framewortc sovereignty and 

sovereign rights. Sfodents will be infrcxJuced to ttie concept of Port 

State and Flag State responsibilities and powers; pollution controls in 

zones of jurisdidion, marine resource conservation, pollution control 

on the high seas; pollutton control in ttie Area; ttie role of international 

and regional instrtutions wrthin the subjed's conceptual framework and 

the effediveness of cun-ent marine environmental protedion njles. 

MPOL932 The Law of the Sea 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per wk of ledure/seminar 

Assessment: 7,500 words in essays and seminar-papers. 

This subjed examines the evolving law of ttie sea from an historical 

perspedive; examines maritime zones of jurisdidion (internal 

waters; territorial sea; contiguous zone; ttie exdusive economic 

zone; the high seas; ttie continental shett and ttie Area); navigational 

regimes (transrt passage, innocent passage, archipelagic sea lanes 

passage); maritime boundary delimrtation and marine resources law 

(fisheries and oil/natural gas). 

MPOL941 History and Politics of Sea Power 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per wk of ledure/seminar. 


This subjed reviews ttie evolution of theories of sea power and 

marrtime strategy from the eariy theorists of ttie nineteentti century to 

contemporary post-Cold War tadiaans. tt addresses ttie relationship 

between toeas akxiut the use of naval force and ttie adual history and 

politics of marrtime power, induding Hie ideas of geopolrtidans from 

Admiral Attred Thayer Mahan and Sir Halford Mackinder ttirough 

Nicholas Spykman and ttie planners of Total War to post-Cold War 

experts like Colin S Gray. It relates ttiese theorists' wortc to the 

emergence of naval force and counterforce in ttie modem world, 

induding use and development of sea power in peacetime 

MPOL951 Selected Topics in Maritime Policy (1) 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per wk of tedure/seminar. 


This subjed provides students wrth ttie opportunity to undertake a 

closely supervised programme of study, induding reading and other 

appropnate fonms of research an approved, specialist ' ' area "" of 

"* 

Marrtime Policy.

MPOL952 Selected Topics in Maritime Policy (2) 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs per wk of tedure/seminar 

/Assessment: 7,500 words in essays and seminar-papers 

This subjed provtoes students with ttie opportunity to undertake a 

dosely supervised programme of study, induding reading and ottier 

appropriate forms of research, in an approved, specialist area d 

Maritime Policy (This subjed covers a different range of topics from 

those covered in MPOL 951 Seleded Topics in Maritime Policy (1).) 

MPOL960 Research Project in Maritime Policy 


Contad Hours: minimum 1 hr/wk by anangement wrth member(s) of 

staff. 

/Assessment: 15,000 words, research projed. 

Pre-requisrte: Honours at a minimum level of ll(ii) in an area of an 

appropriate disdpline (Polrtics, Law, Environmental Sdence etc) 

involving previous study of maritime policy OR achievement of a 

minimum of a Credrt in each of MPOL901, and 902 PLUS prior 

submission and approval of a detailed, wrrtten research proposal. 

Remarks: Not to count witti MPOL 961 

A detaited analysis of a significant asped d or issue in marrtime 

policy, drawing on researdi into relevant primary and other sources, 

bodtes of ttieory, methodological questions and/or comparative 

materials. Enrolment requires ttie prior approval of ttie Course Coordinator 

and may depend on ttie availability^ of appropriate sources 

and surtably qualified staff. 

MPOL961 Research Project in Maritime Policy 

Double 16 cp 

Contad Hours: minimum 1 hr/wk by an-angement wrth member(s) of 

staff. 

Assessment: 15,000 words, research projed. 

Pre-requisite: Honours at a minimum level of ll(ii) in an area of an 

appropriate disdpline (Polrtics, Law, Environmental Sctence etc) 

involving previous study of maritime polic^y OR achievement of a 

minimum of a Credrt in each of MPOL901, and 902 PLUS prior 

submission and approval of a detailed, wrrtten research proposal. 

Remarks: Not to count with MPOL 960 

A detaited analysis of a signrticant asped of or issue in maritime 

policy, drawing on research into relevant primary and ottier sources, 

bodtes of theory, methcxlological questions and/or comparative 

materials. Enrolment requires ttie prior approval of ttie Course Coordinator 

and may depend on ttie availability of appropriate sources 

and surtably qualified staff. 

MPOL970 Major Thesis in Maritime Policy 

Double 48 cp (24 for Part-Time) 

Contad Hours: At least 1 hour/2 weeks by an-angement wrth 

supen/isor(s) 

Assessment: Thesis only, following such pre-requisites as may tie 

required. 

The subjed consists of research, induding preparation of a detailed 

proposal outlining objedives, methodology and sources, for an original, 

substantial contribution to scholarship. The thesis subjed, which must 

be approved before enrolment, concems an asped (or aspeds) of 

maritime policy, broadly defined. The research will generally be muttior 

inter-disciplinary. Sfodents will be required to attend and present 

work-in-progress papers to a regular postgraduate seminar series. 

Marrtime Policy 89

90 Migration and Mutticuttural Studies 

MIGRATION AND MULTICULTURAL STUDIES 

Migration and Mutticuttural Studtes is a research program wrthin the Instrtute for Sodal Change and Crrtical Inquiry. It is involved in studies on a range of 

topics conneded wrth migration, ethnic relations and dtizenship in Australia and intemationally. The UNESCO-MOST Asia Pacific Migration Research 

Nehwortc, a major intemational project which indudes researchers in 12 countiies, is coordinated by staff of ttie Migration and Mutticuttural Studies 

Program. 

All courses are offered on a research basis only. Sfodents wishing to pursue topics in Migration and Mutticuttural Sfodies will register wrth BT 

appropriate Program in the Facutty of Arts (or, in exceptional cases, another Facutty). 

Further Information: 

Head of Researdi Program 

Professor Stephen Casttes 

Tel +61 2 4221 3779 

Email stephen_casttes@uow edu.au 


The following research areas are available to Honours Master of Arts Research 

and Dodor of Philosophy candtoates: 

Ethnic Affairs 

Migration Issues in Australia 

Migration Issues at the Intemational Level 

Wettare, Heatth and Sodal Policy in a Mutticuttural Soaety 

Mutticuttural Education 

Racism 

Theortes of Class, Ethniaty and Gender 

Employment and Industnal Relations 

Curture and Identrty 

Citizenship

MODERN LANGUAGES 

Modem Languages 91 

The Modem Languages Program offers a range of undergraduate programs in French, Italian, Spanish and Japanese. The Program has a strong 

commrtmentto research and accepts postgraduate students in French, Italian, Spanish and Japanese In recent years, computer-atoed language teaming 

has been one ofthe focal points of Programal research. 

FACILITIES 

The Program has a folly equipped language laboratory and private study laboratory. There is also a computer laboratory for language teamers. The 

Program has extensive coltedions of recorded audio and vtoeo materials in French, Italian, Spanish and Japanese. 





3. Graduate Diploma in Arts (European Studies) 

4. Graduate Diploma in Arts (Japanese) 

Doctor of Philosophy 

Refer to Course Offerings for details regarding the Dodor of Philosophy. 


The following areas of research are available to candidates undertaking ttie Honours Master of Arts degree by research and ttie Dodor of Philosophy 

degree; 

19th Century French novel 

Sodety and medidne in the novels of Balzac 

French and European minorrties 

Computer-aided language teaming (French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese) 

Linguistics applied to the teaching of French, Italian, English and Japanese as a secxind language 

Intonation analysis 

Language teaching methcxJology and materials development at the secondary and tertiary levels 

20th Century Italian novel and sodety 

Private life in 13th and 14th century Italian novellistica 

Italo-Australian studies 

Italian texicography 

Translation (English-Italian, Italian-English) 

Contrastive linguistics: English-Italian 

Systemic fondional linguistics: Japanese 

Japanese language education 

Japanese ttieatre and Irterature 

Japanese economic and sodal issues 

English for Academic Purposes 

HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS 

Students entering the program wrth an Honours degree at a standard of at teast Class II, Division 2 will tie required to complete a major thesis 


LFREN975 1 Major Thesis 1 ^ 1 

or 

1 ITAL975 1 Major Thesis 1 48 1 

or 

rJAPA975 1 Major Thesis 1 48 1 

Graduate Diploma in Arts (European Studies) 

The purpose of ttie Graduate Diploma in Arts is to provide in a recognised university course a means for graduates wrth limited acquaintance wrth 

European languages, thought anij cutture to acquire competence in these areas at a reasonably advanced tevel. 

Students are required to complete 28 aedit points from the Undergraduate Arts schedute (see Universrty of Wollongong Undergraduate Catendar) under 

Languages. The remaining 20 credrt points may be chosen from subjeds listed under Modem Languages or other Programs in the Arts sdiedute. These 

will be approved by ttie Head of Modem Languages Program. 

Graduate Diploma in Arts (Japanese) 

The purpose ofthe Graduate Diploma in Arts (Japanese) is to provide candtoates wrth one year as a foil-time student at a Japanese Universrty. 

BA (Japanese) and BA/BCom (Japanese) graduates who qualrty and are accepted for entry into ttie Graduate Diploma in Arts (Japaneses) take ttie 

following subjed: 


Japanese Sfodtes /\broad | 48^ 

This diploma is only available to graduates in Japanese studies from the Universrty of Wollongong.


PHILOSOPHY 



1. Graduate Diploma in Arts 

2. Master of Arts (Applied Ethics) 




Philosophy 


The following areas of research are availabte to candtoates undertaking ttie Honours Master of Arts degiee by researc:h and ttie Dodor of Philosophy 

degree: 

Ethics 

The ttieory of responsibility: moral absolutism; rights theory; virtues and vices; moral reasoning; consequentialism; autonomy; issues in moral 

psychology, eg weakness and strength of will, moral motivation; metaethics, eg truth, relativism and objedivrty in ethics. 

Applied Ethics 

Bioethics, induding feminist bioethics; legal ethics; ethics in public policy; environmental ethics. 

Philosophy of Law 

Legal and polrtical obligation; natural law theory; issues of criminal liability and responsibility. 

Political Philosophy 

Liberalism; theories of property; dtizenship; privacy issues; consent theory; self-detenmination and secession; theories of justice; issues in feminist 

polrtical theory. 

Theory of Knowledge 

Knowtedge and theories of justification; theories of perception; self-knowtedge and first-person authority. 

Metaphysics 

Personal toentrty theory toentrty: realism and irrealism primary and secondary qualrttes; Kantian and neo-Kantian metaphysics. 

Philosophy of Language 

Ttieories of content, interpretation and communication; ttieories of trutti; speech-ad theory; ttieories of vagueness and ambigurty. 

Logic 

Logics of indetenminacy and indefinrteness; deviant logics. 

Philosophy of Mind and Action 

Theories of ttie mind, ttieones of intention and agency; accounts of motivation; issues in philosophical psychology, eg sett-deception, proposrtional 

attrtudes and akrasia. in-ationalrty and ttie divtoed mind 

Philosophy of Emotion 

The nafore and epistemotogy of emotions; reason and passion; emotions and moralrty. 


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN PHILOSOPHY 

Leading to the Honours Master of Arts or Master of Arts (Applied Ethics). 


(i) Master of Arts 

Core 

PHIL999 Major Thesis 

(ii) Master of Arts (Applied Ethics) 

PHIL935 Applied Ettitos 

PHIL955 Theoretical Ethics 

PHIL923 Minor Thesis 

48 

24 J

Phitosophy 93 


Electives 

PHIL965 

PHIL976 

PHIL986 

PHIL995 

Bioethics 

Ethical Issues in Research 

Applted Ethics Topics 

Environmental Ethics 




PHIL913 

PHIL990 

PHIL999 


Advanced Philosophical Topics 

Contemporary Polrtical Philosophy 

Major Thesis 

1. GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ARTS 

The purpose ofttie Graduate Diploma in Arts is to provide, in a recognised University course, a means for graduates wrth limited acquaintance wrth 

logic and philosophy to acquire competence in these subjeds at a reasonably advanced level. The Graduate Diptoma shall be subjed to the University 

Course Rules for the award of Graduate Diplomas together with the following condrtions. 

(1) Candidates are required to complete subjeds totalling 48 credit points from those listed in the General or ttie Arts Schedules (see University d 

Wollongong Undergraduate Calendar) under 'Philosophy'. Of these at teast 24 must be from 300-level subjeds and ttie remainder from 200-level 

subjeds. 

(2) A candtoate may not indude in his or her graduate diploma program any course component which substantially duplicates a subjed or part of a 

subjed previously passed by the candidate as part of any degree or diploma already held or previously attempted. 

(3) The setedion of courses and the program of study shall be approved by the Head ofthe Program. 

(4) A foil-time candidate shall nonmally complete the diploma in one academic year, a part-time candidate in no less ttian tiwo and no more ttian three 

academic years. 

(5) Admission to candidature for ttie Graduate Diploma is on ttie recommendation of ttie Head of ttie Philosophy Program who shall assess ttie 

applicant's aptitude for sustained philosophical study at a reasonably advanced level. 

2. MASTER OF ARTS (APPLIED ETHICS) 

The Master of Arts (/Applied Ethics) aims to provtoe professionals and others who have a general interest in applied ethics wrth a philosophical education 

in one or more areas of applied ethics. Applied areas on offer in 1998 (subjed to enrolments) are: Bioethics, Ethical Issues in Research, /Applied Ethics 

Topics and Environmental Ethics. 

It has become increasingly obvious wrth the proliferation of ethics committees and ttie demand for public accountabilrty ttiat hearth care professionals, 

public policy makers, lawyers, public sen/ants, business peopte, sdentists, researchers, and so on, are required to make well-reasoned, infonned 

judgements about issues that are essentially ethical. Such judgements require philosophical expertise - one needs to be able to recognize the fadual and 

evaluative complexrty of ttie issues, to recognize evaluative issues as evaluative, critically to evaluate competing ethical daims, and to reason to a 

condusion soundly Yet the development of such expertise is typically not induded in the professional training of people who are called to ad as ethical 

dedsion-makers. The Master of Arts (Applied Ethics) helps make good this lack. 

It wouto be expeded ttiat students undertaking ttie course wouto benefit at teast in the foltowing ways. First, ttiey would sharpen their critical reasoning 

skills. Seconci, they wouto gain a gcxxl grounding in ethical theory and a comprehensive understanding of ttie spedfic issues in their chosen applted 

area. Third, ttiey wouto enhance their abilrty to make difficutt, ethically sensitive dedsions. 

The Master of Arts (Applted Ethics) is a course in applied philosophy, in which ethical theory, as studied in a core subject (PHIL955 - Theoretical Ettiics) 

is applied to various areas of pradical concem. The course may be co-taught by members of the Philosophy Program and ledurers from ttie Facutties 

of Law and Heatth and Behavioural Sdences. 

Candtoafore is open to hotoers of a Bachelor's degree (pass or honours) in any field or others who satisfy ttie Board of Research and Postgraduate 

Studies of comparable professional standing or attainments. The Degree is available by Courseworic and Minor Thesis. 

Candtoates shall successfolly complete a program of 48 credrt points, nomially comprising a minor thesis (24 credrt points) in applted ethics, togettier 

with the b«o core subjeds (8 credrt points each) PHIL935 and PHIL955 and one eledive (8 credrt points) from PHIL965, PHIL976, PHIL986 and PHIL995. 

Candtoates who have done ttie undergraduate subjed PHIL206, or equivatent, are required to take one core subjed PHIL955 and two eledives. 

Candtoates who have done ttie undergraduate subjed PHIL251/301, or equivalent are required to take one core subjed PHIL935 and two etectives. 


Honours Master of Arts by Research 

The purpose of ttie Honours Master of Arts by research is to enabte surtably qualified graduates to make a significant independent contribution to 

Philosophy. Graduates who hold an Honours Bachelor degree (wrth a minimum of Honours Class II, Division 2) or equivatent may, rt recommended for 

candtoafore, undertake PHIL999 Major Thesis (48 credit points). All ottier candidates must, if recommended for admission, nonmally complete 

PHIL913 Advanced Philosophical Topics (48 credrt points) wrth an average grade of distindion or better prior to enrolling in PHIL999. 

8 

48 

8 

48



For this degree, candtoates enrol in ttie subjed PHIL999 Thesis 


PHIL913 Advanced Philosophical Topics 

Double 48 cp 

Contad hrs variable combination of seminars, tedures and 

ledure/discussions. 

Pre-requisites: entry is restrided to students seeking admission to ttie 

Honours Masters degree who do not have at teast an Honours Class II, 

Division 2 degree in Philosophy but have attained an average of aedrt 

or better in their post-100 tevel undergraduate philosophy subjeds. 

Assessment: essays and written examinations. 

An approved or prescribed selection of courses provided by ttie 

Program under other designations deemed by the Head of the Program 

to tie appropriate as a foundation for postgraduate studies, given ttie 

background and intended pursurts of the indivtoual student. 

PHIL923 Minor Thesis 

Double 24 cp 

PHIL935 Applied Ethics 

Autumn 8 cp 


Pre-requisite: Bachelor ctegree (pass or honours) in any field, or 

equivatent. Not to count wrth PHIL 206. 

Assessment major researdi assignment, seminar participation and 2 

papers 

A systematic study of a range of problems of applied ethics. /\mong 

ttie topics for discussion will tie a setedion of ttie following: 

Discrimination and Affirmative Adton; Abortion; Sexual Issues; 

Warfare, Suidde and Death 

PHIL955 Theoretical Ethics 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad hrs 3 hrs per week 

Pre-requisite: Bachelor or equivalent Not to count wrth PHIL251 or 

PHIL301 

Assessment: major researdi assignment, seminar partidpation and 2 

papers 

A systematic study of some central Issues in moral philosophy arto 

moral psychology Among the topics for discussion will be a seledion 

ofttie following: subjedivist and objedivist theories of moralrty; fads 

and values, moral realism; consequentialism; virtues and vices 

evaluative thinking and motivation, moralrty and sett-interest. 

PHIL965 Bioethics 

Spring 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs tedure/discussion per week. 

Pre-requisrte: Bachetor degree or equivatent 

Assessment: Major research assignment seminars. 

Systematic sfody of a range of bioethical problems 

indude: euthanasia; physidan-assisted suidde; 

technology; anonymous donor programs; genetic 

8cp 

Topics will 

reprodudion 

counselling. 

SCTeening and testing: sun-ogacy; embryo and fetal research; healtti 

resources allocation; organ ti^nsplantation; experimentation involving 

human subjects; research involving animals; the nature of professional 

ethics 

PHIL976 Ethical Issues in Research 

Autumn 8 cp 


Pre-requisrte: Bachelor degree (pass or honours) in any fieto. or 

equivatent 

Assessment Research projed, 2 seminars 

Examines areas of ethtoal concem in different kinds of researdi 

involving human subjeds or partkapants and justifications for such 

researdi. Topics discussed indude: consent confidentialrty; fraud; 

disadvantaged partidpante; use of research findings; instituttonal ettitos 

commrttees: codes of research pradice and responsibilrttes in 

research. 

PHIL986 Applied Ethics Topics 

Autumn a cp 


Pre-requisrte: Bachelor degree or equivatent. 

Assessment: Essays/seminars equivatent to 5,500 words. 

Offers students enrolled in ttie MA (Applied Ethics) ttie opportunrty to 

investigate applted ethics issues at an advanced tevel. Students 

wishing to enrol must discuss their proposal wrth ttie Head of 

Program. Normally this is a reading program. Content aid 

assessment is determined by the supen/isor and student. 

PHIL990 Contemporary Political Philosophy 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs tedure/seminar per week. 

Pre-requisrte: Bachelor degree or equivatent. 

Assessment: Essays equivalent to 5,500 words; seminar 

Examination of cun-ent themes in polrtical philosophy. Explores 

differences in the role of the state, dvil sodety and dtizenship in recent 

liberal, communrtarian and feminist polrtical theory. In particular, 

examines the ways in which contemporary political philosophers 

respond to gender and ethnic diversrty in their polrtical theories. 

PHIL995 Environmental Ethics 

Spring 8 cp 


Pre-requisite: Bachelor degree or equivatent Not to count wrth 

PHIL256. 

Assessment: major research assignment, seminar partidpation and 2 

papers. 

A systematic sfody of problems in environmental ethics. Topics 

indude ttie place of humankind in nature; ttie status of non-human 

animals and their use in research and as food; our moral obligations to 

ttie 3rd world and to fofore generations, 'deep' versus 'shallow' 

theortes of environmental ethics. 

PHIL999 Major Thesis 

Double 48 cp

POLITICS 







Polrtics 


/Vreas in which research can be supervised in 1998 indude aspeds ofthe following: 

Australian politics, induding public policy and foreign relations 

Comparative pontics 

Intemational relations 

Polrtics of development/underdevelopment 

Polrtics in state socialist sodeties 

South Padfic politics 

Unrted States polrtics 

Polrtical theory 

Mass media 

Urtian politics 

Australian polrtical thought 


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN POLITICS 

Leading to ttie Master of Arts. 

Politics 95 


POL902 

POL903 

POL914 

POL922 

POL931 

Pa932 

POL941 

POL984 

Advanced Topics in Australian Polrtics 

Issues in Australian Public Policy 

Power and the Modem State 

Advanced Intemational Relations 

From Revolution to Refonn in CIS, Eastern and Central Europe 

Contemporary Chinese Politics 

Government and Polrtics in tiie South Pacrtic Islands Region 

Power and the McxJem State: Advanced Topics 




POL951 Major Thesis 48 



Candidates for this degree enrol in POL951. 


Candidates for this degree enrol in POL951. 


The Master ofArts program is intended to enable graduates wrth surtabte grounding in Polrtics and/or related disdplines (such as History, Phitosophy, 

Sodology, Law, Economics) to undertake advanced studtes in Polrtics, erther for rts own sake or as a retevant background to careers in social sdence 

teaching, public administration, journalism, and public affairs in govemment and the private sedor. 

Intending applicants shouto consurt the Professor of Polrtics before enrolling in order to ascertain their eligibility as well as ttie subjeds on offer each 

year. 

Course requirements are a minimum of 48 credrt points chosen from the Politics schedute. Teaching will emphasise small-group discussions, flexibility 

and independence. 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

8



POL902 Advanced Topics in Australian Politics 

Autumn 12 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs per week tedures and tutorials. 


Provtoes opportunrttes for detailed study at an advanced level of 

significant issues, instrtutions and processes affecting politics in 

Australia The focxjs is on public policy and on ttie exploration of 

significant theoretical questions. Systematic comparisons are made 

wrth other advanced industrial countries. StiJdents are helped and 

encouraged to undertake small-scale research projeds of their own. 

POL903 Issues in Australian Public Policy 

Spring 12 cp 


Assessment: Revtew, essay, critique and research paper 

Examines, at an advanced level, ttie policy options for Australian 

Govemments in the 1990s in the light of contemporary policy debates: 

ttie Industrial Relations reform, equal opporfonrttes, tariff policy, 

privatisation, redudng ttie size of ttie govemment sedor, deregulation 

and environmentally sustainabte growth. Focuses on Govemment - 

industiy relations and the options for polrtically achtevable macro and 

miCTO refomn Consideration will be given to the limrtations created by 

the strudure of the intemational polrtical system. 

POL914 Power and the Modern State 

Autumn 12 cp 



Examines ttie nafore and exerdse of power in ttie modem state. 

Surveys contemporary liberal, socialist and conservative wntings on 

power and ttie state in mctoem advanced industrial countrtes induding 

Australia and cxiuntrtes in Europe. East Asia and North America. 

Analyses concepts such as authonty, processes such as legrtimation, 

and relationships tietween dasses, interest groups, sodal movements 

and ttie state Stuctents pay dose attention to issues in which they 

have particular interest, experience and/or expertise 

POL922 Advanced International Relations 

Spring 12 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs per week, ledures, seminars and tutorials. 

Assessment: 9,000 words in essays, seminar and tutorial papers. 

This subject analyses theories, concepts and approadies to ttie 

advanced study of intemational relations, induding globalism and 

feminist perspedives. Competing conceptions of and change in ttie 

intemational order are examined. Alliances, blocs and other forms of 

intemational co-operation are discussed Issues sfodied indude: 

security diplomacy, foreign policy-making, human rights, ttie rote of 

govemment in intemational economic relations, non-govemmental 

organisations and mutti-national corporations. The subjed focuses on 

Australia and the Asia-Pacific region(s). 

POL931 From Revolution to Refonm in CIS, Eastern 

and Central Europe' 

POL932 Contemporary Chinese Politics 

Spring 12 cp 


Assessment: Essays, tutorial paper, joumal. 

Examines the reasons for refonn in the govemment and administration 

of ttie Peoptes' Republic of China Issues shxlted indude foreign 

poltoy, the rote of toeology, ttie tegacy of Mao Zedong, ttie Communist 

Party, tew and poltoing, ttie rote of intelteduals, ttieoretical debates in 

polrtical economic policy, approaches to technological modemisation, 

industrial organisation, gender and tamily policy and problems of rural 

and urtian life 

POL941 Govemment and Politics in the South Pacific 

Islands 

Autumn 12 cp 

Contad hrs 3 hrs per week ledures. seminars and hjtorials 

Assessment 9,000 words in essays, seminar and tutorial papers 

Analyses pre-cotonial and cotonial polrtics and govemment in ttie 

Pacific island countiies Particular attention is pato to nationalism, 

decolonisatton, constifotion-making, independence, and post- 


independence polrtical an^ngements, induding chaltenges to the 

authority of successor states. The role and impad of extemal forces 

(aid donors, tenders, investors, etc) are discussed. Sfodents are 

encouraged to undertake detaited case-studies of particular issues, 

instrtutions, countries or regions. 

POL984 Power and the Modern State: Advanced 

Topics 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs of ledures/tutorials. 


Examines ttie nafore and exercise of power in ttie modem state. 

Surveys contemporary liberal, socialist and consen/ative writings on 

power and the state in modem advanced industrial countries induding 

Australia and countries in Europe, East Asia and North America. 

Analyses concepts such as authority, processes such as legrtimation, 

and relationships behween dasses, interest groups, sodal movements 

and ttie stete. Sfodents pay dose attention to issues in which ttiey 

have particular interest, experience and/or expertise. 

POL951 Major Thesis 

Double 48 cp 

Assessment: Thesis. 

In addrtion to completing a major thesis, in dose consurtation wrth their 

appointed supervisor(s), jxistgraduate students are required to attend 

postgraduate seminars and to give work-in-progress seminars at teast 

once a year. Sfodents may also be required to complete such 

coursewortc as the Professor of Polrtics, ading in consurtation wrth the 

suf)ervisor(s), shall determine.

SCIENCE AND TECHN0LCX3Y STUDIES 







Sctence and Technology Studtes 


The following areas of researdi availabte to candidates undertaking the Dodor of Philosophy degree indude: 

History, Philosophy and Sociology of Science, Medicine and Technology 

origins of modem sdence 1500-1900 

evolutionary theory in the 19th century 

sdentrtic controversy and the sodology of knowledge 

histoty and sodology of technology 

women and sdence 

polrtics of medidne and hearth 

law, sctence and technology 

Technol(}gy Dynamics and Social Relations of Technology 

sodal and economic contexts of technological change 

sodal impads and politics of infonnation and communications technology 

woric, automation and employment 

artrtidal intelligence and sodal control 

technical controversies and political intervention 

Environmental Politics and Controversy 

environmental politics 

philosophy of environmental economics 

risk assessment and the politics of hazard 

energy sfrategies and organisation for sustainable development 

engineering paradigms and environmental design and polrtics 

the history, politics and constnjdion of environmental hearth 

Policy Studies of Science, Technology, Medicine and the Environment 

technology and economics 

innovation policy analysis 

peace, war and technology 

analysis of social movement strategies 

polrtics of free speech 



Candtoates for ttiis degree enrol in STS924. 


Candtoates for ttiis degree enrol in STS924. 


Sdence and Te


4. a foil-time candtoate shall nomially comptete the graduate diploma in one academic year, a part-time candtoate in no less than two and no more than 

three academic years; 

5. admission to candtoature for the Graduate Diploma is on the recommendatton of the Head of the Sdence and Technology Studtes Program. 


STS901 Theories and Methods of Science and 

Technology Studies 

Autumn 12 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs seminars per week. 

Students will study topics appropriate to their field of spedal interest, 

subjed to the approval ofttie Head of Program. 

STS902 Advanced Topics in Science and Technology 

Studies 


Contad hrs: 3 hrs seminars per week. 

Students will study topics appropnate to their fieto of spedal interest, 

subjed to the approval of ttie Head of Program. 

STS903 Minor Thesis 


Contad hrs: 3 hrs per week 

A thesis embodying ttie resurts of an original investigation under ttie 

supervision of a staff memtier. The topic and programme of research 

must be approved by the Head of Program. 

STS909 Topics in History of Western Science and 

Technology 


Contad hrs 3 hrs per week ledure/seminars 

This subjed introduces ttie methods and interpretative tools of ttie 

history of Western science and technotogy Topics are seleded to 

allow exploration of key pericxjs, central theoretical debates, and new 

perspedives and wortc. They may indude: sdence, technology and 

sodety in Medieval, Renaissance and Early Modem Europe, 

technology dynamics, innovation and sodal change since the Industrial 

Revolution; ttie dynamics of mcxJem sdence and technotogy; and 

relations between history of sdence and history of technology. 

STS910 Gender and Body Politics 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs ledure/seminar per week 

Peopte's understanding and images of ttie bocty, hearth and human 

nafore have been staidured by ttie saence, medidne. popular tielief 

and larger sodal forces of drtferent historical periods. An 

understanding of this shaping of medical knowledge is essential to a 

critical awareness of contemporary hearth issues. This subjed 

examines primary texts as well as recent writings on ttie sodal 

history of sctence. medidne and curture, and introduces Foucautoian, 

feminist and sodakxinstrudivist perspedives. 

STS914 Master Narratives, Myth and Symbolic Politics 

in Science 

Spring 12 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs per week 

The past generation has wrtnessed ttie demise of fradrtional master 

narratives of scientific progress and rationality Previously received 

curtural understandings of sdence and rts histoty have become objeds 

of sfody in a new, aitical histoty and sodology of sdence This 

subjed surveys the previously received nan-atives and examines their 

deconstmdion in thewortcof Bachelard, Canguilhem, Foucautt, Kuhn, 

Popper, Feyerabend, and sodologists of saentific knowledge such as 

Collins, Latour and Shapin 

STS915 Master Narratives, Myth and Symbolic Politics 

in Science 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs per week ledure/seminars 

See STS914 Master Nan-atives, Myth and Symbolic Politics in 

Science. STS915 is a version of STS914 for students in ttie Master of 

Cuftural Sfodtes. 

STS921 The Dynamics of Science and Technology 

Spring 12 cp 

Contad hrs 3 hrs per week. 

This subjed intrciduces current research and theoty in ttie social 

dynamics of sdence and technotogy. It examines artemative 

explanattons of sdentific and technological change and how ttiey 

infonn the promotion and regulation of sdence and technology, tt takes 

a variety of case studies and considers the implications of this work for 

ttiose involved in managing, or developing polides for, sdence and 

technotogy. 

STS924 Major Thesis 

Double 48 cp 


A thesis embodying ttie resutts of a significant and original 

investigation under the supervision of a staff member. The programme 

of research must be approved by the Head of Program. 

STS929 Studies in Resource and Environmental Policy 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad hrs: 1 hr tedure, 2 hr tutorial. 

This subjed examines ttie sodal, economic and political processes 

through which environmental policy is negotiated and instrtuted. One or 

more areas of technological development and rts environmental impact 

are taken as case studies. Themes and thoretical perspedives may 

indude: polrtics and sodology of sdentific controversy; state regulation 

and inten/ention; global, national and regional developments in 

environmental regulation; and dedsion-making and negotiation in 

environmental strategies. 

STS931 Risk Assessment, Health and Safety 

Spring 12 cp 


This subjed examines hazards to human life and hearth assodated 

with tedinotogies - in tiie workplace and ttie wider environment. It 

focxjses on ttie politics and economics of ttie generation and 

distribution of hazards; mettiods and problems in analysing and 

evaluating risks; discourses, debates and dedsion-making on 

hazards; and strategies for managing them. It compares different 

theoretical approaches for explaining these processes and debates, 

and for infonming intervention in them. 

STS933 Energy and Technological Development 

Spring 12cp 


This sub)ed considers the politics of energy resources and 

tec:hnologies and of ttie sodal and environmental impacts of ttieir use - 

in Australia, the region and ttie worid. It examines ttie development c^ 

current pattems of energy provision, ttie sodal forces which have 

shaped and controlled ttiem, and debates and dedsions on energy 

fufores. tt compares different theoretical approaches for explaining 

ttiese pattems, developments and debates, and infonning inten/ention 

in them. 

STS934 Genetics and Technological Innovation 

Autumn 12cp 


This subjed examines ttie development, impad and social context d 

molecular biology and genetic engineering. Topics may indude the 

development of a model for DNA; ttie devetopment of recombinant 

DNA tedinques; Asilomar and safety; corporate influence en 

motecular biology; ethical and polrtical issues in genetic saeening and 

genetic engineering; regulation of biotechnology and sodal confrol c^ 

research priorrties; tegal and moral issues in ttie patenting of We 

forms; ttie human genome projed; ttie retease of recombinant 

organisms: and biotechnology industry in Ausfralia. 

STS935 The Impact of Computers and Communication 

Technology 

Autumn 12 cp 


Are we entering a qualrtatively new 'infonmation sodety or is ttie basis

of our social fonmation much as rt was before even if infonmation is 

becoming more important? This subject examines this question by 

drawing on a variety of fomns of sodal, polrtical and economic theoty 

appropnate to drtferent arenas and instrtutions in which information and 

communication are central - industrial and commercial organisations, 

the militaty, state agendes, martcets, communrty groups and sodal 

movements 

STS936 Critical Studies in Medicine and Health Care 

Spring 12 cp 


This subjed explores the sodal, economic and polrtical dimensions of 

medidne and hearth care: the forces shaping them, their implications 

and ttieir limrtations. Themes and topics may indude: ttie shaping of 

medical knowledge and discourses, and concepts of hearth and 

sickness; instrtutions and martcets; evaluation d new remedies; 

technological innovatton; heatth and medical policies; ttie politics of 

cancer hearth in ttie woricplace; ethical dilemmas; critiques of 

conventional medidne and hearth care; attemative hearth practices. 

STS946 Management of Technological Change 

Spring 6 cp 


This subjed examines concepts and technkûes available for 

managing technology in private and public sedor organisations in ttie 

context of ttie changing rote of technotogy in ttie national and global 

economy, and ttie implications of ttiese changes for national, industty 

and company strategies. The subjed covers issues of technology 

strategy fomiulation and management martceting of technology, 

models and mechanisms of govemment intervention, new 

manufaduring tec^hnologies, woric organisation and skill formation, and 

management information systems. 

STS947 Case Studies in Science and Technology 

Policy 

Spring 6 cp 


This subjed provides pradical insights and experience in analysis, 

policy fomiulation, implementation and monrtoring of scientific or 

technological changes and their impads. A case study is chosen 

according to student interests and expertise, and staff availabilrty. 

Issues might indude: a hazard control policy; a set of national research 

priorrties; a set of perfonnance indicators for research or education 

funding; or negotiating the purchase and implementation of a major 

computing system. 

STS951 Research Report 



A report provtoing a survey and analysis of argumente and infonnation, 

undertaken under ttie supervision of a staff member and on a topic 

approved by ttie Head of Program. 

Sdence and Technology Studtes 99


SOCIOLOGY 


The following postgraduate courses are availabte. 


Z Honours Master of Arts (Cultural Studies) 

3 Honours Master of Arts by Research 


& Master of Policy (Social Policy) 

6. Master of Arts (Cultural Studies) 


POSTGRADUATE COURSEWORK PROGRAMS 

Sodology 

Sodal Policy 

Curtural Studtes 

Migration and Development 


The overall approach of Wollongong Soaology cenfres on ttie analysis and understanding of ttie sodal, polrtical and cuttural consequences of people's 

changing condrtions of life Crrtical and theoretical analysis undertte ttie Program's researdi and scholarship which concenfrates on issues of 

murticurturalism, migration, Asian societtes, indigenous peopte, gender, curture, crime and justice, power, social class, globalisation, communications, 

sodal change, scx:ial policy and the media. 

Members of ttie Program are adive in a number of Research Centres and Groups in ttie Faculty wrthin ttie Institute of Sodal Change and Critical 

Inquity. These strudures enhance the Program's researdi adivrties as well as strengthening the development of our teaching in both undergraduate and 

postgraduate areas 


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN SOCIOLOGY 

Leading to ttie Master of Arts. 

Number Subject Credit Pointe 

Core 

SOC933 

SOC947 

Research Techniques 

Cultural Theoty 1 ° 8 

Plus four ofthe following 

SOC904 An Introdudion to Policy and Program Evaluation 

8 

SOC906 

Sexualrty, Hearth Issues and Sodal Policy 

8 

SOC908- Scxaal Policy and Cuttural Identity in a Mutticuttural Sodety 

8 

SOC918 Advanced Sodology of Devetopment 

8 

SOC921- Speaal Topic in Sodological Studtes 

8 

SOC940 Contemporaty Sodal Policy Theory and Pradice 

8 

SOC942* Advanced Race and Ettinic Sfodies 

8 

SOC943 Advanced UrtDan Soctety 

8 

SOC946 

Pradical Communication and Communication Theoty 

8 

SOC949* Advanced Sodal Regulation: Polides and Issues 

8 

SOC950* Advanced Studtes ofthe Indivtoual in Sodety 

8 

SOC959 Advanced Sociology of Gender Relattons 

8 

SOC962- Nationalism and Minonttes in the Asia-Pacific Region 

8 

SOC970* Advanced Sodal Movemente 

8 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN SOCIAL POLICY 

Leading to the Master of Policy (Social Policy). 

Number 

Cons 

Subject 

i SOC904 ' An Infrodudton to Policy and Program Evaluation 

1 SOC933 Research Technkjues 

1 SOC940 Contemporaty Sodal Poltoy Theoty and Pradice 


Credit Points 

8 

8 

8


Electives: at least three of the foltowing. 

[SOC905~ 

SOC906 

SOC908* 

SX918 

SOC921- 

SOC&42* 

SOC943 

SOC949* 

SOC959 

SOC962* 

SOC970* 

LAW960 

Sodal Policy Research Projed 

Sexuality, Heatth Issues and Sodal Policy 

Sodal Policy and Curtural Identity in a Multicultural Sodety 

Advanced Sodology of Devetopment 

Spedal Topic in Sodological Studies 

Advanced Race and Ettinic Sfodies 

Advanced Urtian Soctety 

Advanced Sodal Regulation, Polides and Issues 


Nationalism and Minorrties in the Asia-Padfic Region 

Advanced Sodal Movements 

Law for Professionals 


Sociotogy 101 

Credit Points 


SOC990 

SOC999 



Minor Thesis 24 

Major Thesis 1 48 

A student may enrol for a PhD in Sodology on successfolly compteting a BA(Hons) in Sodology at Class II, Division 1 or higher, on successfully 

compteting an MA(Hons) in Sodology, or wrth approval of ttie Head of Program, after completing, at a high level, ttie Master of Arts Degree in 

Soctology. Nonnally, a minimum of three years of full-time research is required to complete a PhD in Sociology. Part-time enrolment is available. 

2. HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS (CULTURAL STUDIES) 

For details of this course, ptease refer to the 'CULTURAL STUDIES' entty in the Facurty ofArts sedion. 


This degree is available to graduates wrth an Honours or Masters degree in Sodology. Nomially one year foil-time research is required to comptete an 

MA (Hons) in Sodology. Usually, this involves students successfolly compteting Soc 910 while undertaking a supervised research projed to be 

presented in a ttiesis of approximately 30,000 words to be compteted before the end of ttieir second sesston. Candidates enrol in Soc999. The course is 

availabte part time but must be completed in no fewer ttian ttiree and no more ttian six sessions. Sfodents may enrol erther in Sodology or in 

Mutticuttural Studtes. 


The purpose ofthe Master ofArts is to allow graduates to pursue studies of sodety, curture and knowledge wrthin framewortcs provided by sociological 

theoty. Sfodents are required to choose subjects worth a total of 48 aedit points from ttie Postgraduate Program in Sodology, witti ttie following 

qualifications: 

(1) persons who have completed a major in Sodology at ttie undergraduate level shall not indude in their program subjects which are substantially 

similar to those already completed; 

(2) students shall discuss their overall program wrth ttie Head of Program or pos^raduate co-ordinator prior to enrolment, at which time ttie most 

appropriate program will be dedded; 

(3) Not all subjeds will be offered in any one year or session; 

(4) the Master ofArts shall be availabte as a part-time and foil-time program. Full-time students are expeded to comptete the degree in tuo academic 

sessions, part-time students in not less than three and not more than six academic sessions. 

5. MASTER OF POLICY (Social Policy) 

(1) The objedive ofthe Master of Policy is to allow pass graduates in Arts or wrth ottier approved areas of sfody or experience, to pursue advanced 

studies in theoretical and pradical aspeds of contemporaty Australian sodal policy. The tightly strudured program will prepare students for work 

in govemment or voluntaty wettare organisations, or policy related community groups. StiJdents shall be admrtted under ttie Rutes covering ttie 

Masters Degree, wrth the additional qualifications covered below. 

(2) Sfodents are required to comptete successfolly an approved program of sfody of 48 aedrt points drawn from ttie Schedute of Graduate Sfodies, as 

set out in ttie tebte above. 

Not on offer in 1999. 

•• See Head of Program for availability in 1999. 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8


(3) Students shall not indude in their program subjects substantially similar to ttiose already completed as part of their previous undergraduate or 

graduate studies. 

(4) Sfodents shall discuss ttieir proposed program with ttie Co-ordinator of the Master of Policy (Sodal Policy) prior to enrolment. 

(5) Sfodents may be required to undertake addrtional woric as a pre-requisrte for subjects induded in the Schedute of Graduate Subjeds. 

6) The Master of Policy shall be availabte as a part-time and foil-time program. Full-time sfodents are expected to comptete ttie degree in two 

academto sessions, part-time sfodents in not tess than three and not more than six academic sessions. 

6. MASTER OF ARTS (CULTURAL STUDIES) 

For details of ttiis course, please refer to ttie CULTURAL STUDIES' entiv in the Facurty ofArts section. 


The purpose of ttie Graduate Diploma in Arts is to provtoe graduates viô have a limrted knowtedge of Sodology a means of acquiring a sodologkal 

competence at a reasonably advanced tevel. The Head of Program vinll advise intending students on which course stt^dure is most appropriate to their 

intereste. The Graduate Diploma will be sutiject to the Course Rules for the award of Graduate Diplomas together wrth the following condrtions 

(1) candtoates are required to comptete subjects totalling 48 aedrt points from ttiose listed in ttie Arts Sdiedute of ttie University's Undergraduate 

Catendar under 'Sodology. Of ttiese, at least 24 must be from 300-level subjects and the remainder from 200-tevel subjects; 

(2) a candtoate may not indude in his or her Graduate Diploma program any course component wrtiich substantially duplicates a sulijed or part of a 

subjed prevtously passed by ttie candtoate as part of any degree or diploma already held or previously attempted; 

(3) ttie selection of sutijects and ttie program of sfody shall be approved by ttie Head of Program; 

(4) a foil-time candtoate shall normally comptete the diploma in one academic year, a part-time candtoate in no tess than hwo and no more ttian ttiree 

academic years; 

(5) admisston to candtoature for the Graduate Diploma is on recommendation of the Head of the Sodology Program who shall assess the applicant's 

aptitude for sustained socxilogical sfocty at a reasonably advanced tevel. 


SOC904 An Introduction to Policy and Program 

Evaluation 

Autumn 8 cp 

Assessment: Four presenlattons from set exerdses 20% each, short 

evaluation projed 

Contad hrs: 2 hrs seminar per fortnight 

Ttie course covers ttie foil range of techniques and applications 

involved in ttie evaluation of sodal programs rt starts wrth a brief 

histoty of evaluation research and ttien goes on to cover diagnostic 

prcx»dures, means d fitting evaluation designs to particular 

problems, program monrtoring, data collection and processing, costbenefit 

analysis and strategies for impad analysis such as 

randomised designs and quasi-exp)erimental assessmente. 

SOC905 Social Policy Research Project 

Spring or Autumn** 8 cp 

Assessment Research report of 8,000 -10,000 words, parttoipation in 

fortnightly wortc in progress seminars 

Contad hrs 2 hrs seminar per fixtnight 

The research report shall be based on empirical research into a 

soaal policy issue which demonsb^tes signrticant probtems for 

poltoy analysis and response. The issue will relate to ttie substantive 

area of stiJdy chosen as a focus for ttie students course woric 

program 

SOC906 Sexuality, Health Issues and Social Policy 

Spring 8 cp 

Assessment: Short essay, seminar activrty, research proposal. 


Key concepts in ttie sodology of hearth and illness will be used to 

exptore contemporaty policy making about sexual expression aid 

sexual reproduction This subjed will examine ttie ways ttiat feminist 

and sexual liberationist polrtics have chaltenged prevtous ettitoal ato 

social ttieoty and poltoy pradtoe by a number of liberal demoaades 

We will critically examine attempts by vanous Ausfralian 

govemments to make policy about fertility and fertility confrol, 

assisted reproductive technologies. HIV/AIDS axl ttie sexual axi 

physical abuse of women and chitoren 

Depending on staff availability. See head of program. 

SOC908 Social Policy and Cultural Identity in a 

Multicultural Society * 

SOC910 Masters & Honours Sociology Seminar 

Autumn 8 cp 

Assessment: E-mail group discussion, debate, dass partidpation, 

first essay, second essay. 


This subjed aims to prepare Masters and Honours sfodents for the 

successful completion of their thesis. It will provtoe appropriate skills 

in argumentation, infonnation technology and bibliography formation 

At ite comptetion, students will be equipped with a well-researched 

and well ttiought ttirough research proposal and timetabte, and 

bibliography and will be practised in ttie oral and written presentation 

of scholarly toeas and argument and in aiticising ttiem as well. The 

subjed is organised around a series of projects which will enhance 

abilrttes to plan time use, to wortc on several projects at one time and 

to meet consecutive deadlines. Coltegial team wortc is also an 

important asped ofthe wortc ofthe subject 

SOC918 Advanced Sociology of Development 

Spring 8 cp 

Assessment: Seminar paper, minor essay, major essay. 

Contad hrs: 1 hr tedure, 2 hrs seminar per week. 

Examines ttie interadion between rich and poor nations, and 

theoretical explanations for ttie emergence of intemational disparities 

of weatth. In particular rt will focus on ttie Asia-Padfic region, and the 

role ttiat Ausfralia plays in ttiis part of ttie wortd. Devetopment 

programs conduded by botti govemment and non-govemment 

agendes will be sfodied, wrth illustrative examptes from current 

development debates. 

Notonoffierin 1999

SOC921 Special Topic in Sociological Studies 

Autumn/Spring** 8 cp 

Assessment One essay and tutorial assignments 

Contad hrs: Individual supervision and seminars. 

Topics for ttiis subjed may be chosen from any area of Sodology 

which the Head of Program considers to tie of surtabte substance and 

level to be offered as a SOC900 subjed. This will be a reading subjed 

offered under ttie dired supervision of a member of staff. For 

infonnationof availabilrty of topics offiered, students shouto consutt ttie 

Head of Program 

SOC933 Research Techniques 

Spring 8 cp 

Assessment: Short research projed, essay, dass presentation. 

Conted hrs: 2 hrs seminar per week. 

Will explore sodal sdence technques of enquity wrth a focus of 

appropriate mettiods, botti qualrtative and quantitative, for different 

types of enquity. Sfodents will review some of ttie traditional social 

sdence tools of analysis as well as some artemative methods such as 

unobtrusive research. In addrtion students will become familiar wrth a 

statistical computer package for presenting arto analysing quantitative 

data. 

SOC940 Contemporary Social Policy Theory and 

Practice 

Autumn 8 cp 

Assessment: E-mail group discussion, submission presentation, 

major essay. 


This subjed explores ttie relationship between sodal policy and 

sodological theoty. The subjed will review major ctebates in 

contemporaty sodology in these areas and move towards developing 

a paradigm for the evaluation of policy in Australia. The discussion of 

sodal policy in Australia will focus on understanding the role of ttie 

State, the development and impad of policy and ttie historical and 

materialist base in which the State and rts polides are located. 

SOC942 Advanced Race and Ethnic Studies* 

Autumn 8 cp 

Assessment: Seminar paper and presentation, major essay, dass 

partidpation. 


Introduces students to theortes of ethnidty, 'race' and racism, in 

relation to other dimensions of sodal strudure, in particular class and 

gender relations. Wrthin an analysis of ttie Australian context, the 

signrticance of curture and ideology is explored. This indudes an 

analysis of ttie subjedive and strudural dimensions of racial 

oppression and liberation movements, as well as an analysis of ttie 

broader theoretical and substantive relationship between curture, 

identrty and resistance. These ttieories and issues will relate to ttie 

srtuation of Aboriginal and ethnic minorrties in Australia, and 

intemational and historical comparisons will be made. 

SOC943 Advanced Urban Society 

Spring 

See Head of Program 

8cp 

SOC946 Practical Communication and 

Communications Theory 

Autumn 8 cp 

Assessment: Major essay, seminar paper, and seminar wortc. 


This subjed aims to lift professional communication skills and 

understanding by relating pradical issues to theoretical models, 

concepts, and toeas. rt seeks to undertake this by exploring various 

debates, and theoretical construds which help relate individuals to 

soctety. Pradical wortc will indude: interviewing, partidpant 

obsen/ation, rote-playing, analysing visual and phenomenological 

material The theoretical traverse will examine various accounts, 

models and ttieories of communication and aims to raise students' 

abilrty to encode and decode communication issues. 

Depending on steff availabilrty. See head of program. 

Soctology 103 

SOC947 Cultural Theory 

Spring 8 cp 

/Assessment Major essay, seminar paper, seminar presentations, 

dass partidpation. 


This subjed infroduces students to ttie work of teading cultural 

Uieoriste and modes of cuttural analysis. A number of persjiedives 

will be covered ranging from struduralism, neo-marxism and 

phenomenotogy, ttirough to feminism and post-modemism. Key 

concepte and issues to be explored will indude forms and modes of 

cutture in their sodal context: for example 'high' cutture and popular' 

cutture; hegenxjny; media cutture; ttie relationship between 

'race'/ethnicity and cutture; gendered cuttures; ttie relationship 

between feminism and cutture; ttie technological mediation of cutture; 

cuttural production as sodal/political intervention; visual cutture; 

cutture and ttie environment; post-modemism. Shjdents will explore 

ttie implications, value and impad of particular cuttural ttieories and 

will be encouraged to constmd their own interventions. 

SOC949 Advanced Social Regulation: Policies and 

Issues* 

Spring 8 cp 

SOC950 Advanced Studies of the Individual in Society* 

SOC959 Advanced Sociology of Gender Relations 

Autumn 8 cp 

Assessment: Short exerdses, major essay. 


This subjed takes as rts focus cunent debates about ttie constrtution 

of humans as gendered subjeds. Through the reading of key texts 

students will explore ttie debates wrthin contemporaty sodological 

ttiought on the complex inter-relation of sodal strudures, sodal 

instrtutions and sodal pradices in the constitution of femininrty and 

masculinrty. Questions of 'difference' and ttie usefolness of Western 

feminist perspedives for aoss-cuttural analysis will be constoered. 

Please Note: Students wrth Irttie or no back-ground in ttie study of 

gender relations must consutt the ledurer for preliminaty reading. 

SOC962 Nationalism and Minorities in the Asia-Pacific 

Region* 

SOC970 Advanced Social Movements* 

Spring 8 cp 

Assessment: Major essay, seminar presentation, projed paper, dass 

partidpation. 

Contad hrs: 1 hr tedure, 2hrs seminar per week. 

This subjed will examine, historically and sodologically, local and 

global power relations wrth particular reference to tradrtional channels 

of resistance and change. Firstly some of ttie fradrtional channels, 

such as frade unions, will be analysed as agente of change. Secondly 

new sodal movements induding ttie women's movement, urtian 

movements, environmental and minorrty litieration movemente will 

tie examined. We will also examine toentrty, communrty and 

informational polrtics in relation to aspeds of dtizenship, demoaacy 

and sodal change. 

SOC990 Minor Thesis 

SOC999 Major Thesis 

Not on oflier in 1999. Not on offer in 1999 

24 cp 

48 cp


WOMEN'S STUDIES 


The following postgraduate course is available: 


The Master ofArts in Women's Studies is both interdisdplinaty and multtoisdplinaty. The strudure ofthe degree is buitt on ttie disdplinaty base d 

the students' undergraduate degrees. All sfodents are expeded to comptete wortc for this award in more ttian one disapline. The common core 

provtoes an infrodudton to the concepts and debates ttiat constrtute Women's Studies as an academic fieto. In 1998 this degree will be co-ordinated 

and administered by Rebecca Albuty, Board of Interdisdplinaty Studies. 


Women's Studtes 


Following a successfol completion ofthe MA (Women's Studies), studente wrth appropriate academto backgrounds may be accepted as candtoates 

for research degrees in one ofthe Programs ofthe Facurty ofArts which offer subjeds in this degree. 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 



Core: 

WMST901* Feminist Issues and Debates 

WMST902 Feminist Theory 

Students choose at teast 32 credrt points from the subjeds listed below. 

CCS951 

EDGA923 

EDGW901 

ENGL910 

ENGL929* 

ENGL933 

HIST913 

PHIL965 

PHIL990 

SOC906 

SOC942 

SOC949* 

SOC959 

STS910 

STS934 

STS936 

WMST903 

Regulating Curture: Policy, Language & Control 

Sport, Curture and Educatton 

Gender and Crtizenship 

Twentieth Centuty Women Writers 

Signs of the Times Vidorian Lrterature and Curture 

Early Women Writers 

The Making of the Modem Australian Woman 

Bioethics 

Contemporaty Polrtical Philosophy 

Sexualrty. Heatth Issues and Scxaal Policy 

Advanced Race and Ettinto Sfodtes 

Sodal Regulation: Polic^tes and Issues 

Advanced Soaology of Gender Relattons 

Gender and Body Polrtics 

Genettos and Tedinokigical Innovatton 

Critical Studies in Medidne and Heatth Care 

Advanced Topics in Women's Studtes 

Credit Pointe 

Ptease note: Not all subjeds will be availabte each year Ptease refer to ttie relevant Program and ttie Co-ordinator of Women's Sfodtes before 

enrolling. 




The Masters program is an interdisdplinaty and muttidisdplinaty course - based in the Faculty of Arte. 

Pass degree entry 

Pass graduates or equivatent may undertake a 48 aedrt point Master ofArts course, choosing subjeds (which in nomial drcumstances will indude the 

two prescribed sutijeds) from ttie Schedute. The degree will ron over one year foil-time or two years for part-time studente. 

(i) Students are required to successfolly comptete an approved program of study of 48 aedrt pointe drawn from ttie Sdiedute of Graduate Subjects, 

as set out m the tabte Postgraduate Pnjgram in Women's Studtes'. 

• Session to tie confinned with Women s Sfodtes Co-ordinator 


8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

12 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

12 

12 

8

Women's studies 105 

(11) Sfodente shall undertake any addrtional woric required by Programs or Faculties as a prerequisite for subjeds induded in ttie Schedute of 

Graduate Subjeds 

(iii) Students shall not indude in tiieir program subjeds substantially similar to ttiose already completed as part of their previous undergraduate or 

graduate studies. 

(iv) Students shall discuss their proposed program wrth the Co-ordinator of the Master ofArts (Women's Studies) prior to enrolment. 

(v) The Master ofArts (Women's Studies) shall be availabte as a part-time and a foil-time program. Full-time studente are expeded to complete ttie 

degree in two academic sessions, part-time studente in not tess than three and not more than six academic sessions. 


WMST901 Feminist Issues and Debates^ 

Autumn 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs ledure/seminar. 

Assessment: seminar presentation and partidpation plus a minimum 

of 7000 words as a seminar paper, a short essay and a long essay. 

An interdisdplinaty seminar series which will examine ttie challenges 

of feminist knowledges to established modes of ttiought and sodal 

organisation. Through a study of some key issues in women's lives 

the subjed will examine ttie interadions tietween feminist theoty and 

adivism in both historical and contemporaty debates. 

WMST902 Feminist Theory 

Spring 8 cp 

Contad Hours: 3 hrs ledure/seminar 

Assessment: seminar presentation and partidpation plus a minimum 

of 7000 words comprising a seminar paper, a short essay and a long 

essay. 

Through an examination of historical and contemporaty Irterature this 

subjed will provide ttie basis for an exploration of ttie concepte, 

theortes and discourses used to investigate the meanings of gender in 

contemporaty Western cutture. According to staff availability ttie 

subjed will foc:us on at least ti/vo areas: sodal and polrtical thought 

Irteraty theoty, cuttural studtes, feminist epistemology and feminist 

critiques of established epistemologies. 

WMST903 Advanced Topics in Women's Studies 


Contad Hours: (by arrangement). 

Assessment: written woric equivalent to 7000 words. 

This subjed offers sfodente an opportunrty for in-depth sfody of a 

particular asped of Women's Studies. Nonmally this will be a reading 

program detenmined by the supervisor and student in consurtation wrth 

ttie Co-ordinator of Women's Studies. Sfodente will be expeded to 

demonstrate some background in ttie topic they undertake; work 

experience may be substrtuted for academic study in some cases. 

Interdisciplinary Subjecte 

For ttie following subjed descriptions. 

Program listing. 

Faculty ofArts 

ptease refer to individual 

Communication and Cultural Studies Program 

CCS951 Regulating Curture: Policy, Language and Control 

English Studies Program 

ENGL910 Twentieth Centuty Women Writers 

ENGL929* 

ENGL933 

Signs ofthe Times: Vidorian Lrterature and Culture 

Eariy Women Writers 

HIstoty & Politics Program 

HIST913 The Making of the Modem Australian Woman 

Philosophy Program 

PHIL965 Bioethics 

PHIL990 Contemporaty Polrtical Philosophy 

Sctence & Technology Studies Program 

STS910 Gender and Body Polrtics 

STS934 Genetics and Technological Innovation 

STS936 Critical Studtes in Medidne and Heatth Care 

Sociology Program 

SOC906 Sexuality, Hearth Issues and Sodal Policy 

SOC942 Advanced Race and Ettinic Studies 

SOC949 Sodal Regulation: Polides and Issues 

SOC959 Advanced Socxilogy of Gender Relations 

Faculty of Education 

EDGA923 Sport, Curture and Education* 

EDGW901 Gender and Crtizenship 

Session to be confinned with Women's Studies Co-onJinator Not on offer in 1999.

FACULTY OF COMMERCE 

MEMBER UNITS 

Facutty of Commerce 107 

Accounting and Finance 

Business Systems 

Economics 

Management 

Marketing 

The Business School (incorporating the Wollongong Business School and the Sydney Business School) 

The Faculty runs its postgraduate programs through five academic departments and The Business School. The academic departmente are responsible 

for Master of Commerce, Master of Commerce (Honours), Graduate Diploma and Dodoral programs. The Business School is responsible for ttie 

Master of Business Administration and related courses and for the Qualrty Management program 


Postgraduate programs are available in the following areas: 

Academic Programs 

Accountancy 

Business Information Systems 

Development Economics 

Economics 

Finance 

Global Economics 

Human Resource Economics 

Human Resource Management 

Industrial Relations 

Management 

Managerial Economics 

Mariceting 

Money, Banking and Mariceting 

Operations Management 


Public Policy 

Quantrtative Economics 

Page 

111 

127 

133 

132 

111 

133 

133 

133 

139 

142 

134 

148 

134 

143 

143 

134 

134 

The Business School 

Intemational Business 

Logistics Management 

Martceting 

Qualrty Management 

Hearth Management 

Logistics and Operations Management 

Hearth Policy and Management 

The University attempts to ensure that information contained In this publication Is up to date at the time of printing but sections may be amended without 

notice by the University in response to changing circumstances for any other reasons Classes in any subjed may be cancelled if enrolments do not reach 

the levels approved for ttie effective presentation of the topic area Students should check with the University at the time of application/enrolment whettier 

any later information is available in respect of any matenal contained in this Calendar. 

The University reserves the right to change the content or method of presentation of any untt of study, or to withdraw any unrt or source of study which it 

offers, or impose limitation on enrolment in any unrt or course as a resutt of resource limitations or for any other reason. 

Page 

120 

120 

121 

120 

118 

120 

118

108 Facutty of Commerce 



Dean 

Gill Palmer, BSocSc(Hons) Bimi, MSc LSE, PhD City UK, FAIM, 

FAHRI 

SutvDean 

Robert B Williams, BCom UNSW. DipEd East Africa. MCom(Hons) 

PhD, CPA, FTIA, CMA 

Senior Faculty Administrator 

Anne Mrtchell BA DipEd UNSW, BCom 

Assistant to the Dean 

Sheila Bradshaw 

Faculty Finance Officer 

Rosematy Cooper, BCom 

(02)42213665 

Facutty Executive Officer 

Belinda Schuster, BSc UTAustin, MEd Rutgers, GDip(Mgmt) 


Justin Norris 

Resources Room Superviser 

Heten Ftetcher 

MICROCOMPUTER LABORATORIES 

Operations Supervisor 

Cathy Nic^stri, AssDipCompAppI 

Computer Systems Officers 

Louis Athanasiadis, BMet BMath 

Diniz Da Rocha, BMath 

DEPARTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 

Departmental Head and Professor of Accountancy 

Michael J R Gaffikin, BCom Welt, MBA(Hons) Massey. DipTchg NZ, 

PhD Syd, FCPA 

Professor 

Davto J Johnstone, BA BCom(Hons) PhD Syd, CA 

Ass(x:iate Professors 

Davto Edelman SB, SM (MIT). MPhil PhD Columbia 

Wanwick N Funnell, BA DipEd UNSW. BCom(Hons) MCom(Hons), 

PhD, CPA 

Michael McCrae, BEc DipEd Melb, MEcon WA, PhD ANU 


Michete Chwastiak, BA MBA PhD Pittsburgh 

Henty W Collier. MA MBA Mich State, BBA, CPA, CMA 

Kathte Cooper, BCom(Hons), PhD 

Bartiara Comelius, BA(Cum Laude) Georgia State, MEc(Finance) 

DipFinMan PhD UNE 

Maty M Day, BBus USQ, MCom(Hons) PhD, FCPA 

Gertiard Gntewosz, BA GradDipBusAdmin SAIT. MCom(DIST) 

DipCom Otago, CPA 

Maty A Katoonis, BSc Adel. MCom(Hons) DipA Flin, GDipA 

GDipEdCoun(Hons) SAIT. PhD, CPA 

Hema Wijewardena, BA PhD Sri Lanka, MBA New Hampshire CMA 

CA. FCPA 

Robert B Williams, BCom UNSW, DipEd East Africa, MCom(Hons) 

PhD, CPA, FTIA, CMA 

Lecturers 

Anne Abraham, BSc Syd, DtpEd STC. MAcc C Sturt, GradCert HEd 

L//VSlV,MCom, CPA, CMA 

Art W Ariyadasa. BA(Bus Admin), DipAccy Sri Lanka. MEc Syd. CA 

Larty A Blackett, BCom(Hons) MCom(Hons) UNSW. MAS Illinois 

GradCert HE, CPA 

Anwar I Chowdhuty, BCom MCom(Hons) Dhaka, CA (Aust), ACA 

(Eng & Wates) FCMA (BangI) FCA (BangI) 

Mara Koplin, BFA MEc UNE, ASA 

Sudhir Lodh, BCom(Hons) MCom, Rajsh, MBA, KUL Belgium, PhD 

CPA 

George E Mickhail, BCom(Accountancy) Ain Shams (Egypt) 

GradDip(Mgmt Sc) SAMS (Egypt) MSc (Econ) LSE (UK) 

Janet Moore, BCom MCom(Hons) PhD 

Ron Perrin, BBus(Acc) UWS, MCom, ASA, AFAIM 

Connie Spasich, BBus UTS, MCom(Hons), CPA 

Chi-Jeng Wang, BBA NCK Taiwan, MBA Tulane, PhD Rhode Is 

Associate Lecturers 

Rafiuddin Ahmed, BCom(Hons) MCom Dhaka, MCom UNSW 

Shyam Bhati, BSc MSc Jodhpur, MAdmin Griffith. PhD Punjab, AIBF 

Hemant Deo, BA PGDAFM USP Fiji. MCom(Hons), ABINZ (NZ) 

CA (Fiji). AIMM, CPA, AAIBF (Snr) 

Kellte McCombie, BCom(Hons) 

Kathleen Rudkin, BCom MCom 

Professional Officer 

Angela Kelly, BA UNSW 

Computer Systems Officer 

Tina Mak, BMath BE(Hons) PEng, MIE Aust 

Administrative Assistants 

Cynthia Nicholson 

Maureen Tadd, BA UNE 

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS SYSTEMS 

Departmental Head and Professor 

Graham K Wintey, BA Maeq. MSc(OR) UNSW, PhD 

Asscx:iate Professors 

Joseph G Davis, PG DM MM Ahmedabad, PhD PItsburgh 

Celia T Romm, BA Dip Ed, MA PhD Toronto 


Edward GouW, BSc DipCompSc N'cle (NSW), MEngSc Syd, PhD 

Heten Hasan, BSc UNSW, MSc Maeq. DipCompSd 

Robert MacGregor, BSc DipEd UNSW. MACS, MEd(Hons), MUKSS 

Lawrence Schafe, DipAppChem Swinburne, BSc PhD l\ônash 

Li-Yen Shue, BA Chlao Tung Taiwan, MS New Mexico, PhD Texas 

Tech 

Lecturers 

Ang Y Ang, BSc Lond, DipScTeach Avorxâfe College. GDipEd 

SACAE. MCom(Hons) 

Rodney J Clartce, BA GDipBuslnfoSys 

George Drtsa, Dip DP, BSc (Hons) Ghana MBA(MIS) 

Joshua Fan, BMath BE(Hons), PEng 

Adrtya K Ghose, BE (CopuSd 8. Eng) Jadavpur. MSc(CompSd) 

PhD(Comp Sd) Alberta 

Peter Hyland, BSc UNSW. GradDipReligEduc Sydney CCE, GDipEd 

GDipCom MCom(Hons) 

Peter Lartcin, AssocDipCompAppI, B Com(Hons) 

Sim Kim Lau, BSc(Hons) Malaysia, MBus (IT) RMIT 

Jeanne Wong, Higher DipGen Bus Mgt Linghan. BCom, MCom 

Professional Officers 

David Dodds, BCompSc 

Lily Soh, BSc UNSW 


Debbte Crrtcher 

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS 

Departmental Head and Professor 

Professors 

Robert Castte, MEc Syd 

Dudley A S Jackson, BA BPhil Oxf 

DonaW E Lewis, BA Calif St MA PhD Wash St

Associate Professors 

D P Chaudhri, BA(Hons)Pun;ab, MA PhD Delhi 

Charies Harvie, BA Strath. MA Hamilton. PhD War 

Tran Van Hoa, BEc WA, MEc PhD Monash 

Amnon Levy, BA MA Tel-Aviv, PhD Calif (Beri

110 Facurty of Commerce 

CENTRE FOR RESEARCH POLICY 

Director 

Associate Professor Tim Turpin, BA(Hons), PhD Latrobe 

Senior Research Fellows 

Sam GanBtt-Jones, BSc Southhampton. MSc Manchester. PhD ANU 

Eduardo Pol, Lto ESc UBA. Dr ESc UBA 

Research Fellows 

Matt Ngui, BA MA WW 

Heather Spence, BA(Hons), PhD 

Research Asslstente 

Anttiony Marsh BA(Hons) Syd 

Marie Rix, BA(Hons) 

Gavin Speak, BCom(Hons) 


Priscilla Kendall 

Librarian 

Diane Robertson, GradDipLiblnfoSc Charies Sturi. BA 


Dr Stephen Andersen, Managing Diredor, Southem Pathology 

Mr Robert Crawford, General Manager, Human Resources & 

External Affairs, BHP Pty Ltd, Flat Produds Division 

Ms Mary Fotey, General Manager, Policy Development, Health Care 

of Australia, Mayne Nicktess Ltd 

Ms Maty Franks, News Joumalist, WIN Television 

Mr Colin Greig, General Manager - Commercial Services, Integral 

Energy 

Mr Geoff Hughs, President. NSW Small Business Combined 

Assodation 

Mr Greg Klamus, Manager, Major Business Reform, The Water 

Board, Potts Hill Reservoir 

Mr G Kyngdon, Commonwearth Bank of Australia 

Mr John McKenna, General Manager, Martcsman Homes 

Mr Steven Martin, MP. Member for Cunningham, Federal Partiament 

Mr Martin O'Shannessy, Executive Diredor, lllawarra Regional 

Infonnation Service 

Ms Kathy Rozmeta. Training & Development Manager, CocaCola - 

Amatil 

Ms Vivien Twyford, Diredor, Vivien Twyford Communications 

Mr David Wnton, Regional Design Manager, TELSTRA 

Mr Mike Wrthford, National Martceting Partner, Price-Waterhouse 

Urwick 

Mr Cart Wulff, Assistant General Manager, Wollongong Crty Coundl

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE 




2. Honours Master of Arts by Coursework or Research 

3. Honours Master of Commerce by Coursework or Research 

4 Master of Commerce 

5. Master of Banking - subject to final approval 

6. Graduate Diploma in Commerce 

7. Graduate Certificate in Banking and Finance 

Accounting and Finance 111 


The following areas of research are available to candidates undertaking the Honours Masters degrees and ttie Dodor of Philosophy degree: 

Accounting and infonnation systems 

Accounting and EDI 

Audrting 

Controllership 

Critical accounting theoty 

External finandal reporting 

Finance 

Govemment and not-for-profit accounting 

Histoty of accounting thought 

Intemational accounting & finance 

Management accounting 

Small business management 


GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN BANKING AND FINANCE 


ACCY925 

ACCY955 

ACCY956 

Electives 

ACCY922 

or 

LAW860 

Banking Theoty and Practice 

Intemational Banking 

Banking, Lending and Securittes 

Investment Analysis 

Banking and Finandal Instrtutions Law 

MASTER OF BANKING - SUBJECT TO APPROVAL 


ACCY925 

ACCY955 

ACCY956 

ACCY922 

ACCY923 

ACCY928 

ACCY926 

LAW860 

Banking Theoty and Practice 


Banking, Lending and Securities 

Investinent Analysis 

Investment Management 

Muttinational Finandal Management 

Studies in Business Finance 

Banking and Finandal Instrtutions Law 

MASTER OF COMMERCE (ACCOUNTANCY) 


ACCY903 

ACCY904 

ACCY905 

_ACCY913 

ACCY914 

ACCY936 

ACCY968 

LACCY974 

Accounting Theoty 

Finandal Accounting 

Intemational Accounting 

Management Accounting 

Management Planning and Control Systems 

Management and Infonnation Systems 

Insolvenctes 

Accounting Regulation 

Wrth pemiission ofttie Head of Department of Accounting and Finance rt is possible for studente to substrtute for ttie subjecte listed above ACCY985 

Spedal Topto in Accounting A or ACCY986 Spedal Topic in Accounting B and up to three subjecte offered in the M Com (Finance) spedalisation. 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6

112 Faculty of Commerce 

HONOURS MASTER OF COMMERCE (ACCOUNTANCY) 

The standard program of sfody is composed of erther: u r. • _» 

(i) 12 credrt pointe of aiursewortc, ACCY993 Researdi Essay and ACCY995 Researdi Projed or 

(ii) a 48 aedrt point thesis. 

Where aiursewortc is induded rt will oimprise ACCY903 Aoxiunting Theoty (six aedrt pointe) and one of the six (6) credit point subjeds from the list 

bdow SieÂCCY903 has already been studted (as part ofthe M Com above), two subjeds from the list can be seteded. 

Number 

ACCY907 

ACCY943 

ACCY973 

Subject 

Empirical Research Methods 

Audrting and Accounting Infonnation Systems 

Histoty of Accounting Thought 

For forther deteils, see Course Requirements below. 

MASTER OF COMMERCE (FINANCE) 


ACCY921 

ACCY922 

ACCY923 

ACCY924 

ACCY925 

ACCY926 

ACCY927 

ACCY928 

Managerial Finance* 

Investinent Analysis 

Investment Management 

Corporate Finandal Information Analysis 

Banking Theory and Pradice 

Studtes in Business Finance 

Small Business Finance 

Muttinational Finandal Management 

Credit Points 

Credit Pointe 

Wrth the pemiission of the Head of the Department of Accounting and Finance rt is possibte for studente to substrtute for the subjeds listed above up to 

three ofthe subjeds offered in the MCom (Accountancy) spedalisation. 

•ACCY921 is availabte only to studente who have no prevtous finance studtes. Studente who are not pennrtted to enrol in ACCY921 can select erther 

ACCY987 Spedal Topic in Finance or ECON934 Advanced Finandal Economics. Sfodente who have completed a finance speaalisation undergraduate 

degree are recommended to not indude ACCY922 Investinent Analysis in their program. 

HONOURS MASTER OF COMMERCE (FINANCE) 

The standard program of sfody is composed of erther: 

(I) 12 aedrt points of coursewortc, ACCY993 Research Essay and ACCY995 Research Projed or 

(ii) a 48 aedrt point thesis. 

Where coursewortc is induded the 12 aedrt points can be seleded fi-om the following subjeds: 


ACCY903 Accounting Theoty 

ACCY907 Empirical Researc:h Methods 

ACCY987 1 Spedal Topto in Finance 

ECON934 Advanced Finandal Economics 

For forther details, see Course Requiremente below. 


Numtier Subject Credit Pointe 

ACCY850 

ACCY901 

ACCY906 

ACCY908 

ACCY909 

ACCY910 

ACCY916 

ACCY918 

ACCY931 

ACCY933 

ACCY944 

ACCY955 

Public Sedor Finandal Management and Controls 

Accounting for Managers 

Issues in Finandal Accounting 

/Applied Finandal Accounting 

Comparative Accounting Systems 

Issues in Intemational Accounting 

Studies in Controllership 

Applied Management Accounting 

Advanced Dedsion Supjjort Systems 

Studtes in Infonnation Systems in Accounting 

Issues in Audrting 


ACCY956 Banking, Lending and Securities 

ACCY961 Professtonal Pradice - Accounting 

ACCY962 Professional Pradice - Audrting & EDP 

ACCY963 Professional Pradice - Taxation 

ACCY969 

ACCY983 

Finandal Management for Heatth Services 

Sfodtes in Govemment Accounting 

6 

6 

6 

8 

_6_ 

J_ 

_6_ 

_6_ 

J_ 

_6_ 

_6_ 

J_ 

6



rACCY985 

;~ACCY986 

[ACCY987____ 

ACCY993 

rACCY994 

'~ACCY995 

rACCY996 

Special Topic in Acxounting - A 

Spedal Topic in Accounting - B 

Special Topic in Finance 

Research Essay 

Projed 

Research Projed 

Thesis 


6 

6 

6 

12 

12 

24 

48 1 


Candtoates wrth good Masters or Honours degrees. Class 2 Division II or the equivalent can apply to undertake a Dodor of Philosophy. Full time study 

of a minimum of ttiree years is normally required or ttie equivalent in part-time study. Candtoates wouto be expeded to woric uncter supervision on 

problems related to the Departments research areas and may be required to attend coursework dasses in order to develop skills necessaty for their 

dodoral research. Candtoates for this degree enrol in ACCY996. 


(a) Candidates who have completed at an acceptebte stendard ttie requirements for ttie award of ttie BA(Hons) in Accounting and Finance, 

Economics or Management at a standard of Class II, Division 2 or higher, or an equivalent degree, may qualify for the award of tiie MA(Hons) 

degree by compteting at honours standard the accountency or finance course of study as set out in ttie sdiedute of Graduate Programs under ttie 

Honours Master of Commerce degree. 

(b) Candidates who have completed the requirements for the BA degree at a stendard less than Class II, Division 2, or equivatent degree, may, 

subjed to ttie attainment of a satisfadoty stendard in ttiat degree, be pennitted to register as candidates for ttie MA(Hons) degree. Such 

candtoates may qualrty for the award ofthe degree by completing at honours standard subjeds aggregating not less ttian 96 credrt pointe of which 

subjecte aggregating not tess than 48 credrt points shall be seleded from the accountency or finance course of study as set out in ttie sdiedute of 

Graduate Programs under the Master of Commerce degree. 

3. HONOURS MASTER OF COMMERCE 

The Department offers two honours masters programs - one in accountancty the other in finance. The degrees are primarily researdi degrees for ttiose 

who have completed a bachelors honours at a stendard of Class II, Division 2 or higher in accounting and/or finance. Candtoates who have completed a 

masters degree (for example those described below) may be admrtted to the program. The degree is nonmally 48 aedrt pointe amd may be studied fulltime 

over one year or may be studied part-time. In spedal drcumstances candtoates will be admrtted to a 96 aedrt point program wrth the first 48 aedrt 

points nonmally comprising the subjeds studied in the MCom programs. 

(a) Candtoates who have completed the requirements for the award of the BCom(Hons) in Accounting and/or Finance, Economics or Management at 

a stendard of Class II, Division 2 or higher, or an equivatent degree, may qualify for ttie award of the MCom(Hons) degree by completing at 

honours standard the accxiuntency or finance course of sfody as set out in the sc:hedule of Graduate Programs above. 

(b) A candidate may not indude for this degree subjecte similar in content to subjeds induded in the honours part of the undergraduate course. 

(c) Candtoates required to undertake a preliminaty program or required to complete designated subjeds at an appropriate standard in accordance 

wrth Cteuse 501(3) ofttie Honours Masters Degree Rules may have their enrolment cancelled in ttie event ttiat ttie preliminaty program or 

designated subjeds is not completed at the appropriate standard. 

4. MASTER OF COMMERCE 

The purpose of this pass degree is to provide graduate studente, who have completed ttie accountancy and/or finance spedalisation for tiie BCom 

degree, wrth the opportunrty of forther in-depth sfody of advanced toptos in accounting or finance. The degree of 48 aedrt pointe may be studted foil-time 

over one year, or may be sfodted part-time. Candtoates may qualify for ttie Master of Commerce degree by completing ttie accountency or finance 

course of study as set out in ttie Schedute of Graduate Programs. 

Candtoates who do not have a spedalisation in Accountency and wish to complete an accounting program may be penmitted to study for ttie degree 

provided ttiat ttiey indude the undergraduate accountancy subjeds amounting to 24 aedrt pointe, recommended by the Head of the Department; ttius tiie 

total aedrt points required for these candidates is 72. 

Members of not tess ttian five years standing ofthe Australian Soctety of CPA's or ttie Institute of Chartered Accountente in Austi-alia wrth appropriate 

experience are pemirtted to enrol for the degree even ttiough they do not hoto an undergraduate degree; such candtoates will be required to pass subjecte 

aggregating 72 credrt pointe. 

5. MASTER OF BANKING - SUBJECT TO APPROVAL 

This degree has been developed to meet a demand in ttie banking and finance sedor for graduates as well as ttie need for a professional devetopment 

program. The program will be accredrted by ttie Australian Instrtute of Banking and Finance (ABIF) and will ttierefore be attradive to professionals 

woiking in the banking and finance sedors. The program is also designed to meet ttie needs of intemational stijdente. Candidates who have compteted 

the requiremente for a BCom degree in accountancy or finance will be pemirtted to enrol in ttie degree. The degree of 48 credrt pointe may be studted 

full-time over one year, or may be studied part-time. Candidates may qualify for the Master of Banking by compteting ttie course of study as set out in 

the Schedute of Graduate Programs. 

6. GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMMERCE 

In accordance wrth ttie general regulations goveming graduate diplomas, candidates for the Graduate Diploma in Commerce must have been admrtted 

to the degree of Bachelor in the Universrty or other approved instrtution. In spedal drcumstances a professional person hoWing a tertiaty qualification 

(for exampte, an experienced accountant with the Commerce (Accounting Procedures) Certificate) may be penmrtted to enrol. The main requirement is 

that subjeds aggregating not tess ttian 30 credrt points ofthe 48 necessaty for ttie Graduate Diploma are to be obteined from 200-tevel and/or 300-tevel 

subjects offered by ttie Accounting and Finance Department. The Graduate Diploma requires one year foil-time study or part-time equivatent.


The Graduate Diploma serves a wtoe variety of interests. On the one hand Sdence or Engineering graduates may study first the second year accounting 

or take, say, Management Accounting to third year, and on the other hand, Accountancy studente may spedalise forther for professional purposes 

Speafic requiremente for the Graduate Diploma are: 

1. not less than 30 credrt points (of the minimum required of 48) are to be obtained firom 200-level and/or 300-level subjeds offered by ttie Department 

of Accounting and Finance; 

2 wrth ttie approval of ttie Head of ttie Departtnent of Accounting and Finance subjeds may be seteded from 900 level subjeds offered by the 

Department of Accounting and Finance. (Any subjeds seleded under this dause may be induded in the 30 aedrt pointe required under 1.); and 

3. the whole course for the diploma is to be approved by ttie Head of ttie Departtnent of Accounting and Finance as providing a coherent course of 

study. 

7. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN BANKING AND FINANCE 

This course is designed to meet the needs in the banking and finance sedor for professional and career development. The program has been accredited 

by the Australian Instrtute of Banking and Finance (AIBF). The 24 aedrt point course is offered part time. It may also be offered as a block by flexible 

delivety, please check wrth the Department 

For admission to tiie Graduate Certificate candtoates are required to have completed a degree from a recognised tertiaty instrtution. In special 

drcumstances, applicants, who do not have an undergraduate qualification but can dearty demonstrate several years of senior management experience 

in the banking industty, can apply to the Head of Departtnent for constoeration. 


Seminars 

Generally a two hour weekly seminar or tedure is held for each 900 level subjed. 

Assessment 

The assessment for 900 tevel subjeds will be distributed in subjed outlines in the first week of session and will spedfy the seminar contribution, essays 

and examination 

Textbooks 

There are no presaibed texttxioks Reading is required ft-om a wide variety of references, induding books and journal artides. Specific 

recommendations may be obtained fi-om the Department of Accounting and Finance. 

ACCYSOI Accounting for Managers 


The interpretation and utilisation of ttie major types of reports and 

analyses prepared by accountants for management deasion making. 

ACCy903 Accounting Theory 

Autumn 6 cp 

The nafore of ttieory, research and theoty fonnation. A study of ttie 

methods used in theory formation, and of attempts to fomnulate 

theones of accounting and finance 

ACCY904 Financial Accounting 

Autumn 6 cp 

An in-deptti sfody ofttie basis of extemal finandal reporting, induding 

asset valuation and periodic profit measurement. A study of ttie 

etemente of finandal accountency and their communication in 

accounting reports 

ACCY905 International Accounting 

Spring 6 cp 

Differences in accounting ttiought and standanjs between countries. 

Influence of nattonal outtook and polides and of economic 

inft^stnjdure on accounting pradice Unifomi systems of accounting. 

Corporate growth and ite impad on accounting and audrting. 

Comparative study of audrting and reporting standards, and 

intemational aspeds of publto accounting pradice. The mutti-national 

corporation. The effed of changing price levels on accounting for 

intemational operations 

ACCY906 Issues in Financial Accounting 

Spring 6 cp 

Contemporaty issues in finandal reporting to extemal parttes, 

induding accounting for drtferent dasses of assete, liabilrttes and 

equrttes Legal, instrtuttonal and professtonal reporting requiremente 

induding proposals for improvement in accounting prindples applied 

in pradice 

ACCY907 Empirical Research Methods 

Autumn 6 cp 

The subjed provtoes an overview of ttie ways accounting and finance 

researchers identify, formulate and investigate empirical questions in 

accounting and finance Subjeds indude ttie aitena adopted to seted 

researdi projeds, issues of experimental design, validity threats, 

measurement problems and statistical analysis. Seteded published 

accounting and finance research will be used to illustrate established 

methods of empirical researdi. 

ACCY908 Applied Financial Accounting 

Spring 6 cp 

Advanced problems in extemal finandal reporting, induding 

accounting for groups of companies, price level accounting and 

reporting theoty involving consideration of taxation and economic 

implications. 

ACCY909 Comparative Accounting Systems 

Spring 6 cp 

An in-depth examination of ttie pattems of accounting development in 

different national polrtical environments. Key variables detenmining the 

differential accounting development pattems and their implications, in 

particular, for murtinational reporting, will be crrtically evaluated. 

Approadies for resolving ttie problems posed by ttie diversity of 

accounting systems will also be considered. 

ACCY910 Issues in International Accounting 

Spring 6 cp 

Specific cun-ent issues ttiat may be examined in-deptti indude 

hamnonisation of accounting stendards and pradices, foreign currency 

accounting, intemal conti-ol and perfonnance evaluatton probtems in 

foreign subsidianes, and international transfer pridng probtems. 

Content may be revised subjed to the cun-ency of spedfic issues and 

in light of student intereste. 

ACCY 913 Management Accounting 

Autumn 6 cp 

The concepfoal basis of management accounting and information 

systems. An examination of tradrtional and artemative ttieories and 

approaches shaping organisational and behavtoural aspects d 

management accounting, induding ttie contingency approach, the 

agency approach, control system theories, activrty based accounting 

and critical accxiunting approac:hes.

ACCY914 Management Planning and Control Systems 

Autumn 6 cp 

/^n in-depth analysis of seteded aspecte of the design and evaluation of 

management accounting, planning and conttol systems. 

ACCY916 Studies in Controllership 

Spring 6 cp 

The rote and fonctions of ttie Chtef Accounting Officer. Designing, 

installing and managing accounting systems - botti finandal and 

managerial. Spedfic probtem areas in (xintrollership, as depided in 

seteded case studtes. 

ACCY918 Applied Management Accounting 

Spring 6 cp 

/\n in-deptti applted analysis of seteded topics in management 

accounting. Topics chosen could indude dedsion ttieoty and analysis, 

financial model buitoing, cost predidion and control technques, 

pricing, management accounting systems design, and ttie 

interrelationships betiween management and the management 

accounting system. Theoretical concepte devetoped in ottier 

management accounting subjeds will be expanded as needed to 

support the complex applications being studied. 

ACCY921 Managerial Finance 


Not to count wrth MGMT921. 

An examination ofthe sources and uses of corporate finance, and ttie 

identification of retevant costs for dedsion making. Spedfic topics may 

indude finandal dedsion and corporate strategy, valuation, 

recievabtes, caprtal investment, risk and uncertainty, required rates of 

return, dividend policy, leasing, mergers and acquisitions. 

ACCY922 Investment Analysis 

Autumn 6 cp 

Nd to count wrth ACCY915 

/\n in-depth study of investments and investment dedsion analysis. 

The theoretical bases of asset pridng and net present value. The 

application of investment setedion criteria under diverse condrtions 

and in drtferent martcet settings. The incorporation of risk into 

investinent dedsion analysis and a study of ttie application of caprtal 

asset pridng models in investment evaluation. 

ACCY923 Investment Management 

Spring 6 cp 

The subjed examines some advanced topics in the modem theoty of 

optimal investinent dedsion-making, portfolio theoty, caprtal and 

derivative martcets. The subjed will explore areas including; martcet 

effidency models in valuing portfolios and securities, bond analysis, 

portfolio management and perfonmance evaluation. The subjed will 

provtoe a theoretical framework wrthin which all derivative securities 

can be valued and hedged and also examine the way ttiey are traded. 

ACCY924 Corporate Financial Information Analysis 

Autumn 6 cp 

A survey of metticxJs for the appraisal and predidion of corporate 

finandal perfonnance from sudh publicly availabte information as 

accounting numbers, industty and economic statistics, and stock 

market date. Equal emphasis is placed upon ttie development of 

theoretical constmds, and appraisal of ttie results of empirical 

research, espedally Australian studtes. 

ACCY925 Banking Theory and Practice 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed focuses on accounting aspecte of ttie pradices and 

operations of banks and ottier finandal instrtutions. Topics indude ttie 

regulatoty stmdure of finandal instrtutions; ttie cheque dearing 

system; float management; and etedronic banking. Addrtionally, ttie 

subjed shouto enabte the student to understand balance stieet planning 

and caprtal adequacy analysis as used in finandal institutions. 

ACCY926 Studies in Business Finance 

Autumn 6 cp 

Contemporaty business finance theoty, induding option pricing ttieoty, 

arbrtrage pridng model, bond swapping and bond immunisation. 


ACCY927 Small Business Finance 

Spring 6 cp 


This subjed is about small business finandng as provtoed by risk 

capitaliste. The material covered indudes ttie foundation and 

development of ttie risk caprtal industty, management strudures, 

investment dedsion making processes, deal strudures and postinvestment 

involvement in enttepreneural companies by venfore 

capitalists. The risk capital industty has tieen promoted, by numerous 

govemmente as a [sanaoea for ecxinomic woes. Tlie tendency, its 

rationale and ttie approaches teken for risk caprtal development 

intemationally will also tie assessed. 

ACCY928 Multinational Financial Management 

Spring 6 cp 


Ttie role of murtinationals in intemational investinent; aspecte of ttie 

intemational monetaty system; Euromarkete; foreign exchange 

martcets; intemal and external exposure management techniques; 

cun-ency futures and options; swaps; finandng MNC investinent; 

MNC investment dedsion making; polrtical risk analysis; intemational 

taxation. 

ACCY931 Advanced Decision Support Systems 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed will examine the theoretical foundations for Decision 

Support Systems. Consideration will be given to ardirtedural and 

environmental fodors in designing Decision Support Systems. 

Pradical accounting applications will be provided. Empirical studtes 

and recent devetopmente in business will be seleded for in-depth 

review. 

ACCY933 Studies in Information Systems in 

Accounting 

Autumn 6 cp 

Theoretical and pradical asfieds of contemporaty information theoty 

in accounting system evaluation, design, imptementation and 

management, accounting and assodated computer applications, 

sodological and ethical implications and researdi issues are explored. 

ACCY936 Management and Information Systems 

Spring 6 cp 

The effective use and control of information systems, particularty 

computer-based infonnation systems, and tiie likely impad of 

developmente in this area on management fonctions and how 

managers cany out those fondions. 

ACCY943 Auditing and Accounting Information 

Systems 

Spring 6 cp 

The general prindples of audrting applied to ttie audtt of computerbased 

accounting systems and ttie use of computers as an audrting 

tool. Particular emphasis on ttie posrtive aspecte of audrting and 

intemal control, induding their contribution towards improvements in: 

(a) management fondions such as planning; and (b) ttie qualrty (botti 

real and perceived) of information flows wrthin an entity and between rt 

and extemal parties. 

ACCY944 Issues in Auditing 

Spring 6 cp 

An in-deptti examination of contemporaty topics in audrting with 

emphasis on controversial and theoretical issues, induding sodal and 

ethical issues, role of quantitetive techniques in ttie audrt fondton, 

continuous audrting concept uncertainty reporting, audrt perfonnance 

evaluation, extension of attest fonction and public sedor audrting. 

ACCY955 International Banking 


The global impad of banking is ttie focus of this subjed. Ttie subjed 

entails comprehensive discussions on issues ttiat are commonly 

involved wrthin ttie intemational banking environment such as ttie 

development of ttie intemational monetety system, deregulation of 

banks, methods of payment in intemational b-ade, ttie foreign martcets, 

intemational tending and developmente of new technology and its 

impad on the intemational banking sedor.


ACCY956 Banking, Lending and Securities 


The arteria involved in ttie bank's tending process and ttie securities 

assoaated wrth such a process are ttie focus of this subject. The 

subject entails comprehensive discussions on issues of tending within 

ttie banking environment such as regulations of security offerings, 

prindptes of gocxi tending, documente involved in tending, lending and 

the consumer aedrt ccxle, new developmente in tending and securities 

and rts impad on the banking sedor. 

ACCY961 Professional Practice - Accounting 6 cp 

Statemente of Accounting Standards and Statemente of Accounting 

Practice. Accounting Provisions ofthe Companies Ad. 

ACCY962 Professional Practice - Auditing and EDP 

6cp 

Stetemente of Audrting Standards and Statements of Audrting Pradice. 

EDP Systems and Conti-ols. 

ACCY963 Professional Practice - Taxation 6 cp 

Australian Income Tax Assessment Ad 1936 as amencted with 

Regulations. Rating Ads and Intemational Agreements. 

ACCY968 Insolvencies 

Spring 6 cp 

Note: A student who has passed ACCY368 or ACCY468 Insolvencies 

may not enrol in this subjed. 

Accounting and legal aspeds of corporate and non-corporate 

insolvencies induding banknjptdes, Ikûtoations, receivership; 

atteration of caprtal, reconstmdion, amalgamation and takeovers. 

ACCY969 Financial Management for Health Services 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed investigates the movement away from the management of 

coste towards ttie management of value for money. As such, it is 

concemed wrth the measuring and monrtoring of effidency. Accounting 

tools will be used to investigate quality of care, outcome, utility, 

produds, utilisation and resource allocation. 

ACCY973 History of Accounting Thought 

Autumn 6 cp 

An examination of ttie environmental fadors and processes by which 

accounting ttiought, pradices and instrtutions originated and devetoped 

in the anoent, medteval and modem eras. Andent accounte. Specialpurpose 

account-keeping in ttie Middte Ages Philosophy, influence 

and constrainte of ttie double-entty system. Development of basic 

concepte of continurty, accrual accounting and limited liability. Impad 

of ttie Industrial Revolution and changing corporate environment on 

accounting development. Legislation and instrtutional influences en 

accounting. 

ACCY974 Accounting Regulation 

Spring 

spring 6 cp 

An in-deptti shjdy of ttie regulation of accounting pradice and 

procedures, ttie accounting profession and of measurement and 

disclosure in extemal finandal reporting. This couto indude sr 

examination ofttie consequences of regulation, attemative instrtutional 

an^ngement for setting standards, ttie impad of accounting ttieoty on 

standard setting, and a historical review of accounting regulation. 

ACCY983 Studies in Government Accounting 

Spring 6 cp 

A deteited examination of seteded areas in federal, state, regional or 

local govemment accounting. 

ACCY985 Special Topic in Accounting - A 6 cp 

A spedal topto to be seteded ft-om any area of finandal accounting, 

management accounting, business finance, infonnation systems or 

govemment accounting. The setection wouto be made by ttie Head of 

ttie Department, taking into account ttie expertise of academic staff, 

induding visrting steff, and ttie interest of sfodente. 

ACCY986 Special Topic in Accounting - B 6 cp 

A speaal topic to be seteded from any area of finanaal accounting, 

management accounting, business finance, infonnation systems or 

govemment accounting. The setection wouto be made by ttie Head of 

ttie Department, taking into account ttie expertise of academto staff, 

induding visrting staff, and ttie interest of studente. 

ACCY987 Special Topic in Finance 

Spring 6 cp 

This course provtoes an opportunrty to study a topic of research 

interest wrthin the ttieory and application of finance as rt relates to (i) 

corporate finance and (ii) investments. The research will be compteted 

under staff supervision and culminates in ttie produdion of a written 

report. 

ACCY993 Research Essay 

ACCY994 Project 

ACCY995 Research Project 

12 cp 

12 cp 

24 cp 

ACCY996 Thesis 48 cp 

Infonnation may bie obtained from the Head of Department regarding 

ACCY985, ACCY986, ACCY987, ACCY993, ACCY994, ACCY995 

and ACCY996.

The Business School 117 

THE BUSINESS SCHOOL (incorporating the Wollongong Business School and the Sydney Business School) 


The Business Sc^hool manages ttie Business Administration, Hearth Management, Intemational Management, Logistics and Operations Management 

Qualrty Management, and other related executive development programs at ttie University's Wollongong, Sydney and Dubai campuses through its 

operational unrts, ttie Wollongong Business School and the Sydney Business School. 

MODE OFFERED 

Programs offered through the Wollongong Business School can be undertaken on a foil-time or part-time basis. 

Programs offered through the Sydney Business School, are undertaken on a part-time basis, wrth the exception ofttie Master of Intemational Business, 

which may be undertaken erther as a foil-time or on a part-time student. Subjeds are offered in a modular, flexible delivety mode. 

The Business School also provides the focus for the Universrty's integrated distance education graduate business programs, with courses offered at 

off-campus and off-shore locations wrth specific clients in Australia and overseas, and through ttie Wollongong OnLine and PAGE distance education 

networks. 

The following postgraduate courses are available In 1999: 

Program 


Graduate Diploma in Business Administration (subjed to final 

approval) 

Graduate Certificate in Business Administration (subjed to final 

approval) 


Master of Business Administration (Health Management) 

Master of Science (Heatth Policy and Management) 

Graduate Diploma in Sdence (Hearth Policy and Management) 

Graduate Certrticate in Hearth Policy and Management 

Master of International Business 

Master of Logistics and Operations Management 

Graduate Certificate in Quality Management 

Graduate Diploma in Total Quality Management 

Graduate Certificate in Total Quality Management 

Graduate Diploma in Commerce (Mariceting) 

Graduate Certificate in Martceting 

Available through: 

Wollongong Business School, Sydney Business School 

Wollongong Business School, Sydney Business School, Distance Education 

Wollongong Business School, Sydney Business School, Distance Education 


Wollongong Business School, Sydney Business Schcxil 

Wollongong Business School 

Distance Education 







Sydney Business School 

Sydney Business School 

Executive Training 

The Business School offers an extensive range of tailored executive training and development programs to a wide range of organisations in botti ttie 

public and private sedors. Client-based programs are available in the following areas: 

• Change Management 

• Finandal Management 

• Supply Chain Management 

• Services Management 

• Public Sedor Martceting 


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Qualrty Management 

Mariceting Management 

Strategic Policy and Planning 

Projed Planning 

Customer Satisfadion 

Through the Wollongong Business School, the Master of Business Administration (MBA) is a one year foil-time or ti«o year part-time course and 

is offered on a flexible, modular basis. 

Through the Sydney Business School, ttie Master of Business Administration (MBA) is a two year part-time course and is offered cxi a flexible, 

modular basis. 

Candtoates are required to complete an 84 aedrt program acxxirding to the sequence of study listed below. The first sedion of ttie program offers an 

inttodudton to key managerial concepte and skills required of tiie modem manager. These subjeds provtoe a foundation for ttie core and eledive 

subjeds which follow. 

Number 

Foundation Unrts 

WBS901 

WBS902 

WBS903 

WBS904 

WBS905 

WBS906 

Core Units 

WBS907 

WBS908 

LWBS920^ 

L ^ ^ 

Subject Credit Points 


Statistics for Decision Making 

Managing People in Organisations 


Economic Analysis of the Business Environment in Australia and Asia 

Infonnation Systems for Managers 

Financial Strategy 

Supply Chain Management Strategy 

Intemational Business Environment and Strategy 

Strategic Decision Making 

Eledive Unrts 24 aedrt points of subjeds seleded from 900 level Commerce subjecte or any other 900 level subjed, as approved by the Diredor of 

the Business School. 

Note: Studente undertaking the program through the Sydney Business School will have a restricted range of electives available. 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6


GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Candtoates who wish to undertake a Business Administration program of shorter duration than the MBA may enrol in the Graduate Diploma in Business 

Administration. 

Through the Wollongong Business School, the Graduate Diploma may be completed over two sessions of full-time study or four sessions of parttime 

study 

Through the Sydney Business School, ttie Graduate Diploma may be completed over four sessions of part-time study. Subjeds are offered in 

ftexibte delivety mode. 

Candtoates are required to complete 48 credrt points of acaedrted modules (eight subjeds), according to the sequence of study listed below. 


WBS901 

WBS902 

WBS903 

WBS904 

WBS905 

WBS906 

Plus tiwo ofthe Following 

WBS907 

WBS908 

WBS920 


Stetistics for Dedsion Making 


Martceting Management 

Economic /Analysis of the Business Environment in Australia and Asia 


Finandal Strategy 

Supply Chain Management Sfrategy 

Intemational Business Environment and Strategy 

WBS921 Strategic Dedsion Making 

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Candtoates who wish to undertake a Business Administration program of shorter duration ttian ttie MBA or ttie Graduate Diploma in Business 

Administration may enrol in the Graduate Certificate in Business Administration. 

Through the Wollongong Business Schcxil, the Graduate Certificate may be completed over one session of foil-time study or two sessions of parttime 

study. 

Through the Sydney Business School, ttie Graduate Certificate may be completed over two sessions of part-time study. Subjeds are offered in 

ftexibte delivety mcxJe. 

Candidates are required to comptete 24 aedrt pointe of acaedrted modules (four subjeds), seleded from the subjeds listed below. 


WBS901 

WBS902 

WBS903 

WBS904 

WBS905 

WBS906 

Accxiunting for Managers 

Statistics for Dedsion Making 

Managing Peopte in Organisations 


Economic Analysis ofthe Business Environment in Australia and Asia 


HEALTH POLICY AND MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS 

The Wollongong Business School's Program in Health Policy and Management incorporates the following degrees: 

Master of Heatth Management 

Master of Business Administration (Health Management) 

Master of Sctence (Hearth Policy and Management) 

Graduate Diptoma in Science (Heatth Policy and Management) 

Graduate Certificate in Heatth Policy and Management 

MASTER OF HEALTH MANAGEMENT 

Through the Wollongong Business Sch(x>l, the Master of Heatth Management is a one year foil-time or two year part-time course. 

Through the Sydney Business Schcxil, the Master of Heatth Management is a hwo year part-time course. 

Candtoates are required to complete 48 credrt pointe of acaedrted modules (eight subjeds), according to ttie sequence of study listed below. 


GHMD906 

GHMD908 

GHMD909 

GHMD924 

WBS901 

WBS9C3 

WBS904 

Qualrty Management for Hearth Services 

Heatth Service Planning and Evaluation 

Comparative Heatth Systems: Polides and Polrtics 

Hearth Information Systems 


Managing Peopte in Organisattons 


WBS910 Economic Analysis of Heatth Care 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 _ 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6____

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (HEALTH MANAGEMENT) 


Candidates who have successfolly completed ttie Master of Hearth Management (MHM), and who folly satisfy ttie entty criteria for ttie Master of 

Business/\dministration, may apply to enrol in the MBA program witti 48 credrt pointe of advanced standing. MHM candtoates who progress to ttie 

MBA will be required to successfully complete a forther 42 aedrt points of study approved by the MBA Diredor. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE (HEALTH POLICY AND MANAGEMENT) 

Candtoates are required to comptete 72 credrt points of acaedrted mcxJules, according to the sequence of study listed below. 


Master of Heatth Management 

P/i;s: 

Core Subjeds 

f LAW960 

STAT983 

Legal Studtes for Professionals 

Statistics in Heatth Research 

And students may select one of the following options: 

1 GHMD904 1 Eptoemtology 

and one eledive subjed* 

Credit Points 

1 48 

Or 

GHMD995 Heatth Management Projed 12 

* Ptease see the Program Co-ordinator for the list of eledive subjeds available. 

Students who seek membership ofthe Australian College of Heatth Service Executives need to complete GHMD904 Epidemiology 

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SCIENCE (HEALTH POLICY and MANAGEMENT) 

Candtoates are required to complete 48 credrt points of accredrted modules (eight subjeds), according to the sequence of study listed below 

NOTE: The Graduate Diploma in Sdence (Heatth Policy and Management) is available by Distance Education only. 


Core Subjeds 

ACCY969 

GHMD906 

GHMD908 

GHMD909 

GHMD924 

STAT983 

Financial Management for Heatth Services 

Qualrty Management for Hearth Sen/ices 

Hearth Services Planning and Evaluation 

Comparative Hearth Systems: Polides and Polrtics 

Heatth Infonnation Systems 

Statistics in Health Research 

Plus: 

Two etedives seteded from the subjecte listed below under the Eledive Subjed Sdiedute 12 

Studente who seek membership of ttie Australian College of Heatth Service Executives need to complete GHMD904 Epidemiology and LAW960 Legal 

Studtes for Heatth Professionals. 

HEALTH POLICY AND MANAGEMENT ELECTIVE SCHEDULE 


ECON918 

GHMD904 

GHMD905 

GHMD984 

LAW960 

Economics of Heatth Care 

Eptoemiology 

Sodal Foundations of Public Heatth 

Heatth Researc:h Methodology 

Legal Sfodies for Professionals 

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN HEALTH POLICY & MANAGEMENT 

Candtoates are required to comptete 24 aedrt points of acaedrted modules (four subjecte), drawn from ttie subjecte listed below. 


_GHMD906 

_GHMD908 

GHMD909 

.GHMD^ 

^^901 

1A/BS910 

STAT983* 

Qualrty Management for Hearth Services 

Hearth Services Planning and Evaluation 

Comparative Hearth Systems: Polides and Polrtics 

Heatth Infonnation Systems 

Accounting and Finance for Managers 

Economic Analysis of Heatth Care 

Statistics in Heatth Research 

* STAT983 may be taken for the Graduate Certificate in Heatti Policy and Management if ttie candidate wishes to take the Graduate Certificate in Heatth 

Policy and Management alone or use the Graduate Certrticate to articulate into ttie Master of Sdence (Heatth Policy and Management). Candtoates 

intending to progress to the Master of Heatth Management (or pertiaps via the Master of Heatth Management to the Master of Business Administration 

(Hearth Management)) shouto choose GHMD924. 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6


MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 

The Master of International Business (MIB) is a one year full-time or two year part-time course at botti Woltongong and Sydney and is offered on a 

flexible, modular basis The program comprises five compulsoty subjeds, plus three eledive subjeds. The eledive stream within ttie Intemattonal 

Business program is designed to allow candidates to focus their studtes into a thematic area of interest. Candtoates are required to comptete 48 credit 

pointe of acaedrted modules, according to ttie sequence of study listed below. 


Compulsoty Subjeds 

WBS980 

WBS981 

WBS982 

WBS983 

WBS984 

International Finandal Analysis and Decision Making 

Organisational Behaviour and Human Resource Management 

Advertising and Mariceting in a Global Economy 

Intemational Economic Environment for Business 

Intemational Business Strategy 

plus 18 credit points of elective subjects to be approved by tiie Program Co-ordinator 

Articulation with The Master of Business Administration 

Candtoates who have successfolly completed the Master of Intemational Business, and who folly satisfy ttie entty criteria for ttie Master of Business 

Administratton, may apply to enrol in the MBA program MIB candtoates who progress to the MBA will be required to successfolly complete a further 42 

credrt pointe of subjeds, according to ttie sequence of study listed below 


WBS901 

WBS902 

WBS904 

WBS906 

WBS907 

WBS908 

WBS921 

Accxiunting for Managers 

Statistics for Dedsion Making 


Information Systems for Managers 

Finandal Strategy 

Supply Chain Management Sfrategy 

Strategic Dedsion Making 

MASTER OF LOGISTICS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 

Through the Wollongong Business School, the Master of Logistics and Operations Management may be completed over two sessions of full-time 

study or four sessions of part-time study and is offered on a flexible, modular basis 

Through the Sydney Business School, the Master of Logistics and Operations Management program may be completed over four sessions of parttime 

study and is offered on a flexibte modular basis 

Candidates are required to complete 48 credrt points of accredited modules (eight subjeds) according to the sequence of study listed below: 


WBS901 

WBS908 

WBS925 

WBS928 

WBS929 

WBS930 

WBS933 

and either 

i WBS926 

or 

WBS932 


Supply Chain Management Strategy 

Inventoty Management 

Transport Logistics Management 

Management of Process Innovation 

Production and Operations Management 

Procxirement Policy and Management 

Manufaduring Management 

Service Operations 

MASTER OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT (MQM) 

Through the Wollongong Business School, ttie Master of Quality Management may be completed over two sessions of full-time study or four 

sessions of part-time study and is offered on a flexible, modular basis. 

Through the Sydney Business Schcxil. the Master of Qualrty Management program may be completed over four sessions of part-time study and is 

offered on a flexibte modular basis. 

Candtoates are required to complete 48 aedrt points of acaedrted modules (eight subjeds), according to the sequence of study listed below. 


WBS901 Accounting for Managers 

WBS902 Statistics for Dedsion Making 

WBS903 Managing Peopte in Organisations 

WBS950 Qualrty in Management 

WBS952 Imptementing Qualrty Systems 

WBS954 

plus 

Qualrty Management and Design 

Two subjeds approved by ttie MQM Program Co-ordinator 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN QUALITY MANAGEMENT 


Through the Wollongong Business Schcx>l, the Graduate Certificate in Qualrty Management may be completed over one session of foil-time study 

or two sessions of part-time study. 

Through the Sydney Business School, the Graduate Certificate in Qualrty Management may be completed over two sessions of part-time study. 

Candidates are required to complete 24 aedrt points of accredrted modules (four subjeds), drawn from the subjects listed tielow. 


1 WBS901 

WBS902 

WBS903 

[~WBS950 

WBS952 

'1A/BS954 


Statistics for Decision Making 


Qualrty in Management 

Implementing Quality Systems 

Qualrty Management and Design 

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMMERCE (MARKETING) 

This course is designed for candidates with no prior qualificâtions in Martceting who wish to acquire a solid foundation in the disdpline. 

The Graduate Diploma in Martceting is offered on a part-time, flexible modular basis. Candidates are required to comptete 48 aedrt points of acaedrted 

modutes (eight subjecte), according to ttie sequence of study listed below. 


WBS904 

Plus 


42 cp of subjecte seteded from the Martceting Eledive Subjed Schedule 42 

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MARKETING 

This course is designed for candidates with no prior qualifications in Mariceting who wish to acquire a solid foundation in the disdpline. 

The Graduate Certificate in Martceting is offered on a part-time, flexible modular basis. Candidates are required to complete 24 aedrt pointe of 

accredrted modules, according to the sequence of study listed below. 


WBS904 Mariceting Management 

Plus 

18 cp of subjeds seteded from the Mariceting Eledive Subjed Schedule 18 

MARKETING ELECTIVE SCHEDULE 


MARK239 

MARK319 

MARK333 

MARK397 

MARK901 

MARK917 

MARK936 

MARK938 

MARK939 

MARK957 

MARK959 

MARK970 

MARK997 

WBS982 


Analysis for Marketing Dedsions 

Martceting Researdi 

Martceting Communication 

Retail Mariceting Management 

Martceting on the Intemet 

Business to Business Mariceting 

Consumer Behaviour 

Managing Sen/ices Martceting 

Contemporaty Issues in International Martceting 

Intemational Martceting Strategy 

Sates Management 

Contemporaty Issues in Services Qualrty 

Retail Martceting Management 

Advertising and Martceting in a Global Economy 

1. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

This degree is designed for those who require the knowledge, competendes and managerial skills necessaty to operate in a challenging and changing 

global environment. The program of study requires a commrtment to team wortc and an enthusiasm to achieve. Candtoates are required to complete 84 

credrt points of acaedrted modutes. The first hart of the program offers an introdudion to the key managerial concepts and skills required of ttie modem 

manager. These subjeds provide a foundation for ttie core and etedive subjeds which follow. The MBA program is designed to enabte candtoates to 

undertake a spedalisation seteded from a range of management focus areas, or ttie opportunrty to study generally aaoss a wtoe range of advanced 

management issues. 

The program is offered botti foil-time and part-time for Wollongong campus candidates, and on a part-time basis for Sydney campus candidates. The 

degree will be awarded at erther Pass or Merit level. For award at Merit tevel, a shjdent must satisfadorily pass all subjeds at ttie first attempt and 

maintain a grade average aaoss all subjeds of 70% or higher. 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6


Entry requirements: 

a) Applicante must possess an Australian equivatent undergraduate degree from a recognised university or instrtution of equivatent standing with a 

grade average of at teast 60% 

b) /\pplicants hotoing a relevant undergraduate degree from a recognised universrty or instrtution of equivalent standing wrth a grade average between 

50% and 59% may also be admrtted, provtoed that ttiey have completed a minimum of two years foil-time relevant woric experience, post graduation. 

c) In speaal drcumstances, applicants who hoto other academic or professional qualifications and have a minimum of five years foil-time, or ten years 

part-time, relevant wortc experience, may be granted admission to the program. 

d) /\pplicante who hoto a recxignised two year degree from ttie Indian sub-continent, and wrth a minimum of two years woric experience are required to 

undertake, and successfolfy comptete a one-year qualHying program (eight subjeds). 

The MBA is offered on a flexibte, modular basis and is intended to be compteted in one year of folkime study or two years part-time study. It is expected 

ttiat ttie compulsoty foundation and core subjecte vinll be studied first followed by the elective unrts. 

Course approval: The program of study for each candtoate must be approved by the MBA Diredor 

NOTE: Due to drtferent entty arteria and schedutes of study, studente will NOT be pemirtted to transfer between ttie MBA and Master of Commerce 

programs. 

• GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The objedive ofthe Graduate Diploma program is to provtoe practising managers with insights and understandings of ttie core issues of management 

skills and concepts. The core subjeds covered in ttie Graduate Diploma provtoe postgraduate level education wrth an applted emphasis in ttie major 

fonctional areas of management and administration. 

Entry requirements: As for the Master of Business Administration. 

The Graduate Diploma is intended to be compteted over two sessions of foil-time study or four sessions of part-time study. The program requires ttiat 

each candtoate comptete hwo core and six foundation subjeds ofthe MBA. The program is offiered botti full-time and part-time for Woltongong campus 

candtoates, and on a part-time basis for Sydney campus candtoates. 

Course approval: The program of stucty for each student must be approved by the MBA Diredor. 

• GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The objedive ofthe Graduate Certificate is to provide a meaningfol introdudoty study ofttie concepts of management and management pradice. The 

Graduate Certificate is deliberately staidured to provtoe different approved programs of study, induding off-campus programs for specified 

employment and professional groups. 

Entry requirements: As for the Master of Business Administration 

The Graduate Certrticate is intended to be completed over one session of foil-time study or tiwo sessions of part-time study. The program requires ttiat 

each candtoate comptete four of the six foundation subjeds for ttie MBA. The program is offered tx>tti full-time and part-time for Wollongong campus 

candidates, and on a part-time basis for Sydney campus candidates. 

Course approval: The program of study for each student must be approved by the MBA Diredor. 

External Courses 

Two graduate programs in the area of management and business administration are availabte for study by distance education. The Graduate Diploma in 

Business Administration and ttie Graduate Certificate in Business Administration are availabte in distance education mode through ttie Wollongong 

OnLine and PAGE (Professional and Graduate Education Consortium) flexible delivety neti/vorks. Details of the programs of study for ttiese courses are 

availabte in ttie Woltongong OnLine Prospec:fos and the PAGE Prospedus. 

2. HEALTH POLICY AND MANAGEMENT PROGRAM 

The Business School offers a number of articulated postgraduate management programs for heatth professionals. These courses are available for oncampus 

attendance at erther of ttie Universrty's Wollongong or Sydney campuses, or by distance education ttirough ttie Wollongong OnLine and PAGE 

(Professional and Graduate Education Consortium) flexible delivety netiwortcs. 

• MASTER OF HEALTH MANAGEMENT 

The Master of Heatth Management (MHM) is designed for ttiose in sedional, clinical or departmental management posrtions, or for ttiose health 

professionals with retevant experience who wish to extend their adivrties into heatth policy and management. The MHM is a 48 aedit point muttidisdplinaty, 

course wortc degree comprised of subjecte from ttie Department of Public Hearth and Nutrition and ttie Business School. The course is 

offered both foil-time (two sessions) and part-time (four sessions) for Wollongong campus candidates, and in a part-time modularised format for Sydney 

campus candtoates. 

Entry requirements: Candtoates are required to hoto a ttiree year undergraduate degree (or equivalent) in a relevant disdpline, togettier wrth a minimum 

of two years foil-time relevant wortc expenence In speaal drcumstances, an applicant holding other acceptabte academic or professional qualtfications, 

plus a minimum of four years foil-time retevant wortc experience, may be admitted to the course by the Program Co-ordinator. 

Ariiculation with Ihe Master of Science (Heattii Policy and Management) and tiie MBA (Health Management) Program: The Master of Healtti 

Management articulates wrth ttie Master of Science (Hearth Policy and Management) and ttie Master of Business Administration program. MHM 

candtoates who pnjgress to the MBA will be required to successfolfy complete a forther 42 aedrt pointe of compulsory and etedive MBA subjects, as 

per ttie Business School's MBA Schedute. 

• MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (HEALTH MANAGEMENT) 

For details of this program, ptease refer to ttie entty for ttie Master of Heatth Management. 

• MASTER OF SCIENCE (HEALTH POLICY AND MANAGEMENT) 

This program is intended for graduates in heatth service management and other related heatth professtons wishing to pursue a management career The 

aim of this degree is to provtoe advanced shJdy which develops professtonal heatth service managers and enhances ttieir competence for senior 

management rotes in ttie healtti industty. The course is offered botti foil-time (ttiree sessions) and part-time (six sessions) for Woltongong campus 

candtoates, and in distance education mode ttirough ttie Woltongong OnLine and PAGE flexibte delivety networics


Professional recognition: The degree has been acaedrted by ttie Ausfralian Coltege of Hearth Service Executives and ttie Royal Ausfralian Coltege of 

Medical Adminisfrators. 

Course structure: The course devetops ttie candidate's ability to address heatth service management probtems and challenges in a logical and 

analytical manner, tt emphasises the social and environmental fodors impading on the manager's task and the dynamic and pluralistic nafore of heatth 

sen/ice management. The candidate acquires concepte and knowtedge retevant to ttie wortc of senior heatth servtoe managers. 

The course requires the comptetion of 72 credrt |3ointe induding ten core subjeds (60 aedrt points). The remaining 12 aedrt points can be gained in one 

of two ways: (a) by undertaking GHMD904 Eptoemiology, and one etective subjed; or (b) by undertaking GHMD995 Heatth Management Projed (12 

aedrt pointe). 

Entry requirements: Entrants to the course should nonmally hold a three year undergraduate degree (or equivalent) in a relevant disdpline, togettier wrth 

a minimum of two years relevant wortc experience. In spedal circumstances, an applicant hotoing ottier acceptabte academic qualifications and wrth 

retevant wortc experience of not tess than four years may tie admrtted as a candtoate. 

. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN HEALTH POLICY AND MANAGEMENT 

The aim of this course is to provide an introdudion to advanced professional education for heatth sen/ice managers in the concepte, theories, approadies 

and pradices of heatth policy and management. The course is offered both foil-time (one session) and part-time (two sessions) for Woltongong campus 

candtoates and on a part-time, modular basis for Sydney campus candtoates. The course is also offiered in distance education mode ttirough ttie 

Wollongong OnLine and PAGE flexibte delivety networtcs. 

Entry requirements: Candtoates are required to hoto a ttiree year undergraduate degree (or equivatent) in a relevant disdpline, together wrth a minimum 

of two years foil-time relevant wortc experience. In spedal drcumstances, an applicant holding other acceptabte academic or professional qualrtications, 

plus a minimum of four years foil-time relevant woric experience, may tie admitted to the program. 

Articulation with the Graduate Diploma in Science (Health Policy erxi Management), Master of Science (Health Policy and Management), Maste 

Health Management and tiie MBA (HealOi Management) Program: Candtoates who comptete ttie Graduate Certificate may, on application, be granted 

advanced standing totelling 24 aedrt points of study towards ttie Graduate Diploma in Sdence (Heatth Policy and Management), Master of Heatth 

Management, MBA (Heatth Management) or ttie Master of Sdence (Heatth Policy and Management). 

Professional recognition: For members ofttie Australian College of Heatth Service Executives, successfol completion of individual subjeds atfracte 

Continuing Professional Development (CPD) aedrt. 


Three graduate programs in ttie area of heatth policy and management are available for study by distance education. The Master of Sdence (Heatth 

Policy and Management), ttie Graduate Diploma in Sdence (Heatth Policty and Management) and ttie Graduate Certificate in Heatth Policy and 

Management are available in distance education mcxte through ttie Wollongong OnLine and ttie PAGE (Professional and Graduate Education 

Consortium) flexibte delivety networtcs. Details ofthe programs of study for these cxiurses are available in ttie Woltongong OnLine Prospedus and the 

PAGE Prospedus. 

3. MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 

The Master of International Business (MIB) program is primarily designed for ttiose vi/ho are newfy graduated and atiout to embaric on their first line 

supen/isoty or managerial posrtion, or for those wrth relevant professional expertence who wish to enhance their knowledge and expertise in global 

management issues. 

The program is offered botti foil-time (2 sessions) and part-time (4 sessions) for Wollongong and Sydney campus candtoates. The degree will be 

awarded at erther Pass or Merrt tevel. For award at Merrt level, a student must satistadorily pass all subjecte at ttie first attempt and maintain a grade 

average aaoss all subjeds of 70% or higher. 

Entry requirements: Candtoates are required to have an undergraduate degree from a recognised university or institution of equivatent stending. In 

spedal drcumstances, applicants holding other academic or professional qualrtications and with a minimum of four years foil-time or eight years parttime 

relevant work experience may be granted admission to ttie program by ttie Program Co-ordinator. Where candtoates hoto other academic or 

professional qualrtications but have no work exfierience, admission to the program may be granted by ttie Program Co-ordinator following successful 

comptetion of a one-year qualrtying program. In addrtion to completing ttie stendard University application form, candidates are required to submrt a 

certified copy of their academic transcript(s). /\pplicants may also be required to demonsfrate an adequate command of English in a commercial 

context. 

4. MASTER OF LOGISTICS AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 

The objedive of this course is to provide senior managers wrth knowledge of logistics and operations management ttieoty and pradice. The course is 

an extension of existing operations management teaching and research and has tieen spedficaify designed to provtoe an approved program of study for 

managers wrth the manufaduring, transport, sen/ice and retailing industries. 

The program is offered both foil-time (2 sessions) and part-time (4 sessions) for Wollongong campus candidates, and in modularised forniat (part-time 

over4 sessions) for Sydney campus candtoates. The degree will be awarded at erther Pass or Merit level. For award at Merit level, a student must 

satisfadorily pass all subjeds at the first attempt and maintain a grade average aaoss all subjeds of 70% or higher. 

Entry requirements: Candidates are required to have an undergraduate degree from a recognised university or institution of equivatent standing. In 

spedal circumstances, applicants holding ottier academic or professional qualrtications and wrth a minimum of five years foil-time relevant work 

experience may be granted admission to ttie program by ttie Program Co-orcJinator. Where candidates hoto other academic or professional 

qualrtications but have no wortc experience, admission to the program may be granted by the Director of Graduate Sfodtes. In addrtion to completing ttie 

standard Universrty application fomi, candtoates are required to submrt a certified copy of their academic transcript(s). Applicante may also be required 

to demonstrate an adequate command of English in a commerdal context. 

5. MASTER OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT 

This degree has been designed to equip dedsion makers and managers wrth ttie tools necessaty to implement and manage Qualrty systems wrthin 

organisations. Candtoates are required to comptete 48 aedrt points of accredrted modutes, comprising six compulsoty subjeds and two eledive 

subjeds 

The program is offiered both foil-time (two sessions) and part-time (four sessions) for Wollongong campus candtoates, and in modulansed fonmat (parttime 

over four sessions) for Sydney campus candidates. The degree will be awarded at erther Pass or Merit level. For award at Merit level, a stiJdent


must satisfadonly pass all subjects at the first attempt and maintain a grade average aaoss all subjeds of 70% or higher 

Entry criteria: For admission to ttie program, candtoates are required to have an undergraduate degree from a recognised university or institutton of 

equivatent standing. In spedal drcumstances, applicants hoWing other post-secxindaty qualifications and wrth a minimum of five years full-time work 

experience, of whtoh at teast two years is in ttie Qualrty Management area, may te granted admission to ttie program by ttie Program Co-ordinator 

Where candidates hoto other academic or professional qualifications but have no work expertence, admission to ttie program may be granted by the 

Program Co-ordinator following successfol comptetton of a one-year qualifying program. In addrtton to completing ttie standard Universify application 

fonm, candtoates are required to submrt a certified copy of their academic transcript(s). Applicants may also be required to demonstrate an adequate 

command of English in a commerdal context. 

Course approval: The program of sfody for each sfodent must be approved by the Program Co-ordinator. Sfodente who have substantially covered the 

content of any ofthe compulsoty subjeds may be exempted by ttie relevant Departmental Head from any such subjeds, but will be required to substitute 

another subjed nominated by the Program Co-ordinator for each subjed for which exemption is granted. 

• GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN QUALITY MANAGEMENT 

Candtoates who wish to undertake a Qualrty Management course of shorter duration than the Master of Qualrty Management may enrol in ttie Graduate 

Certificate in Qualrty Management. The Graduate Certificate is intended to be completed over one session of foil-time study or h«o sessions of part-time 

sfody and is awarded at Pass level only. The program is offered botti foil-time and part-time for Wollongong campus candtoates, and in a part-time 

modularised format for Sydney campus candtoates. 

Entry criteria: As for the Master of Qualrty Management. 


Two graduate programs in ttie area of Qualrty Management are availabte for sfody by distance education. The Graduate Diploma in Total Quality 

Management and the Graduate Certrticate in Total Qualrty Management are available in distance education mode through the Wollongong OnLine and the 

PAGE (Professional and Graduate Education Consortium) flexibte delivety networtcs. Details of the programs of study for these courses are availabte in 

the Woltongong OnLine Prospectus and ttie PAGE Prospedus. 


For descriptions of all non WBS-coded subjeds listed under ttie Business School's programs, ptease refer to ttie relevant Departmental or Cross- 

Facurty sedions of this Catendar. 

WBS901 Accounting for Managers 

Autumn/Spring 

A conceptual infrodudton to accxiunting, fixusing on accounting from 

ttie vtewpoint of ttie manager's spedfic needs for finandal 

information. Key areas to be covered indude: decision making (short 

and long-tenn), intemal perfonnance evaluation, legal and quasi-legal 

background to finandal reporting, analysis of finandal statemente, 

strategic business accounting 

WBS902 Statistics for Decision Making 

Autumn/Spring 

This unrt will provtoe an in-depth infrodudion to probabilrty, dedsion 

theory, and statistical inference with emphasis on solutions to adual 

business probtems. After developing a foundation in probabilrty theoty, 

the subjed will extend this foundation to set of methodologtes for ttie 

anatysis of deasion problems Tiie unrt examines stmdures for 

managenal deasion making under condrtions of partial infomnation 

and uncertainty. The examination ofttie use of statistical techniques in 

managerial deasion making processes, induding, confidence 

intervals, hypottiesis testing, quality control, simple and muttiple 

regression and fodor analysis shouto be applted in realistic case 

srtuation 

WBS903 Managing People in Organisations 

Autumn/Spring 

This sutijed is designed to provtoe sfodente wrth a muttidisdplinaty 

understanding of key contemporaty issues in ttie management of 

peopte in organisations. This involves concepfoal and applied 

examination of ttie employment relationship from a number of 

perspectives, induding micro and maao organisational behaviour, 

employment relations and extemal institutional and global influences. 

WBS904 Marketing Management 

Autumn/Spring 

This subjed examines ttie contemporaty view of martceting and 

fiaojseson ttie following areas: intemational martceting, advertising, 

consumer behavtour, produd development and priang, sates 

management, services and relationship martceting, 

distiibutton/retailing mariceting research, business-to-business, ancj 

contemporaty issues in martceting, e.g. Internet ethics, etc. 

WBS905 Economic Analysis ofthe Business 

Environment in Australia and Asia 

Aufomn/Spring 

This subjed begins wrth an examination of ttie maao and micro 

environment of business and organisations in Australia and seteded 

nations in Asia. The processes which tead to ttie internationalisation 

of business and globalisation of ecxinomic:s are studied, as well as 

macroeconomic and microeconomic policies which affed the 

business environment 

WBS906 Information Systems for Managers 

Autumn/Spring 

This subjed provides an understanding of ttie use and impad of 

infonmation technology in organisations; in particular, it provides an 

analysis of ttie strudures and fondions of ttie range of typical 

computer-based business infonnation systems. The applications of 

information systems and issues fadng managers will be examined. 

Other issues constoered are ttie integration of disaete applications 

into ttie total infonmation system and organisational implications d 

such integration and automation. 

WBS907 Financial Strategy 


The introdudion to this unrt will start with a review of corporate goals 

as ttiey relate to finandal strategy. This will be followed by an 

introdudion to key finandng dedsions such as capital sfrudure and 

re-strudure, dividend policy, company valuation, and sourang 

finance. The second half of this unrt will comprise case-studies ttiat 

stress key etemente of finandal strategy.. 

WBS908 Supply Chain Management Strategy 

Autumn/Spring 

This subjed explores ttie fonnation of supply chain arrangements to 

inaease channel competrtiveness. To achieve a high degree d 

cooperative behaviour and to improve ttie effidency of ttie overall 

logistical system is one of the primaty objedives of this subject The 

second major objective is to devetop logistical models ttiat will 

eliminate waste and dupltoation in ttie system. The shanng d 

infonmation witiiin and betiween organisations and ttie joint planning 

betvi«en strategic business unrts aimed at inventoty minimisation in 

the system are central issues that will be examined. 

WBS910 Economic Analysis of Health Care 


This subjed analyses economic aspecte of ttie production and 

distribution of heatth care. The impad of ttie economto environment 

on managers and other dedsion makers in heatth care is examined in 

ttie context of globalisation and ttie expanding rote of muttinational 

corporations. Altemative heatth care delivety systems and

government polictes influendng economic aspeds of heatth care are 

critically evaluated. The methcxjology of ecxinomic evaluatton of 

hearth care programs is developed and applied. 

WBS920 International Business Environment and 

Strategy 

Autumri/Spring 

This unrt recognises ttiat to manage in an intemational context requires 

a conceptual understanding ttiat goes beyond that applicable in a 

domestic setting. A number of key issues will primarily be reviewed 

by case-study analysis that examine strategic issues fadng exporters 

and muttinational firms. Such cases would introduce studente to a 

diverse range of issues that could indude intemational finance and tax, 

intemational mariceting sfrategy, intemational trade law and ttie 

dimenstons of managing a MNE. 

WBS921 Strategic Decision Making 

Autumn/Spring 

This is the capstone core subjed for the MBA program and develops 

an integrated view of strategy taking into consideration ttie previous 

foundation subjeds studted. The key topic areas indude: sfrategy 

forniation, choice and implementation; strategy and strudure and ttie 

organisational context; strategy and competrtive advantage and 

corporate and global strategies. 

WBS924 Management Project 


Students are required to present a management report, to agreed 

guidelines and to a maximum tength of 10,000 words. This projed 

must relate to a students chosen area of spedalisation wrthin ttie 

MBA. 

WBS925 Inventory Management 


This subjed aims to provide the student with state-of-the-art 

knowtedge of inventoty management theoty and pradice. Topics 

induded will be as follows: materials management; management of 

storage and retrieval fadlrties; types of inventoty problems; 

measuring inventoty perfonnance; inventoty management systems 

for independent demand items; influence of forecaste and 

uncertainties of demand and tead time; dependent demand inventoty 

systems; murti-echelon inventoty management; dedsion models for 

inventoty management; simulation models of inventoty management 

systems; and case studies of wortd-dass inventoty management. 

WBS926 Manufacturing Management 


This subjed will provide the student wrth a thorough knowledge of the 

basic theories and pradices of manufaduring management. Topics 

covered will indude ttie following: aggregate production planning; 

capacrty planning; master scheduling; material requirements planning; 

dassical approaches to scheduling and sequendng induding single 

wortc centre and multiple wortc centre problems; assembly line design 

and balandng; focused fadories; group technology; and information 

systems and cost systems for produdion management. 

WBS928 Transport Logistics Management 


This subjed provtoes ttie student wrth state-of-the-art knowledge of 

management systems relating to ttie fransportation of producte wrthin 

manufaduring plante and their distribution to ttie martcet. Topics 

covered will indude: location analysis; location planning; layout 

planning; transportation systems in manufaduring plants; managing 

the distribution of finished produds; optimum vehicte routing 

technkjues; and achteving high quality delivety perfonnance. 

WBS929 Management of Process Innovation 


A key concem of contemporaty technology management is improving 

the rate and qualrty of process innovation by adopting new methods to 

successfolly integrate environmental, human, organisational and 

technological fadors. This subjed introduces ttie stijdent to ttie 

interdependent human and technological charader of woric systems 

and provtoes prindples and methodologtes for designing more 

effedive organisations. This subjed is focused on the 'design' aspecte 

of process innovation and covers in some deteil sodo-technical 

system design. 


WBS930 Production and Operations Management 


A study ofttie design and operations of adivrties for ttie produdton of 

gocxJs and services. Topics indude: qualrtative and quantitetive 

forecasting, production planning, scheduling, management of quality 

and produdivity, projed management and flexibte manufaduring 

systems (FMS). Emphasis will be placed on a comparison of 

Japanese produdton and qualrty management methods wrth traditional 

Westem mettiods, total quality management (TQM), computer atoed 

manufacforing (CAM), and implications for human resource 

management 

WBS932 Service Operations 


The impad of service operations management is wtoespread. tt falls 

not only on service firms but also on service wherever rt may be found. 

Over tiie decades, ttie line ttiat separates manufaduring and service 

has become more and more blurred. This subjed will emphasise 

ttiree ttiemes. First, this subjed is devoted to ttie management of 

service operations. Secxind, for services ttie process is the produd 

and, therefore, mariceting and strategic issues cannot be separated 

from operations, whic:h in tum cannot ignore behavioural issues 

assodated wrth customer contad. Finally, infonmation technology is 

recognised as the enabter of continuous improvement in produdivrty 

and quality services. 

WBS933 Procurement Policy and Management 


In most teading firms today, ttie fondion ttiat used to be called 

purchasing, or procurement, has expanded to become Supply 

Management. This subjed looks at ttie expanded responsibilrty d 

procurement and rts integration with long-tenn strategic corporate 

planning. Procurement now indudes partidpating collaboratively in 

key material requirements detenninations and supplier qualrtication; 

and focuses on the management of supplier relations and performance. 

This subjed incorporates all these areas in ttie development of 

procûrement and suppfy chain management. 

WBS945 MBA Project 


Sfodente are required to present a management report, to agreed 

gutoelines and to a maximum length of 15,000 words. 

WBS950 Quality in Management 


This subjed provides an introdudion to Quality Management in 

organisations undergoing rapid change, tt provides frameworks of 

understanding for the development of ttie quality movement in postindustrial 

sodety and as a coherent field of intelledual study; an 

overview of qualrty tools and their purposes; Hie crrtical roles of 

peopte and change in quality organisations; and an understanding of 

services marketing wrth particular focxjs on service qualrty and 

customer satisfadion. 

WBS952 Implementing Quality Systems 


This subjed addresses ttie systems employed for ongoing quality 

management induding qualrty control and qualrty assurance, as well 

as improvement of qualrty. Induded is an examination of systems 

thinking as rt applies to qualrty management; ttie scope of modem 

qualrty systems; ISO quality system certification; continuous 

improvement methodologtes, qualrty system implementation; various 

pradical high impad methodologies and tools; the finandal systems to 

support qualrty management endeavours; and case sfodies. 

WBS954 Quality Management and Design 


This subjed continues ttie development of major toeas in ttie 

management of qualrty organisations in post-industrial economies 

covered in WBS950 and WBS953 by developing intelledual 

framewortcs and methodologies for ttie design of effective 

management qualrty systems; establishing new styles of competrtive 

advantage through qualrty systems in learning organisations; and an 

examination of qualrty environments for gcxxl design features with 

particular emphasis on ttie service, manufaduring and non-profit 

sedors.


WBS980 International Financial Analysis and Decision 

Making 


Financial environment of intemational corporate adivity; foreign 

exchange and derivatives martcets; methods of foreign exchange risk 

measurement and management oven/iew of intemational finandal 

martcets and instruments; finandng of foreign frade and foreign direcrt 

investinente; intemational working caprtal management investinent 

dedsion making in an intemational context, induding countty risk 

analysis; intemational aspeds of controlling, reporting and 

perfonnance analysis; effec:te of govemment regulation on 

management deasion making. 

WBS981 Organisational Behaviour and Human 

Resource Management 


This subjed provtoes an introdudion to key concepte and applications 

in seleded topics in organisational behaviour and human resource 

management. A cross-cuttural perspedive is used in examination of 

ttie following: culture, mutticuttural teams, global teadership, 

motivation and decision-making, global negotiation, gtobal careers, 

human resource management tiieoty, human resource sfrategy and 

planning, job analysis, recrurtment and seledion, perfonmance 

appraisal and remuneration, job design, heatth and safety, employment 

relations, and intemational human resource management. 

WBS982 Advertising and Marketing in a Global 

Economy 


This subjed will indude ttie following: infrodudion to global 

martceting; ttie gtobal economic environment: intemational 

organisations/regional groupings; social, cuttural, polrtical, legal and 

regulatory environmente; ttie impad of ttie gtobal finandal 

environment and foreign exchange dedsions on martceting; global 

martceting infonnation systems and research; market entty mode 

strategies; exporting, licensing, joint venfores, strategic alliances and 

wholly-owned subsidiaries: global segmentetion, targeting, produd 

and pridng dedsions; Intemational logistics planning; global 

martceting communications decisions and the global martceting plan 

WBS983 International Economic Environment for 

Business 


This subjed examines ttie national and intemational fadors which 

shapie the business environment The inter-play behween macro and 

microeconomic is examined as well as ttie impad of national 

economic polides on business. The rote of frade and foreign 

investment is discûssed in economic and tegal temns, as well as a 

vanety of issues such as ttie environment government regulation and 

economic grov\rth. 

WBS984 International Business Strategy 


This is ttie one of ttie five compulsoty subjeds for ttie Master of 

Intemattonal Business which brings together and develops in more 

detail spedfic subjed material covered in ttie other four compulsoty 

subjeds for the program Integrative key topic areas are drawn from: 

strategic operations, finance, martceting, macro-economics, 

competrtive advantage and corporate and global sfrategies. 

WBS990 Special Topic/s 


Topic to be approved by ttie Diredor of ttie Business School

BUSINESS SYSTEMS 



Business Systems 127 


2. Honours Master of Commerce by Coursework and/or Research 

3. Master of Business Administration (specialisations in Information Systems Management, Information Systems Development, 

Electronic Commerce). 

4. Master of Commerce 

5. Graduate Diploma in Commerce (Business Information Systems) 

6. Graduate Certificate in Business Information Systems 

7. Graduate Certificate in Electronic Commerce (not on offer in 1999). 


The following areas of research are available to candidates undertaking research degrees or projeds as part of their programs in Business Infonnation 

Systems, 

Systems in Context 

This area addresses contextual, interpretivist and reflexive approadies to the desaiption and development of woric pradices, woricplaces, organisations 

and ttieir assodated infomnation systems. Current research adivrties focus on: 

(a) Systemic Semiotics 

(b) the Application of Adivrty Theoty and Ottier Techniques to the Study of Infonnation Systems in Organisations. 

Analysing, Developing and Integrating Internet Commerce Technologies in Organisations 

This area addresses ttie study of Intemet Commerce in terms of intemet applications within businesses, inter-enterprise applications (betiween 

businesses) virtual communrties (sodal systems) and eledronic trading (relationships between business and customers). Current research adivrties 

focus on: 

a) Successfol Generation of Internet Commerce Application Requirements for Small/Medium Enterprises 

b) Eledronic Commerce Strategies 

c) Modelling the Drtfosion of Infonnation. 

Decision Systems 

This area addresses theoretical and pradical questions relating to modelling, prototyping, implementing and testing complex infonnation systems 

applications to support sfiedfic dasses of dedsions and business processes. Technologies employed may indude objed-relational, objed-oriented and 

CLAP databases, hypennedia, intemet programming, date mining, groupware, knowledge-based systems, constraint based reasoning, and agent 

oriented systems. Current research adivrties focus on: 

a) Dedsion Support for Scheduling Decisions 

b) Knowledge-Based Software Engineering 

c) Database Quetying of the Worid-Wide Web 

d) Data Mining and Data Sharing 


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

leading to the Master of Commerce or the Honours Master of Commerce. 


(i) Master of Commerce 

Schedute1 

Compulsory subjects 

BUSS945 

BUSS950 

BUSS951 

BUSS952 

~BUSS953 

Information Systems Projed 

Systems Development Methodologies 

Critical Issues in Systems Development 

Information Systems Management 

Management of Systems Development 

12 credrt pointe of 900 level BUSS subjeds seteded from Schedule 3. 

(Ii) Honours Master of Commerce 

Schedute 2 

jySS981 

_BUSS982 

BUSS983 

_BySS984 

_BysS986 

LB0SS^7_ 

Advanced Infonmation Systems Topic A 

Advanced Information Systems Topic B 

Advanced Information Systems Topic C 

Advanced Infonnation Systems Topic D 

Research Report 

Thesis 


12 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

12 

12 

24 

48


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Leading to the Master of Business Administration specialisations in Systems Management, Systems Development or Electronic Commerce, 

Refer to The Business School entty. 



Schedute 3 

BUSS906 

BUSS907 

BUSS908 

BUSS909 

BUSS924 

BUSS925 

BUSS926 

BUSS927 

BUSS928 

BUSS929 

Infomnation in Organisations 

Eledronic Commerce 

Intelligent Tutoring Systems 

Office Automation and Intranete 

Systems Modelling and Simulation 

Techniques for Knowtedge-Based Systems Development 

Dedsion Support Systems 

Human Computer Interadion 

Cunent Issues in Knowtedge-Based Systems Development 

Infonnation Systems Research Methods 

'BUSS929 may be chosen by MCom and MBA coursewortc students wrth approval from the Head of Department 

Not all subjeds in Sc:hedule 4 are on offer in any year. 


Schedute4 

BUSS211 

BUSS212 

BUSS214 

BUSS215 

BUSS311 

BUSS312 

BUSS316 

BUSS317 

Business Systems Development A 

Business Systems Development B 

Commercial Programming 1 

Commercial Programming II 

Database Management Systems 

Distributed Infonnation Systems 

Infonnation Systems Prototyping 

Advanced Business Programming 

Descriptions for ttie subjeds in this schedute are provtoed in ttie University Undergraduate Calendar. Pre-requisrtes will not apply to Graduate 

Diploma and Graduate Certtficate sfodente. Students may substrtute ottier 200 or 300 tevel BUSS subjecte in Schedute 4 or 5 with approval from the 

Head of Department 

Graduate Certificate in Business Information Systems 

Schedutes 

BUSS211 

BUSS212 

BUSS311 

BUSS316 

Business Systems Development A 

Business Systems Development B 

Database Management Systems 

Infonnation Systems Prototyping 

For forther cteteils, see Course Requiremente below. 

Graduate Certificate in Electronic Commerce 

Sdiedute 6 

BUSS 312 

BUSS 907 

BUSS 930 

One of either 

BUSS 909 

IACT303 

Distributed Infonmation Systems 

Etedronic Commerce 

Current Programming Diredions 

Office Automation and Intranete 

Worid Wtoe Networicing 

not on offer in 1999. 



6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

' " ' 6 

6 

6_ 

6 

6 , 

6 

' 6 , 

Candtoates for the degree enrol in BUSS 999 Doctoral Thesis, (48 aedrt pointe) and will be required to comptete satisfadorily BUSS929 Information 

Systems Researdi Mettiods (6 aedrt pointe) tf ttiey have not already completed a subjed equivalent to BUSS929 prior to commendng ttie course 

2. HONOURS MASTER OF COMMERCE (BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS) 

i. Candtoates who have oimpteted ttie requiremente for ttie award of B.Com(Hons) in Business Information Systems at a standard of Class II 

Drvision 2 or higher or an equivatent degree may qualify for ttie award of ttie MCom(Hons) degree by compteting at honours standard one c* the 

following courses of study: / K a 

(a) BUSS987 Masters Thesis (48 aedrt pointe);

Business Systems 129 

(b) BUSS986 Research Report (24 aedrt points) and courseworic seleded from BUSS900 - level subjeds aggregating to not less ttian 24 

aedrt points 

In erther case candidates will be required to complete satisfadorily BUSS929 Infonnation Systems Research Mettiods (6 credrt points) if 

they have not already completed a subjed equivalent to BUSS929 prior to commendng the course 

ii. Candtoates who have completed ttie requirements for ttie BCom(Hons) degree at a standard less ttian Honours Class II, Division 2, or 

equivatent degree, may, subjed to ttie attainment of a satisfadoty standard in ttiat degree, be penmrtted to register as candidates for die 

MCom(Hons) degree. Such candtoates may qualify for the award of the degree by completing at honours standard subjeds aggregating not less 

tiian 96 aedrt points of which subjecte aggregating not less ttian 48 aedrt pointe shall be seleded in accordance wrth ttie requirements of (1) 

above. 

3. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT, INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

DEVELOPMENT, ELECTRONIC COMMERCE 

Refer to the Business School Entty. 


The MCom(Pass) degree spedalising in Business Infonmation Systems provtoes graduates wrth ttie opportunrty to study some advanced topics in 

infonnation systems and to undertake a research projed in one of ttie areas of research interest in ttie department. The program aims to botti 

deepen and broaden ttie knowledge and skills of studente in systems devetopment methodology, systems management and a seleded area of IS 

research. Graduates from ttie program wouto be qualified to take on a senior analyst or projed management rote in the IS Department, to plan and 

initiate innovative use of IT/IS wrthin their organisations, or to pursue forther research via dodoral studies. The one year foil-time course may also 

be studied part time. Applicants must have: 

(i) a degree in computing and or IS; or 

(ii) a degree wrth a major study in computing and/or IS; or 

(ill) a graduate diploma in computing and/or IS. 

5. GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMMERCE (BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS) 

This course aims to provide graduates from a recognised tertiaty course, a program of studtes which will enabte them to fondton as an 

infonnation systems professional wrthin an organisation or business concem. The course curriculum provides a balanced approach to ttie 

technical knowledge and skills as well as the human emphases of the infonmation systems field 

The course is spedfically designed for those who hold tertiaty qualtfications in areas not related to ttie disdpline of infonnation systems and who 

wish to gain essential inrtial education in infonmation systems. 

Spedfic admission requirements for the Diploma: 

i. a universrty degree or equivalent; 

ii. completion of at least ttie equivalent of one introdudoty computer or programming subjed at tertiaty level. Applicante not meeting this 

requirement may do the Summer Session subjed BUSS111 at this Universrty prior to commencement. 

In appropriate drcumstances a person may be admrtted if he/she submrts evidence of such academic and professional attainmente deemed to be 

equivalent to the requiremente above. 

Course Duration 

The course is available by part-time study over four sessions (two years), in which case each student takes two subjecte in any session, or by 

foil-time study over two sessions. 

Course Stivcture 

The course is a coherent program of study which involves ttie successfol comptetion of eight subjeds (48 credrt pointe) as listed above in 

Schedute 4. 

6. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

This one year part-time course is designed for graduates from a recognised tertiaty instrtution seeking an introdudoty course in ttie field d 

infonnation systems. 

Spedfic entty requirements for the Certificate are: 

(i) a Universrty degree or equivalent; 

(ii) completion of at least ttie equivatent of one introdudoty computer programming subjed at tertiaty level. Applicante not meeting this 

requirement may do the Summer Session subjed BUSS 111 at this Universrty prior to commencement. 

The course is spedfically designed for and restrided to those who hold qualtfications in areas not related to ttie disdpline of infomnation systems. 

Sfodente performing at a satisfadoty level in ttie Graduate Certificate may be penmrtted to continue wrth ttie Graduate Diploma in Comm,erce 

(Business Infonnation Systems) wrth up to 24 credrt pointe of spedfied aedrt. These sfodente will not be entitted to receive ttie Graduate 

Certificate in Business Infonnation Systems. 

7. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN ELECTRONIC COMMERCE 

This one year part-time course is designed for graduates from a recognised tertiaty instrtution seeking an introdudoty course in ttie field of 

etedronic commerce. 

Spedfic entty requirements for the Certificate are: 

(i) a Universrty degree or equivatent;


(ii) completion of at teast ttie equivatent of one introdudoty computer programming subjed at tertiaty level. Applicants not meeting this 

requirement may do the Summer Sesston subjed BUSS 111 at this University prior to commencement 

Course Stivcture 

Requires the comptetion of four subjeds (24 credrt points) as listed in Schedute 6. 


Textixiok details are posted on the Departmental noticeboard. Contad hours for 900 level subjeds is nomially 3 hrs/wk. The postgraduate coordinator's 

name is notrfied on ttie Departments noticeboard. 

BUSS903 Information Systems for Managers 

Spring/Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed aims to provide an understanding ofthe use and impad of 

infonnation technotogy in organizations, in particular rt provides an 

analysis of ttie strudures and fondions of ttie range of typical 

computer-based business infonmation systems. The applications of 

infonnation systems and issues fadng managers will be examined. 

Other issues constoered are the integration of discrete applications into 

ttie total information system and organizational implications of such 

integration and automation. 

This subjed is toenttfied as WBS906 ttiroughout ttie Business School 

entty. 

BUSS906 Information in Organisations 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed establishes a foundation for understanding ttie role d 

infonnation systems in organisations and how such systems relate to 

organisational objedives and stmdures. Topics covered indude: ttie 

systems concepte in an organisation; information theoty; infonnation 

flows and dedsion processes; nafore of infonnation systems in 

organisations; techniques and skills in representing system stixidures; 

and integration of infonnation systems into the organisational strudure. 

Examples will be drawn from business organisational settings 

wherever possibte. 

BUSS907 Electronic Commerce 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed examines ttie prindples, technkjues, methodologies, 

organisational and human implications of ttie business approach to 

eledronic commerce, ttie business approach to using ttie intemet, 

commercial applications for ttie infonnation supertiighway and ttie 

competrtive advantage obtainabte from eledronic commerce 

BUSS908 Intelligent Tutoring Systems 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed examines the design, construdion, and implementation of 

intelligent tutoring systems and adaptive instrudional programs, tt 

draws upon recent advances in artificial intelligenoe, software 

engineering, and tiie psychology of teaming, and appltes ttiese 

developments to ttie design of computer software for training and 

instrudion. Examples and applications will be drawn from ttie 

business environment 

BUSS909 Office Automation and Intranets 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed considers ttie integration of key etemente in office 

automation and intranets namely: peopte; computers, aid 

communication - wrth the uttimate aim of improving ttie produdivrty of 

office steff tt examines such issues as: ttie tec:hnology of text; 

hypertext data; image; and audto-processing; human and ergonomic 

fadors; office systems analysis; personnel and professional 

management atos; computer-based infonnation services and ttie 

design of intranete 

BUSS924 Systems Modelling and Simulation 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed aims to develop ttie concepte of modelling and simulation 

as applied to infonnation systems A variety of models, bdh 

detenninistic and stochastic and ttie associated methodologies will be 

presented. The sfodente will be expeded to adually construd a 

model(s) and to evaluate the perfonnance of ttie model by analysis or 

simulation wrth ttie view to optimise ttie perfonnance of ttie real 

system. Simulation languages GPSS and SLAM II will be infroduced. 

BUSS925 Techniques for Knowledge-Based Systems 

Development 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed provides a comprehensive understanding of the 

technques and tools used in knowledge-based systems devetopment 

wrth particular emphasis on ttie role of knowledge-based systems in 

business applications. Topics covered indude components of a 

knowtedge-based system, rule-based and frame-based methodologies, 

knowtedge acquisrtion, knowledge representation, knowtedge 

fomiulation, inference mechanisms and technkjues used in 

implementing a knowledge-based system. The subjed also considers 

the evaluation and selection of knowledge-based systems development 

tools and technkiues. 

BUSS926 Decision Support Systems 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed examines ttie following issues in dedsion support 

systems: objedive and subjedive rationality in dedsion making; 

decision making process in individuals and in organisations; 

uncertainty and risks; Delphi and group techniques; the rote of dedsion 

support systems in MIS; design and evolution of dedsion support 

systems; cognrtive styles, man-machine interfaces, tools and 

tec^hniques in support of dedsion making. 

BUSS927 Human Computer Interaction 

Spring 6 cp 

The aim of this subjed is to make studente aware of Ihe 

muttidisdplinaty nature of the domain of Human Computer Interadion. 

tt aims to provide stuctente with ttie knowledge and skills required to 

make sound judgemente about ttie design of a business computer 

system in terms of its suitability for achieving ttie particular goals 

required by rts users, to evaluate how well software systems fulfil the 

needs of their users and to contribute to ttie design of user-centred 

systems in which users and task needs are given major consideration 

BUSS928 Current Issues in Knovirledge-Based Systems 

Development 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed provides a broader perspedive to knowtedge-based 

systems technotogy by investigating some of ttie cunent issues and 

trends in knowtedge-based systems development wrth particular 

emphasis on ttie methods for successful knowledge-based systems 

applications in ttie business environment. 

BUSS929 Information Systems Research Methods 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjec:t will provtoe a comprehensive infrodudion to a range d 

issues related to ttie choice and application of appropriate research 

methods for infonnation systems (IS) research. Given Ihe 

multidisciplinaty nature of ttie IS fieto, researchers have employed 

diverse methods and the studente will be exposed to some of ttie more 

significant approaches. 

BUSS930 Current Programming Directions 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed provtoes an appredation of ttie program devetopment 

tasks of ttie infonnation systems professional. Topics indude Ihe 

historical development of programming and computer languages; Ihe 

fondamentals of computer use, and appropriate software packages; Ihe 

program development process induding basic programming concepts, 

programming as part of ttie systems development cyde; software 

devetopment approaches in nnodem organisations and current and 

fufore ttends in computer programming induding applications to Ihe 

internet and ttie Worid Wtoe Web.

BUSS931 Database for Managers 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed provtoes an appredation of ttie concepte, management 

and development of database systems in business organisations. 

Topics covered indude: ttie histoty of data' i-^ ttie strudure of date, 

database design, issues of database admr ^ dtion, database control 

issues and pradical experience wrth ttie use ot database packages. 

BUSS945 Information Systems Project 

Double/Autumn/Spring 12 cp 

The aim of ttiis subjec:t is to provtoe sfodente wrth ttie opportunrty to 

shjdy a topic of research interest erther wrthin an extemal 

organisational setting (MBA studente), or wrthin a staff research group 

in the department (MCom or MBA sfodente). The projed will be 

compteted under staff supervision and culminates In the prctoudion of a 

substantial written report plus ottier producte such as software, 

manuals as appropriate to the projed. 

BUSS950 Systems Development Methodologies 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed aims to overview and compare a range of systems 

development methodologtes ttirough ttie study of ttie underiying 

philosophical basis and methods, tools and technques used in ttiese 

mettiodologtes. 

BUSS951 Critical Issues in Systems Development 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed aims to provide a crrtical examination of ttie relationships 

between systems development methodologies and organisational 

contexts ttirough ttie study of attemative systems devetopment life 

cydes and development pradices. 

BUSS952 Information Systems Management 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed examines a number of cun-ent management issues 

pertinent to the effective and effident use of IS/IT resources ttiroughout 

an organisation. Issues constoered indude: strategic planning and ttie 

use of IS/IT for gaining competitive advantage; linking business and 

IS/IT planning, formulating IS/IT archrtedure, and infonnation 

management strategies; strudure, organisation and placement of ttie 

IS/IT Department wrthin the organisation; end-user computing and IS/IT 

Department support; IS/IT Department fondions and operations; 

organisattonal change, IS/IT ethics. 

BUSS953 Management of Systems Development 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed provides an introduction to, and overview of, ttie 

knowtedge and skills required to successfolly manage cximputer-based 

systems development projeds within an organisational setting. Topics 

and issues considered include: IS/IT projed management and its 

organisational context; projed management tools and technques; 

feasibilrty study mettiods; resource estimatton techniques; IS/IT projed 

groups behaviour, and management systems development 

environments for professionals and end-users; qualrty assurance; 

projed and system evaluation. 

BUSS981 Advanced Information Systems Topic A 6 cp 

BUSS982 Advanced Information Systems Topic B 6 cp 

BUSS983 Advanced Information Systems Topic C12 cp 

BUSS984 Advanced Information Systems Topic D12 cp 

BUSS986 Research Report 24 cp 

BUSS987 Masters Thesis 48 cp 

BUSS999 Doctoral Thesis 48 cp 

Business Systems 131

132 Facutty of Commerece 

ECONOMICS 




2 Honours Master of Commerce by Coursework and/or Research 

Honours Master of Arts by Coursework and/or Research 

3. Master of Commerce by Coursework 

4. Graduate Diploma in Commerce (Economics) 

5. Graduate Certificate in Applied Economics 


General Economics 

Development Economics 

Global Economics 

Human Resource Economics 

Environmental and Resource Economics 

Managerial Economics 

Money Banking and Finance 

Public Policy 

Quantrtative Economics 

There is a Supptementaty Schedute 11 for postgraduate subjecte offiered by ttie Department of Economics for postgraduate studente taking ottier 

degrees. The Industrial Relations Schedules 12 and 13 are given in ttie Industrial Relations sedion. In spedal circumstances ttie Head of the 

Department may substrtute an approved 900-tevel subjed for a subjed or subjeds in Schedules 2 to 11. 

Subjed to student demand, staff availability, and resource limitations, some subjecte may not be available in a given year The session in which a 

subjed is to be offered will be detennined by the Head of Department. Conted the Department of Economics for details. 


The areas of research in which staff can offer supervision are indicated by ttie areas by Schedules 1 to 11 and by ttie spedfic subjeds wrthin ttiose 

schedutes. Ottier areas may be offered subjed to consultation wrth the Head of Department. 


Variations to the Schedules 1-10 must be approved by the Head of the Department of Economics or the Postgradduate Co-ordinator. 

SCHEDULE 1: MASTER OF COMMERCE (HONOURS) ECONOMICS 


ECON996 

ECON997 

ECON998^ 

and one from 

ECON992 

ECON993^ 

Advanced Maaoeconomic Theoty 

Advanced Miaoeconomic Theoty 

Graduate Quantitative Analysis 


Thesis 

Head of the Department of Economics may agree to the substitution of another quantitetive subject for ECON998. 

Only for candidates who have successfolly compteted ECON996, 997 and 998 or ttieir equivatents. 

SCHEDULE 2: GENERAL ECONOMICS 


(a) Graduate Certificate/Graduate Diploma 

ECON205 Maaoeconomic Theoty and Policy 

ECON215 Microeconomic Theoty and Poltoy 

Any approved 200 or 300 tevel Economics subjed 

(b) Master of Commerce 

' ECON936 Graduate Maaoeconomics 

ECON937 

and one from 

Graduate Miaoeconomics 

ECON906 Histoty of Economic Thought 

ECON942 Advanced Toptos B 

ECON998 Graduate Quantrtative Analysis 

24 

48

SCHEDULE 3: DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS 

Economtos 133 



Three from 

ECON251 

ECON302 

ECON303 

ECON310 


Three fn^m 

ECON907 

1" ECON908 

ECON924 

ECON925 

Industiy and Trade in East Asia 

Transrtion Economics 

Economic Development Issues 

Cost-Benefit Analysis 


Advanced Topics in the Economics of Development 

International Economic Relations 

Trade and Industity in East Asia 

SCHEDULE 4: GLOBAL ECONOMICS 



Three (including at least one 300 level subject) from 

ECON216 Intemational Trade Theoty & Policy 

ECON251 Industty and Trade in East Asia 

ECON302 Comparative Economic Systems 

ECON307 International Monetaty Economics 

ECON334 Global Economics 


Three from 

ECON902 

EC0N911 

ECON924 

ECON925 

Advanced International Monetaty Economics 

Advanced Intemational Economics 

Intemational Economic Relations - B 

Trade and Industty in East Asia 

SCHEDULE 5: HUMAN RESOURCE ECONOMICS 



Three from 

ECON208 

ECON240 

ECON308 

ECON315 

ECON317 


Three from 

ECON912 

ECON916 

ECON917 

_ECON957 

Gender, Work and Family 

Industrial Relations B: Wage Detennination in Australia 

Labour Economics 

Applied Miaoeconomics 



Miaoeconomic Analysis 


Produdivrty and Labour 

SCHEDULE 6: ENVIRONMENTAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS 



Three from 

1CON207 

JCON309 

ECON310 


Three from 

_tCON907 

[1C0N938_ 

_tCpN943 

LtCONWl___^ 

Economic Policy 

Environmental Economics 


Natural Resource Economics 



Advanced Topics in Economics - C 

Advanced Topics in Economics - A 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8

134 Faculty of Commerece 

SCHEDULE 7: MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 



ECON312 Industrial Economics 

ECON331 Finandal Economics 

ECON332 Managerial Economics 

b) Master of Commerce 


ECON934 Advanced Finandal Economics 

ECON935 Advanced Managerial Economics 

SCHEDULE 8: MONEY, BANKING AND FINANCE 



ECON301 

ECON307 

ECON331 


ECON901 

ECON902 

ECON934 

Monetaty Economics 

Intemational Monetaty Economics 

Finandal Ecxinomics 

Monetaty Economics 

Advanced Intemational Monetaty Economics 

Advanced Finandal Economics 

SCHEDULE 9: PUBLIC POLICY 

Credit Pointe 



Three from 

ECON207 

ECON309 

ECON310 

ECON315 


ECON903 

ECON916 

ECON938 

Economic Policy 



Applied Miaoeconomics 

Public Finance 

Miaoeconomic Analysis 


SCHEDULE 10: QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS 



Three (including at least one 300 level subject) from 

ECON221 Introdudoty Econometiics 

ECON228 Quantitative Analysis for Dedston Making -1 

ECON231 Business Stetistics and Forecasting 

ECON322 Mathemattoal Economics 

ECON327 Econometiics 

ECON332 Managenal Economics and Operations Research 


Three from 

ECON909 

ECON921 

ECON935 

ECON939 

ECON940 

ECON941 

Econometric Theory 

Economebic Models 

Advanced Managerial Economics and Operations Research 

Prindples of Econometrics 

Econometric Analysis 

Advanced Topics in Economics - A 

SCHEDULE 11: SUPPLEMENTARY 


ECON918 

ECON929 

ECON932 

Economtos of Heatth Care - A (Not to count wrth ECON917) 

Maacxjynamks 

Economto Analysis of ttie Business Environment 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8

Economics 135 


_ECON933_ 

'EC0N944' 

ECON945 

JCON946 

"lCON980~ 

ECON981 

1CON982 

ECON983 

ECON984 

ECON985 

a 

Game Theoty 

Advanced Topics in Economics - D 

Advanced Topics in Economics - E 

Advanced Topics in Economics - F 

Special Topics in Economics A 

Special Topics in Economics B 

Intemational Economic Relations 

Trade and Industty in East Asia - A 

Finandal Economics 

Spedal Topics in Economics C 

ECON991 Projed 16 



For ttie degree of Dodor of Philosophy, candtoates enrol in ttie subjed ECON993 Thesis. Additional subjecte may be required. 



The purpose ofthe Honours Masters degree is to provide graduate studente who have completed the Economics spedalisation for the BCom degree (or 

equivalent) wrth ttie opportunrty for forther in-depth study of advanced topics In Economics as a preparation for a professional career in economics. 

Entty requires a BCom degree wrth a specialisation in Economics or an equivatent degree. 

The Course Rules goveming the Honours Masters degree will apply. 

The degree of 96 aedrt points can be studied foil-time over two years, or may be studted part-time. 

For ttie Honours Master degree studente must, subjed to ttie subsequent advanced standing or exemptton dause: 

(i) complete Schedule 1 (48 credrt pointe) and 

(ii) comptete 24 credrt pointe from sedion (b) of one ofthe Schedutes (3b-10b) of one ofthe Schedutes 3-10, and 

(iii) complete an addrtional 24 credrt points of approved 900-level economic subjeds. 

Students who have completed ttie BCom(Hons) in Economics or ttie BA(Hons) in Economics, or an equivalent degree, and who have graduated in 

Honours wrth a standard of Class II, Division 2 or higher may be given acivanced stending or exemption up to a maximum of 48 credrt points of ttie 

required 96 credrt points. 


The purpose of this pass degree is to provide graduate students who have compteted the Economics spedalisation for ttie BCom degree (or equivalent) 

wrth the opportunrty for forther in-depth study of advanced topics in Economics as a preparation for a professional career in economics. 

The Course Rules governing the Masters degree will apply. 

The degree of 48 credrt points may be studied foil-time over one year, or may be studied part-time. 

For the Master of Commerce degree, normally students must complete 48 credrt points at the 900 tevel induding: 

(i) 24 credrt pointe from Schedule I or sedion (b) of Schedule 2 and 

(ii) 24 aedrt points from section (b) of one of ttie Schedules 3-10. 

Entty requires a BCom degree wrth a spedalisation in Economics or an equivatent degree. Candtoates virtio do not have a spedalisation in Economics 

but who have the equivalent of Economics to second-year level in their undergraduate degree may tie penmrtted to sfody for ttie degree provtoed ttiey 

have first passed a program of 24 aedrt points of 300-tevel Economics subjecte approved by ttie Head of Department; ttius ttie total aedrt points 

required for these candidates is 72. 


The purpose of this diploma is to provide graduate students who have not compteted an Economics spedalisation in ttieir undergraduate degree wrth ttie 

opportunrty for advanced sfody in Economics. 

The Course Rules goveming Graduate Diplomas will apply. Accordingly, candtoates for ttie Graduate Diploma in Commerce will nonnally hoto a 

Bachetor degree from an approved instrtution. In spedal drcumstances a professional person hoWing a tertiaty qualrtication ottier ttian a Bachelor 

degree may be pennrtted to enrol. 

The Graduate Diploma in Commerce requires two sessions of foil-time study or the part-time equivalent. 

For the Graduate Diploma students must complete 48 credrt pointe induding: 

Where studente have exemptions from these subjeds, 24 credrt pointe from Schedutes 3-11, approved by ttie Head of Department, may be used to 

futfil requirement (i).

136 Faculty of Commerece 

(i) 24 aedrt points from sedion (a) of Schedule 2, and 

(ii) 24 aedrt points from section (a) of one ofttie Schedutes 3-10. 

5. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN APPLIED ECONOMICS 

The purpose of this certificate is to provide graduate sfodente an opportunrty for advanced sfody in Applied Economics. The award is surtabte for students 

who have not completed an Economics spedalisation in their undergraduate degree. Sedion (a) of Schedute 2 is usually most appropnate for sudi 

studente The award is also designed for ttiose who have compteted an undergraduate major in Economics and who would like to pursue a short course 

wrth advanced study in a spedalist area Sedion (a) of Schedutes 3-10 is usually most appropriate for such studente. 

The Graduate Certificate can be completed in one session of foil-time study or the part-time equivalent. 

For the Graduate Certrticate studente must complete 24 aedrt points from sedion (a) of one of Schedules 2-10. Some ofthe subjeds have prerequisites 

which must be met unless waived by ttie Head of ttie Department. 


Composition of Subjeds 

Normally three hours ledures/seminars per week. 

Assessment 

Continuous assessment by wrrtten assignments, essays and examinations. 

Texti30oks and subject co-ordinators 

Details of texttjooks and subjed coordinators will be availabte at the beginning of each session. 

The following subjeds will be not be offered in 1999: 

ECON929 

ECON933 

Maaodynamics 

Game Theoty 

ECON901 Monetary Economics 

Spring 8 cp 

The subjed is in hwo sedions. The first focuses on a comparison of 

the monetaty transmission mechanism and policy implications arising 

from ttie Classical, Keynesian, Monetarist and New Classical 

theones. The second sedion analyses ttie money supply and rts 

confrol, and condud of monetaty policy, money in ttie open economy, 

inflation, the Australian finandal system, and finanaal deregulation in 

Australia 

ECON902 Advanced International Monetary Economics 

Spring 8 cp 

Topics covered will include foreign exchange martcets; banking and 

finanaal institutions; money supply, price level and intemational 

adjustment; intemational monetaty system 

ECON903 Public Finance 


This subjed forther develops topics encountered in ttie undergraduate 

Public Finance course Particular emphasis will tie placed on issues 

sunounding inter-govern-mental fiscal relations in a federal system 

Questions of fiscal transfer mechanism, divisions of powers and 

responsibilrties and the equalisation measures which might be used 

will be considered. 

ECON906 History of Economic Thought 

Autumn 8 cp 

A subjed designed to infroduce studente to ttie main developmente in 

economic theoty from ttie 17tti to 20tti centuries Intemal changes in 

theories, relationships between successive theories and external 

influences on this devetopment will be examined. Sfodente will be 

expeded to read wtoely in both primaty and secondaty sources 

ECON908 Advanced Topics in the Economics of 

Development 

Autumn 8 cp 

The subjed provtoes an in-depth analysis of development in the light of 

theoty and experience Topics indude: economic growth versus 

economic development; poverty and inequalrty; population growth; 

unemployment and rural-urban migration; technological change; 

peasant agriculture and agricuttural produdivrty; human caprtal and 

devetopment role of caprtal; aedrt and institutions; intemational 

dimensions of development and development policy. 

ECON909 Econometric Theory 8 cp 

This subjed deals wrth advanced topics in ttie theoty and pradice of 

econometrics arto covers contemporaty issues of modelling 

specification, estimation, testing, and forecasting Much of ttie subjed 

will be based on joumal articles in which ttie current econometric 

issues have been discussed. 

EC0N911 Advanced International Economics 

Spring 8 cp 

Aspeds of some of ttie following topics are studied in-depth: growth 

and trade, fador transfers (foreign investinent); tariffs; importsubstrtuting 

industrialisation; foreign exchange martcet; intemal and 

external balance (the hwo-gap model). 

ECON912 Labour Economics 

Spring 8 cp 

This subjed will provide a cximprehensive analysis of labour market 

issues using a range of economic thories. Special emphasis is placed 

on analysing the stmdural change in industries and occupations of the 

Australian labour martcet and seleded overseas countries. 


Spring 8 cp 

A study of industrial organisation and perfonnance, decision-making 

criteria and constraints affeding oufout and distribution of revenue, 

maricet behaviour, and matters of ownership arto control of ttie unit 

organisation. 

ECON916 Microeconomic Analysis 

Spring 8 cp 

Several areas of microeconomic theoty will be seleded for advanced 

treafrnent. Within each topic contemporaty applications will be 

explored after the development of a ttieoretical base. 

ECON917 Economics of Health Care 

Autumn 8 cp 

Not to count wrth ECON918. 

A survey of economic aspec:te of the Australian heatth care system 

Topics covered will indude the supply and demand for heatth sen/ices, 

heatth care delivety systems, heatth insurance, social statistics and 

medical deasion making. Government polides influendng all aspects 

of heatth care will be analysed and evaluated. 

ECON918 Economics of Health Care - A 

Autumn 6 cp 


A sun/ey of economic aspecte of ttie Australian heatth care system 

Topics covered will indude the supply and demand for heatth servios, 

heatth care delivety systems, heatth insurance, social statistics and 

medical dedsion making. Govemment polictes influendng all aspeds 

of heatth care will be analysed and evaluated.

ECON921 Econometric Models 

Spring 8 cp 

This IS a subjed on the foundations of econometric models. Botti 

singte-equation and simuttaneous equation models will tie studted. 

Emphasis is on surtabte model building wrth economic content on 

obtaining estimates wrth desirable properties, on testing procedures, 

on model evaluation and seledion, and applications. Examples from 

current Australian econometric models will be aitically examined. 

ECON924 International Economic Relations - B 

Spring 8 cp 

Not to count wrth INTR920. 

The subjed will examine policy issues in ttie intemational economy, 

especially as ttiey affed ttie Asia-Padfic region. The role of 

intemational economic organisations such as the IMF, Worid Bank, 

and GATT will be emphasised as well as issues such as free frade, 

protedionism, exchange rate detennination and international caprtal 

flows Options available to individual countries for intemational 

economic policy will be explored. 

ECON925 Trade & Industry in East Asia 

Spring 8 cp 

This subjed studies the growth ofthe major economies in East Asia, tt 

examines Japan, Korea, China, Taiwan & Hong Kong and their histoty 

of industrialisation in ttie post-war period, industrial strudure, 

macroeconomic trends and policies, tt examines trade pattems and 

trade policy, and strategic trade theories and policies. Comparisons of 

growth pattis and ttie role of govemment will be made. Trade and 

investinent flows in ttie Asia-Pacific region are analysed and 

implications for Australia and the Asia-Pac^rtic Region are emphasised. 

ECON932 Economic Analysis of the Business 

Environment 


This subjed focuses on the macro and miao environment of business 

and organisations, and tiie role of managers in relating their 

organisational behaviour to ttie economic environment. 

Intemationalisation of business and the globalisation of economics and 

markets will be studied as well as macroeconomic and 

microeconomic polides which affed the business environment. 

ECON934 Advanced Financial Economics 

Autumn 8 cp 

Pre-requisrte: EC0N121 or equivalent. 

An advanced study of ttie theoty of efficient acquisrtion, finandng and 

composition of assets and produdion adivities with applications in ttie 

fields of economics of the firm, agricultural economics and 

intemational economics. Optimal control methods and phase-plane 

diagrams are used for analysing efficient trajedories of caprtal 

investment and borrowing. Investors' portfolio choices and producers' 

adivity sets will be analysed wrthin a mean-variance expeded utility 

maximisation framework. 

ECON935 Advanced Managerial Economics and 

Operations Research 

Spring 8 cp 

Pre-requisrte: ECON228 or ECON230 or equivatent. 

A study of advanced quantrtative techniques techniques applicable to 

economic and managerial decision-making. This subjed covers a 

wtoe range of quantrtative analyses such as forecasting tecdinkjues, 

Bayesian analysis, Markov process models, PERT, CPM and 

spedalised networtc algorithms, risk preference analysis, 

transportation and assignment models and quadratic and nonlinear 

programing. 

ECON936 Graduate Macroeconomics 

Spring 8 cp 

This subjed analyses ttie major fadors which detenmine 

macroeconomic behaviour and associated policy presaiptions. The 

effeds of consumption and investinent, intemational fadors, monetaty 

and fiscal polides on aggregate demand are examined. The 

detennination of wages and prices, inflation and unemployment are 

also constoered in terms of aggregate supply. 

ECON937 Graduate Microeconomics 

Autumn 8 cp 

The subjed provides the theoretical basis for analysis of a wide range 

of microeconomic issues and polides. Topics indude demand and 

supply ttieory; consumer preference ttieoty; theoty of ttie firm; cost 

Economics 137 

fonctions; martcet behaviour under perfed competition, monopoly, and 

imperfed competrtion; fador martcets; general equilibrium theoty; 

externalrties and intertemporal choice and nsk The emphasis in these 

topics is on providing a theoretical foundation that is linked to empirical 

analysis and interpretation of real wortd problems 

ECON938 Environmental Economics 

Autumn 8 cp 

This subjed will provide a comprehensive analysis of environmental 

issues utilising ttie theoty of economic externalities and ttie theoty d 

ecologically sustainable development. Methods used to convert 

environmental problems and to measure externalrties will be analysed, 

tt will also evaluate environmental polides in Australia, developing 

countries and in the intemational ecxinomy. 

ECON939 Principles of Econometrics 

Spring 8 cp 

This course deals wrth the fondamental concepts of econometrics used 

in applied economic woric in ttie academic, business and govemment 

sedors. The course covers ttie standard and non-standard 

econometric models, based on time series, cross-sedion, or 

qualrtative data. Emphasis will be cxi applications of ttie econometric 

methodologies in empirical research. 

ECON940 Econometric Analysis 

Autumn 8 cp 

The subjed deals with applications of ttie econometric theoty to 

microeconomic arto maaoeconomic analyses. Topless indude 

cxinsumer demand, produdion fondion, investinent analysis, finance, 

unemployment, inflation, and intemational trade. Ttie subjed also 

covers multi-sedor economy-wide modelling of the Keynesian and 

neo-dassical classes, and emphasises particularly empirical 

researdi on cun-ent economic issues. 

ECON941 Advanced Topics in Economics A 8 cp 

ECON942 Advanced Topics in Economics B 8 cp 

ECON943 Advanced Topics in Economics C 8 cp 

ECON944 Advanced Topics in Economics D 8 cp 

ECON945 Advanced Topics in Economics E 8 cp 

ECON946 Advanced Topics in Economics F 8 cp 

Topics for ttiese subjecte (A-F) may be drawn from any area d 

Economics which the Head of ttie Department considers to be surtabte 

preparation for a higher degree and appropriate to the students spedal 

interests. 

ECON980 Special Topics in Economics - A 6 cp 

The purpose of this subjed is to make available a 6 aedrt point fonn of 

spedalised ECON subjeds for MBA studente. Spedal assessment 

requirements will be provided refleding ttie lower woric load of a 6 

credit point subjed. The objedives are those of ttie substentive 

subjed. This subjed can replace designated ECON MBA subjecte in 

MBA Schedules and MCom (Finance) Schedule. 

Note: Enrolment must be spedfically approved by ttie Head, 

Department of Economics 

ECON981 Special Topics in Economics - B 6cp 

The purpose of this subjed is to make available a 6 credrt point fomn of 

spedalised ECON subjeds for MBA sfodente. Spedal assessment 

requirements will be provtoed refleding ttie lower work load of a 6 

aedrt point subjed. The objedives are ttiose of ttie substentive 

subjed. This subjed can replace designated ECON MBA subjecte in 

MBA Schedules and MCom (Finance) Schedule. 

Note: Enrolment must be spedfically approved by ttie Head, 

Department of Economics 

ECON982 International Economic Relations 

Spring 6 cp 

Not to count wrth INTR920 

The subjed will examine policy issues in ttie intemational economy, 

espedally as ttiey affied ttie Asia-Padfic region. The role of 

intemational ecxinomic organisations such as ttie IMF, Worid Bank, 

and GATT will be emphasised as well as issues such as free frade.

138 Facutty of Commerece 

protedionism, exchange rate detennination and intemational caprtal 

flows. Options availabte to individual countries for intemational 

economic policy will be explored. 

ECON983 Trade & Industry in East Asia - A 

Spring 6 cp 

This subjed studies the growth ofthe major economies in East Asia, tt 

examines Japan, Korea, China, Taiwan & Hong Kong and their histoty 

of industrialisation in ttie post-war period, industrial strudure, 

maaoeconomic frends and policies tt examines frade pattems and 

trade policy, and sfrategic trade theories and policies. Comparisons of 

grovirth paths and ttie role of govemment will be made. Trade and 

investtnent flows in ttie Asia-Pacific region are analysed and 

implications for Australia and the Asia-Pacific Region are emphasised. 

ECON984 Financial Economics 

Spring 6 cp 

An advanced sfody of ttie ttieoty of effident acquisrtion, finandng and 

composrtion of assets and production activittes wrth applications in ttie 

fields of economics of ttie firm, agricuttural economics and 

intemational economics. Optimal control methods and phase-plane 

diagrams are used for analysing effident trajedories of caprtal 

investment and borrowing. Investors' portfolio choices and producers' 

adivity sets will be analysed wrthin a mean-variance expeded utility 

maximisation frameworic. 

ECON985 Special Topics in Economics C 

Spring, Autumn, Summer 6 cp 

This purpose of this subjed is to make available a 6 credrt point form 

of specialised ECON subjeds for MBA studente. Sfiedal assessment 

requirements will be provided refleding the lower wortc load of a 6 

credrt point subjed. The objedives are those of ttie substantive subjed. 

This subjed can replace designated ECON MBA subjeds in MBA 

Schedutes and MCom (Finance) Schedute 

ECON991 Project 16 cp 

ECON992 Research Report 24 cp 

ECON993 Thesis 48 cp 

ECON996 Advanced Macroeconomic Theory 

Autumn 8 cp 

This subjed critically reviews advanced contemporaty 

macroeconomic theories and their policy presaiptions. It stresses ttie 

need to consider four important concepts; namely ttie intemational 

orientetion of maaoeconomics, the role of exjjedattons and their 

fonnation, ttie importance of maaoeconomic adjustment speeds, 

dynamics and stabilrty properties, and finally, ttie difficulty of 

fonmulating and implementing consistent, optimum maaoeconomic 

policy in a changing worid 

ECON997 Advanced Microeconomic Theory 

Autumn 8 cp 

The objedive of this subjed is to provtoe a balanced and 

comprehensive coverage of ttie core topics in theoretical 

microeconomics, wrth particular attention to wettare ecxinomics, ttie 

economics of production, and contestabte martcete. 

ECON998 Graduate Quantitative Analysis 8 cp 

Advanced mathematical and statistics techniques used in economic 

research will be sfodted. The emphasis will be on mathematical 

techniques which are of use in understanding advanced theoretical 

subjeds in economics as well as statistical techniques needed to 

condud empirical research in economics 

The descriptions of subjecte not listed here, refer to Industrial 

Relations Section

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 

Offered by the Department of Economics 




2. Honours Master of Commerce by Coursework and/or Research 

Honours Master of Arte by Coursework ancVor Research 

3. Master of Commerce by Coursework 

4. Graduate Diploma in Commerce (Industrial Relations) 



I nd ustiial Relations 139 


The areas of research in which staff can offer supervision are indtoated by ttie area covered in Schedutes 12 and 13 listed below and by ttie subjeds 

wrthin those schedules. Other areas may be offiered subjed to consuttation wrth the Head of Departtnent 


SCHEDULE 12: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 

teading to the Master of Commerce or the Honours Master of Commerce. 


ECON912 

ECON913 

EC0N944 

ECON945 

ECON946 

ECON948 

ECON952 

ECON953 

ECON955 

ECON957 

ECON958 

MGMT953* 

LAW966* 

LAW 969* 


Industrial Economics 

Advanced Topics in Economics - D 

Advanced Topics in Economics - E 

Advanced Topics in Economics - F 

Employers and Industrial Relations 

Woricplace and Enterprise Industrial Relations 

Political Economy of Australian Wage Determination 

Comparative Studies in Industrial Relations 

Productivrty and Labour 

Industrial Relations and Management Thought 


Studies in Industrial Law 

Occupational Heatth and Safety Law 

* Subjed availabte only to those doing ECON992 Research Report (24 credrt points). 

For forther details, see Subjed Requirennents in Economics sedion. 

SCHEDULE 13: OTHER POSTGRADUATE SUBJECTS 


ECON954 

ECON956 

ECON973 

ECON975 

ECON991 

ECON992 

ECON993 

* Notonoffierin 1998. 

Industrial Relations in Australia* 

Advanced Industrial Relations Processes 

Employers and Industrial Relations - A 

Advanced Industrial Relations Processes 

Projed 


Thesis 

SCHEDULE 14: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 

Leading to the Graduate Diploma. 


JCON240 

iCON242~ 

Industrial Relations B: Wage Detennination in Australia 

Industrial Relations A 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

6 

6 

6 

6 

8 

6 

6 

16 

24

140 Facurty of Commerce 


ECON243 

ECON340 

COMM341 

ECON342 

ECON348 

ECON352 

* Not on offer in 1999. 



Wortc and Employment Relations 

Comparative Studtes in Industrial Relations* 

Intemational and Comparative Employment Relations 

Research Topics in Industrial Relations* 

Employers and Industrial Relations 

Industrial Relations Processes 

For ttie degree of Dodor of Philosophy, candtoates enrol in ttie subject ECON993 Thesis. 



The purpose of ttie Honours Masters degree is to provtoe graduate students, who have compteted the Industrial Relations specialisation for the BCom or 

BA degree or equivatent, wrth the opportunrty for forther in-depth study of advanced topics in industrial relations in preparation for a professional career 

as an industrial relations expert. Entty requires a BCom or BA degree wrth a spedalisation in Indusfrial Relations or an equivalent degree. 

The Course Rules goveming the Honours Masters degree will apply 

The degree of 96 aedrt points can be studted foil-time over two years, or may be studied part-time. 

For the Honours Master Degree studente must subjed to ttie subsequent advanced standing or exemption dause, comptete: 

Either 

ECON993 I Thesis | 48aedrt pointe together wrth 48 credrt pointe of approved subjeds chosen from Schedutes 12 and 13 

or 

ECON992 I Research Report | together wrth 72 credrt pointe of approved subjeds chosen from Schedutes 12 and 13 

Students who have compteted the BCom(Hons) or BA(Hons) in Industrial Relations, or an equivalent degree, and who have graduated in Honours wrth a 

standard of Class II, Division 2 or higher may be given advanced standing or exemption up to a maximum of 48 credrt pointe of the required 96 credit 

pointe. 


The purpose of this pass degree is to provtoe graduate sfodente who have compteted ttie Industrial Relations spedalisation for ttie BCom degree or 

equivatent wrth the opportunrty for forther in-depth study of advanced topics in Industrial Relations in preparation for a career in industrial relations. Entry 

requires a BCom degree wrth a spedalisation in Industrial Relattons or an equivatent degree. 

The Course Rutes goveming the Masters Degree will apply. 

For the Master of Commerce degree studente must comptete 48 credrt pointe chosen from Schedute 12, induding at teast 24 credrt points of ECON 

subjeds 

In speaal drcumstances the Head ofthe Department may substrtute an approved 900-tevel subjed for a subjed or subjeds in Schedule 12. 


The purpose of this diptoma is to provtoe graduate studente who have not compteted an Industnal Relations spedalisation in their undergraduate degree 

wrth ttie opportunrty for advanced sfody in Industrial Relations 

The Course Rules goveming the Graduate Diptoma will apply. 

Students must comptete 48 aedrt pointe approved by ttie Head of Department induding at least 24 aedrt points from Schedute 14. 

The Graduate Diploma will nomnally ocxupy two sessions of foil-time study or the part-time equivalent. 


TexttDooks and subject co-ordinators 

Details of textoooks and subjed coordinators virill be availabte at ttie beginning of each session. 

Ttie foltownng subjecte will not be offered in 1998: 

ECON954 Indusfrial Relattons in Ausfralia 

ECON957 Productivrty and Labour 

Composition of Subjects 

Three hours ledures/seminars pervtreek. 

Assessment 

Continuous assessment by written assignments, essays and examinations

ECON948 Employers and Industrial Relations 

Autumn 8 cp 

The objective of this subjed is to devetop an understanding of ttie 

pressures and consfraints on employers/managers, and the way these 

influence strategies in ttie control and administration of ttie 

employment relationship. This requires a crrtical analysis of various 

ttieories and styles, as well as a pradical exerdses and evaluation of 

current trends. The influence of produd, labour and finandal martcets 

on the sfrategies and choices will be examined. 

ECON952 Workplace and Enterprise Industrial 

Relations 

Autumn 8 cp 

This subjed will focus on ttie employment relationship at ttie level of 

ttie firm and woricplace wrth particular reference to contemporaty 

mlCTO-level reform, in a variety of countries in Asia and Pacific Rim. 

The nafore and effeds of ttie economic environment on managerial 

styles and frade union organisation will also be examined. 

ECON953 Political Economy of Australian Wage 

Determination 

Autumn 8 cp 

An examination of ttie broad political and economic contexts which 

have shaped wage-effort bargaining and ttie major instrtutions of 

industrial relations in Australia from 1850 to ttie present. Some 

comparative perspedives will also be developed. 

ECONM955 Advanced Comparative Studies in 


Spring 8 cp 

A comparative examination of ttie development and organisation of 

industrial relations systems in a variety of different countries. 

ECON956 Advanced Industrial Relations Processes 

Spring 8 cp 

This subjed will develop concepte, theories and techniques for the 

choice and evaluation of strategies and tadics in colledive bargaining 

and advocacy. 

ECON958 Industrial Relations and Management 

Thought 

Autumn 8 cp 

An examinatton of ttie ideas and sfrategtes which modem management 

theorists have devetoped in onJer to deal effedively wrth ttie openended 

nature of ttie employment relationship. Particular attention is 

paid to reasons why management has developed arto applied these 

theories and ttie extent to which they have proven successfol. 

ECON973 Employers and Industrial Relations - A 

Autumn 6 cp 


The objedive of this subjed is to devetop an understending of ttie 

pressures and consfraints on employers/managers, and the way these 

influence strategies in ttie control and administration of ttie 

employment relationship. This requires a crrtic:al analysis of various 

theories and styles, as well as a pradical exerdses and evaluation of 

current trends. The influence of produd, labour and finandal martcets 

on the sfrategtes and choices will be examined. 

ECON975 Advanced Industrial Relations Processes 

Spring 6 cp 


The subjed develops concepte and technkjues for ttie choice and 

evaluatton of strategies and tadics in colledive bargaining and 

advocacy. Much of subjed will involve case studies and rote playing. 

For descriptions of subjects not listed here, refer to Economics 

Section. 

Industrial Relations 141


MANAGEMENT 




2 Honours Master of Commerce 

3. Honours Master of Arte by Coursework or Research 

4. Master of Management 

MASTER OF MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS 


Operations Management 


Public Sedor Management 

* Not evety specialisation is on offer each year 


The following areas of research are available to candidates undertaking research degrees. 

Business Ethics, Mistakes & Learning 

Change Management/Organisational Change 

Competrtive Strategies 

Content Analysis in Applications in Organisational Research 

Corporate Environmentalism, Environmental Management & Environmental Strategies 

Corporate Governance 

Corporate Recovety/Diversification Strategies 

Cross-cuttural issues in Human Resource Development 

Cuttural and Polrtical Dimensions of Organisations 

Ftexibte Woric 

Human Resource Development - Staff Development & Training - Impads/Performance Appraisal Systems 

Human Resource Management & Cross Fundional Teamwork 

Human Resource Management Issues in Innovation 

Improving Managerial Effediveness 

Innovation & Cross Fundional Interadions 

Innovation (Produd & Process) 

Intelligent Manufacturing Systems 

International Business Management with focus on joint & Collaborative Ventures 

International Human Resource Management 

Internationalisation & Globalisation Strategies 

Local Government Reform 

Management & Mariceting in Non-Profit Organisations 

Management & Organisational Development, Managing Change Processes 

Management and Indigenous Communrties 

Management and Public Policy 

Managenal Development 

Manufaduring Strategy 

Networtcs and Regional Development 

Occupational Heatth & Safety Management 

Organisation and Technology Integration 

Organisational Change and Emotion 

Organisational Communication 

Organisational Cutture/Organisational Theoty 

Organisational Ethnography 

Organisational Leaming/lndivtoual Learning 

Perfonnance and Turnaround Management 

Polrtical Behaviour and Skills 

Political Philosophies of Technology and Progress 

Power of Organisational Elites 

Projed Management 

Qualitative Methods/Ethnography/Discourse Analysis 

Research Methodology 

Self Regulation in Management Behaviour 

Soao-Technical System Design 

Strategic Management of Organisation Stakeholders 

Strategic Management with focus on Strategic Dynamics of Asian Muttinational Corp s. 

Teamwork and Humanistic Managerialism 

Total Quality Management 


MASTER OF COMMERCE (MANAGEMENT) PROGRAMS 

Studente are required fo obtain an approved program of sfody in conjundion wrth their MCom Specialisation Diredors.

Subjeds in approved programs will be seleded from, but not necessarily confined to, the specialisation outlines described below 

The following specialisations for the Master of Commerce will not be on offer In 1999: 

Organisational Behaviour Specialisation 

Publto Sedor Management Specialisation 

MASTER OF COMMERCE - HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SPECIALISATION 

Management 143 


MGMT908 

'MGMT911 

MGMT915 

MGMT916 

" MGMT920 

~MGMT953 

LAW960 

Human Resource Development and the Learning Organisation 


Management of Change 

Management and Employment Relations 

Organisational Analysis 


Law for Professionals 

and an approved Industrial Relations subject. Any variation to this program must be approved by the MCom Human Resource Management. 


MASTER OF COMMERCE - OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT SPECIALISATION 


MGMT911 

MGMT933 

MGMT934 

MGMT947 

MGMT952 

MGMT953 

MGMT967 

MGMT979 


Management of Process Innovation 1 and/or 

Management of Process Innovation 2 




Quantitative Methods 

Managerial Decision Making 

MGMT934 Management of Process Innovation 2 may be substrtuted wrth any Management 900-Level subjed listed below. Any variation to this 

program must be approved by the MCom Operations Management Specialisation Director - Mr Peter Childs. 


MANAGEMENT 900-LEVEL SUBJECTS 


MGMT905 

MGMT908 

MGMT911 

MGMT915 

MGMT916 

MGMT920 

MGMT925 

MGMT926 

MGMT933 

MGMT934 

MGMT940 

MGMT941 

MGMT947 

MGMT952 

MGMT953 

MGMT955 

MGMT960 

MGMT976 

MGMT978 

_MGMT979 

MGMT980 

LMGMT996 

Business Ethic:s and Law 

Human Resource Development and the Learning Organisation 


Management of Change 

Management and Employment Relations 

Organisational Analysis 

Seleded Topic:s A 

Seleded Topics B 



Innovation and Entrepreneurship 

Small Business Management 1 




Special Topic in Management 

Case Study 

Competrtive Strategy & Analysis 

Cross Cuttural Management 

Managerial Decision Making 

Business Research Methods 

Managing for Innovation 

GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMMERCE (OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY)* 

*This course will not be offered in 1999. 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6


HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS AND HONOURS MASTER OF COMMERCE 

Compulsoty subjeds for students not holding an Honours degree in Management or similar and undertaking a 96 credit point Masters degree 


MGMT986 

MGMT987 

MGMT988 

1 MGMT989 

Special Topic A 

Special Topic B 

Spedal Topic C 

Special Topic D 

plus 

MGMT991 I Major Thesis | 48 

For students with an Honours degree or equivalent, an agreed combination of course work from the list of 900-level subjects offered by 

Management and one ofthe following: 

MGMT990 1 Minor Thesis 1 24 

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY 

MGMT991 ! Major Thesis 1 48 



Candidates for this degree enrol in MGMT991. Candidates should refer to the University's general PhD Rules. 


(1) (a) Candidates who have completed the requirements for the award ofthe BCom (Hons) in Accountancy, Economics, Management, or 

Martceting at a standard of Class II, Division 2 or higher, or an equivalent degree, may qualify for the award of the MCom(Hons) 

degree by completing at honours standard any one ofthe following courses of study - 

(i) Thesis (48 credrt points), 

or 

(ii) A combination of thesis and coursework as approved by the Head of Department, Management, which fulfils the requirements of 

the Honours Master of Commerce program. 

(b) Subjects are to be selected from 900-level subjects offered by the Department of Management or from the Department of 

Accountancy or the Department of Economics and included in the Schedule of Graduate Subjeds; provided that: 

(i) A combination of subjeds may be approved by the Heads ofthe relevant units, and 

(ii) Subjeds aggregating not more than 12 credrt points may be seleded from those offered by other Departments, where approval is 

given by the Heads of the respedive Departments (ie the Department offering the subject on one hand, and on the other, either 

Accountancy, Economics or Management as appropriate in each case. The appropriate Department would be the Department in 

which the student had taken or planned to take more than 48 credrt points in Honours subjeds for the undergraduate degree and 

graduate subjeds for this degree). 

(c) A candidate may not indude for this degree subjeds similar in content to subjects induded in the honours part of the undergraduate 

course. 

(2) Candtoates who have completed the requirements for the BCom degree at a standard less than Honours Class II, Diviston 2, or 

equivatent degree, may, subjed to the attainment of a satisfactoty standard in that degree, be permitted to register as candidates for the 

MCom (Hons) degree. Such candtoates may qualify for the award of the degree by compteting at honours standard subjeds aggregating 

not less than 96 credit points of which subjeds aggregating not less than 48 credit points shall be seleded from the specialisation 

Schedule. 

(3) 

(4) 

Candtoates holding the combined BCom(Hons) degree including the compulsoty 400-level subjeds aggregating 30 credrt points may 

proceed to the 48 aedrt point MCom(Hons) degree: other candidates (wrth the combined Honours degree who have not completed all the 

compulsoty subjeds) will be required to complete any ofthe compulsoty subjeds plus subjeds aggregating 48 credrt pointe 

Candidates required to undertake a preliminary program or required to complete designated subjeds at an appropriate stendard in 

accordance wrth the Honours Master Rules may have their enrolment cancelled in the event that the preliminary program of designated 

subjeds IS not completed at the appropriate standard. / f- » 


(1) (a) Candidates who have oimpleted at an acceptable standard the requiremente for the award of the BA(Hons) in Accountancy, 

MA mo^ Hpn^prtf !^nt , .' '^^^K^'^ °' ^"'' "• °'"'''°" 2 °' ^*9^«^' °' ^" equivalent degree, may qualify for the award ofthe 

C^mmercideg i '^"^P'^ting at honours standard any on of the courses of study listed below under the Honours Master of 

(b) See corresponding oimments under the Honours Master of Commerce degree. Management. 

12 

12 

12 

12


(2) Candtoates who have completed the requirements for the BA (Hons) degree at a standard less than Class II, Division 2, or equivalent 

degree, may, subject to the attainment of a satisfadoty standard in that degree, be permitted to register as candidates for the MA (Hons) 

degree. Such candidates may qualify for the award of the degree by completing at honours standard subjeds aggregating not less than 

96 credrt points of which subjeds aggregating not less than 48 credrt points shall be selected from the specialisation Schedule. 

4. MASTER OF COMM ERCE (MANAGEMENT) 

The purpose of this pass degree is to provide graduate students, who have completed a BCom, BBus degree or equivalent, normally at a credrt 

average level or above, from a recognised University or equivalent tertiaty instrtution, wrth the opportunity of further in-depth study of advanced 

topics in management. 

The degree of 48 credit points may be studied full-time over one year, or may be studied part-time. 

Candidates are required to take one of the following specialisations:- 

• Human Resource Management 

• Operations Management 

- Public Sector Management 

- Organisational Behaviour 

Candidates who do not have a BCom or BBus but have successfully completed management/cxDmmerce subjeds to second year level in their 

undergraduate degree, which must normally have been completed at a level of credrt average or higher, may be permitted to study for the 

degree provided they first pass a program of 24 points of 200 or 300 or 900-level "Commerce" subjects approved by the MMgmt Course 

Diredor or Head of Department. Thus the total credrt points required for these candidates is 72. 

A candidate who has not completed a BCom or BBus and not studied any commerce subjects at undergraduate level will be required to take a 

96 credrt point course, which may include 48 credit points of undergraduate subjects from the Commerce Schedule, as determined by the 

Program Diredor. 24 credrt points of this undergraduate course wortc must be taken at the 300-level. 


Textbooks and subjed coordinator details will be displayed on the Department noticeboard prior to the commencement of semester. 

The following subjecte will not be on offer in 1999: 

MGMT917 Business Ethics 

MGMT918 Organisational Processes 

MGMT924 Organisations and their Environments 

MGMT927 Australian Government Administration 

MGMT928 Public Policy and Administration 

MGMT943 Small Business Management II 

MGMT944 Enterprise Projed 

MGMT945 Technology Enterprise Projed 

MGMT948 Projed in Regional Administration 

MGMT963 Management of Occupational Heatth and Safety 

MGMT965 Occupational Hazards I 

MGMT966 Occupattonal Hazards II 

MGMT968 Communication 

MGMT905 Business Ethics and Law 


Not To Count Wrth WBS912 

Law and ethics components are woven together to provide insight 

into their interplay in manager decision making. Law segments 

address topics such as the liabilities of managers and company 

directors; EEO, FOI, IR, and anti-discrimination legislation; and 

contract law. The ethics elements address both Australian and 

international business environments from psychological, 

sodological, and anthropological perspedives. Class addresses: 

relativism, utilitarianism, duty, locus of control, regret, risk 

perception, denial, blame, etc. Instruction is by student-centred 

and experiential methods. 

MGMT906 Managing People At Work 


Studente Taking MGMT906 Cannot Also Enrol In MGMT911 

It is recommended that MGMT906 and MGMT907 be studted in 

paraltel or MGMT906 teken before MGMT907. 

Not To Count With WBS903 

This subject examines the contemporaty environment of human 

resource management with particular reference to organisational 

strategy and human resource development line and staff 

managerial roles; the effects of institutional framework and 

industrial agreements on workplace management and human 

behaviour and productive performance including needs and 

motivation, individual and group behaviour, work organisation and 

management. Managing organisational change in the workplace 

will be a particular focus of this subject. 

MGMT907 Managerial Skills Workshop 


Not To Count Wrth WBS911 

This subjec:t aims to introduce students to managerial skills which 

include the leadership of teams, cutture and gender issues in 

management; communication skills; personal productivity; 

motivation and leadership; power and influence, and conflid and 

negotiation. This subject will be taught using a combination of 

lectures, group adivities and discussion using case studies, roleplays 

and debate. 

MGMT908 Human Resource Development and the 

Learning Organisation 

Spring 6 cp 

This subject provides an advanced perspective on the use of 

Human Resource Development (HRD) in enhancing the 

Competitive Advantage of Organisations, by building up the 

Intellectual and Learning System c^pacrties of the Organisation to 

cope wrth a rapid change, customer focused environment. The 

concept of the Learning Organisation will be developed through 

the perspective of the HRD policies and actions required to 

develop and change organisations through their human capital and 

capabilities. 

MGMT911 Organisational Behaviour 

Autumn 6 cp 

Students Taking MGMT911 Cannot Also Enrol In MGMT906. 

A study of the behaviour of individuals in organisations, groups 

and group processes, leadership and communication, organisation 

design and job design, appraisal of performance, processes of 

organisational change and development.


MGMT915 Management of Change 

Spring 6 cp 

Pre-requisite: MGMT911, MGMT906 OR WBS903. 

This subject examines the process of change within an 

organisation. Issues under discussion will be: change models; 

charaderistics of innovative organisations; acceptance/resistance 

of change; fadors of change; reasons for change; intervention 

strategies; planning and monitoring change; sustaining change. 

MGMT916 Management and Employment Relations 

Autumn 6 cp 

The subject analyses the management of employment 

relationships using a number of social theories and utilising the 

perspectives of individuals, unions, employers and government. 

The impact of technical/administrative skills, political skills and 

cutture creation on the management of work and employment 

relationships is assessed. These theoretical frameworks are 

applied to recruitment and seledion, training, labour martcets, job 

and organisational design and pay and perfonnance policies. 

MGMT920 Organisational Analysis 

Spring 6 cp 

This subject examines organisations and the development of 

organisation design, strudure and control. Topics will include: 

major components of structure, determin-ants of strudure and 

organisational design. Application of theoty in the areas of job 

design, the management of change, manage-ment of conflid, new 

technology, organi-sation cutture, and organisation-environ-ment 

relations will also be considered. 

MGMT925 Selected Topic A 


A special topic selected from any area of management. The 

selection would be made by the Head of the Department, taking 

into account the expertise of academic staff, including visiting 

staff, and the interests of students 

MGMT926 Selected Topic B 


A special topic selected from any area of management. The 

selection would be made by the Head of the Department, taking 

into account the expertise of academic staff, including visiting 

staff, and the interests of students. 

MGMT931 Strategic Planning and Policy 

Autumn 6 cp 


This is the capstone core subject for the MBA program and 

develops an integrated view of strategy taking into consideration 

the previous foundation subjects studied. The key topic areas 

include: strategy formation, choice and implementation; strategy 

and structure and the organisational context; strategy and 

competrtive advantage and corporate and global strategies. 

MGMT933 Management of Process Innovation 1 

Autumn 6 cp 

Not to count wrth WBS929 

A key concern of contemporaty technology management is 

improving the rate and quality of process innovation by adopting 

new methods to successfully integrate environmental, human, 

organisational and technological fadors. This subjed introduces 

the student to the interdependent human and technological 

character of work systems and provides principles and 

methodologies for designing more effective organisations. This 

subjed is focused on the 'design' aspeds of process innovation 

and covers in some detail, sodo-technical system design. 

MGMT934 Management of Process Innovation 2 

Spring 6 cp 

Contemporaty management literature on process innovation is 

dominated by universalistic contingency models of 'best pradice'. 

In contrast, this subjed develops a more 'contextual' model of 

innovation, and provides prindples and methodologies for the 

development of imptementation strategies that integrate technical 

and organisational innovation in the effedive realisation of new 

work systems. The subject will explore in detail the modern 

approaches to projed imptementation, cross fundional project 

leadership and the various phases of implementation 

management. 

MGMT940 Innovation and Entrepreneurship 

Spring 6 cp 

True Entrepreneurship and Innovation are key to the future 

economic development in many nations. This subject investigates 

the Innovation and Entrepreneurial processes, including New 

Venture Creation and Intrpreneurship. Students will learn how to 

differentiate between a good idea and a real business opportunity 

A key part of this subject is the development of a realistic written 

business plan for an innovative business opportunity and its 

presentation via an action learning process utilising teams. 

MGMT941 Small Business Management I 

Autumn 6cp 

The Small to Medium Enterprise (SME) is becoming increasingly 

important to the economic well being of many nations. This 

subject has a practical focus by giving students an opportunity to 

develop an awareness and understanding of the key factors 

involved in successfully starting, operating and growing a SME. 

Detailed investigations of realistic SME scenarios as well as the 

major growrth area of Franchising is undertaken by students. 

MGMT947 Quality Management 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subject provides the student wrth an understanding of how 

an organisation can successfully make the transition to Total 

Quality Management (TQM). Specific topics: Japanese 

management pradices and the impact on competitive advantage; 

TQM and corporate strategy; Kanban and JIT production 

management; quality circles; statistical tools and controls; 

Kaizen management; applications, implementation and audrting 

of TQM. Special emphasis is placed on the necessaty changes in 

organisational strudure and cutture. 

MGMT952 Production and Operations Management 

Spring 6 cp 

Not to count with WBS930 

A study of the design and operation of adivities for the produdion 

of goods and services. Topics include: qualitative, quantitative 

forecasting, production planning, scheduling, management of 

quality and productivity, project management, and flexible 

manufacturing systems (FMS). Emphasis will be placed on a 

comparison of Japanese production and quality management 

methods with traditional Western mettiods, total quality 

management (TQM), computer aided manufaduring (CAM), and 

implications for human resource management. 

MGMT953 Human Resource Management 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subjed addresses key areas associated wrth the fundional 

specialisation of human resource management, and exped these 

to broaden the organisational context. It focuses on major 

functional policies and programs such as human resource 

planning, strategic HRM, job analysis, employment law, 

recruitment and selection, performance management, 

compensation, human resource development, occupational health 

and safety and international HRM. Students are encouraged to 

draw upon their work experiences in classes and assignments to 

enhance learning. 

MGMT955 Special Topic in Management 


A special topic selected from any area of management The 

seledion would be made by the Head of the Department, talcing 

into account the expertise of academic staff, including visrting 

staff, and the interest of students. 

MGMT960 Case Study 

Autumn/Spring 6cp 

An in depth analysis of a particular managerial problem 

encxiuntered in a spedfic company or industty srtuation 

MGMT961 International Management 

Autumn 6 cP 


This subject will deal with the identification, analysis and 

resolution of managerial issues of strategy and adion within the 

context of firms operating in the international and global business 

environment, including the study of major issues in strategic 

operations, marketing and other areas of international 

management

IVIGMT967 Managerial Statistics: Analysis, 

Interpretation & Application 


Not To Count Wth WBS902 

This subjed aims to give students an understanding of analysis, 

interpretation and application of statistics used in a managerial 

setting. A particular emphasis will be given on the role of 

computer package applications such as SPSS. This includes 

descriptive and inferential statistics and muttivariate techniques, 

including muttiple regression and factor analysis. 

MGMT976 Competitive Strategy and Analysis 

Autumn 6 cp 

This subject introduces a conceptual framework for analysing 

competitors and competition in industry. Topics include: 

strudural framewortcs for analysis; generic strategies; strategies in 

fragmented, emerging, declining, transitional and mature 

indusfries; global strategies, vertical integration, new entty and 

diversification. 

MGMT978 Cross Cultural Management 

Spring 6 cp 

The subjed explores management practices, issues and theoty 

across cultures in international business. It seeks to engage 

students with problems associated with management pradices in 

a context of increasing global contact. Topics include the 

communication, technology, comparative management pradices, 

managing with mutticuttural policies and the implications of cutture 

for international/global managers. On successful completion of 

this course, students will have an appreciation and knowledge of 

managing across cuttural boundaries in international business. 

MGMT979 Managerial Decision Analysis 


This subject focuses on the quantttative and qualitative techniques 

availabte to managers in problem solving and decision making in 

organisations. Decision making models will be explored and will 

examine the criteria used for rational decision making under 

condrtions of risk and uncertainty. This decision making process 

will focus in areas such as forecasting, budgeting, financial 

planning and decision analysis. 

MGMT980 Business Research Methods 

Autumn 6 cp 

The subjed is designed to familiarise students wrth the basic tools 

and techniques of empirical research methods in business. A part 

ofthe assessment procedures will include a problem identific:ation 

project in which students will be given some "hands-on" 

experience in identifying suitable business problems and 

formulating an appropriate research design. These "problem 

identification" projeds would normally form the basis for the 

students' research project. Topics Include the following: 

Introdudion to philosophy of research; Problem identification and 

hypothesis development; Modes of designing research; Validity 

and reliability problems; Techniques for measuring 

charaderistics; Sample size and response rates; Analysis of 

data. 

MGMT981 MBA Research Project 

Annual 24 cp 

Pre-requisite: MGMT980 and completion of at least 42 credrt 

points of MBA subjects at an average grade of credrt or higher 

ortiy permission of the Head of Department. An examination and 

analysis of a selected management problem or issue. The project 

tradrtionally forms a link betyveen several subjects and there will 

be regular integrating seminars during the project period for 

students to make presentations of their research questions, 

methods and conclusions. 

MGMT982 Project 


This subjed constitutes the second component of the projed 

study option wrthin the MBA. This subjed enables the research 

proposal developed in MGMT980 to be implemented, under the 

gutoance of a nominated supervisor. A substantive projed report 

to an approved fomiat will be the output from this subject. 


MGMT986 Special Topic A 


This subjed may be taken only with permission of the Head of 

Department of Management. 

MGMT987 Special Topic B 


This subject may be taken only wrth permission of the Head of 


MGMT988 Special Topic C 


This subject may be taken only wrth permission of the Head of 


MGMT989 Special Topic D 


Master of Commerce Honours qualifying subjeds consisting of a 

program of course work and reading as prescribed by the Head of 

the Department of Management. 

MGMT990 Minor Thesis 

Annual 24 cp 

Approved program of study agreed with the Head of the 

Department of Management or Course Diredor. 

MGMT991 Major Thesis 

Annual 48 cp per year 

Approved program of study agreed with the Head of the 

Department of Management or Course Diredor. 

MGMT996 Managing for Innovation 

Spring 12 cp 

This subject will deal with the development and creation of 

innovative business opportunities for both the start-up 

entrepreneurial team and the existing organisation. The material 

to be covered shall include: Developing an innovative cutture in 

organisations; Sourcing innovative opportunities for the 

organisation both internally and externally; Overcoming barriers to 

innovation; Changing bias toward creativity in employees and 

management; Initial screening and evaluation of innovative 

opportunities; Critique of contemporaty innovation literature.


MARKETING 




Z Honours Master of Commerce 

3. Master of Commerce 

4. Master of Business Administration (refer to The Business School entty) 

5. Graduate Diploma of Commerce (Marketing) 

6. Graduate Certificate in Marketing 


The following areas of researdi are availabte to candtoates undertaking researdi degrees. 

Advertising 


Customer Satisfadion 

Intemational Martceting 


Martceting Research 


MASTER OF COMMERCE-MARKETING 

New Produds Martceting 

Professional Services Martceting 

Relationship Mariceting 

Strategic Planning and Martceting 


Services Martceting 

Subjeds to be taken from the following list after discussion and approval from the Martceting MCom Diredor:- 


MARK901 

MARK917 

MARK922 

Martceting on the Intemet 

Business to Business Martceting 


MARK935 I Martceting Strategy 

MARK936 

MARK937 

MARK938 

MARK939 

MARK956 

MARK957 

MARK959 

MARK970 

MARK977 

MARK997 


Relationship Martceting and Communications 

Managing Services Martceting 

Contemporaty Issues in Intemational Martceting 

New Produd Martceting 

International Martceting Strategy 

Sales Management 

Contemporaty Issues in Services Quality 

Researdi for Martceting Decisions 

Retell Mariceting Management 


Note Some subjecte have pre-requisrtes. Chec:k subjed descriptions for details 

GRADUATE DIPLOMA OF COMMERCE-MARKETING 

Subjeds totalling 48 aedrt points to be teken from tiie following list after discussion and approval from the MartcetingPostgraduate Diredor: - 

Number 

MARK217 

MARK239 

MARK319 

MARK333 

MARK343 

MARK397 

MARK901 

MARK917 

MARK922 

MARK935 

MARK938 

MARK956 

MARK959 

MARK970 

MARK997 

Subject 


Analysis for Mariceting Dedsions 

Martceting Research 


Intemational Martceting 

Retell Martceting Management 

Mariceting on ttie Intemet 

Business to Business Mariceting 


Mariceting Strategy 

Managing Services Mariceting 

New Produd Martceting 


Contemporaty Issues in Services Qualrty 

Retell Martceting Management 

MARK922 must be taken in ttie first sesston; pre-requisrtes for ttie undergraduate-tevel subjecte will ttien be waived. 

For further details, see Course Requiremente below. 

Note: Some subjeds have pre-requisrtes. Check subjed descriptions for deteils 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

Credit Pointe 

6 1 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 _ 

6 

6 

6 , 

6 . 

_^6 

6 

6 

6 . 

6 J

GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MARKETING 

The Graduate Certificate in Martceting will consist of 4 subjeds from ttie Graduate Diploma of Commerce (Marketing) 

Schedute, induding; 

Martceting 149 



and also induding at teast one addrttonal 900 level subjed. 

MARK922 must be taken in the first session; pre-requisrtes for the undergraduate-level subjecrts will then tie waived. 

For further deteils on ttie above courses, see Course Requirennents below. 

Note: Some subjecte have pre-requisrtes. Check subjed desaiptions for details 



Candidates shouto refer to the Universrty's general PhD Rules. Candtoates for this degree enrol in the subject MARK991 Major Thesis. 


Candidates who have completed ttie requirements for the award ofttie BCom (Hons) in Accountancy, Economics, Management, or Mariceting at a 

standard of Class II, Division 2 or higher, or an equivalent degree, may qualify for ttie awanj of ttie MCom (Hons) degree by compteting at honours 

standard any one of ttie following courses of study - 

(i) Thesis (48 aedrt points), 

(ii) A combination of thesis and coursewortc as approved by ttie Head of Department, Martceting, which futtils ttie requirements of ttie Honours 

Master of Commerce program. 

A candidate may not indude for this degree subjeds similar in content to subjeds induded in any previous degree course. 


The purpose of this degree is to provide graduate studente, who have completed a BCom, BBus degree or equivatent, normally at a aedit average level 

or above,wrth ttie opportunrty of further in-depth study of advanced topics in Mariceting. 

The degree of 48 aedrt pointe may tie studied full-time over one year, or may be studied part-time. 

Candidates who do nd have a BCom or BBus but have successfully compteted Martceting/Commerce subjeds to second year tevel in their 

undergraduate degree, which must normally have been completed at a level of aedrt average or higher, may lie permrtted to study for the degree 

provided they first pass a program of 24 pointe of 200 or 300 or 900-level "Commerce" subjecte approved by ttie MCom Course Diredor or Head of 

Department. Thus the total aedrt pointe required for these candidates is 72. 

4. GRADUATE DIPLOMA OF COMMERCE (MARKETING) 

Entrants to this degree should hold a three-year degree in a disdpline other than Commerce, and/or a minimum of ttiree years work experience in a 

Management/ Martceting environment 

On successful comptetion of this Graduate Diploma, students will be eligibte to apply for the Master of Commerce (Martceting) degree or the Master of 

Business Administration (MBA) degree. 

5. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MARKETING 

Like the Graduate Diploma, this course is designed for graduates from disdplines other than Commerce, or candtoates wrth retevant wortc experience 

in a management/ martceting environment, to enable students to gain a qualrtication in Mariceting. 

On successful completion of ttiis Graduate Certificate, studente will be eligible to apply for ttie Graduate Diploma program, ttie Master of Quality 

Management (MQM), Master of International Business (MIB) or the Master of Business Administration (MBA) degree. 


MARK901 Marketing on the Internet 

Spring 6 cp 

Prerequisrte: MARK922 

This subjed will indude ttie following: general overview of ttie 

internet, nahjre of ttie intemet, hypertext, martcup language, transfer 

protocol, resource locators, sales over tiie intemet, public relations 

over the intemet advertising over ttie intemet, world wide web and 

demographics, value-added web sites, perfonnance indicators of 

marketing effort, security and legal issues, development of home 

pages. 

MARK917 Business to Business Marketing 

Autumn 6 cp 

Prerequisrte: H^RK922 

Business to Business Mariceting covers issues particular to ttie 

srtuation where one business martcets a produd or service to another 

business (rather than to an indivtoual consumer). This subjed is also 

referred to at times as Industrial Martceting. The objedives are to 

educate studente reganjing ttie major theoretical concepte and 

processes involved in business to business martceting, ttie application 

of these concepte to real Irte srtuations ttirough the use of case studies 

and "real Irte" examples.


MARK922 Marketing Management Sep 

Autumn and Spring 

This is ttie infrodudoty postgraduate Martceting subjed. tt examines 

ttie contemporaty view of martceting and focuses on ttie following 

areas: toentrttoation of maricet opportunrttes; segmentetion and terget 

martceting; mariceting mix dedstons; sen/ice martceting; and 

intemational martceting. 

MARK935 Marketing Strategy 

Spring 6 cp 

Prerequisrte: MARK922 

Wrth ttie use of case studtes, ttiis subject will examine ttie 

development and imptementation of mariceting plans and sfrategies at 

ttie organisational tevel. Key issues may indude: martceting's 

strategto rote in ttie organisation; martceting strategy and competrtive 

advantage, induding martceting mix strategtes; martceting sfrategy 

fonnulation, imptementetion and confrol. 

MARK936 Consumer Behaviour 

Spring 6 cp 

Pre-requisrte: MARK922 

The subjed will explore ttie motives of consumers during ttie 

purchase of producte and services tt will investigate sodological and 

psychotogical concepte as ttiey specificalty apply to ttie behaviour d 

consumers in order to team how to make more effective mariceting 

deasions In addrtion to a required text ttiat will be used to understand 

ttie ttieoty, readings and case stijdies will be assigned for pradical 

appltoation ofthe concepte. 

MARK937 Relationship Marketing and Communications 

Autumn 6 cp 


Tradrtionally mariceting has been atxiut getting customers. 

Relattonship martceting addresses the h«in concems - getting arto 

keeping customers. The subjed also examines ttie nature d 

communicatton in martceting and c:ritically evaluates ttie promotional 

sfrategy planning process, srtuation analysis, promotional objectives, 

promotional budget, management of advertising and sates promotion 

efforts and evaluatton ofthe effectiveness of promotton. 

MARK938 Managing Services Marketing 

Autumn 6 cp 

Pre-requisrte MARK922 

This course provtoes an in-depth analysis of ttie probtems fadng 

services mariceting managers Through tectijres, dass discxissions, 

readings and case analysis, plus observation of firms in adual sen/ice 

srtuations, stijcterrts will devetop insighte conceming ttie unique 

charadenstics of martceting in the services sedor Major toptos 

indude: Probtems and Strategtes in Services Martceting; 

Understending ttie Service Experience; Dimensions of Service 

Qualrty; Services Martceting Mix; Growth Sfrategtes for Service 

Finns and Martceting Imptementetton Issues. 

MARK939 Contemporary Issues in Intemational 

Marketing 

Autumn 6 cp 

Pre-requisrte: MARK922. 

This subjed examines ttie role of globalizatton and intemational 

martceting in economic ctevelopment The major fbcxjs is on the 

discourse of gkibalization and how this relates to current issues in 

intemational martceting Topics indude: cuttural and social effiecte of 

intemational martceting, ttie rote of muttinationals in developing 

counfries, ecotogical effiecte of gtobalization and economic 

devetopment, consumer issues in ctevetoping countries, and the rote of 

govemment in intemational martceting. 

MARK954 Special Topic in Marketing A 6 cp 

A speaal topic seteded from any area of martceting. The setection 

virauto be made by ttie Head of ttie Department teking into account ttie 

expertise of academto staff, induding visrting steff, and ttie interest of 

stijdente 

MARK956 New Product Marketing 

Autumn 6 cp 


New Produds are ttie "Irtebtood" of ttie modem organisation, wrth ttie 

majority of firms' sates coming from new producte or services which 

ttiey have intiTXJuced in ttie past 3 years Wrth a combination of ttieoty 

and pradical "hands-on" assignments, this course takes shjdents b 

ttie statijs of "new producte executives"- te capabte of managing the 

new produd process from new producte strategy to successful 

launch. 

MARK957 International Marketing Strategy 

Spring 6 cp 

Pre-requisite: MARK922. 

The course will encompass ttie issues involved in Intemational 

Martceting. Primaty ftxxis will be on ttie strategic aspects with 

particular emphasis on environmental constoeration and intemational 

mariceting dedsions in ttie global context. A managerial perspective 

will be adcjpted and dedsion-making skills will be imparted ttirough 

ttie case mettiod of instruction. 

MARK959 Sales Management 

Spring 6 cp 


This course involves organising and planning ttie company's overall 

personal selling efforts and integrating ttiese efforts wrth ttie ottier 

etements of ttie firm's mariceting sti^tegy. tt also indudes the 

seteding of appropriate sales personnel and designing and 

imptementing polides and procedures ttiat will dired their efforts 

towards ttie firm's desired objedives. The final part of ttie course 

involves developing procedures for monrtoring and evaluating sales 

force perfonnance so that adjustmente can be made to erther the sales 

program or rts implementation when performance is unsatisfadory. 

MARK960 Case Study 

Autumn, Spring or Summer 6cp 

This is an approved program of stucty to be agreed wrth ttie Head of 

Departtnent, where studente will condud an in-deptti analysis of a 

particular marketing probtem. 

MARK970 Contemporary Issues in Services Quality 

Spring 6 cp 

Pre-requisrte: MARK922 - not appltoabte to Qualrty Management 

studente. 

This course will focus on advanced topics in sen/ice qualrty customer 

satistadion wrth services, and strategic issues relating to the 

martceting of service firms Emphasis will be placed on revtewing 

contemporaty readings in ttie academic and professional literature, 

together wrth a foc:us on pradical issues affecting service compantes 

MARK977 Research for Marketing Decisions 

Spring 6 cp ^ 


This subject is concemed with examining ttie techniques and 

prindples for systematically cxilleding, recording, analysing, and 

interpreting data ttiat can ato dedsion makers who are involved wrth 

mariceting producte, services, or ideas. Topics indude: ttie structure 

and function of research infonnation; probtem definrtion and research » 

design; the measurement of consumer attitudes and preferences; 

design of sampling plans; colteding primaty and secondaty dala, 

analysing and interpreting statistical research resutts. 

MARK989 Special Topic B 

Autumn, Spring or Summer 120? . 

A program of coursewortc and reading as presc:ril)ed by ttie Head c< 'r 

Department. This subject is nomially avaitebte only b 

MCom(Honours) studente. j" 

MARK990 Minor Thesis 24cp 

For infonnation please contad the Department of Martceting. 

MARK991 Major Thesis 48 cp per year 

For infomnation ptease contad the Department of Martceting 

MARK997 Retail Marketing Management 

Autumn ^P 

This subject will indude a backgnjund to retailing, ttie scope a 

retailing, retailing sfrategies, merchandise and store nnanagement \, 

Parttoular emphasis will tie placed on case anatysis in order to bnng 

as much ofthe real wortd as possibte into the dassroom

Facutty of Creative Arts 151 

FACULTY OF CREATIVE ARTS 

MEMBER UNITS 

The Graduate School of Journalism is a member unit of the Faculty of Creative Arts. 

RESEARCH COURSES AVAILABLE 

The Faculty offers Master of Creative Arts, Master of Journalism, Honours Master of Journalism, Honours 

Master ofArts, Doctor of Creative Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees by research. 


CONTENT PAGE 

Creative Writing 154 

Journalism 159 

Music 154 

Theatre 154 

Visual Arts 154 

Graphic Design and New Media 154 

nQt!r«"h^*tî?'*^ attempts to ensure that information contained in this publication is up to date at the time of printing but sections may be amended without 

ihp to I University in response to changing circumstances for any other reasons. Classes in any subjed may be cancelled if enrolments do not reach 

anu la. ^'''"'°^®'^ ^°' "^® effective presentation of the topic area. Students should check with the University at the time of application/enrolment whether 

"'ly later information is available in respect of any material contained in this Calendar. 

offeri''''^®'^'*^ resen/es the right to change the content or method of presentation of any unit of study, or to withdraw any unrt or course of study which it 

lers, or impose limitations on enrolment in any unrt or course as a result of resource limitetions or for any other reason.

152 Facutty of Creative Arts 



Dean 

Professor Sharon Bell. BA PhD Syd 

Asscx:iate Dean 

Assodate Professor Stephen Ingham, BSc BA DPhil Yori< 

Sub-Dean 

Mr David Vance, BA UNSW. BMus Syd, LMusA 

Faculty Officer (02)4221 4621 

Olena Culten, BA DipEd 

Dean's Assistant (02)4221 3985 

Ms Mary Sfreet 

Senior Lecturer and Music Development Officer 

David C Vance, BA UNSW. BMus Syd. LMusA 


Kurt Brereton, DipArt Alex Mackie. DPhil UTS 

Liz Jeneid, DipTeach SKTC. MCA 

Ian F McGrath. MCA DCA 

John Scott, BA DipEd l\/lonash 

Diana Wood Conroy, BA Syd, DCA 

Lecturers 

Mertinda Bobis, BA MA Manila, DCA 

Gregor Cullen, DipArt Alex Mackie 

Wayne Dixon, AMusA, LTCL, MA 

Houston Dunteavy, BA BMus /Vte/b, MM(Comp) MM(Choral Cond) 

Cleveland, PhD Buffalo 

Frances Dyson. BA ANU. PhD UTS 

Jane Edwards, BMus Tas 

Clem Gomnan, DipArtsAdmin Lond Cent Poly. BA Syd 

John Hawke, BA Syd 

Janys Hayes, BSc Melb. DipAd Drama Centie Lond. MCA 

Richard Hook BA WAust PostGradCertEd Lond. AssocDipFine Arts 

WAIT, MFA Tas 

Jeff Kevin, Dip Ad PG Ad NIDA, MCA 

Lotte Latukefu, BMus Canbena School of Music. DipOpera Q'ld Con, 

MMus Manhattan Schcxil of Music 

Anthony Macns, BA Syd. MA UTS, MA Johns H 

John Senczuk, DipDesign NIDA 

Vanessa Shannan, BMus, GDipMus Tas 

Jelte van den Berg, Dip Ed HeerenveenAcP. Art Cert GroningenAcP, 

Grad Dip Art GroningenAcVisArts 

Alan Weame. BA LaT, DipEd Rusden State College of Victoria 

Professorial Fellows 

Herbert Flugelman, Hon DCA 

RonaW Pretty, BA MA Syd, AssodnstEd Lond 

Andrew Schuttz, BMus, PhD Qld, MMus Lond 

Director Permanent Collection 

Guy Wan-en 

Administrative Asslstente 

Jenny Fulterton 

Jenny Railings, TDipT 

Senior Technical Officer 

Des Frtzsimons 

Technical Officers 

Didier Balez 

Kevin Bowtey Mgt Cert Wgong TAPE 

Robyn Douglass, DipTeach Mitchell CAE. BCA 

Mtehael Young, AssocOipMusicology, BCA 

GFIADUATE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 

Head 

Eric Loo, BA BComm Malaysia, MA Uni of Philippines, PhD Maeq 

Foundation Professor 

Ctement Lloyd, BA BEc Syd, BLegSt Maeq. MA PhD ANU. OA 

Lecturer 

David Blackall, DipAppISc CSU. DipEd MA(Jour) 

Technical Officer 

Vicky Wallace, BSc MA(Jour) 


Dale Dumpleton, BBus CSU (02)42213190 


Maureen Ban-on, Head of Business Affairs, Southem Star Group 

Katherine Brisbane, Co-founder and Edrtor, Currency Press 

Ian Collie, Executive Officer, Chair, Australian Film Commission, 

Authorship Colteding Sodety 

Gerald English, holder of a Keating Fellowship, fonner Dean of Ihe 

Vidorian College of Arts-Opera School 

Ross Gibson, Ledurer in Film and Cuttural Studies, University of 

Technology, Sydney 

Yasmine Goonerafrie, Professor in English and Foundation Director 

Postcolonial Lrteratures and Language Research Centre 

Macquarie University

CREATIVE ARTS 


The following postgraduate courses are available in Creative Wrrting, Music, Theatre,Visual Arts and Graphic Design and New Media: 


Z Doctor of Creative Arts 

3. (Honours) Master of Arts by Research 

4, Master of Creative Arts 


Creative Writing 

Music 

Theatre 

Visual Arts 

Graphic Design and New Media 

' CURRENT RESEARCH AREAS 

Creative Arts •• 53 

The Facutty of Creative Arts has a limrted numbier of places available each year for suitably qualHied candidates to undertake postgraduate degrees in 

the following areas: 

Creative Writing 

Poetry 

Prose Fidion 

Script Writing 

Theatre 

Perfonmance 

Produdion 

Music 

Composition 

Musicology and Analysis 

Perfonnance 

The Facurty also conduds interdisdplinary research relating to the above areas. 

Visual Arts 

Studio-Based woric 

Theory 

Graphic Design and New Media 

Studio-Based wortc 

Theory 

Course Information can be viewed at the faculty's Web site at http://www.uow.edu.au/crearts 


POSTGRADUATE SUBJECT 

Leading to the Doctor of Philosophy 


rCREA940 I Dodoral Thesis Creative Arts ^ 


Leading to the Doctor of Creative Arts 

Credit Points 


Dodoral Presentation Creative Arts 

POSTGRADUATE SUBJECTS 

Leading to the (Honours) Master of Arts 


_CREA920___| 

[CR^921^ 

Masters Thesis Creative Arts 

Preliminary Topics in Creative Arts 

48 

48 

Credit Points 

48 

48 1


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN CREATIVE WRITING 

Leading to frie Master of Creative Arts 


WRIT913 

WRIT910 

WRIT911 

Major Presentation - Writing 

Anatysis of Texts 

Lrterary Composrtion 

For frjrther details, see Course Requirements 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN MUSIC PERFORMANCE 

Leading to frie Master of Creath/e Arts 


MUS913 

MUS910 

MUS912 

Major Presentation - Music Performance 

Minor Thesis Music 

Sfajdtes in Perfonnance Technique 

For frjrther details, see Course Requirements 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN MUSIC COMPOSITION 

Leading to the Master of Creative Arts 


MUS914 

MUS910 

MUS915 

Major Presentation - Music Composrtion 

Minor Thesis Music 

Studtes in Composrtion Technique 

For further details, see Course Requirements. 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN THEATRE 


Numtier Subject 

THEA913 Major Presentation - Theatre 

THEA910 Theatre Analysis 

THEA911 Advanced Techniques in Theatre 


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN VISUAL ARTS 



V1S913 

Major Presentation - Visual Arts 

VIS910 

Visual Arts Theory 

VIS911 Minor Thesis Visual Arts 

For further details, see Course Requirements 

POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN GRAPHIC DESIGN AND NEW MEDIA 



DES913 

Major Presentation - Graphic Design and New Media 

DES910 

Graphic Design and New Media Theory 

DES911 ; Minor Thesis Graphic Design and New Media 


OTHER SUBJECTS 

Credit Points 

24 

12 

12 

Credit Points 

24 

12 

12 

Credit Points 

24 

12 

12 

Credit Points 

24 

12 

12 

Credit Points 

24 

12 

12 

Credit Points 

Numtier Subject Credit Points 

CREA950 

CREA951 

Aesthetics: Design Application 

Aesttietics: Sound Application 

24 

12 

12 

12 

12



The Dodor of Philosophy (PhD) is based on submission of a thesis in a scholarty field or a combination of scholarty thesis and creative wortc. 

Length of Course 

Minimum of 2 to 3 years full-time or 4 to 6 years part-time. 

Creative Arts 155 

Requirements for Admission 

Applicants for the PhD shoukt have a relevant first degree wrth Honours Class II, Division 1, or higher, or possess equivatent qualifications. For 

applicants wishing to submit by a combination of thesis and aeative wortc the applicant needs to demonsfrate that botti their academic and artistic 

background equates wrth ttie above minimum standard. In certain circumstances shjdents may be required to commence their enrolment in the 

MA(Hons) and seek transfer to Uie PhD when and If they achieve a surtabte standard. 

Candidates for the PhD enrol in CREA940 Dodoral Thesis Creative Arts. 

2. DOCTOR OF CREATIVE ARTS 

The Dodor of Creative Arts (DCA) is based on presentation of aeative wortc and supported by wrrtten documentation pertaining to the wortc. 




/Vpplicants for tiie DCA shoukJ hold an appropriate Bachelor degree with Honours Class II, Division 1, or higher (or its equivalent) and be abte to 

demonstrate evidence of high artistic attainment. Examples of high artistic attainment indude publication or professional dissemination of wortc; grants, 

fellowships and prizes; critical acxiaim; a trac:k record of sustained high level professional adivity; and various indicators retevant to ttie specific 

discipline. 

As a guide, students completing the MCA will need to achieve at or near a High Distindion average to be considered for entry to the DCA. Likewise, 

students virtio have completed courseworic masters degrees at other universrties should be aware tiiat sucdi qualrtications may not be regarded as 

adequate preparation for immediate entry to the DCA program. 

In certain drcumstances students may tie required to commence their enrolment in ttie MA(Hons) and seek transfer to ttie DCA when and if they 

achteve a surtabte standard. 

Outstanding arts pradrtioners wrthout the required fonnal qualifications may be allowed to enrol in the DCA provided they can demonstrate a sustained 

period of artistic adivrty at the highest level. It is important that applicants submrt adequate material to demonstrate the qualrty and standing of their wortc 

Candidates for the DCA enrol in CREA930 Dodoral Presentation Creative Arts. 

3. (HONOURS) MASTER OF ARTS 

The Honours Master of Arts is a research degree ttiat prepares students for entry to a dodoral program. Researdi areas indude creative writing, 

music, theatre, visual arts and graphic design and new media disciplines as previously listed. Students c»mplete a thesis in a scholarly field or submrt 

through a combination of scholarty thesis and creative wortc. 




/\pplicants for the MA(Hons) should have an Honours Bachelor degree in an appropriate disdpline at Class II, Division 1 or higher, or rts equivatent. 

Candidates for the MA(Hons) enrol in CREA920 Masters Thesis Creative Arts. 

Students wrthout appropriate qualrtications may be admitted to the program by initially undertaking CREA921 Preliminary Topics in Creative Arts. 

4. MASTER OF CREATIVE ARTS 

The Master of Creative Arts (MCA) is an intensive course focusing on ttie attainment of high level pradical skills, tt nonnally consists of h«o unrts d 

coursewortc plus a major presentation. 

Assessment for the major presentation will be by one extemal and at teast one internal assessor 

Each student is allocated a supervisor(s) who is responsible for the overall program and supervision of the student's woric, and for ensuring ttiat ttie 

administration of wortc is effedive and sensrtive to the students needs. The supervisor(s) wortcs wrth the student and advises on: 

1 development of pradical woric and rts documentation; 

2. preparation of aeative wortc; 

3 research and wrrting relevant to the students wortc; and 

4 writing of essays, set exerdses, and other tasks where appropriate. 

Students and supervisors shoukJ establish a schedule of meetings. 

To be eligible for the award of MCA students must submrt all work on, or before, agreed dates unless permission for late submission has been otitained 

from the supervisor(s). 

It may be possible for individuals wrth appropriate expertise to undertake studtes which involve more than one disdpline area Interested applicants 

should contad Uie Assodate Dean (Researdi and Postgraduate).

156 Faculty of Creative Arts 


Minimum of 1 year full-time or 1.5 to 2 years part-time. 


Applicants for admission to the MCA program should hokj a first degree in an appropriate area. Students wrthout adequate fonnal qualifications may be 

required to comptete up to 48 credrt points addrttenal shjdy incorporating relevant subjeds; 48 aedrt points is the maximum number ttiat can be 

compteted in an academic year. /Applicants shoukl have professional experience in tiieir chosen area of study. 


CREA920 Masters Thesis Creative Arts 

Double 48 cp per year 

Assessment; by two extemal assessors. 

Submission will be in the form of 

- scholarly thesis (100%); or 

- scholariy thesis (50%) combined with creative wortc (50%). 

As a guide, submission by thesis only will be in the range of 40,000 to 

50,000 words wrth an equivatent wortcload where submission is by 

thesis and creative wortc. Examples of aeative work submission 

indude folio of composrtions or wrrting. exhibrtion of artwork and 

musical or dramatic perfonmances. As a guide, ttie submission of 

aeative wortc would nomnally not constrtute less than ttie expec:tations 

in ttie subjects MUS913, MUS914, THEA913, VIS913 or WRIT913 as 

applicable. The exad nature of each submission will vary subjed to 

ttie students educational and professional background and will be 

negotiated in consurtation wrth ttie Assodate Dean (Research and 

Postgraduate). A brief explanatory annotation may be submrtted as a 

support to the aeative wortc submission. 

CREA921 Preliminary Topics in Creative Arts 

Double 48 cp 

Assessment: by two intemal assessors. 

In this preparatory subjed stiJdents will undertake a combination of 

essays, thesis, and presentation or perfonnance of aeative work. The 

program of study will tie deckled in consurtation wrth ttie 

supervisor(s). 

CREA930 Doctoral Presentation Creative Arts 


Assessment: by two external assessors 

The submission of ttie DCA will nonnally be by exhibrtion, 

performance or publication of aeative work in ttie area of 

spedalisation, supported by wntten documentatten (approximately 

20,000 to 30,000 words) fodusing on such aspeds as origins of ttie 

wortc, strudures and techniques used, and artistic theories 

underpinning the work, tt may be appropriate to support written 

material wrth documentation in other fomis, for example, photographs 

or sound and video recordings In all cases, the dissertation is intended 

to be an integrated part ofthe full submission and, wherever possibte, 

to argue the case for the merrt and originalrty of the aeative wortc The 

Facurty is keen ttiat ttie dissertation should be a vrtal and engaging 

document and ttierefore pemirts some flexibility in ttie style of its 

submission. Nonethetess, ttie dissertatten shoukJ be presented in a 

well-researched form that demonstrates an understanding of scholariy 

mettiod 

The following is intended as a guide to ttie scate and style of aeative 

wortc submission: 

Music Composition: Folio of composrtions induding up to 10 

composrtions and several wortcs ttiat employ large resources or 

perfonnance media. 

Music Perfonnance Three or four recrtals demonsfrating high levels 

of artistry and focus; nonnally such recrtals indude ftjIHength solo and 

chamber music perfomiances, a concerto or equivatent and a ledure 

recital 

Creative Wnting: Substantial folio of aeative wrrting wortc which may 

take the fomn of a large scate projed such as a novel or playscript or 

consist of a combination of smaller pteces 

Visual Arts: Major soto exhibrtion of artwortc plus documented 

preliminary exhibrtions. 

Graphic Design and New Media: Graphic design portfolio/exhibrtion 

and/or Websrte/CDRom 

Students presenting frieir wortc by exhibrtton or performance are 

required to present their dissertation for examination no later ttian 

ttiree months after ttie final perfonnance or exhibrtion Sfodents 

presenting frieir wortc by folio or similar means shoukl present their 

dissertation and folio in one submission. 

CREA940 Doctoral Thesis Creative Arts 


Assessment: by two extemal assessors. 

Submission will be in the fonn of 

- scholariy thesis (100%); or 

- scholariy thesis (50%) combined wrth aeative wortc (50%). 

As a guide, submission by thesis only will be in ttie range of 60,0(X) to 

90,000 words wrth an equivatent wortcload where submission is by 

thesis and aeative wortc. 

The exad nature of each submission will vary subjed to ttie student's 

educational and professional background and will be negotiated in 

consurtation wrth the supervisor(s) and the Assodate Dean (Research 

and Postgraduate). Examples of aeative work submission indude a 

folio of compositions or wrrting, exhibrtions of artwortc and musical or 

dramatic perfonmances. As a gude, the scate of ttie submission of 

aeative woric would nonnally not constitute significantiy less ttian for 

the Dodor of Creative Arts. 

* 

CREA950 Aesthetics: Design Application 


Assessment: by two internal assessors. StiJdents will be submrt ore 

major illustrated research paper 5,000 words; one major practical 

analytic projed. 

Through an extensive pradical investigation of ttie Elements and 

Prindpals of Design, ttie stijdent will utilise acquired knowledge to 

analyse, all aspeds of applted Aesttietic Theory. To enhance students 

artistic endeavour, as well as highlight assodated technical and 

commercial produd development, particular attention will be placed en 

the spedfic application of line, shape, space and surface qualrty. 

CREA951 Aesthetics: Sound Application* 


Assessment: by hwo intemal assessors. Students will be submit one 

major research paper 5,000 words; one major pradical projed 

Through an extensive pradical investigation of sound aesthetics, 

design and produdion, ttie student will analyse all aspeds of applied 

Aesthetic Theory, and evaluate ttie appropriateness of different 

audiophonic genres for a variety of purposes. To enhance ttie students 

creativity in ttie field of audiophonic produdion, as well as highlight 

applications for commercial utilisation, attention will be given to a 

range of media, artfonns, srtuations and locales in which complex 

sound design is used. 

DES910 Graphic Design and New Media Theory 

Autumn/Spring/Double 12cp 

Assessment: by hwo internal assessors. 

Students are required to present two 4,000 word essays based on the 

seminar series of ledures. They are expeded to carry out further 

researdi into the topic issues raised in class and in references The 

subjed explores historical and contemporary ttieoretical issues 

conceming graphic design and new media arts. A series of guest 

designers will discuss current ideas and latest produdion techniques 

at woric wrthin the industry. 

DES911 Minor Thesis - Graphic Design and New Media 

Autumn/Spring/Double 12 cp 

/Assessment: by two intemal assessors. 

StiJdents will present a 10,000 word dissertation based on research 

wortc carried out in DES910 and DES913 wrth appropriate design 

such as CDRom, web srte, graphic or photographic images In 

consuttatten wrth their supen/isor(s), shidents will prepare a 

documentatten of their aeative woric for exhibrtion. This will show 

evidence of research, theoretical backup and critical analysis of the 

issues conceming ttie aeative wortc exhibrted Sfodents will be 

May not be on offer in 1999.

expected to wortc independentiy and at an advanced level while 

consulting wrth their supervisor(s) on a regular basis 

DES913 Major Presentation - Graphic Design and New 

Media 

Double 24 cp 

Pre or Co-requisrte: DES910 and DES911 

Assessment by at least one intemal and one extemal assessor. 

Students will present a substantial exhibrtion of work ttiat refleds 

technical skill, knowledge and use of hardware and software to 

develop, sustain and execute original ideas and researched materials 

In a cohesive and thematic way. As an example of content, designers 

should submrt 10 graphic design worics. Web designers would submrt 

a major interadive web site or 3 smaller sites on ttie net. Multimedia 

designers woukJ submrt an interadive CDRom ttiat demonstrates an 

Innovative design approach. All students must submit design roughs 

and supporting material for exhibrtion. 

Students must submit a detaited outiine of their proposed work 

(research/produdion schedule) for ttie major presentation to ttie 

supervisor(s) by the fourth week of enrolment. 

It may be possible for individuals with appropriate expertise to 

undertake studtes which involve more ttian one disdpline area. 

Interested students should contad tiie Assodate Dean (Research and 

Postgraduate). 

MUS910 Minor Thesis Music 


Assessment: by two intemal assessors. Students will submrt a 10,000 

word analytical dissertation on a topic approved by ttie supervisor(s). 

The ttiesis must be submrtted by the last teaching week of session. 

Students may be required to attend ttie subjeds MUS301 Musical 

Analysis and Pradice 3 and MUS312 Australian Music. This 

requirement may be waived, wrth the approval of ttie supervisor(s), 

where ttie student can prove the prior completion of equivalent work. 

Students may be required to attend only and nd to complete 

assessmentforMLIS301and MUS312. 

Two suitably presented and bound coptes of the thesis will be retained 

by the Facurty. 

MUS912 Studies in Performance Technique 


Assessment: by ti«o internal assessors and will nonnally be by 

presentation of a two hour ledure-recrtal or equivalent wortc on a topic 

related to technkûe and perfonmance in ttie students area of 

specialisation. 

- Students will attend and partidpate in a performance seminar and will 

partidpate, where requested, in Facutty ensembles. 

MUS913 Major Presentation-Music Performance 

Double 24 cp 

• Pre or Co-requisite: MUS910 and MUS912. 

• Assessment: by at least one intemal and one extemal assessor. 

' A 50 minute recital of major works from ttie instrumental or vocal 

'' repertoire, given in Spring session of a students full-time enrolment 

(or equivalent), is required. The recital program should be approved 

well in advance by ttie supen/isor(s) and cover a stylistic gamut of 

•:' music. 

A presentation of a concerto or equivalent work of approximately 20- 

30 minutes duration is also required. The woric (which may, in ttie 

case of longer wortcs, be a movement or movements of a concerto) 

should be c*iosen in consuttation with the supervisor(s) and may be 

presented wrth piano redudion as accompaniment. 

r Detailed annotations for botti ttie concerto and redtal presentation, of 

.;• approximately 2,000 words, should be provided. 

j; Under normal drcumstances students will receive 28 one hour 

individual lessons wrth an approved teacher and are also required to 

attend Perfonnance dasses as planned wrth ttie supervisor(s) and 

,^j subjed coordinator. 

Students must submrt a detailed outiine of their proposed work for ttie 

major presentation to ttie supervisor(s) four weeks in advance of ttie 

recital dates. 

It may be possible for individuals with appropriate expertise to 

', undertake studtes which involve more ttian one disdpline area. 

Interested students should contad the Assodate Dean (Research and 


^ MUS914 Major Presentation-Music Composition 

Double 24 cp 

Pre or Co-requisite: MUS910 and MUS915. 

Assessment: by at least one intemal and one external assessor and 

Creative Arts 157 

will be based on submission ofthe following: 

a portfolio of at least four composrtions, induding one major work 

for large ensemble; 

sketches, tapes and other supporting material; 

analytical commentaries on the worics submrtted - approximately 

2,000 words. 

The submission is due at the end of ttie teaching period of ttie year d 

enrolment. 

Students must submrt a detaited outiine of their proposed work for ttie 

major presentation to ttie supen/isor(s) by ttie fourUi week of 

enrolment. 

It may be possible for individuals wrth appropriate expertise to 

undertake studies which involve more than one disdpline area. 



MUS915 Studies in Composition Technique 


Assessment: by hwo internal assessors on the completion of a projed 

in one of ttie following areas (following consurtation wrth ttie 

supen/isor(s)): 

orchestration; 

studies in counterpoint or imrtative composrtional style; 

preparation of a new perfonnance edrtion; 

studies in computer music; 

multi-media collaborative projed. 

Students will partidpate in composrtion seminars and workshops, and 

in Facurty ensembles as requested. 

THEA910 Theatre Analysis 


Assessment: by hwo intemal assessors and will consist of a 10,000 

word essay. 

The student will undertake research based analysis (Uie scope d 

which may indude ttie survey of historical and archival material, 

vertial history, crrtical commentary or ttie specific detailing of 

contemporary perfomnance/produdion methodologies) ttiat addresses 

a particular asped of theatrically based perfonnance. 

All woric must be submrtted by the last teaching week of session. 

THEA911 Advanced Techniques in Theatre 


Assessment: by tiwo intemal assessors and will consist of a 10,000 

word essay 

Using the resource obtained through THEA910, the student will evolve 

a thesis ttiat diredly relates the historicâl analysis and ttie 

development of experimental or new technologtes and methodologtes 

wrth the intention and process ofthe proposed major presentation. 

All woric must be submrtted by the last teaching week of session. 

THEA913 Major Presentation-Theatre 

Double 24 cp 

Pre or Co-requisrte: THEA910 and THEA911. 

Assessment: by at least one intemal and one external assessor 

Students will give a public presentation and a 2,000 word self analysis 

of ttie process undertaken wrth appropriate annotation and 

commentary. 

The major presentation is the planning and implementation of a 

pradical demonstration of ttie researdi and thesis development 

assodated wrth THEA910 and THEA911. The parameters of ttie 

Presentation must tie negotiated wrth the supervisor(s) following ttie 

completion of THEA910 and before advandng to THEA911. 

Students must submrt a detaited outiine of their proposed wortc for ttie 

major presentation to ttie supervisor(s) by ttie fourth week of 

enrolment. 

tt may tie possible for individuals wrth appropriate expertise to 

undertake studies which involve more ttian one discipline area. 



VIS910 Visual Arts Theory 


Assessment; by hvo internal assessors and will be by presentation of 

h«o essays of approximately 4,000 words each on topics related to ttie 

seminar series and after consurtation wrth the tedurer 

This subjed aims to explore contemporary arts pradice and ttieory in 

order ttiat stiJdents may place their own work wrthin ttie broader 

contexts of arts pradices, and ttie debates and developments in ttie 

visual arts and cultural theory.


VIS911 Minor Thesis Visual Arts 

Autumn/Spring/Double .„^^*^1 

Assessment by two intemal assessors and will be by a 10,000 word 

analytical dissertation based on researdi work compteted in VIS910 

and VIS913 wrth appropriate visual material such as photographs, 

slides or video presentation 

In consurtatten with their supervisor(s) students will prepare a 

documentation of their aeative woric, botti preparatory wortc and ttie 

final woric seleded for ttie major presentation. This will show an 

analysis ofttie processes, experimentation, materiality and content d 

ttie wortc. tt will contextualise ttie wortc wrthin its field and should 

address related theoretical issues and analyse the wortc of other artists 

considered retevant 

Students will be expeded to woric at an advanced level and wrth a high 

degree of independence in ttieir chosen studb disdpline. They will 

consurt wrth their supervisor(s) on a regular basis. 

The ttiesis will be submrtted by the last teaching week of ttie session. 

Two surtably presented and bound coptes ofttie ttiesis will be retained 

by ttie Facutty. 

VIS913 Major Presentation-Visual Arts 

Double 24 cp 

Pre or Co-requisrte: VIS910 and VIS911. 

Assessment: by at teast one intemal and one extemal assessor 

Sfodents will present a substantial exhibrtion of wortc ttiat refleds 

technical skill, knowtedge and use of materials, and an ability to 

develop, sustain and execute original ideas in a cohesive and thematic 

way Preparation of Uie major presentation should occxjpy students for 

at teast four hours per day for the pericxJ of enrolment. As an example 

of content painters should submrt at teast eight major pteces plus 

drawings and supporting material of exhibrtable standand. Equivalent 

wortcloads will be expeded of stuctents wortcing in other areas of ttie 

visual arts 

Students must submrt a detaited outline of their proposed wortc for ttie 

major presentation to the supervisor(s) by ttie fourth week of 

enrolment 

tt may tie possibte for individuals wrth appropriate expertise to 

undertake studtes which involve more ttian one disdpline area. 

Interested students should contad the Assodate Dean (Researc^h and 


WRIT910 Analysis of Text 


Assessment: by ttie subjed coordinator. Students will present three 

seminars on topics cieckted upon in consurtation wrth their 

supervlsor(s). After the seminar, each presentation will be written Lp 

and handed in wrthin ttiree weeks of presentation, in ttie form of an 

essay of approximately 3,000 words. 

In fortnightly seminars students will undertake a detailed study of 

relevant texts in their area of spedalisation, which may be in poetry, 

prose fiction or script writing The subjed aims to devekip and refine 

the abilrty to ti^ce in detail the relationship between ttie effects gained 

by a text and Uie technkjues of wrrting used to achteve them. To some 

extent ttie subjed will resembte advanced Irterary articism, except 

that the emphasis will be on ttie techniques used by ttie writer rather 

than ttie reader's response. 

WRIT911 Literary Composition 


Assessment by ttie subjed ccxirdinator and will be based on up to 

lO.OOOwordsofexperimental writing, induding wrrtten sett-evaluation 

ofttie effectiveness ofttie techniques used 

In fortnightly seminars students will be required to devetop and refine 

their awareness d the tec:hniques and processes of literary 

composrtion, and to demonsti^te their confrol of ttiese techniques and 

processes in ttieir own writing. Students will be required to outline ttie 

effeds they are seeking in their wrrting, and to descritie and evaluate 

ttie technkjues they are using to achteve those effects. 

WRIT913 Major Presentation-Creative Writing 

Double 24 cp 

Pre or Co-requisrte: WRrT910 and WRrT911. 

Assessment by at teast one intemal and one extemal assessor. 

Students will present erther 

- a woric of short prose fidion wrth a minimum of 30,000 words: or 

- poetry wrth a minimum of 60 pages; or 

- a foil tength ttieafre/film/tetevision script. 

Sfodents must submrt a detaited outiine of ttieir proposed woric for ttie 

major presentation to ttie supervisor(s) by ttie fourth week of 

enrolment 

tt may be possibte for indivkJuals wrth appropriate expertise b 

undertake studies which invoh/e more ttian one disdpline area 

Interested stiJdents shouki contad ttie Assodate Dean (Research mi 

Postgraduate).

JOURNALISM 


The following postgraduate courses are available in Journalism: 

1. Doctor of Philosophy by Research 

2. Honours Master of Arts (Journalism) by Research 

3. Honours Master of Journalism 

4. Master of Journalism 

5. Graduate Certificate in Multicultural Joumalism 


Joumalism 


Joumalism practice and history 

Australian media structure 

Joumalism and new communication technologies 

Comparative joumalism studies 

AIMS OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM 

Journalism 159 

1 To provide thorough training in vocational journalism for graduates who want to develop professional skills with a view to wortcing in the news media 

industry. 

2. To give joumallsts wrth professional experience an opportunrty to acquire a postgraduate qualrtication and develop a spedalist area of interest. 

3 To stimulate research in the areas listed above. 

DISTANCE EDUCATION COURSES 

Distance education courses are offered by the Graduate School of Journalism ttirough Wollongong OnLine (WOL). For infonnation on ttiese distance 

education courses, ptease contad UniAdvice at ttie University of Wollongong (Email: uniadvice@uow.edu.au Tetephone: 1800 680 320) for a 

prospedus. Course details can be viewed in the Journalism Web srte at: http://vwvw.uow.edu.au/aearts/joumalisni/ 

OTHER OFF CAMPUS COURSES 

The Graduate School of Journalism, through a flexible delivery approach, offers the Master of Journalism (MJ) to students in overseas countries. 

The School cunently offers tiie MJ through ttie Open Universrty of Hong Kong. To obtain an infonnation package please contad: 

The Open University of Hong Kong 

Centre for Continuing and Community Education 

CCCE - Room A0732 

30 Good Shephard Street 

Ho Man Tin 

Kowloon Hong Kong 

Telephone: 2768 5914 or 2768 5911 

Facsimite: 23818456 

Email: cce@oliv1.ouhk.hk 

For infonmation about courses in ottier countiies please contad the Head ofthe Graduate School of Joumalism on 02 42213190. 


POSTGRADUATE PROGRAM IN JOURNALISM 

Leading to the Graduate Certificate in Multicultural Joumalism or Master of Journalism 


^Compulsory Core Subjects 

"ÛRgOj 

JOUR903 

^JOUR933 

News and Feature Wrrting 

Journalistic Method and Pradice 

Joumalism, Ethics and Standards 

On-Llne and Research Joumalism 

EL®?t!)'eSubiecte: 

JOUR905 Spedalist Joumalism 1 

JOUR906 Spedalist Joumalism 2 

J0LTO31___ Broadcasting Joumalism 

JOUR932 Tetevision Journalism 

_JOUR934 Print Produdion and Publication 

rJOUR936" International Joumalism 

Credit Points



JOUR942 

JOUR943 

JOUR945 

Cun-ent Affairs Journalism 

Direded Readings in Journalism 

Advanced Joumalism Projed 

JOUR949 Mutticuttural Journalism 

JOUR991 Major Journalism Projed 

JOUR992 Major Joumalism Presentation (Honours students only) 

Not all subjeds are offered each session. 

See Course Requirements below for forther details. 


Leading to the Doctor of Philosophy and Honours Master of Arts (Journalism) by Research 

Credit Points 

Number Subjec:t Credit Points 

JOUR999 Thesis 48 



The Dodor of Philosophy (PhD) is based on submission of a scholariy thesis of behween 80,000 to 100,000 words. 


This degree is nonnally compteted in not tess than two years (four consecxitive sessions excluding the Summer session) wrth a maximum period of four 

years of foil-time research (or eight consecutive sessions) from the date of registration. 

Part-time candidates shall nonnally complete the research dissertation in nd less ttian ttiree years (six consecutive sessions exduding ttie Summer 

session) and a maximum period of sbc years (or hwelve consecutive sessions). 


Applicants should have a retevant first degree wrth Honours Class II, Division 1, or higher, or a Master degree either in journalism or in a related area, 

or possess equivalent qualrtications. Graduates in ottier disaplines at Master level may also be considered if ttiey can provide evidence of research 

interest in spedalist areas relevant to joumalism theory and pradice. 

Admission to ttie degree shall be subjed to ttie approval of ttie Head of School. Applicants must submrt a statement detailing their research history, 

together wrth a proposal (1,200 words maximum) of their intended researdi. 

Candidates for this degree enrol in JOUR999 

2. HONOURS MASTER OF ARTS (JOURNALISM) BY RESEARCH 

The Honours Master of Arts Is a research degree ttiat prepares sfodents for entry to a dodoral program. The course is based on submission of a 

scholariy thesis of approximately 50,000 words 


Minimum time to comptete ttie degree is one year foil-time (or two consecutive sessions) wrth a maximum of h«o years Part time students will 

nonnally complete in not less ttian hwo years (or four consecutive sessions) with a maximum of four years from the date of registration 


Applicants shoukl have a retevant first degree with Honours Class II, Division 1, or higher, or a Masters at Pass level erther in joumalism or in a related 

area, or possess equivatent qualrtications Applicants must submit a statement detailing their research history togettier wrth a proposal (800 words 

maximum) of their intended researdi. ' a r r v 

Candidates for this degree enrol in JOUR999 - Thesis 

3. HONOURS MASTER OF JOURNALISM BY COURSEWORK 

iSti^SiTmâteXl"'"'''"'"^''^ compnses aiursewortc and the presentation of a researdi thesis of 25,000 words or if appropnate, sourxl vKleo or 


Sdrt tev'fl ofhl1°r ^nr t ^ ^ ^'IT'?' "^^1^ "^' "'^"^^^ °^ ^°"°"^ ^'^^^ " division 2 or hgher or ttie Master of Joumalism passed at a 

BMaZ ^,?m^r Lfi^nn ^""'^"^ Qualrfication, ttie minimum time to aimptete ttie Honours Master of Joumalism is tiivo sessions full-tin^, 

exauoing tne summer session, or four sessions part-time. 

S"SToThi^het 'the ml'ii^Tr"^ 1 badiekir degree at a standard of Honours Class II, Division 2 or higher or ttie Master of Journalism passed at a 

f^^!!! °;A^-'l^r^^.^ minimum time to oimplete ttie Honours Master of Joumalism is four sesstons foil-time, exdudino ttie summer session, or 

eight sessions part-time. 

sessions foil-time, exduding ttie summer session. 

Requirements for Admission and Course Structure 

âTSi°i'LSra:nôr^ln.^^^ "^ "°"°"" ^'^^ "' '^^'^'^ '' - ^'9^-' - ^ ^^^- ^t Pass leve, erther in joumalism or in a rented 

• possess equivatent qualifications.

Joumalism 161 

1. For a candidate wrth a bachelor degree at pass tevel or equivalent the total course requirements shall be 96 aedrt points. Subjeds will comprise: 

Qualifying Course (48 credit points) 

Subjeds seleded from 900 level subjeds offered by the Graduate School of Joumalism to be passed at a aedrt level or higher 

Compulsory Subject (24 credit points) 

JOUR992 - Major Journalism Presentation 

Elective Subjects (24 credit points) 

Subjeds seleded from 900 level subjeds offered by the Graduate School of Journalism or subjects seteded from 300 level subjeds offered by ottier 

academic unrts approved by the Head of School. 

2. For a candidate who has completed a bachelor degree at Honours Class II, Division 2 or higher, or the Master of Journalism passed at a aedrt level 

or higher, the total course requirement shall be 48 aedrt points. Subjeds will comprise: 

Compulsory subject (24 credit points) 

JOUR992 - Major Journalism Presentation 

Elective subjects (24 credit points) 

Subjects seteded from 900 level subjeds offered by the Graduate School of Journalism or subjeds seteded from 300 level subjeds offered by otiier 

academic unrts approved by the Head of School. 

3. All applicants must submrt a statement detailing their research history, together wrth a proposal (800 words maximum) of their intended research. 

SCHEDULE LEADING TO THE HONOURS MASTER OF JOURNALISM BY COURSEWORK. 


Compulsory Core Subject: 

JOUR992 Major Journalism Presentation 24 

Elective Subjects 

JOUR901 

JOUR902 

JOUR903 

JOUR905 

JOUR906 

JOUR931 

JOUR932 

JOUR933 

JOUR934 

JOUR936 

J0UR942 

JOUR943 

J0UR945 

J0UR949 

JOUR991 

4. MASTER OF JOURNALISM 

News and Feature Wrrting 

Journalistic Method and Pradice 

Joumalism, Ethics and Standards 

Spedalist Journalism 1 

Spedalist Journalism 2 

Broadcasting Joumalism 

Television Journalism 

On-Line and Research Journalism 

Print Produdion and Publication 

International Joumalism 

Current Affairs Journalism 

Direded Readings in Journalism 

Advanced Journalism Projed 

Murticurtural Journalism 

Major Journalism Projed 

The purposes ofthe Master of Journalism by courseworic are: 

(a) to provide artical education and vocational training in journalism; 

(b) to assist students in adapting to strudural and technological change in joumalism; 

(c) to promote crrtical evaluation of professional joumalism processes through rts teaching and research. 

^ Length of course and requirements for admission 

Students shall be admitted under the rules covering the Universrty's Master ofArts degree offerings, with the addrtional provisions below: 

(a) Admission to candidates shall be on the recommendation ofthe Head of School. Applicants should have a relevant first degree. Qualrtied journalists 

are eligibte for consideration to be admrtted on the basis of documented evidence. All applicants unless othenwise stated, must submrt a 800 word 

essay on a topic detennined by the Head. 

•; (b) Pass students are required to successfolly complete a program of studies approved by ttie Head which must total 48 aedit points, except where 

advanced standing is given for completion of equivalent subjeds in a comparalile course. Exemption from core subjeds may be granted by the Head 

on Uie basis of documented professional experience. 

!)• (c) All students must complete Hie core subjeds, except where advanced standing is awarded or exemption is given, and such other compulsory 

•0: subjeds as the Head may presaibe. Both JOUR901 and JOUR933 must be completed successfolly before commendng any eledives unless ttie 

Head detenmines otherwise. 

;f (d) With ttie approval of ttie Head, and ttie relevant Facurties and Departments, students may also take a maximum of ttiree subjects from ottier 

.•; postgraduate and undergraduate courses where rt can be shown that this will assist in ttie development of specialist skills in journalism. Approved 

vocational eledives in the undergraduate level are offered by the Facutty Creative Arts. 

(e) Students may also comptete a major projed approved by the Head, or an intemship in a professional media organisation, or such field work as the 

., Head may presaibe. 

(0 Students shall discuss their proposed program with an academic adviser from the Graduate School of Journalism prior to enrolment. 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

12


(g) The Master of Joumalism shall be availabte both as a foil-time and part-time program. Full-time pass students are expeded to comptete ttie degree 

in hwo academic sessions, and part-time pass students in four sessions. 

(h) Overseas students wrth no prevtous expenence in academic presentation in English have ttie option of taking as part of their approved course ihe 

subject ELS151 Infrodudion to English for Academic Purposes offiered by Modem Languages in ttie Facutty of Arts Overseas students with 

limrtations in English expression may also choose, on ttie advice ofthe Head, to take other ELS subjects as part of their course. 

5. GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MULTICULTURAL JOURNALISM 

The purposes ofthe Graduate Certrticate in Mutticuttural Joumalism are: 

(a) To provide a patti for joumallsts to attain higher academic qualifications; 

(b) To educate members of communrty organisations wanting to contribute to murticurtural news services; 

(c) To provide a aoss - curtural context in news definrtion, produdion and presentation; 

(d) To provkJe a grounding in joumalism for students who are not professional journalists but plan to wortc in, or contribute to, mutticuttural news media 

Length of Course and Requirements for Admission 

Candidates for ttie course shoukl normally hoW a degree or be abte to show evklence of at teast h«o years of retevant wortc experience. In speaal 

drcumstances, representatives of mutticuttural communrttes wanting to contribute to murticurtural news media services may be admrtted as candidates 

on ttie basis of ottier academic qualrtications or retevant professional experience. Sfodents are required to successfolly comptete a program of studies 

which must total 24 aedrt points. 

SCHEDULE LEADING TO THE GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN MULTICULTURAL JOURNALISM 


JOUR903 

JOUR933 

JOUR949 

Joumalism Ethics and Standards 

On-Line and Researdi Joumalism 

Murticujttural Journalism 

and, except where advanced standing has been given, one of ttie following four subjects: 

JOUR901 

JOUR931 

JOUR932 

JOUR936 

News and Feature Writing 

Broadcasting Joumalism 

Television Journalism 

Intemational Joumalism 

Students shall discuss their proposed program wrth an academic adviser from the Graduate Sc^hool of Joumalism prior to enrolment. 

Advanced standing will be given only on ttie basis of documented professional experience in erther print, radio or tetevision joumalism. 

6 1 

6 

6 I 

Full fee paying stijctents may enrol in this course part-time or foil-time by distance education. (See Distance Education Courses above). Part-time 

students will nonnally comptete the course In 3 sessions; and foil-time in 1 session or at any study rate. 


JOUR901 Newrs & Feature Writing 


Contad hrs: 3 hrs newsroom wortc a week plus practical wortc. 

Assessment: wntten assignments and pradical wortc. 

This foundation subjec:t develops basic skills in straight news reporting 

to extended feafore wrrting for newspapers and magazines Attention 

will be given to subjedive aspeds of news and feafore wrrting, 

induding ttie use of comment and opinion; cotour stortes; ttie 

contributkin of new joumalism' to writing human interest stories; 

Intervievinng and infomnation gattienng techniques; and ttie application 

of conventional news values to reporting 

JOUR902 Journalistic Method and Practice 

Autumn 6 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs per week plus fiekjwortc. 

Assessment written assignments, pradical exercises and an essay. 

This subjed considers ttie bask; attributes of news, the nafore of news 

constiudton, ttieories of news making and ttie stmdure of news 

naoatives tt takes students ttirough Uie process of inrtiating to ttie 

comptetion of a news assignment. Practical areas of discussion are: 

ttie stixidure and conventions of a news round, use of recording 

devtees, intervtew techniques, woricing wrth photographers and camera 

teams, packaging of news copy news consbiiction, follow-ups aid 

newre management. 

JOUR903 Joumalism, Ethics and Standards 

Autumn 

6cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs tecfores and practical wortc 

Assessment: wntten assignments, essays and hypottieticals 

The subted examines ttie tegal and ettiical framewortc which governs 

the wortc of journalists tt conskJers frie nafore effrcacy and 

administration of ethical ccxdes relevant to joumalism, particularty the 

Media Entertainment and Arts Alliance (MEAA) Code of Ettiks and ttie 

Australian Press Coundl's Statement of Prindples. Ottier aspects cf 

professtonal condud and professional standards considered IndixJe 

guarding against defamation actions, libel laws, breach of privacy; 

confidentialrty; protection of sources; standards of accuracy, fairness 

and subjedivrty in joumalism. 

JOUR905 Specialist Journalism 1 

Autumn 6 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs tedures plus projed wortc. 

Assessment: pradical assignments and projed. 

This subject is designed to comptement and amplify preliminary 

courses which cover broader aspeds of news gaUiering and 

presentation. Spedalist areas deatt wrth shall indude one of Ihe 

following areas: environment; sctence and technotogy ; public affairs; 

arts, Irtestyle and teisure; economics and business; and sports 

Seteded topics will cover concepfoal approaches and skills m pnnt 

joumalism. NOTE: Usually, only one spedalist area will be dealt witfi 

in this subjed. A forther option for study in spedalist joumalism will tie 

availabte in JOUR906 Spedalist Joumalism 2 below 

JOUR906 Specialist Joumalism 2 

Spring 6 cp 

Contad hrs 3 hrs tectures plus projed wortc. 

Assessment practical assignments and projed. 

This subject provkies an addrtional option of spedalist study in a ma)or 

area of contemporary joumalism. Spedalist areas are set out under 

JOUR905 Spedalist Joumalism 1 above. However, ttie concepts and 

skills taught will mainly focus on the etedronic joumalistic genre 

6 

6 

6 

6

JOUR931 Broadcasting Joumalism 


Contad hrs: 3 hrs tedures, plus field and studio wortc. 

/Assessment: assignments and studio wortc. 

This subjed provides advanced skills in script wrrting, edrting, 

producing and presenting radio news and cxjnrent affairs programs. 

The course has a sfrong practical component and will involve access 

to and use of a radk) sfodto. 

JOUR932 Television Journalism 


Contad hrs: 3 hrs tedures, plus field and sfodio woric. Choice of 

wrrting for TV or produdng tetevision material. 

Assessment: script, proposal and production assessment wrth 

integrated theory. 

This subjed provides advanced skills in script wrrting, edrting, 

produdng and presenting television news and current affairs programs. 

A primary emphasis will be placed on techniques for gathering 

tetevision news or docximentary materials in ttie field. NOTE: This 

subjed provides ttie foundation for Current Affairs Joumalism 

J0UR942. 

JOUR933 On-Line and Research Journalism 


Contad hrs: 3 hrs tedures plus pradical wortc. 

Assessment: wrrtten and field assignments. 

This subjed is designed to develop a range of researc:h and journalism 

investigative methods. It will indude ttie use of online data bases, ttie 

Intemet library and archive work and other sources of public 

infonnation. The use of survey material in joumalism will be studied, 

particularty ttie presentation of this data in a news fonmat. The 

organisation of news investigation teams, the techniques that ttiey use, 

and what ttiey produce will be analysed. Part of ttie subjed will be 

devoted to news design and presentation on the Wortd Wide Web. 

JOUR934 Print Production and Publication 

Spring 6 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs ledures and wortcshop produdion. 

Assessment: wrrtten assignments and wortcshop assessment. 

This subjed focuses on the produdion of inhouse newsletters and 

magazines by a combination of conventional techniques and desktop 

publishing. Topics indude copy preparation and edrting, principles of 

typography, news layout, news illustration, production planning and 

desktop publishing applications. 

JOUR936 International Journalism 

Spring 6 cp 

Contad hrs: 3 hrs tedures and seminars. 

/Assessment: assignments and one hour examination in class. 

This seminar-based subjed focuses on international news flow in ttie 

context of ttie New World Infonnation Order debates in ttie early 70s 

and news flow in the context of Intemet communication; cûtture, values 

and ideology in intemational news production (discussions derived 

mainly from Australian reporting of Asia); media systems in seleded 

Asia-Padfic countries; and renewed interest in community 

development oriented journalism. 

JOUR942 Current Affairs Journalism 


Contad hrs: 3 hrs tedure/fiekl wortc. Choice of writing or produdng. 

Assessment: script, proposal and production assessment wrth 

integrated theory. 

This subjed provides pradical instruction in ttie preparation of current 

affairs programs in radio, television and murti-media. A simulated 

pnxJucer joumalist environment will provide opportunrties for 

spedalisation in one of ttie ttiree media areas. NOTE Shjdents are 

advised to comptete Television Journalism JOUR932 prior to 

commendng this subjed. 

JOUR943 Directed Readings in Journalism 


Contad hrs: 1 hr tutorial, plus direded reading. 

Assessment: major written evaluation of about 7,000 words of ttie 

seteded reading program. 

This subjed enabtes students to extend their knowtedge of ttie ttieory 

*id pradice of joumalism by direded reading courses in seteded 

topics. Topics availabte indude: strudure of ttie Australian news 

"îa; news media management in ttie cyberage. comparative media 

systems and pradices; qualitative studies of indivklual joumallsts and 

Joumalism 163 

their woric; and textual analysis. On ttie advice of an academic 

adviser, students have the option of nominating Uieir own topic 

JOUR945 Advanced Journalism Project 


Contad hrs: one hour consurtation, plus direded research. 

Assessment: written evaluations of progress; final research report 

which may indude eledronic media and print produdion material 

This subjed provkies a shorter attemative projed for final session 

sfodents not wanting to undertake ttie major projed, or electing to do 

addrtional course woric, or wanting to develop vocational skills acquired 

in previous subjeds. Projed areas available indude: news design and 

presentation on ttie World Wide Web; print media produdion; 

electronic news gathering and produdion; murtimedia production. 

JOUR949 Multicultural Journalism 


Contad hrs: 3 hrs ledure/fieldworic per week. 

Assessment: assignments and publications. 

This subjed provides an historical, cuttural and social background for 

students wanting to wortc in Australia's growing murticurtural media tt 

will give pradical instrudion in murticurtural print, eledronic and murtimedia 

news applications. Particxjiar emphasis is placed on drtferences 

behween news produdion and presentation in murticurtural media and 

tradrtional media 

JOUR991 Major Journalism Project 


Assessment: two interim reports and major researdi or fieldwork 

report. 

This subjed is designed to give students ttie opportunrty to undertake 

erther a major research projed or substantial supervised pradical 

woric. In particular, rt allows students to complete an intemship wrth a 

media organisation. Such placement should generally have a 

minimum duration of four weeks. Students on intemship are required to 

submrt detailed records of their work experience, supported by 

verrtication from ttie media organisation, and an internship report cif 

2,500 words. Research projeds should be linked diredly to subjed 

areas represented in ttie journalism schedute, and may indude an 

essay of 10,000 words, visual, sound or murti-media components. 

JOUR992 Major Journalism Presentation 


Assessment: progress reports and final thesis. 

The topic for a major presentation by honours students must be 

discussed and approved by the Head of School or ttie Head's nominee 

The tength ofthe texfoal presentation shoukJ be about 25,000 words, or 

rts equivalent. Students may also submrt sound, video and murti-media 

material. In addrtion to excellence in Journalism, ttie presentation will 

need to demonstrate ttie candidate's capacrty to condud independent 

research, to construd critical scholariy arguments, and to evaluate 

professional pradice in comparative contexts. 

JOUR999 Thesis 

Double/Autumn/Spring 48 cp 

Assessment: by two extemal assessors. 

The Dodor of Philosophy (PhD) is based on submission of a scholarly 

thesis of a maximum of 100,000 words. The submission for ttie 

Honours Master of Arts (Journalism) is a thesis of approximately 

50,000 words.

Postgraduate Calendar 1999 - Library - University of Wollongong

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?